&EPA
            United States
            Environmental Protection
            Agency
             Hazardous Waste Engineering
             Research Laboratory
             Cincinnati, OH 45268
EPA/600/9-85/028
September 1985
            Research and Development
Incineration and
Treatment of
Hazardous Waste

Proceedings of the
Eleventh Annual
Research Symposium

-------

-------
                                            EPA/600/9-85/028
                                            September  1985
       INCINERATION AND TREATMENT OF HAZARDOUS WASTE
   Proceedings of the Eleventh Annual  Research Symposium
        at Cincinnati, Ohio, April  29-May 1, 1985
Sponsored by the U.S. EPA, Office of Research & Development
     Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
           Alternative Technologies Division
              Thermal  Destruction Branch
                          and
            Land Pollution Control  Division
                  Containment Branch
                    Coordinated by:

                      JACA Corp.
         Fort Washington, Pennsylvania  19034
                Contract No. 68-03-3131
                    Project Officer:

                     Harry Freeman
           Alternative Technologies Division
                 Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
     HAZARDOUS WASTE ENGINEERING RESEARCH LABORATORY
           OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
          U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION AGENCY
                CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268

-------
                                DISCLAIMER
       These proceedings have been reviewed in accordance with the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency's peer and administrative review policies
and approved for presentation and publication.  Mention of trade names or
commercial products does not constitute endorsement or recommendation for
use.

-------
                                 FOREWORD
       Today's rapidly developing and changing technologies and industrial
products and practices frequently carry with them the increased generation of
solid and hazardous wastes.  These materials, if improperly dealt with, can
threaten both public health and the environment.  Abandoned waste sites and
accidental  releases of toxic and hazardous substances to the environment also
have important environmental and public health implications.  The Hazardous
Waste Engineering Research Laboratory assists in providing an authoritative
and defensible engineering basis for assessing and solving hazardous waste
problems.  Its products support the policies, programs, and regulations of
the Environmental Protection Agency, the permitting and other responsibilities
of State and local governments, and the needs of both large and small business-
es in handling their wastes responsibly and economically.

       These Proceedings present the results of completed and ongoing incinera-
tion and treatment research projects.  Those wishing additional information
on any of the projects discussed in these proceedings should contact the
Alternative Technologies Division.
                                         David G. Stephan, Director
                               Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                                -iii-

-------
                                  PREFACE
       These Proceedings are intended to disseminate up-to-date information
on research projects concerning land disposal, remedial action and treatment
of hazardous waste.  These projects are funded by the U.S. Environmental
Protection Agency's Office of Research and Development and have been reviewed
in accordance with the requirements of EPA's Peer and Administrative Review
Control System.
                                   -iv-

-------
                                  ABSTRACT
        The  Eleventh  Annual  Research  Symposium  on  Land  Disposal,  Remedial
 Action,  Incineration and  Treatment of  Hazardous Waste  was  held in  Cincinnati,
•Ohio,  April  29-May 1,  1985.   The  purpose  of  the symposium  was to present to
 persons  concerned with hazardous  waste management the  latest significant
 findings  of ongoing  and recently  completed research  projects funded  by the
 Hazardous Waste  Engineering  Research Laboratory's Alternative Technologies
 Division  and Land Pollution  Control  Division.

        This volume is  a compilation  of speakers'  papers  for Session  B concern-
 ing  hazardous waste  incineration  and treatment.   Subjects  include  thermal
 treatment and destruction,  air pollution  control, biological and chemical
 treatment,  bench and pilot  scale  research, industrial  processes  and  boilers,
 and  economics and institutional studies.

        This document covers  Hazardous  Waste  Incineration and Treatment only.
 A separate  document  for Session A, Hazardous Waste  Land  Disposal,  is avail-
 able from the Hazardous Waste Engineering Research  Laboratory.
                                    -v-

-------
                                  CONTENTS

                                                                          Page

 EPA's Hazardous Waste Research Programs:  1985
     Carl  Gerber, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency 	    1

 Emission  and Control  of By-Products  from Hazardous Waste
 Combustion Processes
     Robert Olexsey,  George Huffman,  and Gordon Evans
     U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency	    8

 Practical  Guide to Trial  Burns at Hazardous Waste Incinerators
     Paul  Gorman, Midwest  Research Institute
     Donald Oberacker, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	   16

 Carbon  Monoxide and ORE:   How Well Do They Correlate?
     Laurel  Staley, U.S; Environmental  Protection Agency	   23

 Summary of Testing Program at Hazardous Waste Incinerators
     Andrew Trenholm,  Midwest  Research Institute
     Donald Oberacker, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	   36

 Tier 4  Dioxin Test Program Status
     A.J.  Miles,  R.M.  Parks, and  J. Southerland
     Radian  Corporation
     Donald  Oberacker,  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency	   44

 Powdered  Activated Carbon  Treatment  (PACT)  of Leachate  from
the  Stringfellow Quarry
     William  Copa,  Marvin Dietrich, and  Tipton Randall
     Zimpro,  Inc.
     Patrick  Canney, Casmalia  Resources	   52

 Field Testing of  Pilot-Scale  APCDs at a Hazardous  Waste  Incinerator
     Wayne  Westbrook and Eugene Tatsch
     Research Triangle  Institute
     Lawrence Cottone,  Engineering Science,  Inc.
     Harry Freeman, U.S.' Environmental Protection Agency  	   66

Case Studies of Waste Treatment  at Hazardous  Waste  Facilities
     C.  Clark Allen, Research  Triangle Institute
     Benjamin Blaney,  U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency	   76

A Case  Study of Direct Control of Emissions from a  Surface Impoundment
     R.G. Wetherold, B.M. Eklund, and T.P.  Nelson
    Radian Corporation	   85
                                     -vi-

-------
                           CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                         Page
Products of Incomplete Combustion - Analytical  Methods
    M.M. Thompson, R.H. James, and R.E. Adams
    Southern Research Institute
    L.D. Johnson, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	   93

EPA Research to Recover Toxic Heavy Metals from Waste Streams
    S. Garry Howe11, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency .	  100

Chemical Destruction/Detoxification of Chlorinated Dioxins in Soils
    Robert Peterson and Edwina Milicic
    Gal son Research Corporation
    Charles J. Rogers, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency 	  106

Gene Engineering of Yeasts for the Biodegradation of Hazardous Wastes
    John Loper, Chien Chen, and Chitta Dey
    University of Cincinnati	  112

Biodegradation of Environmental Pollutants by the White Rot
Fungus Phanerochaete Chrysosporium
    John Bumpus, Ming Tien, David Wright, and Steven Aust
    Michigan State University  	  12°
Bacterial Degradation of Chlorinated Compounds
    Paul Tomasek and A.M. Chakr.abarty
    University of Illinois at Chicago  .  .  .  .
Techniques for Microscopic Studies of Solidification Techniques
    H.C. Eaton, M.E. Tittlebaum, and F.K. Cartledge
    Louisiana State University	•  «
127
135
USEPA Combustion Research Facility  Permit Compliance Test Burn
    Richard Carnes, U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency. .......   143

Engineering Analysis of Hazardous Waste  Incineration:   Failure
Mode Analysis for Two Pilot Scale Incinerators
    W.D. Clark, J.F. LaFond, O.K. Moyeda, W.F.  Richter, and
    W.R. Seeker
    Energy and Environmental Research  Corp.
    C.C. Lee, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	150

Examination of Fundamental  Incinerability Indices for  Hazardous
Waste Destruction
    Barry Dellinger, John Graham, Douglas Hall,  and Wayne Rubey
    University of Dayton Research Institute  .	   160
 An  Overview of  Laboratory- and  Bench-Scale  Research  in  Hazardous
 Waste  Thermal Destruction
     George  Huffman  and  Chun  Cheng  Lee
     U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency.  ....  	  .
171
                                      -vii-

-------
                             CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                           Page
  A Laboratory Study on  the  Effect of Atomization on Destruction
  and  Removal  Efficiency for Liquid Hazardous Wastes
      John  Kramlich, Elizabeth Poncelet,  W. Randall  Seeker,
      and Gary Samuel sen
      Energy and  Environmental  Research  Corp	
 Evaluation  of  a  Pilot-Scale  Circulating  Bed  Combustor with
 a Surrogate Hazardous Waste  Mixture
     Daniel  Chang and Nelson  Sorbo
     University of California at  Davis  	
  182
                                                                           191
 Summary of Testing at Cement Kilns Cofiring  Hazardous  Waste
     Marvin Branscome and Wayne Westbrook
     Research Triangle Institute
     Robert Mournighan, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
     Jon Bolstad and John Chehaske
     Engineering-Science 	
 Evaluation of Hazardous Waste Destruction in a Blast Furnace
     Radford Adams, Thomas Buedel, Carol McCarthy, and
     Michael Palazzolo
     Radian Corporation	
 Field Evaluation of Surfuric Acid Regeneration Unit Burning
 Hazardous Waste as Fuel
     R.C.  Adrian and P.K. Ouchida
     California Air Resources Board	
 Nonsteady Industrial  Boiler Waste Cofiring Tests
     Robert DeRosier,  Howard Mason, Ursula Spannagel,  and
     C.  Dean  Wo1 bach
     Acurex Corporation	
MOUSE - A  Computerized  Uncertainty System  for Environmental
Engineering Analyses
    Albert Klee,  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency  .' .  .
Uncertainties and  Incineration Costs:   Estimating the  Margin  of  Error
    Gordon Evans,  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	
Update on California Program to Restrict Hazardous Waste  Land
Di sposal
    Jan Radimsky, California Department of Health Services.  .
The Thermal Decomposition Characteristics of a Simple Organic Mixture
    John Graham, Douglas Hall, and Barry Dellinger
    University of Dayton Research Institute' 	
VOST Applications at the USEPA Combustion Research Facility
    Robert W. Ross, II, F. C. Whitmore, R. H. Vocque,
    T. H. Backhouse, and B. M. Cottingham, Versar, Inc.  .  .
 199





 206




 213





 217



 227


 234



 244



251



252
                                     -vm-

-------
                    ERA'S HAZARDOUS WASTE RESEARCH PROGRAMS:   1985

                                   (Keynote Address)
                                    Carl  R'. Gerber
                   Office of Environmental  Engineering  & Technology
                         U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency
                                    Washington,  DC
     This morning I would like to discuss
EPA's hazardous waste research programs —
in light of the recently passed Resource
Recovery and Conservation Act (RCRA)
Amendments — to highlight what I believe
are some of our successes; to touch
briefly on our ongoing and new programs;
and to share with you where I think the
Agency's hazardous waste research is going
in general terms.

     First, however, I would like to
acknowledge the work of Dave Stephan and
the staff of the Hazardous Waste Engineer-
ing Research Laboratory -- HWERL, as we
call it— in putting this llth Annual
Research Symposium together.  Francis Mayo
also deserves credit for his work in
previous symposia and for the early stages
of this one.  As many of you probably
know, a reorganization of EPA's engineering
research program late last year basically
moved all the hazardous waste and Superfund
engineering research into one laboratory.

     This meeting has become one of the
major national meetings for hazardous
waste research professionals, and certainly
reflects well on the Agency in general and
our Cincinnati-based operations in particu-
lar.  I understand that although the date
has not yet been set for next spring's
meeting, the commitment has already been
made to hold the meeting.  I am pleased to
hear this and hope the meetings will
continue to happen and grow in the future.

     Exchange or dissemination of informa-
tion should be the goal of all government
research programs, but is particularly
important, if not critical, in a field
like hazardous waste where developments
are occurring rapidly and there is a great
need for effective means of dealing with
the problems.

     You need go no further than a town
newspaper to document environmental
problems, or potential  problems, caused by
the disposal of hazardous waste, and to
appreciate that this is a major national
problem.  In fact, with so many stories,
it is all too easy to conclude that
nothing significant is being done, or that
there have been no technological solutions
developed to mitigate these problems.
While such feeling is certainly great for
keeping us motivated, it can lead at times
to counterproductive feelings of frustra-
tion or helplessness.

     Fortunately, progress is being made.
First, the enactment into law of the RCRA
Amendments last November signaled a
whole new national commitment to preventing
the occurrence of hazardous waste problems.
This new law not only extends the existing
law, but provides a whole new impetus to
the Agency in regulating the storage,
treatment, and disposal of hazardous
wastes.

     In addition to specifically directing
the Agency to address such problems
as, underground storage tanks, the use
of hazardous waste as fuels, small gener-
ator exclusions, management of used oil,
and mining and other special wastes, the
law directs the Agency to put into place
regulations that would prohibit the
disposal of certain substances in land-
fills.  Such direction reflects a differ-
ent approach to waste management; one that
directs the country towards alternative

-------
  hazardous waste treatment and disposal
  processes, rather than land disposal, as
  the ultimate answer to many waste disposal
  problems.  This is having a significant
  effect on our research programs,  which  I
  will address later in this talk.

       But the revised law aside, what  have
  we learned,  or what technology has  been
  developed, that can be viewed as  success-
  ful?  We have, through the combined
  efforts  of the Agency's Office of Solid
  Waste and Emergency Response  (OSWER)  and
  the Office of Research and Development
  (ORD), determined  that high temperature
  incineration  is an acceptable  disposal
  option for the overwhelming majority  of
  liquid organic hazardous  wastes.  Based on
  this  determination,  the Agency has issued
  final regulations  for  incineration.   These
  regulations are intended  to ensure that
  disposal  practices  for organic hazardous
  wastes are upgraded  throughout the country.
  We  have also determined what types of
  boilers are suitable for  using hazardous
 waste as  fuels; and  determined what
  industrial processes are suitable for
 waste disposal.  Papers presenting findings
 in these  areas are being given at  this
 symposium.

      We have  developed, and are currently
 field testing, a mobile incinerator
 that appears  to be a very promising
 technology for treating soils, as  well as
 liquids,  contaminated with hard-to-destroy
 substances such as  dloxins.  We are  also
 actively  involved in furthering the
 development of biological  organisms  for
 decontaminating soils in place. This
 work, which is  also the subject of papers
 at  the symposium, could lead to very
 attractive technological  options for
 clean-up  operations.

      As all of  you  know,  landfills and
 surface impoundments have  been  used for
years  as  an inexpensive way of  storing or
disposing  of wastes.  Through either a
lack of information  or  foresight, design
of many of these sites  was  not  based on
presently  accepted  or even  uniform
criteria.  Consequently, many of today's
hazardous  waste  problems are related to
land disposal  operations; most importantly,
contamination of groundwater.

     Today, because of the research
programs carried out over the past  10
  years by the Agency, we know much more
  about disposal  operations and what works
  and what does not.   We have learned and
  documented that putting liquids  in land-
  fills is extremely  risky, even in the best
  designed landfills,  and consequently this
  is no longer allowed by the Agency.  We
  have also learned and documented  that it
  is highly probable that certain  highly
  mobile,  toxic,  or persistent chemicals
  should not be placed untreated into the
  land.  Although  work is continuing  to
  determine more  about the  effects  of
  placing  these substances  in  landfills,  I
  believe  we can  safely  say that many of
  these chemicals  will  be banned from land
  disposal,  and that land disposal  operations
  in this  country  in five years will  be
  markedly  different from those of  previous
  years.  A  significant  reason for  this will
  be the result — as  summarized in the
  Technical  Resource Documents — of  work at
  HWERL.

       We have also witnessed significant
  advances in the development of the knowl-
  edge base and technology related  to
  clean-up of Superfund sites.  HWERL has
 produced a series of guidance documents
  related to clean-up  operations that have
 been used extensively as textbooks in
 major universities around the country.
 These documents  have  also been widely used
 by the remedial  action industry in struc-
 turing clean-up  programs for Superfund and
 other abandoned  disposal  sites.

      While we have realized  successes in
 our programs we,  of course,  cannot
 rest  on our laurels.   Given  the high
 visibility and magnitude of  hazardous
 waste problems and the substantial  risks
 to the environment posed,  we  must  press
 forward on  many  fronts.

      In the time  remaining,  I would  like
 to highlight  the  activities  in six of
 our programs:  the Alternative Technology
 Research Program, the Land Disposal
 Research Program, the Remedial Action
 Technology  Program, the High Temperature
 Incinerator Research  Program, the Large
 Volume Waste Management Program, and the
 Leaking Underground Storage Tank,  or the
 LUST, Program.  This  last program, tech-
 nical considerations  aside, will undoubt-
edly be a contender for best acronym of
the year award.

-------
ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGY RESEARCH PROGRAM

     The 1984 amendments to RCRA require
that within 66 months — or by May 1990 —
EPA either ban the disposal of hazardous
wastes to the land or ascertain that
certain wastes or forms of wastes are
acceptable for land disposal.  In order to
implement provisions of the legislation,
the Office of Solid Waste (OSW) must
determine that acceptable alternatives to
land disposal of hazardous wastes exist.
Through its alternative technology research
program, HWERL is providing support to OSW
to identify, evaluate, and develop alter-
native technologies to treat hazardous
wastes.  Chief among the wastes being
studied are compounds that are very
difficult to degrade without subjecting
them to some extraordinary process.  They
may be not only resistant to degradation,
but also may be inaccessible to reagents,
bacteria, etc., by virtue of being bound
in some way to the medium, or matrix in
which they exist.  It therefore becomes
apparent that effective innovative treat-
ment processes must be developed that will
not only destroy these materials in bulk,
(or concentrate them so that they may be
more efficiently destroyed) but will also
treat contaminated soils, buildings, etc.,
as well.

     Since, up to this point, the Agency's
regulatory process has been focused
primarily on thermal destruction and land
disposal of hazardous wastes, much less is
known about other processes that may be
used to treat these wastes.  Information
is needed on what treatment processes
exist, what types of wastes can be handled
by different processes, what residuals and
environmental discharges are produced by
these processes, and what costs will be
incurred.  Assessments of alternative
treatment processes are required so that
OSW can be certain that wastes that will
be banned from land disposal car> be
adequately treated.

     This is a relatively new program area
for OSWER and for ORD.  In Fiscal  Year
1984, a program to conduct performance
evaluations of existing alternative
treatment systems was initiated.  That
program's first year of major activity is
the current fiscal  year.  Several  technolo-
gies have already been evaluated for
removal of metals from hydroxide sludges
and electrochemical and electrodischarge
machining wastes.  We are also in the
initial stages of a large field assessment
project to gather envi ronmental data on
existing commercial scale treatment
facilities.

     Some of our current objectives for
the alternative technology research
program are:

     0  To provide performance evaluations
        on a sufficient number of alterna-
        tive hazardous waste treatment
        systems to allow OSW t'o direct
        that these systems be used instead
        of, or as pretreatments for, land
        disposal for selected hazardous
        waste streams;

     •  To develop and refine physical/
        chemical treatment techniques for
        dilute aqueous waste streams and
        those solid wastes containing
        water, such as soils and harbor or
        river sediments; and

     t  To assure the demonstration of
        promising alternative hazardous
        waste treatment technologies, so
        that these technologies may be
        recommended to and utilized by
        regulatory and industrial  organ-
        izations.

     In a related area, hazardous waste
minimization, the Agency is supporting a
small  program to identify and encourage
the adoption of process and treatment
technology for reducing the generation of
hazardous waste.  As regulations limiting
the characteristics and quantities of
waste come into effect, I expect this area
to become more important and the Agency's
efforts in recycling and source reduction
to increase.

LAND DISPOSAL RESEARCH PROGRAM

     Our Land Disposal  Research Program
has been, and continues to be,  a major
part of our total  program.  The purpose of
this program is to produce guidance on
design, operation, maintenance, and
closure of hazardous waste treatment,
storage, and disposal  facilities.   An
exciting aspect of this program is the
development of user friendly, artificial
intelligence systems that will  standardize

-------
 the review of applications submitted to
 the Agency.  These systems, which are in
 very early stages of development, will  be
 based on the experience of experts and
 field proven techniques.

      The Land Disposal  Program currently
 addresses all aspects of land disposal
 operations, including such areas as cover
 systems, waste modifications, waste
 leaching, and liners.  Some of current
 objectives for this program are:

      t  To develop and  evaluate the
         effectiveness of various cover
         systems in relation to their
         functional  requirements, for
         actual  field application.

      •  To continue to  evaluate the
         effectiveness of chemical  stabil-
         ization and encapsulatory pro-
         cesses; and

      •  To evaluate the effectiveness of
         various types of clay and membrane
         liners  in containing  leachates.

      A new objective authorized by the
 RCRA Amendments is  investigation into
 municipal  solid waste disposal,  an area
 where we have considerable  prior experience.

      Each  objective mentioned  above
 presents a challenge that  has  knowledge
 gaps and will  present difficulties.  The
 biggest  hurdle  to overcome  is  field
 validation, as  data from field sites
 are  often  difficult,  if not impossible to
 obtain.   However, such  data are  necessary
 if predictive models  are to be  verified
 and  performance proved  with time.   Tradi-
 tionally,  our  longer-term  research  has
 been measured in  terms  of two  to three
 years, but needs  to  be  revised to  an eight
 to 10 year time  frame if field  results are
 to be meaningful.   Retrospective studies,
 unfortunately,  are  either impossible to
 conduct  or yield  data of uncertain  quality.

     The main thrust  of this  research
 program  to date  has  been with  landfills.
 While much of these data are transferable
 to surface impoundments, surface impound-
ments offer unique  problems that have not
 been fully addressed.   Consequently,
 existing database for surface  impoundments
 is limited and needs to  be expanded to
develop  control and design technology.
      Regardless of the obvious  problems
 created by past land disposal operations,
 as long as waste is generated,  there  will
 be a need for final disposal  of materials,
 even if the material  is residuals  from
 treatment operations.   For  that reason we
 envision a continuing  highly  visible  land
 disposal program.

 LEAKING UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK PROGRAM

      Billions of gallons  of petroleum
 products and other hazardous  materials
 are stored in underground tanks.   The
 basic problems  associated with  these
 storage systems  are leaks,  and  the costs,
 dangers, and potential  environmental
 threats associated with those leaks.  The
 primary causes  of  leaks from  underground
 storage tanks .are  corrosion,  poor  fabrica-
 tion and installation,  and  poor operating
 practices.   The  RCRA legislation of 1984
 requires EPA to  promulgate  regulations to
 control  underground storage tanks  contain-
 ing "regulated  substances."

      EPA must set  final standards  for
 existing tanks that cover leak  detection
 and tank testing,  record-keeping and
 reporting,  corrective action, financial
 responsibility,  and closure.  Regulations
 for new tanks must  include design,  con-
 struction,  installation,  release detection,
 and compatibility  standards.  Research is
 required  to  establish a strong technical
 foundation  not only to meet mandated
 regulatory  deadlines, but also to  reduce
 the rate at  which the environment  is being
 threatened.   We  in  ORD are jointly  working
 with OSW in  this effort.  The initial
 venture  was  a state-of-the-art document  on
 leak detection that is now being finalized.
 Importantly,  it  revealed that the data
 presently available and the accuracies of
 various  detection methods and devices  are
 not acceptable, leading to a need  to
 improve  our  ability to detect existing
 leaks.  A leak detection method  evalua-
 tion facility comprised of actual  under-
 ground storage tanks is planned  for
 construction  in the very near future at
 our Releases Control Branch  located in
 Edison,  New Jersey.

 INCINERATION AND HIGH TEMPERATURE PROCESSES

     We are continuing our research
 studies of existing and new  thermal
destruction technologies to  develop a  high

-------
degree of technical  understanding and
confidence in this kind of treatment
process.  The program continues to investi-
gate laboratory, pilot, and full-scale
environmental performance issues on a
broad range of incineration and alternative
thermal treatment devices.  A combination
of theoretical, hypotheses-based studies;
studies on pilot and full scale operations;
and overall environmental emissions work
results in a coordinated approach to the
overall technology.  While the Agency's
thermal destruction program began with
early f i-el d tests in the mid-1970's, it
became identified as a formal effort in
1980, and now exists as a major continuing
segment of our hazardous waste research
operations.

     Over $20 million in thermal destruc-
tion research has been conducted since
1980.  A major portion of this work has
concentrated upon the assessment of the
ability of existing thermal destruction
facilities (incinerators and high tempera-
ture industrial processes) to meet RCRA
performance standards for destruction and
removal efficiencies for hazardous mater-
ials.  These studies have produced an
extensive performance database, which
indicates that these facilities typically
meet RCRA standards under ideal operating
conditions.

     In addition to studying existing
systems, it is necessary to conduct more
controlled studies if we are to truly
understand the thermal destruction phenom-
ena and to be able to apply technology to
a wide range of wastes in a cost-effective
and safe manner.

     To this end, we have constructed or
adapted several unique research facilities
for thermal destruction studies.  The
Combustion Research Facility (CRF) in
Jefferson, Arkansas provides highly
instrumented, pilot-scale incinerators for
the evaluation of the causes and conse-
quences of process failure, while keeping
actual net environmental emissions of
hazardous constituents to within RCRA
requirements.  Experimental facilities at
the Center Hill Facility here in Cincin-
nati — which you can visit as a part of   '
this meeting — and at the Air and Energy
Engineering Research Laboratory in Research
Triangle Park, enable the conduct of
studies essential to understanding the
basic physical and thermochemical processes
involved in effective waste destruction
and the minimization of hazardous PIC
formation.

     Extensive technical  support has been
provided to regulatory program offices in
the development of regulations and stand-
ards and to EPA's Regional Offices in the
issuance of permits.  Handbooks and
guidance documents have been prepared on
incineration, permits, and sampling and
analytical methods for stack emissions
measurement of trace organic compounds.
In addition we have developed, as I
mentioned earlier, a mobile incinerator
at our Edison, New Jersey facility which
should enable the Agency to carry out
research and demonstration projects while
cleaning up contaminated sites.

     Among the current objectives in
incineration research are:

     a  To assess the performance capabil-
        ities (destruction and removal
        efficiencies) of existing thermal
        destruction facilities which have
        not been evaluated (e.g., asphalt
        plants and carbon furnaces) to
        form the technical foundation for
        Agency policies and regulations
        with respect to these thermal
        destruction options;

     •  To define easily monitored incin-
        erator facility operating parame-
        ters that correlate with incinera-
        tor performance;

     •  To project sampling and analytical
        methods for assessment of thermal
        destruction process performance;
        and

     •  To evaluate and develop innovative
        thermal treatment and destruction
        technologies that may represent
        improvements to the conventional
        waste incineration process or
        may be applicable to wastes that
        resist incineration.

LARGE VOLUME WASTE MANAGEMENT

     We have recently initiated a program
that addresses environmental problems
related to the "large volume" wastes from
mining, drilling, fossil fuel combustion,

-------
 cement kilns, and extracting  and processing
 minerals.  This work, which is  specifically
 called for by the RCRA Amendments,  will
 result 1n various special  reports to the
 Congress.  Although much work has been
 done by the EPA and others  to date  on
 mining wastes, much remains to be learned
 about the other "large volume"  waste
 streams.  Work in this area should  continue
 at least through 1990.

 REMEDIAL ACTION RESEARCH PROGRAMS

      As a part of the Agency's  Superfund
 Programs to clean up abandoned  hazardous
 waste sites,  HWERL is responsible for a
 research program to develop and  evaluate
 various remedial  action technologies.

      To date, EPA has identified  some
 18,000 potentially hazardous  waste
 sites.  This  number is expected  to  rise  to
 22,000 by the time the Agency completes
 Its  survey.  Of those sites,  552  have been
 placed on the National  Priority  List.

      A problem that has been  found  at
 almost all  sites  is contaminated  soils.
 Frequently, large volumes of  soils  with
 low  levels  of contaminants  are  present;
 however,  in several  cases the contamina-
 tion is at  a  high concentration.

      Remedial  actions  for contaminated
 soils  have  usually been removal and  burial
 in a secure landfill;  or isolation  on-site,
 e.g.,  covering with clean soil.   Both of
 these  methods  have shortcomings.  -Removal
 and  burial  has transportation-related
 problems, high cost,  and long-term  liabil-
 ities,  i.e.,  the  landfill of  today may be
 the  Superfund  site of  tomorrow.   Isolation
 techniques  are frequently only, partially
 effective,  and the waste is not destroyed.
 Alternative methods  are needed'to solve
 this national  problem.

      In-situ 'technologies such as surfac-
tant washing, grouting, thermal fusion,
 and microbial application have had very
little acceptance  at uncontrolled hazardous
waste  sites, because the technologies are
still  in the developmental stages and/or
have not had field  verification.  From an
institutional standpoint, we have problems
of conducting tests on existing hazardous
waste sites because of the inaccessibility
of sites, the cost  and time associated
with permitting the studies, the risks
 associated  with  working with hazardous
 waste sites,  and our  inability to predict
 precisely the results  of  such field work.
 As  a  result of all these  factors, EPA, the
 states,  and industry  are  reluctant to use
 cleanup  methods  that  are  unproven.  Thus,
 the role of ORD  is to  encourage and assist
 the development  of new and innovative
 methods, and  to  assist in the verification
 of  the cost/effectiveness of these methods,
 to  assure their  acceptability for remedial
 actions  at  Superfund  sites.

      Emphasis in future years will be on
 the development  and/or field evaluation
 of  primary  technologies such as thermal,
 vegetative, extraction, exchange and
 chemical and  biological degradation.

      Another  need identified by the Agency
 for uncontrolled  sites is improved contain-
 ment  technologies for  minimizing releases
 from  these  sites.  We  are currently pur-
 suing a  program  to evaluate the effective-
 ness  of  containment technologies.  The
 immediate objective is to screen all
 applicable  technologies that might show
 promise.  The longer term objective is to
 pilot- and  field-scale demonstrate the most
 promising technologies, or assist in such
 demonstrations.  The end objective is to
 provide  the user community with improved,
 more  economical, long-lasting,  and low
 operation and maintenance cost  recommenda-
 tions for containment technologies.
 Clearly, for all  our Superfund  related
 work we  will draw on information and
 technologies being developed to address
 RCRA related problems.

 CONCLUSION

     Of  course there are many other
 programs, any one of which could be  a
 suitable subject for a talk such as  this
 one.  However, I  have included  these six
to give you a flavor of our current  and
 future programs.   As I indicated,  papers
at this  symposium will amplify  and provide
details on all these areas and  many  others.
     So where do  we  go from here?   Without
a doubt  I think public and government
interest will  continue in  this  area.   Lee
Thomas, our new Administrator,  has stated
repeatedly his support of  hazardous  waste
programs.  Recently  before the-Senate
Committee on Environment  and Public  Works
he stated that the reauthorization of
Superfund was  his top legislative  goal.

-------
With such clear direction, I believe we
will continue our effort to provide the
improved databases and technology necessary
to solve our nation's hazardous waste
problems.  It will not be ea'sy: 'technol-
ogy-related tests, particularly full scale,
field tests, are expensive and subject to
major failures.  A better understand-
ing of the basic chemical, physical, and
biological characteristics of hazardous
wastes and how they might be rendered
"non-hazardous" is complicated by the very
complexity of these wastes and the media
in which they exist and will not come
cheaply or even quickly.  Challenges await
all of us involved in hazardous waste
related research and development, not only
to provide data and technology to assure
the safe handling and disposal of these
wastes, which are an integral  part of our
society, but also to do it in  a cost-effec-
tive manner, and in a way that instills
public confidence.  I leave that challenge
with you.

-------
       EMISSION AND CONTROL OF BY-PRODUCTS FROM HAZARDOUS WASTE COMBUSTION PROCESSES
                Robert A. Olexsey, George L. Huffman, and Gordon M.  Evans
                           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                                 Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                         ABSTRACT

    Data on emissions of products of incomplete combustion (PICs)  from  full  scale  incin-
erators and boilers burning hazardous wastes are presented.   Emissions  of  volatile PICs
from incinerators do not exceed the limitation of 0.01 percent of  input of principal or-
ganic hazardous constituents (POHCs) that has been proposed  by the U.S.  Environmental
Protection Agency.  Volatile PIC emissions from three of the boilers  tested  would  exceed
the proposed standard.  However, for both boilers and incinerators there does appear to
be a trend toward reduced PIC emissions with increased POHC  destruction and  removal effi-
ciency (DRE).  Combustion conditions and control  technologies which may  result in  reduc-
tion in PIC emissions are discussed.
 INTRODUCTION

    Combustion is an effective method for
disposal of hazardous waste compounds.
Hazardous waste incinerators, industrial
boilers, and many industrial thermal proc-
esses have demonstrated the ability to
destroy principal organic hazardous con-
stituents (POHCs) in compliance with EPA's
required detruction and removal efficiency
(DRE) of 99.99 percent.  However, it is
theoretically possible for a given combus-
tion device to eliminate POHCs but, at the
same time, produce hazardous by-products,
or products of incomplete combustion
(PICs).  While emissions of such PICs are
not currently subject to regulations, they
are of concern because these compounds
would be POHCs if they were present in the
feed to the combustion device.

    This paper addresses the issue of
emissions of PICs from hazardous waste
combustion processes.  Data on PIC emis-
sions are presented from full-scale tests
of hazardous waste incinerators and indus-
trial boilers burning hazardous wastes.
Combustion conditions and control  tech-
nologies which may result in reduction in
PIC emissions are discussed.
FORMATION OF PRODUCTS OF INCOMPLETE
COMBUSTION

    The objective of incineration is  to
convert organic compounds to carbon dio-
xide (C02) and water.  In actual  practice,
combustion is never "complete," that  is
combustion by-products are produced in the
reaction.  The most prevalent combustion
by-products are partial  combustion prod-
ucts such as carbon monoxide (CO). In
fact, the most widely accepted measure-
ment of combustion completeness,  or effi-
ciency is the ratio of C02 to C02 + CO in
the exhaust gas from a combustion reac-
tion.

    In the context of incineration of haz-
ardous wastes, as regulated under the Re-
source Conservation Recovery Act  (RCRA),
the focus of concern with hazardous com-
bustion by-products is limited to product
compounds that are, of themselves, hazard-
ous compounds under RCRA.  Therefore,  the
PICs that we are concerned with are those
combustion by-products that are listed  as
hazardous wastes in Appendix VIII of  40
CFR Part 261 (1).  Therefore,  for purposes
of our discussion and, in a regulatory
sense, CO is not a PIC.   Total unburned
hydrocarbon (THC) is not a PIC.   Only

-------
fractions of THC that are listed  as  a  RCRA
hazardous waste are PICs.

    Under EPA's RCRA incinerator  regula-
tions, an incineration unit must  achieve  a
destruction and removal  efficiency  (ORE)
of 99.99 percent for each principal  organ-
ic hazardous constituent (POHC) in  the
waste material  that is fed into the  incin-
erator.  PICs,  therefore, are compounds
present in the  incinerator exhaust  gas
which are not present in. the waste  fed
into the incinerator, but which would  be
classified as POHCs if they were  present
i n the waste.

    Emissions of PICs from hazardous
waste incinerators are not currently regu-
lated by the USEPA.  However, in  1981, EPA
did propose a regulation on "hazardous
combustion by-products"  that would  limit
PIC emissions to 0.01 percent of  total
POHC input to an incinerator (2).  To
date, this regulation has not gone  past
the proposal stage.

    The mechanisms of PIC formation  are
complex and not particularly well under-
stood.  PICs are suspected to occur
through any one or all of three reaction
mechanisms (3):

    1.  Breakdown Of individual POHCs  Into
PIC reaction products.  This mechanism has
been documented through  laboratory  experi-
mentation which has found that some mate-
rials, when subjected to temperature,  con-
sistently produce specific by-products.   A
case in point is the production of  hexa-
chloro-benzene (HCB) as  a breakdown re-
action product  of kepone (4).

    2.  Complex recombination or  substitu-
tion reactions.  Through this mechanism,
PICs are formed through  chemical  reactions
among constituents in the feed.   The
reactions are enhanced through exposure of
the reactants to high temperature and  to
catalytic materials which may be  present
in the reaction mixture.  PICs produced
through this mechanism will normally be
high molecular weight compounds.

    3.  Universal combustion by-products.
AIT fuels, including fossil fuels,  can
produce hydrocarbon by-products.  Most
fuels, including fossil  fuels, contain
trace quantities of many compounds,  in-
cluding halogenated materials.  In  any
combustion process, hazardous PICs  can be
produced.  Most often, these PICs are
aromatics such as benzene, but chlorin-
ated materials, particularly chlorinated
methanes, such as chloroform, can also be
found.            .

    Formation of PICs is the result  of
some "failure" in-the combustion  process.
The predominate mode of failure is most
likely inadequate exposure of the molecule
of waste material to a sufficiently  high
temperature to break the molecule and its
derivatives down and then drive the  com-
bustion reaction through to completion
(carbon dioxide and  water).  Even though
nominal combustion temperatures may  appear
to be adequate, the  range of temperatures
that the molecules may experience may be
such that small quantities of material may
not be completely destroyed.

    Inadequate mixing is a prime  cause qf
insufficient temperature and inadequate
oxygen and flame exposure for molecul.es
of waste material.   Material traversing a
combustion zone in a plug flow configura-
tion is more likely  to produce regimes of
low temperature and  low oxygen exposure
than will occur in a well mixed reactor
with proper atomization of the waste mate-
rial.

    Short-circuiting and rapid exit  of
the combustion zone  by waste material can
lead to a situation  where the POHC expe-
riences insufficient residence time  at
temperature to destroy any PICs that may
be produced.  In addition, "quenching" of
the flame through cold wall effect or im-
proper feed point location for fuels can
produce a situation  where reaction prod-
ucts are "frozen" into the exhaust gas
stream.

FULL-SCALE PIC .EMISSIONS DATA

    EPA recently completed and reported on
a series of full-scale tests of incinera-
tors and industrial  boilers burning  haz-
ardous wastes (5, 6).  The testing con-
ducted under these full-scale programs
was designed primarily to obtain  data on
POHC ORE to support  EPA's regulation de-
velopment.  In addition to the POHC  data,
considerable data was obtained on emis-
sions of PICs.

    Table 1 describes the POHCs that were
most frequently burned in the incinerator
and boiler test programs.  While  eight in-
cinerators and eleven boilers were actual-
ly tested under these programs, PIC  data

-------
                                        TABLE 1

                       POHCs MOST FREQUENTLY BURNED IN COMBUSTORS
       SEVEN INCINERATORS

       Toluene
       Tetrachloroethyl ene
       Trichloroethylene
       Carbon Tetrachl oride
       Naphtha!ene
       Chloroform
       Methylene Chloride
      •Methyl  Ethyl Ketone
       Phenol
            FIVE BOILERS

            Carbon Tetrachloride
            Trichloroethylene
            Chlorobenzene
            Tetrachloroethylene
            Toluene
            1,1,1-Trichloroethane
            Methyl methacryl ate
            Epichlorohydri n
            Bis (2-Chloroethyl) Ether
 from seven incinerators and five boilers
 is considered to be of sufficiently rig-
 orous detail to be evaluated for analyti-
 cal and comparative purposes.

    Tables 2 and 3 list the volatile PICs
 which were most frequently found in the
 incinerator and boiler stack gases.  All
 PIC concentration values in Tables 2 and 3
 were obtained through analysis of Tenax
 resin samples of stack gas for Appendix
 VIII constituents through gas chromato-
 graphy/mass spectrometry.  Volatile PICs
 (boiling point 
-------
                                       TABLE 2

             VOLATILE  PICs  MOST  FREQUENTLY PRESENT IN BOILER STACK GASES
PICs
Chloroform
Tetrachl oroethyl ene
Chloromethane
Methyl ene Chloride
Benzene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
1,2-Dichloroethane
NUMBER OF FACILITIES
5
5
4
4
3
3
3
CONCENTRATION
4.2 -
0.3 -
4.6 -
RANGE (ng/L)
1900
760
410
83 - 2000
9.4 -
5.9 -
1.3 -
270
270
1200
                                        TABLE 3

             VOLATILE PICs  MOST  FREQUENTLY PRESENT IN INCINERATOR STACK GASES
PIC
Benzene
Chloroform
Tetrachl oroethyl ene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Toluene
Methyl ene Chloride
NUMBER OF FACILITIES
6
5
3
3
2
2
CONCENTRATION
12 -
1 -
0.1
0.1
2
2
RANGE
670
1330
- 2.5
- 1.5
- 75
- 27
(ng/L)






which was oil  for sites D,  E,  and  F  and
pulverized coal  for site H.  Emissions of
PICs were not  characterized for the  base-
line tests in which only fossil  fuels were
burned.  Finally, for both  incinerators
and boilers, compounds that were present
in the feed in concentrations  less than
100 parts per million (ppm) were not con-
sidered to be POHCs.  It is possible that
the higher PIC emissions from  the boilers
could be attributed to compounds that were
present in the feed in less than 100 ppm
concentrations.   It is possible, although
it cannot be ascertained, that the boiler
wastes contained more of these low concen-
tration feed compounds than did incinera-
tors.

    Figure 1 represents the normalized PIC
output data with respect  to  POHC  ORE.  The
abscissa axis of the plot in Figure  1 dis-
plays total POHC ORE for  the incinerators
and the boilers.  The ordinate axis  dis-
plays the ratio of volatile  PIC emissions
to total POHC input for all  the sites.
The numerical designations and the symbol
e refer to incinerator sites and  the
alphabetical  designations and the symbol A
refer to boiler sites. The  vertical dash-
ed line represents the ORE requirement for
POHC destruction of 99.99 percent from the
existing RCRA incinerator regulations.
The horizontal dashed line indicates the
proposed PIC limitation of 0.01 percent of
total POHC input.

    From Figure 1, a rough trend  can be
perceived of reduced PIC  to  POHC  emissions
                                           11

-------
                    TABLE 4



INCINERATOR SUMMARY OF AVERAGE PIC AND  POHC VALUES
SITE
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
TOTAL VOLATILE
PIC EMISSIONS
(mg/min)
68.00
9.00
0.57
1.36
0.23
228.00
0.71
TOTAL POHC
INPUT
(g/min)
9818
780
31
1500
323
8287
1098
TOTAL POHC
EMISSIONS
(mg/min)
76.22
48.00
1.09
0.59
6.60
58.61
56.40
MASS WEIGHTED
POHC ORE
(Percent)
99.9992
99.9938
99.9964
99.99996
99.998
99.9993
99.9949
                    TABLE  5



  BOILER SUMMARY  OF  AVERAGE  PIC  AND  POHC VALUES
SITE
D
E
F
G
H
TOTAL VOLATILE
PIC EMISSIONS
(mg/min)
205.70
567.36
546.20
298.40
594.00
TOTAL POHC
INPUT '
(g/min)
5945
2605
137
9436
1020
TOTAL POHC
EMISSIONS
(mg/min)
37.80
98.37
25.60
13.26
96.00
MASS WEIGHTED
POHC DRE,
(Percent)
99.9994
. . 99.996
99,981
99.9999
99.9"91
                   TABLE 6      j



              INCINERATOR PIC RATIOS
SITE
1
3
4
5
6
7
8
100 x VOLATILE PIC EMISSIONS
TOTAL POHC INPUT
(PERCENT)
0.0007
0.0011
0.0018
0.0009
0.00007
0.0028
0.00007
VOLATILE PIC EMISSIONS
TOTAL POHC EMISSIONS
0.89
.0.19
0.52
2.31.,
0.03
'' 3.89
0.01
                       12

-------
                                         TABLE 7

                                    BOILER PIC RATIOS
SITE
D
E
F
G
H
100 x VOLATILE PIC EMISSIONS
TOTAL POHC INPUT
(PERCENT)
0.0035,
0.0218
0.3987
0.0032
0.0582
VOLATILE PIC EMISSIONS
TOTAL POHC EMISSIONS
5.44
5.77
21.33
22.50
6.19
ratio with increased POHC ORE.   In order
to test the existence of such a trend,  a
computer was employed to conduct a simple
ordinary least squares regression analysis
with the POHC ORE as the predictor vari-
able (X) and the PIC emission/POHC input
ratio as the response variable (y).   In
order to avoid problems with the computer
algorithm, the ORE data points  were trans-
formed by subtracting the value 99.0 from
each ORE, thus running the regression
analysis utilizing just the decimal  infor-
mation.  The .resulting regression equation
was y = 0.18862 -'0.18902x .with an R?
(adjusted for degrees of'Freedom)  of 79
percent, confirming this trend.  The trend
is more evident for the boilers than for
incinerators.  Point F is the only site
that exhibits both a POHC ORE below the
99.99 percent and a PIC/POHC input ratio
above 0.01 percent.  Points E and  H repre-
sent sites where ORE was i n excess of
99.99 percent but the PIC/POHC  input ratio
was above 0.01 percent for volatile pICs,
All the incinerator sites were above the
required ORE and below .the proposed  PIC
limitation.  Points 6 and 8 represent
sites where absolute values of  volatile
PIC emissions Were extremely low,  3  ng/L
and 5 ng/L, respectively.

CONTROL OF PRODUCTS OF INCOMPLETE
COMBUSTION

    Much of the above deals with the
amounts and types of,PICs that  are formed
in various hazardous waste thermal  de-
struction operations.  But, perhaps  a more
pertinent question is "Given that  PICs  do
form, what do we do about them:—i.e.,
how do we control them?"  Little is  known
about how to answer this question.   Data
relative to how to control  these poten-
tially hazardous air pollutants  is  severe-
ly lacking.  A significant  amount of
research is needed to fill  this  void.
Nevertheless, some general  statements  can
certainly be made.

    Methods that have been  proposed as
potentially worthwhile,  efficient,  control
techniques for PIC removal  include:  (1)
Optimization of the combustion process
itself to minimize the formation of PICs
(2) Minimization of the amount of "cold"
heat transfer surfaces that the  exhaust
gases see upstream of the "PIC Destruction
Section" in the combustor;  (3) Afterburn-
ing; (4) Enriched oxygen utilization;  (5)
Catalytic oxidation; (6) Scrubbing  of  the
organic (gaseous, liquid or solid)  PICs
using organic scrubbing  media  and effi-
cient contactors; and (7) Sorption  of  the
organic PICs onto beds of activated carbon
or other effective sorptive material.  The
first five of these are, of course, high
temperature methods, whereas the last  two
are (generally) low temperature  processes.

    Regarding the optimization of the  com-
bustion process, suffice it to say  that
operation in the air-to-fuel regime where
resultant PIC levels are low is  a very
reasonable objective as  long as  that re-
gime is also the place where optimum POHC
destruction occurs.  A significant  amount
of research is needed here  (on pilot and
larger scales) to define the bounds of
this regime as a function of combustor
type.

    Regarding the limiting  of  the amount
                                           13

-------
                                          FIGURE 1
            10-2
            10-3
            10-4
        Q.
        in
        o
        o.

        UJ
10-6
            10-7
           10-8
              99.0
            99.9
                                           9
                                           A
                                  Incinerators - Numerical Site Designations
                                  Boilers - Alphabetical Site Designations
                                  A
                                  F
                         A
                        |H

                       .!_
                             PROPOSED PIC
                             LIMITATION" "
                                0A
                            0 0 7D
                            3 4


                                  0
                                  1
                                        0 0
                                        8 6
                A
                G
                                                            0
                                                            5
                                 o
                                 a;
                                 a cz.
                                    i—i

                                 £|g-
                                 O UJ
                                 a. cc.
99.99
99.999
                                                      99.9999  99.99999
                                    POHC ORE, PERCENT

                PLOT OF POHC DRE VS. RATIO OF VOLATILE PICS TO POHC INPUT
of "cold" surfaces that an exhaust gas
sees upstream of the PIC destruction sec-
tion, this is of course relevant primarily
to new combustor designs; it would have
limited applicability to retrofit designs.

    Regarding the use of afterburning as a
PIC control technique, this established
practice should be quite useful1 in de-
stroying some of (perhaps most of) the
                                   PICs that are formed in the primary com-
                                   bustor.  However, this needs to be veri-
                                   fied through additional research aimed at
                                   determining just how effective the various
                                   conventional afterburner des.igns are at
                                   destroying PICs.

                                       Relative to the use of enriched oxy-
                                   gen as a PIC co.ntrol  technique, the
                                   applicability and effectiveness of this
                                           14

-------
method needs to be determined.  Conceptual-
ly, the use of higher concentrations  of Oa
in tearing apart complex organic molecules
during combustion does seem to make sense.
Nonetheless, experimentation is needed to
prove whether this conjecturing is valid.

    The authors feel  that the catalytic
oxidation option is particularly intrigu-
ing.  This technique has enjoyed wide-
spread success in many other applications.
Directing combustor off-gases through a
catalyst bed especially designed for  gross
PIC oxidation makes a considerable amount
of sense, particularly for new combustor
designs.  Now, of course, "all" that  is
needed is for some process developer  to
find or develop an extremely versatile,
low-cost, poison-resistant, sturdy, highly
effective PIC oxidation catalyst —  the
rest will be easy.

    Regarding the (probable) low tempera-
ture option of scrubbing with organics,
this technique can surely be developed if
enough research is devoted to it.  How-
ever, it does have the inherent draw-back
of having to treat the scrubber liquors to
remove the absorbed PICs prior to their
final disposition.

    Finally, relative to the dry sorption
onto carbon option, this should be readily
implemented and reasonably effective  re-
garding PIC removal.   Once again, however,
this option does need additional  research.

CONCLUSIONS

    From the data presented here, it  is
apparent that the boilers tested had  high-
er'PIC emission levels and ratios than did
the incinerators tested.  For all combus-
tors tested, there appears to be a trend
toward reduced PIC emissions with in-
creased POHC ORE.

    Very little is known about the mech-
anisms of PIC formation in combustors.
Similarly, little is known about the  re-
gimes of operation that tend to either
produce or minimize PIC emissions from
burners.

    There is a need for more research into
PIC generation mechanisms and PIC control
technologies.  Near-term research should
be conducted at laboratory scale under
ordered experimental  protocols with con-
trolled variables.  In the longer term,
additional full-scale testing that is
directed toward proving out the small-
scale hypotheses should be conducted.

REFERENCES

1.  U.S. Federal Register, 40  CFR,  Part
    261, Volume 45,  No. 98,  May 19,  1980.

2.  U.S. Federal Register, 40  CFR,  Parts
    264 and 265, Volume 46,  No. 15,  Janu-
    ary 23, 1981.

3.  Trenholm, A., et al.',  "Products  of In-
    complete Combustion from Hazardous
    Waste Incinerators," in Incineration
    and Treatment of Hazardous Waste,
    Proceedings of the Tenth Annual  Re-
    search Symposium, September 1984.

4.  Duvall, D. S., et al., "Laboratory
    Evaluation of High Temperature  De-
    struction of Kepone and Related  Pes-
    ticides," Report to USEPA, EPA-600/2-
    76-299.

5.  Trenholm, A., et al.,  "Performance
    Evaluation of Full-Seale Hazardous
    Waste Incinerators," Report to  USEPA
    under Contract No. 68-02-3177,  1984.

6.  Castaldini, C.,  et al.,  "Engineering
    Assessment Report Hazardous Waste Co-
    firing in Industrial Boilers,"  Report
    to USEPA under Contract  No. 68-02-
    3188, June 1984.
                                           15

-------
                             PRACTICAL GUIDE TO TRIAL BURNS AT
                               HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATORS

                                        Paul  Gorman
                                Midwest Research Institute
                                   425 Volker Boulevard
                               Kansas City,  Missouri   64110

                                     Donald  Oberacker
                           U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency
                                 26 West St.  Clair Street
                                  Cincinnati,  Ohio 45268


                                         ABSTRACT

     The  U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency contracted with Midwest  Research  Institute
 (MRI)  to  prepare a manual, "Practical Guide to Trial Burns for Hazardous Waste Inciner-
 ators," based on MRI's experience in conducting trial burns.   Directed mainly to incin-
 erator operators,  the  guide  addresses the trial  burn process,  including  planning and prep-
 aration,  sampling and analysis, process monitoring,  and data reduction and reporting.
 The  guide concentrates on the  most important,  as well as the more troublesome, aspects
 of a trial burn.   This paper is a  condensation  of some of the contents of the guide rela-
 tive to  planning for a trial burn and to problems that may be encountered when actually
 conducting the trial burn.
INTRODUCTION

     The Resource Conservation and Recovery
Act requires that hazardous waste inciner-
ators effectively destroy hazardous organic
compounds  and  maintain acceptable levels
of  particulate  and  chloride emissions.
Owners and operators of these incinerators
must demonstrate the performance of  their
facility by means of a trial burn.  Conse-
quently, industry and  control agency per-
sonnel  have  become involved in  planning
for, conducting,  and interpreting the re-
sults from trial burns.

     Midwest Research  Institute  (MRI) has
prepared a document, under contract to the
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency  (EPA),
titled "Practical Guide - Trial  Burns for
Hazardous Waste  Incinerators."  This  paper
explains the  purpose of  the guide,   de-
scribes the approach used in its prepara-
tion, and discusses selected areas and po-
tential problems covered in the guide.
Planning for and conducting a trial   burn
are emphasized in the paper.  Several exam-
ples are included.
PURPOSE

     The purpose  of the  "Practical  Guide"
is to assist incinerator operators and reg-
ulatory personnel  who  will  be  involved  in
trial burns  but  who may not have had ex-
perience in planning and executing a trial
burn.  The guide's  intent is to convey in-
formation about  the many complex  and var-
ied  aspects  of a  trial  burn,  primarily
those that are considered  most important
and  those that frequently cause problems.
APPROACH

     Experienced personnel  at MRI first
prepared a list of the most important parts
of a trial burn, from planning through final
reporting of  results, and the most common
problems  that have occurred.  Narrative
descriptions  of  each identified part or
problem were  then written to describe how
each could  be handled  and  how  problems
could be  avoided  or minimized.   The de-
scriptions were kept brief in order to en-
hance clarity and conciseness, and tables
                                            16

-------
and figures were  used  whenever possible.
RESULTS

     Anyone who  is familiar  with trial
burns  knows that there are many  complex
and  varied  steps involved, and numerous
potential difficulties.  The guide, conse-
quently, was  directed  to  the more impor-
tant aspects of a trial burn and the prob-
lem  areas  that  have  been  experienced.

     The guide  has  a  question-and-answer
format to make  it easier  to use and more
directly address the concerns of those who
will be involved in trial  burns.  The ques-
tions asked and  answered  in the guide are
listed below.

Planning for a Trial Burn
          What equipment  or instrumenta-
          tion is the  incinerator required
          to have?
          How should trial  burn operating
          conditions be selected?
          What  types  and  quantities  of
          waste are needed?
          How  many  runs  are  necessary?
          How many workers will be needed?
          How are  stack sampling  methods
          selected?
          What detection  limits are re-
          quired for the sampling and anal-
          ysis methods?
          What  quality assurance/quality
          control (QA/QC)  measures need to
          be taken?
          What if the  results  do  not meet
          Resource  Conservation  and Re-
          covery Act (RCRA) requirements?
                            in preparing
Conducting Trial Burns
          What  is  involved
          for the tests?
          What  is  involved  in actual sam-
          pling?
          What  is  involved  in analysis of
          samples?
          How are  data  converted to final
          results?
          How are  the results usually re-
          ported?

     Since all  these  questions  cannot  be
answered in this paper,  the most important
areas and problems  will  be summarized in
the following paragraphs, along with exam-
ples and  some items of  advice.  Those re-
lated to planning will be discussed first,
                                               followed by  those  related to conducting
                                               the actual  trial burn.
Planning for a Trial Burn

     Much is  involved  in planning for a
trial burn.   Many aspects of the planning
may be known, but their magnitude or com-
plexity may not be realized.  In addition,
other aspects that need to be included in
the planning activity are sometimes over-
looked.  Experience  has  shown  that some
of the most  important  or troublesome  as-
pects  in planning  for  a trial  burn are:

     Selection of  operating conditions,
     Pretests,
     Number of runs and quantity of waste
       required,
     Time requirements,
     Sampling and  analysis  methods,  and
     Cost of a trial burn.

These aspects, which are discussed in de-
tail in the  guide,  are  summarized below.

     Selection of operating conditions:
The objective of a trial burn is to demon-
strate compliance with the following RCRA
requirements:

          Destruction  and  removal  effi-
          ciency (ORE)  ^ 99.99% for  the
          selected principal organic haz-
          ardous  constituents   (POHC)

          Particulate emission concentra-
          tion ^ 180 milligrams per  dry
        .  standard cubic meter  (mg/dscm)

          HC1 emissions  ^1.8  kilograms
          per hour  (kg/hr), or  removal
          efficiency ^ 99%

     A major problem that is often slow
to be realized is that these RCRA require-
ments need to be  demonstrated  under the
worst  practical  operating   conditions
(worst case) because the operating condi-
tions  and waste  characteristics during
the trial burn usually  become the limits
specified in any subsequent operating per-
mit.  Some worst case conditions are listed
in Table 1.   It  is  difficult to achieve
all the criteria shown in Table 1 because
some are contrary to others (e.g.,  maximum
air flowrate  with  minimum 02 content).,
                                            17

-------
       TABLE 1.   TRIAL BURN CONDITIONS
      Waste  Characteristics
      -   Maximum concentration  of selected
          POHCs
      -   Maximum Cl  content
      -   Maximum ash content
      -   Minimum heating  value  (HHV)  of
          waste feed

      Operating  Conditions
      -   Maximum heat input  rate
      -.   Minimum combustion  temperature
      -   Maximum waste feed  rate
      -   Minimum 02  concentration in  stack
          gas
      -   Maximum air input rate (maximum  gas
          flowrate  to yield minimum  resi-
          dence time)
      -   Maximimum CO content in  stack  gas
     When  all,  or most,  of the worst case
scenario is achieved, it will  often  repre-
sent  an operating situation considerably
different  from  normal  operation.   Burning
a low heating value waste with high  Cl and
ash  content at maximum feed rate,  while
trying to maintain all the other worst case
conditions, has led to trial burn problems,
if  not  inadvertent shutdowns.   A  common
problem when  burning  high  ash  content li-
quid wastes  has been  frequent  plugging of
strainers.   This  has caused problems  in
maintaining  maximum  waste feed rate and
even caused shutdowns during the'trial burn.
In another  case,  an  incinerator operator
burning a specific waste wanted to conduct
one trial  burn  at maximum  waste feed rate
and minimum temperature.   However, the op-
erator realized that the incinerator always
operated at lower temperature for  lower
feed rates.   Revised  operating procedures
and a minor design change had to be made
in order to. operate at the higher tempera-
ture when burning waste at lower feed rates.

     Realization  of what must  be done  and
good planning help minimize problems caused
by the worst case situation represented in
a trial  burn.  Wherever possible,  the plant
should be operated at the  test conditions
sometime prior  to the actual  trial burn.
      Pretests:   The major problem with op
 erating at worst case conditions is that
 it maximizes the chance  of  failure (not
 meeting RCRA requirements).   Since the
 plant wants to  meet RCRA requirements,
 test conditions must  be carefully  se-
 lected,  and plant  operating  experience is
 very important  in  making those  selections.
 Pretests or miniburns  are also  highly  de-
 sirable before  the actual trial burn be-
 cause they identify problem  areas,  one of
 the  more common being failure to achieve
 the  particulate emission  limit,  rather
 than failure to  meet ORE.  Mist carryover
 from alkaline scrubbing  systems has often
 been an important  factor  in failure to
 meet the particulate limit.   It  is much
 better to  discover  such  problems  during  a
 pretest,  than  to fail  the official trial
 burn.

      Number of runs and  quantity  of waste
 required:Other elements in the trial
 burn that  have caused problems  have to do
 with the number  of  runs  and  the quantities
 of waste required.   EPA  recommends three
 runs  (at each set of operating  conditions)
 for  a trial burn.   What  is  not usually
 recognized  is  that the  operator  should
 plan  one run per day and  that  each run
 may  require 8 hr of operating time.  The
 quantities  of  waste feed  necessary for.
 three  8-hr runs  are often large.   If  a
 plant  is  burning liquid  waste  at a  rate
 of 5 gallons per minute  (gpm), then the
 total  amount required would approach
 7,200  gallons.    If, in addition,  solids
 are  being  burned at a rate  of  one drum
 every  5 minutes, then a total of 288 drums
 may  be needed.   All  these wastes must
 possess  the characteristics  required for
 the  trial  burn,  and must be  acquired and
 stored  well in   advance  of the tests.

     Time requirements:   Many parts of
 the trial burn process require good plan-
 ning and sufficient time  for carrying out
 those  plans.  A  list of  the  time  factors
 is given  in Table  2.  Preparations  for
 the  actual  sampling require  considerable
 time,  and  analysis  of  samples after the
 tests  usually  requires at least  1  to
 1-1/2 jnonths, due mainly  to  complexities
of POHC  analysis.   The analysis time is
even longer when polychlorinated biphenyls
 (PCB)  or dioxins must  be analyzed  in  a
 PCB  trial  burn,  under Toxic Substances
Control Act regulations.
                                            18

-------
                     TABLE 2.   TIME FACTORS INVOLVED IN A TRIAL BURN
     Receive notification to submit Part B application.

     Evaluate all  conditions at which plant desires to be permitted (1 month).

     Prepare trial burn plan and submit to EPA (required 6 months after notification).

     Prepare responses to EPA on any questions or deficiencies in the trial burn plan
     (1 month).

     Make any additions or modifications to the incinerator that may be necessary (1 to
     3 months).

     Prepare for trial burn.

     *    Prepare for all sampling and analysis (S&A) (2 to 3 months).

     *    Select date for trial burn, in concert with S&A staff or contractor '(completed
          1 month prior to test).

     *    Notify all appropriate regulatory agencies (1 month).

     *    Obtain required quantities of waste having specified characteristics.

     *    Calibrate all critical incinerator instrumentation (2 weeks).

     Conduct trial burn sampling (1 week).

     Conduct sample analysis (1 to 1-1/2 months).

     Calculate trial burn results (1/2 month).

     Prepare results for .submittal to EPA (1/2 to 1 month).  Include requested permit
     operating conditions.

     Obtain operating permit.
  .   Sampling and analysis methods:  Sam-
pling and analysis  results  are the basis
on which it  is decided whether the incin-
erator did or did not achieve the RCRA re-
quirements.    It  is  for this reason that
part of the  "Practical  Guide"  is devoted .
to POHC sampling and  analysis methods and
procedures for  estimating the detection
limits necessary to  demonstrate  a ORE of
99.99%.   The sampling and analysis that
are required in a trial burn, and the asso-
ciated QA/QC procedures, are among the most
complex parts of the  trial burn.   Much of
the guide is devoted to sampling and anal-
ysis,  and  covers  many of the  important
aspects thereof, in a manner that, we hope,
is  relatively  easy to understand, even
though it must necessarily be technically
oriented.  However, because of their com-
plexity, they  are  only briefly discussed
in this paper.

     Selection  of  sampling  and analysis'
methods  depends,  of course, on the  se-
lected POHCs.   One factor that is often
not recognized is that the POHCs fall into
the following  three groups,  that  involve
different sampling  and analysis methods:
                                            19

-------
 Volatile POHCs
 Semivolatile
   POHCs

 Other POHCs
    Sampling and
  Analysis Method

Volatile organic sam-
pling train (VOST) and
gas chromatography/mass
spectrometry (GC/MS) or
gas bag and GC/MS

EPA Modified Method 5
(MM5) and GC/MS

Special methods
      When selecting POHCs, it is advanta-
 geous if  all  are  in  either  Group A or
 Group B, since this will require only one
 sampling method and therefore mean reduced
 analytical  costs.  It is advantageous  in
 most cases to  avoid POHCs  in  Group C (e.g.,
 formaldehyde).

      After the POHCs have  been  selected,
 the detection  limits  required must be esti-
 mated to assure  quantisation at the ORE
 level of 99.99%.  A useful rule of thumb
 discussed in the guide  is as follows:

         100 ppm in waste feed =
           1 ug/m3 in stack  gas,
              at 99.9% ORE

      Higher concentrations  in waste feeds
 yield proportionally higher concentrations
 in  the stack gas.  This rule of thumb is
 useful  for estimating concentrations of
 POHCs in incinerator stack  gas and  for se-
 lecting  the sampling and analysis methods
 with  appropriate  detection  limits.

      The VOST  and MM5  methods usually can
 achieve  the required detection limit, as-
 suming no special  interferences.  However,
 the  upper detection limit  for VOST can be
 exceeded when  the  POHC  concentration in
 the waste is high,  even  if  the incinerator
 is achieving 99.99% ORE.   When this  happens,
 the ORE  may have  to be reported  as a value
 like  "<  99.995%."  Clearly such a result
 is of no use.  The solution to this  poten-
 tial  problem is to estimate the  stack con-
 centration  assuming  a  99.99%  ORE.   Then,
 if the estimated  concentration exceeds the
 VOST  capability,  gas bags will need to be
 used.

      In  general,  gas  bags  should be  used
whenever the estimated stack  concentration
 (at 99.99% ORE) exceeds 500 (jg/m3.   Refer-
 ring to the rule of thumb just described,
 this could occur whenever the POHC  concen-
 tration in the waste  feed is 50,000 ppm
 (5%) or higher.  Consequently,  gas  bags
 are often needed and are frequently used
 in addition to VOST.

      Cost of a trial  burn:   One  of the
 most surprising aspects of a trial  burn,
 regardless of whether or  not  one uses  a
 contractor,  is the cost  of sampling and
 analysis.    In general, the cost ranges
 from $30,000 to $150,000  depending  on the
 number  of runs, number of  samples  taken
 in each run,  and  analysis required  on each
 sample  (i.e.,  the specific POHCs  involved).
 The number of samples  that are  taken dur-
 ing a trial  burn, including all  replicates
 and blanks,  is  surprisingly large (in the
 range of 100 to 300).   Each must then be
 multiplied by  the  respective  number of
 analyses   required.    For  example,  each
 waste feed  sample  may be  analyzed  for
 heating value (HHV),  Cl,  ash,  viscosity,
 and all  POHCs.

      The  large number of  samples and the
 number  of  analyses  of each  constitute the
 major parts  of  the  cost for a trial  burn.
 Cost is also  significantly affected by
 the QA/QC  that  is specified.

      Quality assurance/quality control:
 QA/QC must be adequate, but not excessive
 because  of its potential  impact on  cost.
 More  important,  the QA/QC must  be speci-
 fic,  clearly identifying:

      Number  and types of samples to  be
       analyzed in  replicate;

     Number  and types of samples to  be
       spiked  with  POHCs  or  surrogates
       to  assess  recovery  efficiency
       (accuracy);

     Number and types of blanks;

     Number and types of calibration stan-
       dards; and

     Number and types  of  audit samples.

Conducting a Trial Burn

     Some  of the  planning aspects for a
trial burn discussed previously were di-
rected toward avoidance of  problems that
                                            20

-------
can occur in actually conducting the trial
burn:.,, First,  of  course,  was having all
the-waste available with the desired char-
acteristics,.   Second,  was being able to
operate  the  plant at  the desired worst
case conditions for the trial burn period.
Other significant problems that can develop
during actual  trial  burns  have  to  do with
the following:

     Stack sampling facilities,
     Cyclonic flow,
     Recording of process data,
     Documenting samples and analysis, and
     Calculating and reporting of results.

These aspects, which are  discussed in the
"Practical  Guide,"  are summarized below.

     Stack sampling facilities:  Stack sam-
pling facilities  must be  adequate for all
the test methods  and equipment.  Usually
the degree of adequacy is determined during
pretests  or a pretest site survey by a sam-
pling and analysis contractor.  Even then,
inadequate facilities often  causes several
hours of delay in starting the  actual trial
burn sampling.  Lack  of adequate  electrical
outlets  and  sufficient power for  all the
stack sampling equipment  is  the most common
problem  encountered.

     Another  problem  the  incinerator opera-
tors need to  be aware of  is  that  the trial
burn  requires a  great deal of sampling
equipment, which  can  have mechanical prob-
lems that cause test  delays, especially  if
provisions  have" not been made  for backup
equipment and spare parts.  More critical
is  the fact that  the stack sampling equip-
ment  (Method 5)   must  pass a final leak
check  after a run has been completed.   If
a substantial  leak is detected  the run may
be  invalid  and have to be repeated.   This
will mean an  additional  run, requiring addi-
tional  quantities of the waste feed  and
additional  time.

     Cyclonic flow:   One  of the first checks
done  just prior  to  the  actual  trial  burn
sampling is a check  for  cyclonic flow  in
the stack.   Cyclonic flow is not commonly
encountered,  but  when it is, then installa-
tion  of  flow straighteners  in the stack
may be  necessary.   This  is  not a simple
task and may  require several days, if not
weeks,  to do.  That possibility is another
 reason for a  pretest,  well  in advance  of
 the actual  trial  burn tests.
     Recording of-process data;  Careful
planning for all. .process  data to be re- _ .
corded, and by whom, "is another seemingly  •
minor but,  important  part of the actual
trial burn.  Usually  these  recorded data:
form a  basis for  ORE  calculations  (e.g.,
waste  feed  rates) and for  subsequently
specified permit operating limits.   Close
attention to the  desired  process operat-
ing  conditions  versus actual conditions
during the tests is essential, along with
actions to  be  taken if actual operating
conditions are not within preselected op-
erating  limits.   The  advice here  is  to
consider the "what if" situations and de-
velop clear  action  plans.  For example,
if the operating temperature is to be held
at 2000° ± 100°F, is  sampling to be inter-
rupted whenever the temperature goes out- •
side that  range (e.g., 1890°F)?  Another
example:  if there is a momentary  flameoutj
what action  is to be  taken?  Examples like
these  may  seem minor  but  many such inci-
dents  have  taken  place,  and have  caused
difficulties during actual  tests because
there  is  then  little  time  available for
discussion.

     Documenting  samples  and analysis:
Many samples are  taken during  a trial burn
and  most of these samples  must  undergo
multiple  analyses and QA/QC.  Therefore,
an important requirement  after the actual
sampling  is  listing every sample and  spe-
cifying  exactly what  analyses are to be
performed  on each  sample and by  what
methods.   That list and its requirements
must be  distributed to all  those who  have
responsibility  for  analyses and final re-
sults.   Without such  a comprehensive  list,
it is  easy  to  overlook some required  anal-
ysis or step.

     Calculating  and  reporting of  results:
The  last part of the trial  burn process .
is converting  analytical  results into final
results for the test  report.   This involves
several  calculations  which  can cause  prob-
lems or questions related to:
           Blank  correction procedures,
           Rounding  and  significant figures,
           Use  of less-than or greater-
             values, and   ..
           Formatting  of  reported  results.

     The last section of the guide dis-
cusses all  the above, together with recom-
mended methods, and presents several  sample
 tables of data to  show  how results are
 calculated, and how they may be  presented.
                                             21

-------
CONCLUSION

     We  hope that the  conclusion to be
drawn is that the Practical Guide is worth
reading,  because  it identifies  problems
that have been encountered in actual trial
burns and the  advice given in the manual
may help  minimize or avoid those problems
in future trial burns.   The  Guide, which
is in draft form and nearing completion of
EPA review,  should  be  available in a few
months.
                                           22

-------
           Carbon Monoxide and ORE:   How Well  Do They Correlate?
                              Laurel  J. Staley
                   U.S.  Environmental Protection Agency
                         Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268

                                  ABSTRACT
     A series of six experiments were conducted in which five different  organic  compounds
diluted in heptane were burned in a water-jacketed, bench-scale combustor.   Excess  air
levels were varied to produce changes in the carbon monoxide (CO)  concentration  in  the
incinerator exhaust.  Tenax trap samples were taken at various CO  levels for purposes
of determining accompanying Destruction and Removal Efficiencies (DREs)  and  levels  of
Products of Incomplete Combustion (PICs).

     Results indicate that CO levels have only a tenuous relationship with  ORE and  vary
with the compound being burned as well as with excess air and other combustion conditions.
The highest levels of PICs and unburned POHCs (Principal Organic Hazardous  Constituents)
occurred at very high excess air levels and were accompanied by high CO  levels.
INTRODUCTION

     The Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) regulations require
that hazardous waste incinerator opera-
tors achieve 99.99% ORE (Destruction and
Removal Efficiency) of the hazardous
waste fed to the incinerator.  Compli-
ance with these regulations is generally
determined by a trial burn in which the
incinerator burns a hazardous waste
stream representative of what the in-
cinerator is intended to burn.  Inlet
and outlet mass flow rates for several
selected chemicals, POHCs (Principal
Organic Hazardous Constituents)., chosen
because they are thought to be relative-
ly hard to burn, are determined.  From
these mass flow rates, the DREs of the
POHCs are determined.

     The trial burn method for determin-
ing compliance with RCRA has several
problems.  In spite of the fact that
trial burns are expensive and time con-
suming, they provide only a "snapshot"
of how well the incinerator is operating
during the trial burn.  No information
is obtained about how the incinerator's
performance might fluctuate with future
changes in operating conditions or waste
feed characteristics.  Further, trial
burns do not provide the incinerator
operator with up-to-the-minute informa-
tion on incinerator performance which
would enable corrective action to be
taken if incinerator performance deteri-
orates .

     Several research groups are trying
to correct this deficiency by determining
whether a continuous indicator of perfor-
mance, which would signal the onset of
incinerator performance deterioration,
can be found.  These potential indicators
are combustion intermediates or tracers
spiked into the waste feed.  The emission
rates of these chemical intermediates
and/or tracers can all be monitored.
Theoretically, fluctuations in emission
rates could then be used to signal
changes in incinerator performance.
Research is ongoing to determine the
nature of the relationship between the
emission rates of these chemicals and
ORE, if, indeed, such a relationship
exists.
                                           23

-------
      One combustion intermediate under
 consideration as a ORE indicator is
 carbon monoxide (CO).  Emission levels
 of carbon monoxide have long been used
 by operators of combustion devices to
 indicate performance levels in a very
 general sense. High CO levels are
 generally considered to indicate poor
 combustion and general  operating prob-
 lems with the incinerator.  Conversely,
 low CO levels generally indicate that
 the combustor is operating well.  In
 addition, inexpensive readily available
 and reliable monitors already exist for
 monitoring CO.  Thus, because it seems
 economically and technically feasible,
 research is ongoing to  attempt to tie
 ORE directly to CO levels.

      Thus far, results  indicate that
 the correlation between CO and ORE
 exists in the laboratory and in small-
 scale devices but  not at full-scale.
 Researchers at the Energy and Environ-
 mental  Research Corporation (EERC)  in
 California have found that CO does  not
 indicate minor changes  in ORE, but  does
 indicate general trends.   In predicting
 general  trends, EERC found that CO  is a
 conservative indicator  of ORE.   That
 is, that CO increases long before ORE
 drops (2).   However,  full-scale tests
 at  both  hazardous  waste incinerators
 and industrial  boilers  cofiring hazard-
 ous waste indicate that there is  no
 apparent correlation  between CO and  ORE
 0,  3).

      Consequently,  a set  of experi-
 ments was conducted  at  the  EPA-
 Cincinnati  Thermal  Destruction  Labora-
 tory (located  at their  Center Hill
 Facility) to further  explore not  only
 how POHC destruction  varied  with  CO
 levels,  but how the  formation  of  Products
 of  Incomplete  Combustion  (PICs)  varied
 as  well.  We chose to study  PIC  formation
 in  addition to  POHC destruction  because
 excessive PIC formation  in hazardous
waste incinerators can  perhaps  be a
 significant source of air pollution  from
these devices.

EXPERIMENTAL EQUIPMENT

     The combustor used for the in-
house EPA work is nearly identical to
that used in the laboratory-scale
research mentioned above which showed a
correlation between CO and ORE.  Figure
 1 is a diagram of the Turbulent  Flame
 Reactor (TFR) used in the in-house  study.
 The TFR is water-jacketed and  made  of
 stainless steel.   A mixture of test com-
 pound and heptane enters  the TFR through
 a Delavan pressure atomizing nozzle.
 Nitrogen pressurization from bottled gas
 is the driving force for fuel  flow. Com-
 bustion air supplied by a compressor
 enters the TFR through an International
 Flame Research Foundation (IFRF)  windbox
 located at the bottom of  the TFR.   Adjust-
 able swirl  vanes  allow for the control of
 angular and linear momentum imparted to
 the combustion air and afford  some  con-
 trol  over flame shape and stability.

      Tenax-GC sorbent traps are  used to
 collect POHC and  PIC emissions from the
 TFR.  The tenax sampling system used is
 shown in Figure 2.   Sample gases  enter
 through a 1/4" outside diameter  (O.D.)
 stainless steel probe which penetrates
 the TFR exhaust duct.   They then  pass
 through a heat-traced  length of  1/4" O.D.
 teflon tubing where  the temperature is
 kept  at 130°C.  Prior to leaving the heat-
 traced length of  tubing,  sample gases
 pass  through  a particulate  filter.  Heat
 tracing ends  roughly six  inches upstream
 of the Tenax trap  in order  to  allow the
 gases  to air-cool  from 130°C to 20°C.
 The gases  then pass  through  a  Tenax trap
 containing  1.5 grams of Tenax-GC  resin
 which  adsorbs  all  of the  volatile organ-
 ic  compounds  in the  exhaust  gas sample.
 After  that,  the gases  pass  through  a
 pump,  a rotameter  and  a dry  gas meter
 prior  to being exhausted  to  the atmos-
 phere.   The  Tenax trap  samples collected
 in  this way were then  analyzed by a gas
 chromatograph  equipped with  a  Hall
 Detector.

     To obtain continuous CO level  read-
 ings,  a Beckman Non-Dispersive Infra-Red
 (NDIR)  monitor is used.  A Beckman  NDIR
 monitor is also used to continuously
 monitor C02 concentrations in the ex-
 haust gas.  Oxygen in the exhaust gas
 is monitored by a Beckman Paramagnetic
 oxygen monitor.  Total Unburned Hydro-
 carbons  (TUHC) are continuously moni-
 tored using a Beckman Flame  lonization
 Detector  (FID) Total Hydrocarbon  Moni-
 tor.

     Figure 3 shows the continuous moni-
 toring  system employed for the  experi-
ments.  Sample gas for CO, C02  and 02
                                           24

-------
      TURBULENT FLAME REACTOR
toCOCO2 + O2
  monitors

  to TEN AX
  (heated line)
       H2O—El
        AIR
      (FROM  —
  COMPRESSOR)
        SWIRL VANE
        ADJUSTMENT
IT
u
              to THC monitor
           T.C. for exhaust
          j__  gas temp
                   heptane &
                waste compound
  FIGURE  1
                      25

-------
     TENAX SAMPLING TRAIN
         T.C. 130°C
            I
particulate filter

     /T.C. < 24°C
  heat traced,
    insulated
  sampling line
              TENAX trap
TFR
     FIGURE 2
                            pump
exhaust
                          gas meter
                                              rotameter
                             26

-------
        CONTINUOUS MONITORS
particulate filter
    t
laboratory
gas drier
   I cat)
                                            NDIR
                                            CO
                                            Monitor
                                            NDIR
                                            C02
                                            Monitor
                                            Paramagnetic
                                            02
                                            Monitor
                 FID
                 Total Hydrocarbon
                 Detector
        FIGURE 3

-------
 analysis Is extracted from the TFR
 through a common sample line.  Prior to
 entering the exhaust gas monitors, the
 sample gases pass through a particulate
 filter, and a laboratory gas drier filled
 with calcium sulfate.

     Finally, three Type K thermocouples
 are used to measure TFR exhaust gas tem-
 perature and sample gas temperatures in
 the heated and unheated portions of the
 sample line upstream of the tenax trap.

 EXPERIMENTAL DESIGN

      The purpose of these experiments was
 to get a general idea of POHC and PIC
 levels in the exhaust gas of the TFR when
 that unit is operated under conditions
 that give rise to varying CO levels.
 This was primarily a "scoping" study
 intended to  define areas in which future
 research might be most  relevant and fruit-
 ful.  Particular areas  of concern in-
 cluded the  following:

      1.     How well  does CO level  in  the
           exhaust gas  correlate with ORE?

      2.    How do POHC  and  PIC levels
           vary with  changes  in CO  level?

      3.    How do POHC  and  PIC levels for
           long-duration failure modes
           such  as  improperly  set combus-
           tion  air compare to POHC and
           PIC  levels for  short-duration
           failure modes such  as  flame-
           outs,  both of which  are  indi-
           cated  by high CO levels?

      4.    Are there mixture effects
           which  influence  the  relation-
           ship between  CO  level and  ORE?

      To  address the above questions,  a
series of five compounds: trichloro-
ethylene  (TCE),  carbon tetrachloride,
tetrachloroethane, chlorobenzene and
Freon-113 (1,1,2 trichloro-1,2,2 tri-
fluoroethane) were each burned in the TFR
separately in 2.0 mole percent solutions
in heptane.  We felt it would un-
necessarily complicate the experiments
to routinely use more than one POHC per
test  run at this early stage of our
testing.

     To test for mixture effects however,
a test was conducted in which both Freon-
 113  and  chlorobenzene were mixed
 together in  heptane and  burned.  The
 same volumes of chlorobenzene and
 heptane  were used  in this test as in
 the  previous tests where these com-
 pounds were  burned separately
 (i.e., 2 mole  percent each of chloro-
 benzene  and  Freon-113 resulting in 4
 mole percent of total POHCs in heptane).

      For each  test, fuel flowrate was
 held at  a constant level while the com-
 bustion  air  flowrate was varied to pro-
 duce carbon  monoxide levels that span-
 ned  the  entire range of observable
 values.   At  five or sometimes six sets
 of operating conditions and observed
 carbon monoxide levels, five minute
 Tenax trap samples were taken of the
 TFR  exhaust  gas in order to determine
 unburned  POHC.levels, DREs and the
 levels of any  (PICs) that may have been
 produced  at  those CO levels.  In addi-
 tion, carbon monoxide (CO), total
 unburned  hydrocarbons (TUHC), carbon
 dioxide  (C02)  and oxygen (02) levels
 and  exhaust  gas temperature were con-
 tinuously monitored.

     At  some point during each test,
 the  flame was turned off during a
 sampling  period. Sampling continued.
 The  purpose  of this was to see if the
 POHC  levels  and PIC species were
 significantly different for this
 sudden deterioration in incinerator
 performance  (indicated by high CO)
 than they were for other more long-
 term failure conditions such as those
 arising from improperly set combus-
 tion air.

 RESULTS

 DRE Findings

     For the most part,  99.99% DRE
 was achieved for the test POHCs in
 each of the six tests.  In 62.5% of
the cases DRE exceeded  99.99%.   The
 rest of the time,  DRE was at least
99.9%. Table 1 summarizes the DREs
 achieved.

Correlation Between CO  and  DRE

     The  correlation  between CO  and
DRE is loose at best.   DRE  seems to  be
 large ly  determined by  what  POHC is
being burned.  Some POHCs burn  easily;
                                           28

-------



















trt

CU
cu
_J
c.


r—


O
r






<







J
3
1




1
§
U



C
«l









>






g
p




I
>




i
1

i
0
CO




















i
ex
1


§
5
s

3.
10
L.
01
<








vo ot

Ol Ot















Ot Ot
Ot Ol
Ot Ol











CO Ot
a\ a\
as:



(^
cn cn
cn c<

ct cn

*
« ot

1** C*
cn o







0)
c
01
N
C c:

0 £
c. u.
o
•— -a
<-> «




S
cn







o>
cn
Ol
























e\j
cr





^










oc
cn






c
§

*
CM
cn
ot
cn

on















CO


cn















cn
cn
cn


^.
ot
01
cr
cn













01
c
a
c
01
-a
o

c
t







*
ct r^.
cnen
cn cn
cncn









Lf)
at
cn
en
ot







cn
cn
cn
cn
cn
A*






CM
Ot
a>
cn
cn


cn

cn
cn
ot



01
c

an
cn



g
8









Tf
cn
ot
on
cn











u
I—




V
























































o
CM


O

CM



O
cn




0
00






s-




o
• 10
^~





o
• in



o





0
CO




a
• CM


• 2

«c
S
2
01
L.
O

iS
>*
* g

-------
 some do not.   Results  from this  test
 series  seemed to follow those  obtained
 by EERC in their earlier studies.
 Namely, for hard to  burn POHCs,  CO
 levels  increase  without a concommitant
 decrease in DRE.   Presumably,  CO levels
 are increasing in advance of a decline
 in DRE  (2).  Figure  4  shows CO levels,
 excess  air levels and  accompanying DRE
 levels  for all six tests.   At  excess air
 levels  above  170% theoretical  air, DRE
 for some POHCs does  seem to decrease.
 For other conditions,  however, DRE seems to
 remain  above  99.99%  even though  CO
 levels  again  increase  as excess  air
 levels  drop below 140% theoretical air.
 Above 170% theoretical  air, CO levels,
 although  elevated, are not  at  their
 highest levels even  though  POHC  and PIC
 emissions  are at  their highest.  Con-
 versely,  CO levels are at  their  highest
 below 130% theoretical  air  even  though
 in this region DREs  are consistently
 above 99.99%  and  PIC emissions are low.

      Another  indication that CO  levels
 cannot  closely predict DRE  is that the
 high  DREs  in  this test series were
 achieved  at CO levels  that  are high in
 comparison to  those  found at full-scale
 incinerators.  Minimum CO  levels for
 these six  tests ranged  from 100  ppm to
 300 ppm as  seen in Figure 4.   Full-scale
 incinerators  typically  operate at CO
 levels  lower  than 100  ppm (3).

 Variation  in  POHC Destruction and PIC
     formation With  Changes in  CU Tevel

     Fiqure 5  shows  a  graph of  POHC and
 PIC emissions  for our tetrachloroethane
 test burn.  Emissions for both the POHC
 for the test  (tetrachloroethane)  and the
main PIC  (trichloroethylene) increased
 with increasing excess  air.reaching their
 highest levels at 195%  theoretical air.
 The average CO level under these  con-
ditions  was about 800  ppm.  Conversely,
at  130% theoretical air, where  the
average CO  level  exceeded 1000  ppm, POHC
and PIC emissions were at their lowest.
This is  contrary to what would  be ex-
pected if the  CO/DRE correlation  were
quite close.

     Figure 5  also indicates that, even
under conditions  that result in low
POHC emissions, it is still possible  to
produce  comparatively large quantities
of PICs  when burning certain chemicals.
 Even though the emissions of tetra-
 chloroethane are low, relatively high
 levels of TCE form.  Even though no
 TCE was  fed to the incinerator during
 this test, levels of TCE are always
 much higher than those of tetrachloro-
 ethane in the exhaust.  Instead of
 being completely combusted to C02 and
 HoO, a small portion of the tetra-
 cnloroethane seems to have been merely
 converted to trichloroethylene through
 the liberation of HC1.

 Comparison of Flameout and Non-Flameout
     conditions

     Fiaure 5 shows that the levels of
 POHCs emitted at high excess air levels
 did not differ significantly from those
 emitted when the flame was extinguished.
 Nor did the types of PICs.  This could
 be serious.  When the flame goes out,
 there is usually only a momentary surge
 of soot and emission of exhaust gas
 laden with PICs.  At high excess air
 levels though, the flame can be quite
 stable. Thus under high excess air con-
 ditions, large volumes of POHCs and
 PICs can be emitted over long periods
 of time resulting in a worse air
 pollution problem than a momentary
 upset like a flameout.

 Mixing Effects

     Table 2 which compares the results
 from Test 4 using chlorobenzene, Test 5
 using Freon 113, and Test 6 using both
 chlorobenzene and Freon 113 shows that
 there are no major mixing effects which
 change the DREs achieved.  Although the
 emissions of chlorobenzene (Test 4) and
 Freon (Test 5) differ slightly from the
 emissions in Test 6 (where both were
 burned together), the DRE for Freon was
 consistently higher than that for
 chlorobenzene. No mixing effects on CO
 levels were noted.
CONCLUSIONS

     Any conclusions resulting from
this work will need to be confirmed by
future research.  Nevertheless, we did
identify some tentative conclusions.
They are:

     1.    CO/DRE Correlation: Based on
           our tests, levejs  of CO do
                                          30

-------
    DC

    <
    LLJ

    O

    X
    LU
    LU

    >
    LJJ



    LJJ

    O


    X

    O
S5
u.
    CQ
    CE
          Ill
(N3OAXO%0 Ol Q3103UaOO)



                     31
                                          13A31 3QIXONOW

-------
CO
                 D
                 O
                 LU
O
X
 CM
o
     <  LU
     Jf  >
     o
        o

        o
 CO
O
X
 CM
O
 o
O
LL
If)  mUrn
LU  CO
cc  CO

1  §
LL  QJ
    o <
    £ w
    O V)
    LU X
    >
    111
                                                        w
                                                        DC
                                                        0)
                                                        O)
                                                        0>
                                                        O)
                                                         0)

                                                         0)
                                                         E
                                                         a
                                                         a
                                                         O
                                                         O
                             SNOISSfW3 Old
                                                     t-   p

                                               OHOd
                                   32

-------




—


s

,






-




10
£J _>>
a cu
±j
"obenzene
id Separa-
o re
o eu
i_
T3 =

re x
•r—
C S '
O
CU C
f «f—
1 1
M- O
O -r-

C U)
O 13

^
tl O
re cj
Q.
E c_
o o
0 1-

9
CM
eu
jz
re
t_























0

CM O
0
o
O i —
o
CM





0
en
o
o
oo
o 1
"
i
o
un
170
-400 	
0
to

o
0
op

o
IT)
^—
o
o
cyi
o

^—

o
o
rO
0
^~


£
C
0 C
i — C
c
c:
ri
1
o 1

^_


£_
•f—


^_
re
o

"cu
o :
CU Q
-C —
I—

fc^ c.
*
CM
en
•
en
en



10
r--
en










CO
en
•
en
en









en
en
en
en




en
en
en
en










eu
c:
cu
N

CU
-Q
o
c_
o

o'
•* 1
I—
t/1 • —
eu









to
en
en
en
en




^t-
en
en
en
en













CM
en
en
en
en





2





OO
en
en
en
en








c
o
eu
U_ I
ir> i
^~
t/) ^^-
CU
1—













en

en
en








en
en
en
en








oo
en
en
en




en
en
en
en

*

r-.
cn
en








X— *
T
(
1 X
O •!-
i. E
o *•—
1 —
ej i
<£> 1
'
to J
CU
I—













en
en
•
en
en








!£>
en
en
en
en








en
en
en
en




en
en
en
en
~
CO
en
a
en
en










^""*
n
c: (
0 X
CU-r;
£- 1






























































CU

jQ
re
^™
4_J 'r™
3 re
o >
ey. ^c
M jj
•— o

1 * 1
* 
-------
3.
 not seem to correlate closely
 with ORE although they may
 indicate general trends in
 incinerator performance. High
 DREs (>99.99%) can be achieved
 in the TFR at CO levels con-
 sidered high for hazardous
 waste and incinerators.  The
 lowest DREs achieved occurred at
 the highest excess air levels
 and at elevated, although not
 the highest, CO levels.

 POHC Destruction and PIC
 Formation;   The highest PIC
 and unburned POHC levels of
 any of the  conditions tested
 occurred  at the highest excess
 air levels  tested.  We expected
 the highest emissions of POHCs
 and PICs  to occur at low
 excess air  levels.   At low
 excess air  levels and corres-
 pondingly high  CO levels,
 POHC and  PIC emissions did
 not increase even though high
 CO  levels normally  indicate
 incomplete  combustion.
 Therefore,  even  though  DREs
 remained  high under these
 conditions,  the  POHCs may  not
 have been completely  combus-
 ted to  C02  and H20.   Instead
 the POHCs may have  formed
 semi-volatile and non-volatile
 intermediates that  were  not
 detected using the  available
 sampling and analysis methods.
 (The chlorinated  species
detecting GC/Hall Detector,
 or  they may  have  formed
semi-volatile PICs  that we
were unable  to trap on Tenax-
GC  resin).

Flame-out Emissions vs. High
Excess Air Emission?;Sudden
deterioration in  incinerator
performance caused by extin-
guishing the flame  (shutting
off the fuel) did not result
                                                    in significantly  higher  levels
                                                    of unburned  POHC  or  signifi-
                                                    cantly  different  types of  PICs
                                                    than  those produced  under
                                                    conditions of  high excess
                                                    air.

                                                4.   Mixture Effects:  For the  two
                                                    chemicals tested  together
                                                    (chlorobenzene and Freon-113)
                                                    there did not seem to be a
                                                    significant mixture  effect on
                                                    ORE or  CO level.
 FUTURE WORK

       The tentative  conclusions  out-
 lined above will  have  to  be  supported
 by further experimentation.  In doing
 these future experiments,  we plan to
 take  a closer look at  PICs that  may be
 formed under conditions of low excess
 air/high  CO level. Further,  we plan to
 examine the effect of  post-flame heat-
 ing and cooling on CO  levels, POHC
 destruction and PIC  formation. Both our
 studies and those of EERC  (each  using
 the TFR),  show a tenuous  relationship
 between CO  and DRE (2).   Field tests at
 full-scale  boilers and incinerators
 show  no correlation between  CO and DRE
 (1, 3).   One  of the main differences
 between the two sets of tests is that
 the laborabory-scale work  was conducted
 in a water-jacketed stainless steel
 device while  the full-scale tests were
 conducted in  refractory-lined vessels.
 The EPA Cincinnati has a refractory-
 lined  device which is similar in firing
 rate to the TFR. Experimentation on
 this device should help resolve the
 discrepancy in results obtained from
 the laboratory- and full-scale work.

     Hopefully, data gathered in this
 effort can  be usefully integrated with
 data from other researchers both in  the
 field and  laboratory to finally deter-
mine the usefulness of carbon monoxide
 as a continuous indicator of  Destruc-
tion and Removal  Efficiency.
                                     34

-------
REFERENCES
2.
DeRosier, H., U. Mason, C. Span-
nagel, D. Wolbach.  Emissions
Testing of Industrial Boilers
Cofiring Hazardous Wastes -~STte L.
EPA Contract 68-02-31/b

Niehart, Rachel K., John C. Kram-
lich, Gary S. Samuel son and William
Randall Seeker.  "Continuous Per-
     formance Monitoring Techniques  for
     Hazardous Waste Incinerators."
     Draft report July 1983.

3.   Trenholm, Andrew, Benjamin Smith
     and Donald Oberacker.   "Emission
     Test Results for a Hazardous Waste
     Incinerator RIA."  EPA 600-9-4-84-
     015.  Proceedings:  Ninth Annual
     Research Symposium: Incineration
     and Treatment of Hazardous Wastes.
                                    Acknowledgments
     The author would like to thank Louis H. Garcia, James Horton and Robert E.
Mournighan for their help with the experimental portion of the program.
                                            35

-------
                               SUMMARY OF TESTING PROGRAM AT
                               HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATORS

                                      Andrew Trenholm
                                Midwest Research Institute
                                   425 Volker Boulevard
                               Kansas City, Missouri  64110

                                     Donald Oberacker
                           U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                 26 West St. Clair Street
                                  Cincinnati, Ohio  45268


                                         ABSTRACT

      The Environmental  Protection  Agency's (EPA) regulatory impact analysis  (RIA)  on
 hazardous waste incinerator regulations included definition of the baseline performance
 of incinerators operating  under  normal  conditions.   As input to  the  RIA,  a study was
 conducted to establish  current baseline  levels of performance through measurements of
 pollutant emissions (including over 40 Appendix VIII  compounds)  at eight hazardous waste
 incinerators and to analyze the data generated from these measurements to identify per-
 formance trends.   The results  of  that study are described  in this  paper.

      Tests  were conducted  at  eight full-scale facilities  to characterize all feed and
 effluent streams.   Pollutants measured included  EPA  Appendix VIII hazardous compounds,
 particulates,  hydrogen chloride,  carbon monoxide,  and total  hydrocarbons.   The data  were
 analyzed to address questions on  destruction  and removal  efficiency (ORE),  products of
 incomplete  combustion (PIC),  pollutant emission  levels, performance of air  pollution
 control  systems,  and  relationships  of  process parameters  to destruction efficiency  and
 emission levels.   A large  base of  data on performance of hazardous waste incinerators
 was accumulated, and  many possible  relationships  between parameters were explored    Con-
 clusions included:   DREs were generally above 99.99%; measured DREs tended to be higher
 when  concentration of the  hazardous  compound  in  the  waste was  higher;  the most fre-
 quently  observed  PICs were benzene, toluene, chloroform, tetrachloroethylene, and naph-
 thalene;  the particulate  EPA  regulation  of 180 milligrams per normal  cubic meter
 (mg/Nm3)  was not routinely met; and the hydrogen chloride  EPA regulation almost always
 met.
INTRODUCTION

     The  EPA's  Office  of Solid  Waste
(OSW) conducted  an RIA as part of EPA's
hazardous  waste incinerator  regulatory
development.  The  RIA includes definition
of the  baseline  performance  of incinera-
tors operating under normal  conditions
and evaluation of  the costs  and benefits
of  alternative  regulatory  approaches.
These analyses require  knowledge  of in-
cinerator  performance  for  different
 incinerator designs and operating condi-
 tions, a wide range of waste feed charac-
 teristics, and  various combinations of
•air pollution  control  equipment.  This
 study of  eight hazardous waste incinera-
.tors was  conducted  to  provide input to
 the data  base that will be used to char-
 acterize performance.

      Midwest   Research  Institute  (MRI)
 conducted sampling and analyses  for  the
 eight sites,  analyzed the  data, and
                                           36

-------
reported the  results.   The results are
available in  five  volumes from the Na-
tional  Technical   Information  Service
(NTIS); Volume I is an executive summary;
Volume II contains  the  program descrip-
tion  and discussion of  results; and Vol-
umes  III through V provide documentation
of the methods used and data collected on
the  program  (NTIS  Numbers PB85 129500,
18,  26,  34, and 42, respectively).  This
paper  summarizes the program and  the  re-
sults obtained.

PURPOSE

      The purpose of this  study was to es-
tablish  current baseline  levels  of per-
formance through measurements  of  pollut-
ant  emissions  at  the  eight incinerators
and  to analyze the  data generated to
identify performance trends.  The primary
measures of performance during this pro-
gram were DREs for principal organic  haz-
ardous constituents (POHC) and removal of
HC1  and particulates  from  the   stack
gases.

APPROACH

      The eight hazardous waste incinera-
tors tested  had been selected by EPA to
provide  a broad representation of the in-
cinerators in the  country.   These incin-
erators  span  a wide array of incinerator
design and operating parameters,  particu-
late and HC1  control equipment, and waste
feed characteristics.

      The distribution  of  incinerator
types and control  devices  is shown  in
Table 1.  The facilities  exhibited a  wide
range in capacity of 1  to 78  gigajoules
per hour (GJ/hr) (1 to  74 million British
thermal  units per  hour  (Btu/hr))  heat in-
put.  Values  for  three key parameters,
combustion  temperature,  residence time,
and percent excess  air  or percent oxygen,
also varied widely.  Operating tempera-
tures ranged  from  650°  to 1450°C  and  cal-
culated  residence  time varied from 0.07
to 6.5 seconds.   Excess  air values fell
within 60  to 130%.  Corresponding oxygen
content  ranged from 8  to 12%.

      Waste  feeds with  a wide range  of
characteristics were encountered at  the
eight sites.   The  heating values  were be-
 low 4,600  kilojoules  per kilogram (kJ/kg)
 (2,000 British thermal  units  per pound
 (Btu/lb))  for aqueous liquids and ranged
from 14,000  to 37,000 kJ/kg  (6,000 to
16,000 Btu/lb) for  organic  liquids, and
from 0 to 29,000  kJ/kg (0 to  12,500 Btu/
Ib) for  solid  wastes.  The  organic liq-
uids and many  of  the solids  had a  high
enough heating value  to  sustain combus-
tion without auxiliary  fuel.   Percent
chloride in  the wastes ranged up to 25%,
with the highest  values  for organic liq-
uids (chlorinated solvents).   Little ash
was found in aqueous  liquids;  values for
organic  liquids ranged up  to 9%; solids
had the  most ash  with values from 17 to
29%.  Water  content is obviously high for
the aqueous  wastes but ranged up to 50 to
60% for  the  organic liquids and solids.
  TABLE 1.  DISTRIBUTION OF INCINERATOR
              TYPES AND CONTROL DEVICES
  Type or device     Number of facilities
Incinerator type
Liquid injection
Rotary kiln -
  secondary chamber
Hearth
Gas  injection

Control  device
None
HC1  scrubber
Particulate control
8
2

2
1
 3
 5
 4
      This  program encompassed a wide ar-
 ray  of activities centered on testing at
 the  eight  hazardous waste  incinerator
 facilities.   These  activities  included
 evaluation and,  in some cases,  modifica-
 tion of sampling  and  analysis  methods;
 multimedia sampling and analysis  (S&A),
 and  extensive data evaluation to  assess
 the  performance  of hazardous waste incin-
 erators.

      The   S&A activities  characterized
 each  input  and  output  stream  to  the
 greatest  degree possible.   Typical input
 streams included  waste  feed, auxiliary
 fuel, and control  system  makeup  and re-
 cycle waters.   Output  streams  included
 stack  gases,  control  device effluent
 (solid or  liquid), and incinerator bottom
 ash.  Each stream  sampled was  generally
                                            37

-------
 analyzed   for   organic  constituents,
 chlorides,  particulate or ash,  and,  in
 some  cases,  metals.   The S&A activities
 included  full  quality assurance/quality
 control.

      The  S&A activities  generated exten-
 sive  data of potential use to  evaluate
 incinerator performance.   Procedures were
 developed  to reduce  these data  to a  for-
 mat usable for  subsequent analyses.  Ac-
 tivities included evaluating and defining
 procedures  for  calculating  chloride and
 POHC input rates, blank correction proce-
 dures for POHC effluent rates, and calcu-
 lating the  most representative  residence
 time and excess air for each of the eight
 facilities.

      Specific technical issues related to
 incinerator performance  were  identified
 throughout the program.  Engineering and
 statistical analysis techniques  appropri-
 ate to each problem were  selected and,  to
 the degree possible within the available
 data base, conclusions were drawn.  Pat-
 tern recognition data  analysis  was used
 to identify relationships between param-
 eters  that  were  not apparent from the
 overall  examination of the data.   These
 techniques were used primarily  to iden-
 tify the  incinerator and waste  charac-
 teristics  that contributed most signifi-
 cantly to  the achievement or nonachieve-
 ment of  99.99%  ORE.

 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

     The sites and  the  specific'incinera-
 tor operating conditions  were limited by
 program  constraints.    Sites were those
 where  access could be  obtained,  and  op-
 erating  conditions  during the  tests were
 those  selected by  the  plants as  their
 normal conditions.   Thus, this study did
 not provide a complete characterization
 of  incinerator  performance for  specific
 POHCs  under varied operating conditions.
 A  rigorous experimental matrix of incin-
 erator parameters  was not used  nor were
 detailed facility  characterizations pre-
 pared.

     A number  of S&A problems were  en-
countered which are too detailed to pre-
sent in this  paper.   The  reader  is  re-
ferred to  the full  report for  discussion
of these problems and the solutions used.
 RESULTS

      This section  presents  the  more  sig-
 nificant  results  of the  program.   The
 discussion  is  divided into six  subsec-
 tions:   POHCs,  PICs,  CO/THC monitoring,
 HC1  control,  particulate  control,  and
 metals emissions.

 POHCs

      One  key element  of this study was
 determination of DREs  for any POHC (Ap-
 pendix VIII   compound)  present  at  100
 micrograms per  gram  (pg/g)  (approximate
 detection limit) or greater in any waste
 feed stream.  The  DREs span a wide range
 for both  volatile  and  semi volatile  com-
 pounds.    The 134 volatile  and 106  semi-
 volatile data points  (a data point  is one
 test run  for one compound)  are distrib-
 uted as  shown in Table 2.
            TABLE 2.   ORE RANGE
 DRE range
                       Type of POHC
Volatiles   Semivolatiles
< 99
99-99.9
99.9-99.99
99.99-99.999
> 99.999
2
12
30
51
39
3
5
20
46
32
     The  average DRE for the  eight  fa-
cilities  was 99.992% for  all  volatile
compounds.   An  average  for semivolatile
compounds could  not be calculated because
over half the stack measurements were be-
low detection limits; however, most semi-
volatile compounds measured consistently
achieved at  least 99.99% DRE.

     DREs <  99.99% tend to occur .when one
or both of  two factors are present.  The
first factor is-low concentration of the
POHC in the waste feed (i.e., < 1,000
Mg/g).   The  second factor  involves  com-
pounds commonly identified as  PICs  (espe-
cially chloroform,  methylene   chloride.,
benzene,  and naphthalene),.   The formation
                                           .38

-------
of  these compounds during the  incinera-
tion  of  chlorinated  organics increases
their concentration  in  the stack gas,  re-
sulting in a lower ORE.  Eighty percent
of  the  volatile  points and 96%  of  the
semivolatile  points  below 99.99% ORE oc-
curred in cases  where  one  or  both  of
these factors were present.

      Three types  of  relationships between
ORE and waste feed and incinerator oper-
ating parameters  were addressed--the ef-
fect  of waste feed concentration on  ORE;
the relationship  between  ORE and heats  of
combustion for specific  POHC,  and  the
impact on ORE of  such incinerator parame-
ters  as temperature,  residence  time, and
stack 02  concentration.

      The  relationship  between  ORE  and
waste feed concentration  was examined  us-
ing linear regression analyses.   Separate
regression analyses  were conducted  for
volatile  and semivolatile compounds  using
the log transforms for both  penetration
(1-DRE)  and waste feed  concentration.
For volatile  compounds,  the data were
best  fit  by a line with a slope  of -0.79.
Figure  1  shows  that no compounds below
200 ijg/g  in the waste feed achieved  a ORE
greater  than  99.99%  and  no  points above
12,000  ng/g failed to achieve 99.99% ORE.
The correlation coefficient  of  -0.84 for
the regression line is  highly significant.

      A  similar  comparison using the  data
for semivolatile   POHCs showed  the same
basic  relationship (Figure 2).  The  slope
of  -0.81 is  comparable  to that obtained
for volatile compounds.   A statistically
significant  correlation  coefficient of
-0.76 was  obtained.  Phenomena that  might
cause  such a relationship were  not iden-
tified.

     The  relationship between ORE and the
heat of combustion of a POHC was examined
using  rank order  statistics.  The analy-
sis was  based  on  data from  the four fa-
cilities  which  had sufficient quantifi-
able points to provide a meaningful  anal-
ysis.    If the  incinerability of  a com-
pound were dependent on its  heat of  com-
bustion,  the DREs  for  compounds subject
to the same incinerator conditions should
be  positively correlated  with the heats
of  combustion of  those  compounds.  None
of  the  data for the  four plants  show  a
significant positive correlation.
      Multivariate .statistical  analyses
 were  used to examine the  impact  of  four
 incinerator  operating  parameters—resi-
 dence time,  chamber  temperature,  heat  in-
 put  rate, and stack 02 concentration—on
 ORE.   The results of two types of multi-
 variate  analyses,  factor analysis  and
 discriminant analysis,  indicate that the
 only  operating variable strongly related
 to  ORE is chamber temperature.   However,
 the  data were not sufficient to define a
 quantitative relationship  between temper-
 ature and ORE.   For the  sites tested,
 factors  such as  waste  feed  concentra-
 tion,  specific compound kinetics,  and  PIC
 formation tend to mask relationships be-
 tween incinerator operating  conditions
 and  ORE.   These  results  indicate rela-
 tionships  which  warrant further investi-
 gation;  they do  not establish.definitive
 relationships  between the operating pa-
 rameters  and ORE.

      Measured  DREs  may also be affected
 by  removal  of POHCs from  the gas  stream
 by  absorption in  a  scrubber.  At one
 plant naphthalene was  detected at  35
 micrograms per liter  ((jg/L) in  the scrub-
 ber effluent.  Otherwise toluene,  phenol,
 and naphthalene were present  in effluents
 at  several  sites  at concentrations  less
 than  20  yg/L.  These low  levels  suggest
 that  scrubbers generally  do  not  remove
 significant  quantities  of POHCs from the
 stack gas.

 PICs

      For  this  program,  a PIC  was  defined
 as  any Appendix VIII organic  hazardous
 constituent  that  was  not present  in the
 waste  feed at concentrations greater than
 100 |jg/g.  Some 30 compounds were  classi-
 fied  as PICs from the eight tests  (Table
 3).   On  the  average,  the PIC  levels  were
 slightly higher than the POHC levels, al-
 though this  relationship  varies  widely
 from  facility  to  facility.  At only one
 of the eight tests were PIC output rates
 greater than 0.01%  of POHC input  rates.

     Three  explanations for  the  pres-
 ence  of   PICs  are:   (a) the  compounds
were  actually  present  at low concentra-
 tions  (< 100 (jg/g) in  the  feed and were
 destroyed  at  a  relatively  low  ORE;
 (b) the  compounds were  introduced  to
 the  system  from  a source other  than
the waste;  and (c)  the compounds are  •
                                           39

-------
       Ill    III
II I I I t   t	lull
                                                                            8
                                                                               |
                                                                               2
                                                                               §
                                                                               J
                                                                            8
 b
                           CO
                            b
                              O

                            [) uoi4DJ43ua(j
b.
•o
 b
                                                                                         I
                                                                                          t
                                                                                          en
                                                                                       8
                                                                                      •1°
                                                                           8
                                                                               s
                                                                           ^  J
                                                                           11
b
                         - l) UOI4DJ43U3J
                                        40

-------
 TABLE 3.   PICs FOUND IN STACK EFFLUENTS

PIC
Benzene
Chloroform
Bromodi chl oromethane
Dibromochloromethane
Bromoform
Naphthalene
Chlorobenzene
Tetrachl oroethyl ene
1,1,1-Trichloroethane
Hexachl orobenzene
Methylene chloride
o-Nitrophenol
Phenol
Toluene
Bromochl oromethane
Carbon disulfide
Methylene bromide
2,4,6-Trichlorophenol
Bromomethane
Chl oromethane
Pyrene
Fluoranthene
Di chl orobenzene
Tri chl orobenzene
Methyl ethyl ketone
Di ethyl phthalate
o-Chlorophenol
Pentachlorophenol
2,4 Dimethyl phenol
No. of
sites
6
5
4
4
3
3
3
3
3
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Cone.
Cng/L)
12-670
1-1,330
3-32
1-12
0.2-24
5-100
1-10
0.1-2.5
0.1-1.5
0.5-7
2-27
25-50
4-22
2-75
14
32
18
110
1
3
1
1
2-4
7
3
7
2-22
6
1-21

formed as  products of combustion reac-
tions.

     The  estimated stack concentration
for a compound present in the waste feed
just below the POHC limit of 100 |jg/g and
subject to a ORE of 99.9% is 10 nanograms
per liter  (ng/L).   This  low ORE becomes
plausible  when  the trend of ORE versus
concentration in waste feed  is  examined.
The trend  of  decreasing  DREs shows that
many of the  PICs  detected could be ex-
plained by low concentrations in the feed.

     Other potential  sources of organic
constituents  in the stack gas are feed
waters to  pollution  control systems,
inleak air, and auxiliary fuel.  In sev-
eral cases, the control  system added to
the concentration  of  POHCs  in the stack
gas.  The scrubber  influent at three fa-
cilities  contained  about  100 ng/L of
chloroform,  while the effluent contained
no  measurable  amounts.    In  all  three
cases,  the  quantity of chloroform lost
from  scrubber  waters  accounts for all
chloroform detected in the stack.   Scrub-
ber  waters  also  appear  to contribute
small quantities of other trihalomethanes
to  stack  gases.   Inleakage of air down-
stream  from  the combustion chamber may
contribute to PIC emissions.   Analysis  of
data from one facility where ambient con-
centrations of organic constituents were
available and  estimates  of  inleak air
could be developed,  indicated that inleak
air  could account for  up to 10% of some
organic  constituents  detected  in the
stack.   Finally,  analysis of auxiliary
fuel oil at one plant indicated that this
source  could be  a major  contributor for
some POHCs.   Fuel oil  streams can contain
Appendix VIII  compounds  that  are not
present in the waste feeds.

     The third mechanism, the actual  for-
mation  of combustion  reaction products,
is the  least understood of the three pos-
sibilities.   The occurrence  of  simple
stable  compounds such  as chlorinated
methanes, ethanes,  and benzene compounds
in  most stacks supports the  hypothesis
that PICs may be formed during combustion
reactions.   Primary candidates  for this
list on the  basis of these tests  include
compounds which were present in all stack
samples  regardless  of their  presence in
the  waste feed:   methylene   chloride;
chloroform;   carbon  tetrachloride; tri-
chloroethylene;   tetrachloroethylene;
1,1,1-trichloroethane; benzene; toluene;
chlorobenzene;   naphthalene;  and  phenol.
Either  benzene  or toluene accounted for
the  highest measured stack concentrations
of  any  compound at seven  of the eight
facilities.

     CO  and  THC  were  monitored continu-
ously during the testing at each of the
eight  sites.   These  data were subse-
quently reduced and compared to both POHC
concentrations and  DRE.   The  results in-
dicated  that continuous  monitors  for THC
and  CO  may provide  some indication of in-
cinerator performance but  that  they are
not  good predictors of  POHC  concentra-
tions either at specific plants or across
plants.    The  results  should  be  inter-
preted  with  caution in  that the tests
were not conducted  in a parametric
                                           41

-------
 fashion specifically designed to examine
 such correlations.

      The results  showed that CO is pos-ir "
 tively correlated with POHC concentra-
 tions when  CO concentrations are above
 50 ppm, but high  POHC  concentrations are
 also measured when CO  concentrations are
 below 50 ppm.   For THC, concentrations  of
 POHCs are measurably higher when THC con-
 centrations are  above  10 ppm than when
 they are below 10 ppm.   However, no cor-
 relations between THC  concentrations and
 POHC .concentrations were  exhibited  when
 THC  concentrations  were  above  10  ppm.

      Nonparametric methods were  also used
 to compare CO  concentrations to  ORE.  The
 analysis  compared the average CO concen-
 tration for a run to  the penetration
 (1-DRE) of a  specific  POHC for  the  same
 run using the data for carbon tetrachlo-
 ride,  toluene,  trichloroethylene,   and
 tetrachloroethylene.  The concentrations
 of CO and penetration were not positively
 correlated for any of the  four compounds.

 HC1  Control

      Most hazardous waste incinerators
 that require add-on  HC1 control  equipment
 use some  type of countercurrent wet
 scrubber  for HC1  removal.   Both  water and
 water containing  caustic for pH control
 are used  as a scrubbing liquid.   Five of
 the eight facilities had  HC1 scrubbers.
 Three of  these systems  were single-stage
 and two were multistage.   Two of the sys-
 tems used  water   only  as  a scrubbing
 media;  the other  three  added caustic for
 pH  control.  While the  systems  did vary
 significantly,  all  five appear to  be
 within  normal  ranges with respect to key
 design  parameters.

     The five  facilities with HC1 control
 complied with  the standard except for a
 single  run at  one  facility.  Three of the
 facilities  with packed  towers 'achieved
 greater than 99%  HC1 removal  and emitted
 less  than  1 kilogram per hour (kg/hr) on
 all  runs.   One of the  facilities which
 had  only  a  venturi  scrubber with mist
 eliminator  consistently achieved 97 to
 98%  HC1  removal and emitted less than
 0.3  kg/hr of HC1.   The one facility which
 failed  to  achieve the  standard  had a
single packed  bed  scrubber.  This facil-
 ity  achieved about 99%  HC1  removal effi-
ciency and  emitted less than 1 kg/hr of
 HC1  on two  runs.   On the third run,  the
 removal  efficiency was  96% and the HC1
 emission rate was  2.0 kg/hr.   No  reason
 for  the  decreased performance  on the
 third  run was identified.

 Particulate Control

     The data collected  during this study
 indicate that achieving  the  particulate
 emissions limitation of 180 mg/Nm3 (cor-
 rected to 7% 02)  may be more difficult
 than achieving  either  the HC1  or ORE
 standards for hazardous waste incinera-
 tors.   This  conclusion  holds true  for
 incinerators with  and without particulate
 control  devices.

     The  data from three facilities with
 no  particulate  control  device  suggest
 that any facility firing wastes with ash
 content  greater than  0.5% will  clearly
 have difficulty  achieving  the particulate
 limit  without  add-on particulate  con-
 trols.   At ash contents of 0.2  to 0.5%,
 facilities  may  still  have  difficulty
 meeting the  limit  without  controls.   Each
 of  these three  facilities  fired liquid
 organic  wastes.    One  facility with ex-
 tremely  low ash  (0.1% or less) easily
 complied with the  standard.   A second  fa-
 cility  with wide  ranges  in ash content
 (< 0.005% to  0.5%) had mixed  results.  At
 < 0.05%  ash, emissions  easily complied
 with the limit;  at 0.2%  ash,  emissions
 marginally  complied with the  limit; and
 at 0.5%, ash  emissions exceeded  the limit
 by a factor  of 2.   The third  facility  had
 ash  contents ranging from 0.7 to  0.8%.
 Emissions from this facility  exceeded  the
 180 mg/Nm3  limit by factors of  4  to  6.

     Two of the  five facilities  with par-
 ticulate control systems failed  to comply
 with the  emission  limit  and two achieved
 marginal  compliance.   The one facility
 with a venturi scrubber with an  extremely
 high pressure drop (~ 30 kilopascals  or
 lOOjnches H20)  easily'complied with  the
 limit.   The  results for  four  systems  are
 summarized below:
   Control type
Stack particulate
 cone.  (mg/Nm3)
  Range      Avg.
Venturi scrubber        10,4-33.7    23.0
Ionizing wet scrubber    139-176    151
Venturi scrubber         102-290    169
Packed bed scrubber      183-217    200
                                           42

-------
Metals Emissions

     Metals contained  in  the waste feed
to  incinerators  eventually  emit from  the
incinerator by  one of  three pathways—as
part of  the  participate emissions or as
vapor  from the  stack,  in  liquid or solid
effluents from  the control  device, or in
the  incinerator ash.  Metals were ana-
lyzed  in selected  samples of these efflu-
ent  streams  from five of the eight  fa-
cilities tested.   The  analysis  focused on
the  12 metals identified  in Appendix VIII
as  hazardous  constituents  are  shown  in
Table  4.

     The  data from  these analyses were
not  sufficient to  complete an  overall
materials balance  for metals.   A summary
               of  the air emissions data  for  the five
               tests  is presented  in  Table 4.   These
               data are for particulate emissions only;
               they do  not include  metal vapor emissions.

               ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

                    This project was  jointly  sponsored
               by   the  EPA's Hazardous Waste Engineering
               Research Laboratory  and the Office of
               Solid Waste.   The valuable  assistance
               and guidance of Don  Oberacker,  Timothy
               Oppelt,  Edward Martin,  Benjamin Smith,
               and Gene Grumpier is greatly acknowledged.
               The cooperation of all  test sites and  the
               efforts  of many individuals in  MRI's En-
               vironmental Systems  and Analytical Chem-
               istry departments are also  acknowledged.
                  TABLE  4.   RANGES  OF  METALS  EMISSIONS  FOR  FIVE  HAZARDOUS
                              WASTE INCINERATOR TESTS
             Metals
__^^	Emission range
|jg/g of particulate
g/mi n
Antimony
Arsenic
Barium
Beryllium
Cadmium
Chromi urn
Lead
Mercury
Nickel
Selenium
Silver
Thai 1 i urn
< 1,200

41
< 0.32
140
668
3,100

230
< 500
7.6

- 15,200
ND*
- 3,090
6
- 4,300
- 47,500
- 100,000
56#
- 49,000
- 61,600
1,880
**
< 0.012 -
ND*
0.0032 -
< 0.0001 -
0.0033 -
0.0066 -
< 0.016 -
0.0043
< 0.004 -
< 0.046 -
0.001 -
< 0.004 -
1.2

0.12
0.002
0.087
0.47
7.3

0.57
4.5
0.0064
0.012
        * ND - not detected in all runs.

        # Detected during only one run; others not detected.

        **Range could not be developed because of high < values.
                                            43

-------
                            TIER 4 DIOXIN TEST PROGRAM STATUS

                Miles, A. J., Parks, R.M., Oberacker,- D., Southerland, J.

                                        ABSTRACT

     The paper discusses the status of Tier 4 of the National Dioxin Study and focuses
primarily on the identification and selection of candidate combustion sources for the
test program.  No laboratory results will be presented.

     The Tier 4 program addresses the broad questions do combustion sources emit
significant quantities of dioxin?  If so, how much and what are the health risks
associated with these emissions?

     The approach taken to address these questions was divided into several steps.
First, an extensive literature search was conducted, and all available dioxin emissions
data were summarized.  The information was then analyzed to attempt to identify factors
which would affect dioxin emissions from combustion sources.  The analysis indicated that
the following factors could have an effect on dioxin emissions.

       —  Presence of dioxins in the feed;
       -  Presence of dioxin precursors in the feed;
       -  Chlorine in the feed;
       —  Combustion conditions (temperature, oxygen level, etc.); and
       -  Feed processing.

     The analysis also indicated that combustion of waste products as opposed to fossil
fuels was more likely to form dioxins.  Using the factors listed above, in conjunction
with a. list of major combustion source categories and the available dioxin emissions data
base, a ranked list of combustion source categories with the potential to emit dioxin was
developed.

     In conjunction with the development of the list, a source test program was devised.
Ten to twelve sources are to be tested for dioxin emissions using a Modified Method 5
sampling train including an XAD-2 resin trap.  The test program also includes sampling of
feed materials and collected particulate; continuous monitoring of CO, C02, 0-, and THC;
and acquisition of operating data over the period of each test.  In addition, some
40 sites were selected for ash sampling and analysis to broaden the dioxin data base.

     Site selection for the test program began in August 1984, and the first test was
conducted in October.  Two tests were conducted in November, and subsequent tests were
conducted in December and January.  All testing will be complete by June of 1985.  No
results from the test program are available.
INTRODUCTION AND PURPOSE

     The Air Management Technology Branch
(AMTB) within the EPA's Office of Air
Quality Planning and Standards (OAQPS) is
responsible for the development and imple-
mentation of a source testing program for
Tier 4 of the National Dioxin Study.
Technical guidance for the source test
program is provided by IERL/HWERL in
Cincinnati.  The purpose of Tier 4 is to
assess combustion source emissions of
polychlorinated dibenzo-p-dioxin (PCDD),
with a focus on the most toxic isomer -
2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
(2,3,7,8-TCDD).  Combustion source
emissions of polychlorinated dibenzofuran
(PCDF) will also be addressed in this
study.

     Radian Corporation, under task order
contract, is providing support to the
AMTB by collecting and reviewing available
literature data on emissions of PCDD's
and PCDF's from combustion sources.  In
addition, Radian will perform PCDD
                                           44

-------
emissions tests oti twelve combustion       '
sources.  The samples will be analyzed
by EPA laboratories for PCDDs and PCDF's.  '
The source test plan addresses the
following questions:

     1.   Which combustion source catego-
ries emit PCDD's (and PCDF's) to the
atmosphere?

     2.   What range of concentrations
and quantities of PCDD's (and PCDF's) are
emitted from these source categories?

     3.   What are the estimated health
risks associated with these emissions?

     This paper describes development of
the source test program including selection
of candidate combustion sources.  In
addition, the  status of the program as of
April 1985 is  discussed.  Further details
of the program can be found in the project
plan  (1) , the  initial literature review
document  (2)}  and the sampling guidance
manuals  (3, 4) developed for the program.

     Dioxins are members of a family  of
organic  compounds known chemically as
dibenzo-p-dioxins.  All dioxin compounds
have a  three ring nucleus containing  two
benzene  rings  interconnected by a pair of
oxygen  atoms.  The  structural formula of
the dioxin nucleus  and the  convention
used  in numbering its substituent posi-
tions  are shown  in  Figure  la.  Chlori-
nated  dioxins  can contain up  to eight
chlorine atoms and  75 different chlori-
nated  dioxins  are possible.   Each  congene.
has  its own  physical,  chemical, and
health effects properties.
with varying physical, chemical, and
health effects properties.
              •             4
              DIOXIN CONFIGURATION
                Figure la.

      Dibenzofurans are a group of organic
 compounds that have a similar structure
 to the dibenzo-p-dioxins, except that the
 two benzene rings in the nucleus are
 interconnected with a five member ring
 containing only one oxygen atom (Figure
 Ib).  Theoretically, the chlorinated
 dibenzo furan group can contain up to
 135 different structural congeners, each
          8            4
          FURAN CONFIGURATION
          Figure Ib.

     Of all the PCDD's and PCDF's 2,3,7,8-
TCDD has received the most attention.
However, in general, 2,3,7,8-TCDD repre-
a small fraction of the total PCDD found
in combustion  source emissions.  In
addition, PCDF emissions  can exceed
2,3,7,8-TCDD emissions by two to three
orders of magnitude.  For some  sources
PCDF's contribute significantly (over
80 percent) to the health risk  associated
with combined  PCDD and PCDF emissions.
APPROACH AND  SCOPE OF THE TIER 4  STUDY

      The Tier 4  program was divided into
three phases:   (1) the literature evalua-
tion and design  of a test program and
(2)  the source test program including ash
sampling, and (3)  data summary and
analysis.

      The first phase of the Tier  4 study
was accomplished in three general -tasks.
The first task was to obtain and  review
the available literature on PCDD  emissions
from combustion  sources.  Over 100
published and unpublished reports were
obtained.  In addition, contacts  were
made with key individuals to identify
recently performed or ongoing studies
 that could be used to supplement  the data
base.  The second task was to develop a
 ranked list of source categories  with
potential to emit PCDD's.  The criteria
used to develop the ranked list was based
 on information obtained from the  litera-
 ture review.  The final task was to
 develop a testing program to assess PCDD
 (and PCDF) emissions from combustion
 sources.  The results of these tasks are
 summarized below.

 PCDD Emissions Data

      A review of  the literature has
 produced a list of  12 broadly defined
 source categories for which some dioxin
                                             45

-------
 emissions data has been collected.
 Table 1 lists  sources for which published
 dioxin data  could be found  and summaizes
 the measured TCDD concentrations.
 Although the National Dioxin Study is .
 focusing on  2,3,7,8-TCDD, most of the
 data found in  the literature addressed
 TCDD and total PCDD.  Since  2,3,7,8-TCDD
 data are limited, TCDD was used during
 the evaluation of the data base as the
 bast indicator of 2,3,7,8-TCDD emissions.
                                                   with over 100 ppm chlorine and normally
                                                   some chlorinated  phenol content.   The
                                                   highest TCDD emissions are generally
                                                   associated with solid feed fuels  and low
                                                   combustion temperatures.  Combustion
                                                   sources burning fossil fuels tended to
                                                   emit less TCDD's  than those burning waste
                                                   products.
                                           TABLE 1.
         COMBUSTION SOURCES IDENTIFIED  IN THE 1984 LITERATURE SURVEY (2)
Number of
Facilities
Source Category Tested
Hunlcipal Waste Cowbustors
USA
European
Hazardous Waste Incinerators .
Incinerator Ship
„ Land Based Incinerators
Sewage Sludge Incinerators
Utility Coal Boilers
Cowwrcial Boilers (Waste Fired)
Industrial Boilers (Waste Fired)
Activated Carbon Regeneration
Residential Wood Combustion
Mobile Sources
Wire Reclamation Incinerators
time/Cesent Kilns (Waste Fired)
Accidental Electrical
Equipment Fires

6
13
2
10(7)d
1
7
6(6)d
6(l)d
1
4
9(4)d
1
Kl)d
2

Sample

Stack
Stack
Stack
Stack
Stack
Stack
Stack
Stack
Stack
Scrapings
Exhaust
Scrapings
Stack
Wall Swipes
TCDDa
Mean

3.5 ng/m3
25.6 ng/m3
NDC
0.56 ng/m3
f
ND
g
10.13 ng/m3
0.013 ppt
329 ppt
4.0 ppt
234 ppt
g
44 ppm1

Range

ND-240 ng/m3
ND-128 ng/m3
ND
ND-2.5 ng/m3
f
ND
g
ND-40.5 ng/m3
ND-0.050 ppt
ND-777 ppt
ND-20 ppt
58-410 ppt
g
ND-ig5 ppm
2,3,7,8-TCDD
Mean Range

3.5 ng/m3 0.30-9.1 ng/m3
b

ND e


18,000 ppth ND-55,000 ppt
0.019 ppt ND-0.083 ppt
242 ppt 26-600 ppt
3.0 ppt *


0.059 ppm, *
aTCDO * Tetrachlorod1benzo-p-d1ox1n.
b0ash « Ho Data.
QM « Hone detected (Detection limits vary).
 Kuwoer of tests have been performed, but the results have not been officially reported.
  « One datum, no range available.
 PCDO scan only.  PCDO concentrations ranged from 483 ng/m3 to 1,140 ng/m3 with a mean of 739 ng/m3
•'Results have not yet been officially reported.
%>t « Parts per trillion by weight.
 Fuels include wood, wood/oil mixture, and natural gas.
Jc
  Includes PCS transformers and capacitor batteries.
  ppoi * parts per million by weight.

      A general characterization of  each
of  the 12  source categories identified in
the initial literature survey was made to
identify similarities and differences
that  may affect the magnitude of PCDD
emissions  from each source.  The following
broad characteristics emerged.  The
source categories with the highest  TCDD
emissions  were burning waste materials
                                                                                    "ther
                                                  Experimental Studies

                                                       In addition to gathering PCDD emis-
                                                  sions data,  all available experimental
                                                  studies concerning PCDD formation
                                                  mechanisms for  combustion sources were
                                                  obtained and reviewed in order to identify
                                                  more specific factors that may contribute
                                                  to PCDD formation.
                                             46

-------
     There are several unproven hypotheses
concerning PCDD emissions from combustion
processes.  Dow Chemical's "Chemistries
of Fire" theory proposes that PCDD's are
a natural byproduct of fire and will be
formed at some quantities in all combus-
tion processes (5).  However, experimental
results by Buser and Rappe (6) and an
evaluation of data from the literature
suggests that PCDD's are emitted only
under limited conditions.  The most
prevalent theories, including Esposito's
formation mechanism (7), involve the
incomplete combustion  of PCDD's or PCDD
precursors.  Although  there is some
disagreement of the definition of PCDD
precursors, they are defined  in this
paper as  chlorinated aromatics that can
product PCDD's through bimolecular
reactions and  thermal  rearrangements.
Examples  include chlorinated  phenols  and
chlorinated benzenes.  PCDD precursors
may be  thermally rearranged during
incomplete combustion  to  form PCDD's.
Also, when PCDD's  are  present in  the  feed
to a combustion  source,  they  can  escape
with the  fine  particulate if  the  destruc-
tion efficiency  is low.

      Neither the Dow hypothesis  nor the
precursor hypothesis is  conclusively
 supported or refuted by  the available
 data.   Recent studies involving pyrolysis
 of wood with and without chlorination,  in
 conjunction with studies of pyrolysis of
 chlorinated coal,  suggest that any
 organic material combusted in the presence
 of high levels of inorganic chlorine may
 lead to PCDD formation under certain
 conditions.

      Based on the literature review, the
 following factors are believed to affect
 dioxin emissions:

        -  Waste composition
           -  PCDD In  feed,
           -  Precursors in feed,
           -  Chlorine in feed,

        - Combustion  conditions
           -  Residence time,
           -  Oxygen availability,

        - Waste characteristics
           -   Feed processing, and
           -   Supplemental  fuel
               (variability  and Btu  value)
The interaction of these factors in PCDD
formation mechanisms is not well under-
stood.  In addition, quantitative data
concerning waste compositions is generally
not available for many waste materials
that are combusted and combustion condi-
tions are not well defined for many
combustion devices and are largely
determined by site specific operating
practices.

Source Category Prioritization

     Despite these limitations the
factors listed above in conjunction with
available TCDD emissions data were used
to  subjectively rank all combustion
sources for the purpose of the Tier 4
source tested program.  A short  list of
combustion sources was developed by
excluding those sources burning  or using
a relatively clean  feedstock or  fired
with fossil fuels,  such as  coal, oil or
gas,  and  those source  categories which
are fairly small  or  intermittent in
nature, examples  include  incinerator ships
and coffee roasting.   The  remaining
sources were  then divided  into  4 groups
ranked A-D using  the rationale  outlined  in
Figure 2.  The ranks are  defined as
 follows:
          Preliminary Souro Ll»t
1.
2.
3.
Potential to
Emit TCDD
TCDD Detected
Precursor Level
Combustion Condition
                              Low
                  High
               Size of
            Source Category
                          Small
                  Large

                 A


        Figure 2.  Ranking Flow Chart.
                                             47

-------
       Rank A are large source categories -
  (greater than 1 million tons of fuel
  and/or waste burned annually)  with
  elevated dioxin precursor contamination
  of feed/fuel.   These categories are
  judged to have a high potential to emit
  TCDD.   Rank B  are small source categories
  (less  than 1 million tons of fuel  and/or
  waste  burned annually)  or source catego-
  ries with limited dioxin precursor
  contamination  of feed/fuel.  These
  categories have some potential to  emit
  TCDD.   Rank C  are source categories  less
  likely to emit TCDD.   Rank D are source
  categories which have already  been tested
  three  or more  times.

      The ranked list  was then  used as the
  focus  of the source  test program.  Pre-
  liminary cost  estimates  indicated  that
  only 10-12  source tests  could  be performed
 with the available budget.   With this
  limitation  in mind, a decision was made
  to test  three  facilities  for each  of the
  two rank A  source categories,  and a single
  facility in each  of the  rank B categories.
 Through  supplementary coordination with
 other  in-house programs,  samples were
 also planned for mobile  sources and
 woodstoves.

      Test site selection began in August
 1984.  This effort was initially focused
 on the rank A categories, sewage sludge
 incinerators and black liquor boilers.
 The site selection process involved
 identifying candidate sources from lists
 of sites provided by State and EPA
 Regional offices, trade associations  and
 previous EPA studies.  The lists were
 narrowed to three or four candidate sites
 using data on facility size,  age, type  of
 combustion device, etc.  Each of the
 candidate sites on the short  list was
 then contacted by telephone to explain
 the Tier 4 program, to gather further
 site specific information, and to ascer-
 tain if they were interested  in partici-
 pating  in the program.  Pretest survey
 visits  were conducted at least  two
 candidate sites per source category.  For
 the rank A source categories, an attempt
 was made to pick at least one average
 source  within the source category and one
 worst case candidate.   For the  rank B
 categories,  attempts were made  to select
 worst case sites with respect to  PCDD
 emissions.

     As the program progressed it became
evident that it was very difficult to
—-define  the  conditions which constitute
, . worst case  with  respect to potential PCDD
 --emissions.  Very little if any PCDD or
  precursor information was available for
  the  selected  source categories, and the
  relative combustion conditions within the
  source  category  were not always known.
  For  these reasons, a great deal of
  reliance was  placed upon the total
  chlorine content  of the primary feed
  materials to  the  combustion device as an
  indication  of worst case conditions.  For
  example, further  information was found
  concerning  the sources and levels of
  chlorides in black liquor circuits at
  Kraft pulp mills.  During the initial
  source category selection process, black
  liquor boilers associated with the
  pulping of salt laden wood were suspected
  of having the highest chlorine content.
  After visits to numerous mills a brief
  literature survey and receipt  of chlorine
  analyses for several mills it  was
  discovered that very little wood is now
  stored in salt water prior to  pulping.
  In addition black liquor with  chlorine
  contents of 0.1 percent  to 2 percent have
 been identified and a study was  found
 with discussed the potential for chloro-
 benzene  formation from combustion of
 black liquor (8).  The highest chlorine
 content  black  liquor was associated with
 a  mill that  uses  spent acid from the
 chlorine dioxide  generator as a  source of
 salt  cake make up.

       As  the  site  selection process
 continued, additional source category
 specific data  became available, and  as a
 result,  some changes were made to the
 ranked list.   Table 2 presents the  initial
 and final ranked  list.  The changes to the
 list  are briefly  discussed below.
 Commercial boilers firing waste oils were
 dropped from the  rank A category because
 the proposed RCRA amendments would pre-
 clude the burning of waste oils blended
 with  chlorinated solvents as other
 hazardous wastes.  Combustion of wood
 treatment plant sludges containing penta-
 chlorophenol and/or creosote (K001 waste)
 in boilers was identified as a rank B
 candidate in the initial  list.   Following
 contacts  with the major wood treating
 companies and with various regulatory
 agencies, this category was dropped'from
 rank B to rank C.   All of the wood treat-
 ment companies  claimed to be either land-
 filling the sludge or incinerating the
 sludge in a hazardous waste incinerator.
                                            48

-------
                 TABLE 2.   RANKED  SOURCE  CATEGORY  LISTS  FOR PCDD  TESTING
Initial List - March 1984

Rank A
     Sewage Sludge Incinerators
     Black Liquor Boilers
     Commercial Boilers

Rank B
     PCP Sludge
     Carbon Regeneration
     Charcoal Manufacture
     Wire Reclamation
                                                  Current  List  - March  1985
Sewage Sludge Incinerators
Black Liquor Boilers
Carbon Regeneration
Wire Reclamation
Industrial Incinerators
Salt-Laden Wood Fired Boiler
Secondary Metals Blast Furnace
Drum & Barrel Furnace
Rank C
     Mobile Sources
     Wood Stoves
     Wood Fired Boilers
     Small Spreader Stoker
     Hazardous Waste Incinerators
     Lime/Cement Boilers

Rank D
Municipal Waste
Industrial Boilers Firing Hazardous Waste
   Hazardous Waste
Mobile  Sources
Wood Stoves
Small Spreader  Stoker
Commercial Boiler
PCP Sludge
Lime/Cement  Boilers
.Municipal Waste
 Industrial Boilers Firing Hazardous Waste
      Charcoal manufacturing  facilities
 were dropped from rank B to  rank C
 because all facilities contacted were
 processing untreated forest  scraps  and
 not sawmill slabs that might have been
 pretreated with chlorophenols for
 Sapstain control.

      In addition to these changes in the
 source category ranking, three categories
 were added to the source test program;
 these are industrial incinerators,
 secondary metals blast furnaces, and drum
 and barrel reclamation furnace.

      Several industrial incinerators were
 identified during the course of the site
 selection process.  Further investigation
 showed this to be a large category in
 terms of numbers of units nationwide (9).
 Solid waste materials burned in these
 units often contain appreciable levels of
 chlorine.  In addition, most incinerators
 are  fairly small and batch  fed resulting
 in poor combustion conditions.  One site
 selected  for Tier 4 testing burns poly-
 vinyl  chloride  (PVC)  coated wood scraps
 that have been treated with pentachlor-
 phenol.  The secondary metals blast
 furnace source category was also added to
 the source test list.  Some blast furnaces
 in the secondary metals industry process
 metal bearing scrap that contains plastics
 including PVC (10).  PCDD has previously
 been detected in the baghouse dust from
 one such facility.

      Drum and barrel reclamation furnaces
 were added to the list because of the
 large number of facilities, the diverse
 nature of wate materials combusted
 during the drum burning process and
 because of the relatively poor combustion
 conditions encountered  (11).

 The Source Test Program

      A total of twelve  complete source
 tests  will be conducted as part of the
 source test sampling program.  The
 anticipated schedule is shown in Table  3.
 In addition, one woodstove will be
 sampled  and two mobile  source samples
 will be  analyzed.   The  test  program  is
                                             49

-------
 complex and involves characterization of
 combustion device conditions using
 continuous emissions monitors in addition
 to Modified Method 5 sampling for PCDD's
 following the draft ASME protocol (12) .
 Samples of the feed materials to the
 combustion device will be sampled and
 analyzed for chlorine and precursor
 content.  Ash and soil samples will be
 collected and analyzed for PCDD's.  The
 sample  matrices for the first 5 tests
 are  shown in Table 4.
      .TABLE 3.  TIER 4 SOURCE TEST SCHEDULE
          testing is expected to be
completed by  July 1, 1985.  Only
limited PCDD  analytical results are
available at  this time.  All results
will be presented in the final Tier 4
report which  is  scheduled for completion
in late 1985.  Results of the study will
also be included in a report to Congress
scheduled for December 1985.

Ash Sampling

     A total  of  40  ash samples will be
collected for combustion sources selected
by EPA regional  offices.   Analysis of
these samples will  supplement the source
test data.
Test
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6

7
8
9
10
11
12
Schedule
October 1984
November 1984
November 1984
December 1984
February 1985
March 1985
March 1985
April 1985
April 1985
May 1985
May 1985
June 1985
June 1985
Source Category
Sewage Sludge Incinerator #1
Industrial Incinerator
(Wood/Plastic)
Sewage Sludge Incinerator #2
Black Liquor Boiler #1
Black Liquor Boiler #2
Wire Reclamation Incinerator
Wood Stove*
Wood Fired Boiler
Black Liquor Boiler #3
Industrial Carbon
Regeneration Furnace
Secondary Metals Blast
Furnace
Sewage Sludge Incinerator #3
Drum and Barrel Reclamation
Furnace or Coal Fired
Spreader/Stoker Boiler
*This test is being conducted jointly with an AA EPA program,
 the integrated air cancer project.
                        TABLE  4.   SUMMARY OF TIER 4 SAMPLE MATRICES
Sample Stream
Primary Feed
Materials
Auxiliary Fuels

Combustion Air
Combustion Device Outlet
Control Device Outlet
Combustion Device
Bottom Ash
Emission Control
Device Ash
Other Plant Materials
Soils
Site 01
SSI-A
Sewage
Sludge
No. 2

Yes
GEM, MM5
MM5
• Yes
Scrubber
Slowdown
No
Yes
Site 02
ISW-A
Wooden
Wastes
No. 2

Yes
GEM, MM5,
NA
Yes
NA
No
Yes
Site 03 Site 04
SSI-B BLB-A
Sewage
Sludge
None
Fuel Oil
No
HC1 GEM
MM5
Yes
Filtered Scrubber
Slowdown
No
Yes
Black
Liquor
None
Fuel Oil
No
GEM, MM5
MM5, HC1
NA
No
Yes
Yes
Site 05
BLB-B
Black
Liquor
None

No
GEM, MM5
MM5, HC1
NA ,
No
Yes
Yes
                                            50

-------
National Dioxin Study Tier 4 -
Combustion Sources:  Project Plan.
EPA-450/4-84-014a, Monitoring and
Data Analysis Dioxin.  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Research Triangle Park, N.C.
February 1985.

National Dioxin Study Tier 4 -
Combustion Sources:  Initial Litera-
ture Review and Testing Options.
EPA-450/4-84-014b.  U.S. Environ-
mental Protection Agency.  Research
Triangle Park, N.C.

National Dioxin Study Tier 4 -
Combustion Sources:  Sampling
Procedures.  EPA-450/4-84-014c.
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  Research Triangle Park, N.C.

National Dioxin Study Tier 4 -
Combustion Sources:  Ash Sampling
Program.  EPA-450/4-84-014d.  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency.
Research Triangle Park, N.C.

Dow Chemical.  The Trace Chemistries
of Fire - A Source of and Routes for
the Entry of Chlorinated Dioxins
into the Environment.  Dow Chemical
U.S.A., 1978.  46 pp.

Buser, H. R. and C. Rappe.  Formation
of Polychlorinated Dibenzofurans
(PCDFs) from the Pyrolysis of
Individual PCB Isomers.  Chemosphere,
8^(3): 157-174, 1979.

Esposito, M. P., T. 0. Tiernan and
F. E. Dryden.  Dioxins:  Volume 1:
Sources, Exposure, Transport, and
Control.  EPA-600/2-80-156,
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio, June 1980.

Ahling, B. and A. Lindskog.  Emission
of Chlorinated Organic Substances
from Combustion.  In:  Pe'rgamon
Series on Environmental Science,
Volume 5, 1982.  pp. 215-225.

Source Category Survey - Industrial
Incinerators.  EPA-450/3-80-13.
U.S. Environmental Protection
Agency.  Research Triangle Park,
N.C.  May 1980.
10.  Pretest survey report to V.S.  Metals
     Facility, Cateret,  N.J.
11.  Tonhill, C.  J.  "Barrel and Drum
     Reconditioning Industry Status
     Profile."  Tonhill, Shuckrow,  and
     Associates.   EPA Contract
     No. 68-03-2905.  1980.

12.  Draft ASME Sampling Protocol
     "Sampling for the Determinations
     of Chlorinated Organic Compounds
     in Stack Emissions".  October  1984.
                                      51

-------
                                                               TM
                      POWDERED ACTIVATED CARBON TREATMENT (PACT  )
                        OF LEACHATE FROM THE STRINGFELLOW QUARRY

                                 William M.  Copa,  Ph.D.^1-*
                                   Marvin J.  Dietrich (!)
                                    Patrick  J.  CanneyC2)
                                    Tipton L. Randall^

                         (1)  Zimpro Inc.,  Rothschild, WI   54474
                     (2)  Casmalia Resources,  Santa Barbara, CA   93108

                                        ABSTRACT
             JIM
     The PACT " process, which  incorporates  the use of powdered activated carbon in a
 conventional activated  sludge system, was used to treat leachate from the Stringfellow
 Quarry.  Wastewater  characterization of  this leachate indicated that a high proportion
 of  the organic content  was biologically  refractive but adsorbable on carbon.  Laboratory
 screening  tests indicated that  this particular leachate was ammenable to treatment by
 Che PACT™ process.  Demonstration scale PACT™ treatment of the leachate was conducted
 at  the Casmalia Resources landfill site  using a 1000-5000 GPD  (gallon per day) trailer
 mounted PACT™ unit.  Stringfellow leachate  was pretreated by  lime precipitation for
 heavy metals removal prior to PACT™ treatment.  Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) reductions
 in  excess  of 72 percent, along with removal  of organic priority pollutants, were
 achieved in this PACT™ demonstration study.
INTRODUCTION

     The State of California has embark-
ed upon an investigation of the feasi-
bility of using alternative technologies
to safely reduce, recover, treat, and
destroy hazardous wastes, and thereby,
reduce its dependency on land disposal
of toxic wastes.  The intent of the in-
vestigation is  to document the avail-
ability of alternative waste management
technologies and to help redirect the
State's hazardous waste management pro-
gram toward the development and imple-
mentation of these technologies.  The
alternative waste treatment technologies
were categorized as follows:
     Physical Treatment
     Chemical Treatment
     Biological Treatment
     Incineration
     Stabilization/Solidification
        Treatment
             TM
     The PACT   wastewater treatment
process, which combines powdered acti-
vated carbon with the biological acti-
vated sludge process, is one of the
alternative technologies investigated
by the State of California.  In treating
hazardous wastewaters, the PACT™ pro-
cess offers a combination of physical
treatment, biological treatment, and
solidification treatment.  The PACT™
process would appear to be ideally suit-
ed to the treatment of high-priority
wastewaters containing pesticides, halo-
genated organics, or non-halogenated
volatile organics.

     The present study reports on the
demonstration of the PACT™ process as
an alternative technology for the treat-
ment of leachate from the Stringfellow
Quarry.  The Stringfellow Quarry leach-
ate can be classified as a high-priority
wastewater containing halogenated and
non-halogenated volatile organics 'as
well as heavy metals.  The PACT™ demon-
stration study consisted of a prelimin-
ary laboratory screening and waste
                                          52

-------
characterization followed by a continuous,
large scale PACT™ treatment of the
Stringfellow Quarry leachate at the
Casmalia Resources landfill site in
Santa Barbara, County, California.

        TM
THE PACT   PROCESS
             TM
     The PACT   wastewater treatment
process consists of the addition of
powdered activated carbon to the
aeration basin of a biological activated
sludge system.  The combination of
physical adsorption with biological
oxidation and assimilation, which is
accomplished in PACT™ wastewater treatment,
has been shown to be  particularly
effective in treating wastewaters which
are variable in concentration  and
composition, highly colored,.or contain
materials which are refractive or
potentially toxic  to  biological growth.
The characteristic advantages  of  the
PACT™ wastewater  treatment  process over
conventional  activated  sludge  are:

      1.  High BOD  and COD  removals.

      2.   Stability of operation with
      variability  in influent concentra-
      tion and composition.

      3.   Enhanced removal of toxic sub-
      stances  and priority pollutants.

      4.   Effective color removal.

      5.   Improved solids settling.

      6.   Supression of  volatilization of
      organlcs.
              TTVT
      The PACT   wastewater treatment
 system operates in accordance with the
 flow diagram shown in Figure  1.  Influent
 wastewater flows to  the aeration tank
 where the wastewater is mixed with
 powdered activated carbon and biological
 solids.  The wastewater-carbon-biological
 solids mixture is aerated for a  suffici-
 ent period of time  (Hydraulic Detention
 Time - HOT)  to effect biological oxid-
 ation and assimilation  of the biodegrad-
 able content  of  the  wastewater.  After
 aeration, the mixture  flows to a clarif-
 ier where the powdered  carbon and bio-
 logical  solids are  settled  and separated
 from the  treated wastewater.  The clarif-
ier overflow (treated wastewater) is
discharged from the PACT™ system.  The
clarifier underflow solids are returned
to the aeration tank on a continuous
basis to maintain a desired concentration
of powdered activated carbon and biologi-
cal solids.
     A portion of the biological solids
and spent powdered activated carbon is
wasted daily from the PACTTM system.
The wasted solids are directed to an
aerobic digester for solids storage and
stabilization.  Solids remaining after
aerobic digestion would be periodically
wasted to a solids disposal system.
Specifically for this PACT™ demonstra-
tion study, the wasted solids were de-
watered in a filter press.  The dewatered
cakes were placed in drums and ultimately
disposed of in the Casmalia Resources
landfill.

     Because powdered activated carbon
is wasted with the excess biological
solids, virgin powdered  activated  carbon
addition  is required, on a daily basis,
to maintain the  desired  aeration basin
carbon concentration.  The addition rate
of virgin carbon is  determined by  treat-
ment  requirements, waste load  and  waste-
water  characteristics.

LEACHATE CHARACTERIZATION

      A composite sample of  leachate from
 the Stringfellow Quarry was  analyzed
 using standard wastewater examination
 methods(1,2).   The composition of the
 leachate is shown in Table 1.   The
 composite sample of leachate was acidic,
 brown colored, and contained some sus-
 pended solids.

      The Stringfellow Quarry leachate was
 also analyzed for fifteen heavy metals.
 Both total and soluble heavy metal
 concentrations were determined on the
 initial composite sample (see Table 2).
 The precipitation of the heavy metals
 as their hydroxides was  evaluated by
• the addition of sodium hydroxide  to ad-
 just  the pH of  the leachate to 7.0 and
 9.0.  The concentration  of the heavy
 metals remaining in solution in the
 leachate at pH  7.0 and  9.0 is also re-
 ported in Table 2.
                                            53

-------
               TM
LABORATORY PACT   SCREENING TESTS

                    TM
     Laboratory PACT   screening tests
consisted of generating physical and
biophysical adsorption isotherms on the
Stringfellow Quarry leachate.  A physical
adsorption isotherm was generated by ad-
justing the pH of the composite leachate
to 7.0 and contacting this full strength
material with varying concentrations of
powdered activated carbon (ICI Hydrodarco
H) for two hours.  After the two hour
contact period, the mixtures were filtered
and the filtrates were analyzed for COD,
Color, etc.  A biophysical adsorption
isotherm was obtained in a similar manner
except that a small portion of activated
sludge biomass, sufficient to effect a
biomass concentration of approximately
2000 to 4000 mg/1, was added to each
portion of leachate along with the vary-
ing amounts of powdered activated carbon.
Also, the leachate samples were aerated
during the two hour contact time.  The
filtrates were analyzed for COD, color,
etc., just as in the generation of the
physical adsorption isotherm.  Data
obtained in this manner are shown in Table.
3.  The adsorption isotherm data were
plotted according to the Freundlich
equation (log x/m - log k + 1/n log C)
to determine the isotherm constants (see
Figure 2).  Inspection of the
physical and biophysical isotherms,
Figure 2, shows that the physical isotherm
is linear over the wide range of effluent
COD values but that the biophysical
isotherm deviates from the Freundlich
equation at high loading rates (low carbon
doses).  This may imply that biological
removal, by adsorption on the biomass or
by biological assimilation,  is the
principle mechanism for removal of COD
at low carbon doses but that physical
adsorption is the principle mechanism
at high carbon doses.  The isotherms also
show that,a higher COD removal can be
achieved in the biophysical system com-
pared to the physical system with similar
carbon doses.

     The biophysical isotherm can be used,
in conjunction with other waste treatment
principles, to select operating parameters
for  the PACT1^ process.  Consider the
biophysical isotherm shown in Figure 2.
If a treated Stringfellow leachate efflu-
ent with a COD of 500 mg/1 is desired, a
powdered activated loading rate of
approximately 115 rag COD/gram carbon is
required.  For an influent COD of 2000
mg/1, a mixed liquor carbon concentration
of approximately 13 g/1 would be requir-
ed.  With the choice of a nominal solids
retention time (10 days) and a net
biological cell yield  (0.15 Ibs. biomass/
Ib. COD removed), a practical food to
microorganism (F/M) ratio can be target-
ed (3).  The F/M ratio can then be used to
determine the required wastewater
hydraulic detention time for a given
microorganism concentration.  In this
manner, all of the initial PACT™ process
parameters can be established.

    TM
PACT   DEMONSTRATION STUDY

    TM
PACT   Process Equipment

             TM
     The PACT   demonstration unit,
supplied by ZIMPRO INC., is a complete
PACT™ wastewater treatment system
mounted on a flatbed trailer (see
Figure 3).  The demonstration unit is
capable of treating 1000 to 5000 gallons
per day (GPD) of industrial or municipal
wastewater, depending upon the strength
of the wastewater and the degree of
treatment required.

     The demonstration unit was equipped
with a six foot diameter (2580 gal.)
aeration tank containing eight Sanitaire
coarse bubble air diffusers.  The air
diffusers were fed by a variable speed
Roots blower which has an output
capacity of 40 to 100 SCFM of air.  The
demonstration unit also had an eight
foot diameter clarifier, equipped with
a collector rake mechanism.  A 500
gallon tank is provided for collection
of wasted carbon and biological solids.
The demonstration unit is also equipped
with a pH control system, three chemical
feed tanks, and peristaltic pumps to
feed chemicals,  e.g. nutrients, polymers,
etc.  The PACT™ demonstration unit was
operated according to the process flow
diagram shown in Figure 1 throughout
this demonstration test.
                                           54

-------
     Two 20,000 gallon Baker portable
storage tanks were installed to store the
influent waste prior to treatment in the
PACT™ demonstration unit.  For the
duration of the demonstration test,
leachate from the Stringfellow landfill
was received at the Casmalia Resources
waste disposal facility.  The leachate
was stored in an open pond.  On a batch
basis, leachate was mixed with lime
sludge (pH adjusted to 9.0) to precipit-
ate heavy metals.  After settling, the
clear supernatant was then pumped to the
Baker storage tanks for subsequent use in
the PACT™ demonstration unit.

             TM
     The PACT   demonstration unit was
equipped with a one square foot pilot
filter press.  The filter press was
equipped with ten recessed, cast iron
plates capable of producing 1 1/4 inch
thick dewatered filter cakes.  In oper
ation, waste sludge was initially pumped
to the empty press.  The filtrate was
discharged into the Casmalia Resources
site evaporation ponds.  The filter press
run was terminated when the filtrate flow
decreased to a small trickle.  After
pressure release, the moveable end of
the filter press was retracted and the
dewatered filter cakes were allowed to
drop into a collection hopper.  The de-
watered cakes were drummed and deposited
in the Casmalia Resources landfill, for
ultimate disposal.
 PACT™ Startup  and Operation

              TM
      The  PACT   demonstration  study was
 initiated on July 18,  1984.  The  PACT™
 demonstration unit was started by adding
 approximately 2300 gallons of  mixed
 liquor obtained from the Lompoc,  Califor-
 nia wastewater  treatment plant, to the
 aeration  tank.   Four 50 Ib.bags of ICI
 Hydrodarco H powdered activated carbon
 were  added to the mixed liquor and the
 entire mixture  was aerated to  sustain
biological activity and provide uniform
mixing.  Acclimation of the PACT™ system
to the Stringfellow Quarry leachate was
initiated on July 19, 1984.  The feed
rate of Stringfellow leachate was initi-
ally set at a low rate, approximately
0.4 gallons per minute, and was gradu-
ally increased throughout the acclimation
period.

     The start-up and acclimation period
required approximately forty five days
and was confounded by reoccurring aeration
blower malfunctions.  Ultimately the
aeration blower was replaced and, except
for periodic plugging of the feed line,
the remainder of the operation of the
demonstration study proceeded smoothly.
When the PACT™ system was acclimated
to the Stringfellow leachate waste, as
indicated by a substantial oxygen uptake
of approximately twenty mg per liter per
hour or greater, the operation was     __.
guided by controlling the selected PACT
process parameters:

     Hydraulic Detention Time
        (HOT) =16 hours

     Solids Retention Time
        (SRT) = 10 days

     Mixed Liquor Suspended Carbon
        (MLSC) = 10,000 mg/1

     Carbon Dose (CD) = 667 mg/1

     The HOT was gradually reduced as
the study progressed, to the desired
value of 16 hours which corresponds to
the maximum feed rate of 2.6 gallons
per minute.  The SRT was varied only
when the wasting rate was interrupted
because of decreased oxygen uptake.
Throughout the PACT™ demonstration
study, sodium hydroxide solution was
added to the aeration basin to maintain
a target pH range of 6.5 to 7.5.  An
automatic pH controller was used to
facilitate this pH control.
                                            55

-------
      Ammonia and phosphorus nutrients were
 added to the waste stream as ammonium
 chloride and di-ammonium phosphate.
 Levels of nutrient addition were adjusted
 in an attempt to obtain,  at steady state
 operation, effluent ammonia nitrogen and
 phosphorus concentrations in the range of
 1  to 5 mg/1.   In the screening of String-
 fellow leachate, both ammonia and
 phosphorus nutrient deficiencies were
 indicated but trace nutrient levels  were
 assessed to be adequate.
     TM
 PACT   Operational Testing

      During the acclimation and operation-
 al  testing period,  the PACT™ unit
 operation was monitored by implementation
 of  a routine  sampling and analysis
 schedule.   Analyses  performed three  times
 per week were COD, BOD, suspended carbon,
 suspended biomass, total  Kjeldahl nitro-
 gen,  ammonia  nitrogen, and  total  phosphor-
 us.   The three time  per week analysis
 schedule,  showing  sample  streams  and
 respective analyses  performed,  is outlined
 in  Table 4.   In addition, as  shown on  the
 analysis  schedule, biweekly samples of
 influent  and  effluent were  analyzed for
 specific  toxic components,  i.e. volatile
 organic  chemicals, associated with the
 Stringfellow  leachate.
         TM
     PACT   operational parameters that
were determined on a daily basis  are as
follows:

     1.  Dissolved Oxygen  (DO) in the
     aeration basin and clarifier.

     2.  Temperature of the aeration
     basin and clarifier.

     3.  pH of mixed liquor in the
     aeration basin.

     4.  Total hydrocarbon concentration
     in the aeration basin offgas -
     monitored only until the Santa
     Barbara County APCD was assured
     that hydrocarbon air emissions were
     not significant.

     5.  Influent and recycle flow rates.

     6.  Weight of powdered activated
     carbon added to the system.
      7.  Volume of mixed liquor wasted
      from the system.

      8.  Oxygen uptake of the mixed
      liquor biological solids.

 Results and Discussion

              TM
      The PACT   demonstration study was
 conducted between July 18,  1984 and
 October 17, 1984 at the Casmalia
 Resources waste disposal facility.
 The wastewater that was used throughout
 this study was leachate  from the String-
 fellow Quarry.  A sample of Stringfellow
 leachate was screened by laboratory
 testing and was shown to be treatable
 by the PACT™ process.   The Freundlich
 physical and biophysical adsorption
 isotherms,  which indicated  carbon load-
 ing rates,  organic removal  efficiencies,
 and biological uptakes,  were used to
 assess PACT™ treatability.

                                        TM
      A performance summary  for the  PACT
 demonstration study is  shown in Table  5.
 This summary shows operational and
 analytical  data averaged for the entire
 study (7/18/84 through  10/17/84)  and for
 the steady  state period  (9/10/84 through
 10/17/84).   This summary shows that, on
 the average,  a 72 percent COD  reduction,
 an 82 percent BOD reduction, and a  72
 percent DOC reduction were achieved
 throughout  the entire study.   Similar
 average COD,  BOD,  and DOC reduction were
 achieved during  the  steady state  oper-
 ation,  i.e.,  74,  89, and  71  percent.  The
 COD parameter- of  this particular waste-
 water,  which  had  a low BOD:COD ratio, was
 the chosen  parameter for monitoring over-
 all treatment performance.   The average
 COD removal for  the entire PACT™ study
 period  was  72  percent.  A plot of influent
 and effluent  COD, for the entire length
 of  the  study,  is  shown in Figure 4.  As
 would be  expected with a waste feed pre-
 pared on  a batch basis, the  influent COD
 was  relatively constant with only small
 variations.   Effluent COD values indi-
 cated consistently good removal effici-
 encies  and varied between 345 and 733
mg/1.   The plot of influent and effluent
 COD also  indicates a consistent removal
 efficiency with increasingly stable
values  as the PACT™ process became fully
 acclimated in the latter half of the
 study.  The COD removal data also indi-
                                           56

-------
cate that the mechanical problems (i.e.
aeration blower malfunction) and the
interrupted wasting of solids did not
appreciably effect the COD removal
efficiency.  This overall result attests
to the reliability of the PACT™ process,
but more importantly, may indicate that
the basic mechanism for organic removal
may indeed be physical adsorption.

     The influent BOD values were con-
sistently low throughout the entire study.
The influent BOD values ranged between 15
and 127 mg/1.  These low BOD values re-
flect the difficulty in obtaining a
culture of biological organisms  (BOD seed)
that can readily assimilate the complex
organic compounds present.in this waste-
water.  The effluent BOD values are quite
variable, with values ranging between
<1.0 and 73 mg/1.

     The suspended solids in the  effluent
averaged 17.2 mg/1 for the  entire study.
This concentration of suspended solids is
comparable to that obtained from  an
efficiently operating municipal waste-
water treatment plant.   Improved  effluent
quality, i.e. lower  suspended solids,
could be obtained by tertiary filtration
of  the  effluent in a sand filter, prior
to  discharge.
                          TM
     Throughout this PACT   demonstratxon
study,  color  removal was relatively  low.
The PACT™ process is normally  very
effective  in  removing color from waste-
waters.  The  lack of color  removal  in
the PACT demonstration  study is in  direct
conflict with the laboratory PACT™
 screening  test  which indicated  nearly
 complete color removal.   The explanation
 of this conflicting  data is not evident
 at the present  time.

      Organic priority pollutant analyses
 were obtained during this PACT™ demon-
 stration study.  The base neutral,  acid
 fraction,  and pesticide analyses of
 influent and effluent samples indicate
 that essentially all.organic priority
 pollutants were removed by the PACT™
 process.  The effluent base neutral
 fraction did however contain certain
 phthalates which are believed to have
 been leached from the plastic pipe and
 tank coatings of the PACT™ demonstration
 unit.
     Volatile organic chemicals (VOC's)
were known to be present in the String-
fellow leachate and were designated as
the specific toxic component of this
wastewater.  Analyses of the influent
wastewater for VOC's indicates the
presence of benzene, chlorobenzene,
dichloromethane, chloroform, 1,2-dichloro-
ethylene, trichloroethylene, tetrachloro-
ethylene, ethyl benzene, and toluene in
nearly all of the influent samples at
detectable levels.  Dichloromethane is
the only VOC detected in the effluent
samples and may be due to laboratory
contamination.  Dichloromethane is used
in the extraction of base neutral and
acid priority pollutant fractions and  is
commonly detected due to cross contamin-
ation in the laboratory.  All  other VOC's,
present in the feed wastewaters, were
completely removed  (below limits of
detection) by the PACT™ process.

     The offgas from the aeration basin
was monitored for total hydrocarbon  (THC)
concentration, to assess stripping of
organics from the aeration basin.  THC
levels were  shown to range between 2.5
and  11 parts per million  (volume/volume)
expressed  as methane.  This  THC level  is
comparable to the background level of
THC  at the Casmalia Resources disposal
facility,  and verifies  that  the PACT™
process  does indeed limit  the volatiliz-
ation of organics from the aeration  basin.
     A complete report on  this study,
which  contains all  of  the  tabulated  oper-
ational  parameters, analytical data, and
the  Quality Assurance  Plan,  has been sub-
mitted to  the State of  California Depart-
ment of  Health  Services™'.
REFERENCES

 1.   Standard Methods  for  the Examination
     of Water'arid'Wastewater, 15th  Ed.;
     APHA,  AWWA. WPCF,  1980.   ;
 2.   Methods for  Chemical  Analysis  of Water
     and  Wastes.  U.S.  EPA,  EPA-600/4-79-020,
     March  1979.
 3.   Jenkins, D.,  and Garrison, W.E.,
     "Control of  Activated Sludge by  Mean
     Cell Residence  Time",  J.W.P.C.F.,
     Vol.  40, No.  11,  Part 1, Nov.  1968,
     pp 1905-1919.
 4.   W.M.  Copa,  et.  al.,  "Demonstration of
     Unit-Scale Powdered Activated  Carbon
     Treatment of Hazardous Wastes",
     Contract No.  83-82053 OPR-54,  A-l,
     State of California Department of
     Health Services, Nov. 1984.
                                             57

-------
       Table 1.  Composition of Stringfallow Quarry Leachate
                (Values in mg/1 except pH and Color)
Constituent
Composite Leachate
 (used for waste
characterization)
COD
DOC

SS

VSS

pH

Color (APHA)

Total Solids

Total Ash

TKN

NH3-N

N03-N

N02-N

Total Phosphate as P

Soluble Ca

Soluble Mg

Soluble Cl
     3550

      <60

      856

     6300

      700

        3.27

      860

   31,200

   24,200

       32.6

       14.4

       14.0

       <0.5

        2.5

      407

      540

      303
                                 58

-------
Table 2.  Metal Content of Stringfellow Quarry Leachate
    Before and After pH Adjustment (Values in mg/1)
Metal
Cu
Cr
Zn
Hg
Pb
Cd
As
Sb
Co
Fe
Tl
Ni
Ag
Ba
Se
Composite
PH =
Total
15.4
98.2
536
<0.002
7.1
2.4
0.1
2.4
3.6
851
0.14
15.8
3.0
1.6
0.036
Leachate
3.27
Soluble
12.5
77.5
465
<0.002
1.6
1.8
0.007
0.65
3.2
363
0.9
15.8
0.06
0.07
<0.002
pH Adjusted
pH = 7.0
Soluble
0.52
0.09
24.4
<0.002
0.4
1.0
<0.004
0.6
0.2
162
0.8
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.022
Leachate
pH = 9.0
Soluble
0.13
0.11
0.09
<0.002
0.27
0.04
<0.004
0.5
0.17
2.1
0.7
0.002
0.05
0.08
<0.002
                            59

-------
                 Table  3.  Data  for Physical  and  Biophysical  Isotherms
                COD and Color.Removal.from.Stringfellow Quarry Leachate
Physical Isotherm Biophysical Isotherm
Carbon
Dose, g/1
0
0.8
1.6
3.2
6.4
12.8
25.6
COD mg COD Color
rag/1 gc APHA
2310 - 223
2150 200 142
2020 181 106
1790 163 76
1370 147 50
870 112 16
410 74 13
APHA COD mg COD Color
gc mg/1 gc APHA
1930 - 148
102 1870 550 94
73 1690 388 75
46 1563 233 64
27 1520 123 49
16 617 132 20
8 279 79 8
APHA
gc
-
161
92
50
27
16
8
TM
Table 4. PACT Demonstration Study

Analysis
COD
BOD
DOC
TKN
NH3-N
Phosphorus
Suspended
Solids/Ash
pH
VOC's
Priority
Pollutants
Biomass/Carbon
THC
Sampling
TM
PACT* Influent '
3 times /week - C*
3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C

3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C
Bi-Weekly - G

Once/Study - C


Oxygen Uptake Rate
and Analysis Schedule
TM
PACT Effluent Mixed Liquor
3 times /week - C
3 times/week - C
3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C

3 times /week - C
3 times /week - C 3 times /week
Bi-Weekly - G

Once /Study - C
3 times/week

Daily - G

Aeration
Tank Offgas








- G



- G
Daily r G**

Dissolved Ojcygen
Daily - G
* C « Composite, G = Grab  ** Daily until Santa Barbara County APCD advises otherwise.

                                           60

-------
                         Table 5.  Performance Summary*
                           PACT™ Demonstration Study
Study Dates
7/18/84 - 9/10/84 -
10/17/84 10/17/84
Pilot Plant Feed Rate, GPM
Hydraulic Residence Time, Days
Solids Residence Time, Days
Mixed Liquor, mg/1:
Suspended Solids
Volatile Carbon
Volatile Biomass
COD:
Influent, mg/1
Effluent, mg/1
Removal , %
BOD:
Influent, mg/1
Effluent, mg/1
Removal , %
DOC:
Influent, mg/1
Effluent, mg/1
Removal , %
Suspended Solids:
Influent, mg/1
Effluent, mg/1
Color (APHA Units)
Influent
Effluent
1.74
1.03
29

19850
9150
3590

1786
498
72

55.6
10.1
82

556
154
72

.92.5
17.2

174
128
2.43
0.74
15

20780
9700
3240

1788
467
74

50.3
5.5
89

535
154
71

103
17.9

177
154
.* All values are averages of data acquired throughout the indicated time periods.
                                         61

-------
                -TM
  FIGURE l- PACT  WASTE WATER TREATMENT SYSTEM
                      FLOW DIAGRAM
                   I NUTRIENTS]
            CARBON |
INFLUENT-
               AERATION
                      RECYCLE
                                                   •^•EFFLUENT
                                        SOLIDS WASTING
                                    AEROBIC
                                    DIGESTER
                                       J
                                    SOLIDS TO
                                    DISPOSAL
                            62

-------
    1000
     800

     600


     400

     300


     200
mg COD
  <3c
     100
      90
      80
      70
      60
      50
      40

      30


      20
100
              FIGURE 2-PHYSICAL  AND BIOPHYSICAL ISOTHERM
            COD REMOVAL FROM STRINGFELLOW QUARRY LEACHATE
                     BIOPHYSICAL ISOTHERM
                           PHYSICAL
                            ISOTHERM
                      000

                     800

                     600


                     400

                     300


                     200
                                            _L
               200
400  6OO 800IOOO
2000
                          I   I	I  I  I  I I IIQ
                                         100
                                         90
                                         80
                                         70
                                         60
                                         50
                                         40
                                         30
                                         20
4000 6000800O
                            EFFLUENT COD, mg/L
                                  63

-------
-TM
FIGURES- PACTIM DEMONSTRATION  UNIT
  64

-------
   2000
o>


Q
O
O
   1800 -
   1600
   1400
   1200
1000
    800
    600
    400
    20O
              FIGURE 4 - PACT™ DEMONSTRATION STUDY
                               COD  DATA
i - \ - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1 - 1
                                                 '   I    I   T

             _L
                            A
                             \!

                             v v-\
                   EFFLUENT
                                                                  2000
i   .   i
          I - 1 — L — i
                                                  J - 1 - 1
                                                                  800
                                                                  600
                                                                  400
                                                                  200
                                                               000
                                                                  800
                                                                  600
                                                                  400
                                                                  200
    7/27/84  8/6   8/16   8/26
                           9/5   9/15

                               DATE
               9/25   10/5   10/15   10/25
                                  65

-------
            FIELD TESTING OF PILOT-SCALE APCDs AT A HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATOR
                                      Wayne Westbrook
                                       Eugene Tatsch

                                Research Triangle Institute
                                      P. 0. Box 12194
                       Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27709

                                            and

                                     Lawrence Cottone

                                 Engineering Science, Inc.
                                  10521 Rosehaven Street
                                 Fairfax,  Virginia  22030

                                            and

                                       Harry Freeman
                           U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
                      Hazardous  Waste Engineering Research  Laboratory
                                  Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268

                                          ABSTRACT
      Pilot  scale  air  pollution  control  devices  supplied by Hydro-Sonic® Systems, ETS,
 Inc., and Vulcan  Engineering  Company were installed at the ENSCO,  Inc. Incinerator in El
 Dorado, Arkansas  in the  spring  of 1984.   Each of these units treated an uncontrolled
 slipstream  of the incinerator exhaust gas.   Simultaneous measurement of the total
 particulate and HC1 in the gas  streams  were made at the inlet to and exit from the units
 using an EPA Method 5 sampling  train.   Particle  sizing at  both locations using Andersen
 impactors was also done.  The units  supplied  by  Hydro-Sonics® Systems and ETS, Inc.
 exhibited a high  degree  of HC1  and particulate matter control.  The Hydro-Sonic® Tandem
 Nozzle SuperSub Model 100 gave  the best overall  performance for HC1 and particulate
 control and ability to accommodate the  variable  composition of the exhaust gas.
INTRODUCTION
     Much hazardous waste generated has
characteristics that make incineration the
disposal method of choice.  Incineration
of these wastes must be performed accord-
ing to the applicable regulations of the
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
(RCRA) and State and local regulations.
The RCRA regulations specify the destruc-
tion and removal efficiency (DRE) that
must be achieved for principal waste
components and set limits for the emission
rates of particulate matter and hydrogen
chloride (HC1).
     Advancements in air pollution con-
trol technologies is a continuing process.
Improvements in existing' technologies as
well as innovative approaches are occur-
ring.  It is to be expected that advanced
devices claiming better collection effi-
ciency, lower energy consumption, or lower
cost than current equipment will be
marketed.  It is likely that some of these
devices are capable of providing better
control of emissions from hazardous waste
combustion than is now available.
                                            66

-------
PURPOSE
     The purpose of this project is to
evaluate innovative air pollution control
devices and to test the performance of
these technologies on commercial-scale
facilities.  The specific goals are to
examine the cleaning capabilities of each
device under specified operating condi-
tions.  The pollutants to be monitored are
(a) particulates; total mass, and as a
function of particle size, and  (b)
hydrogen chloride (HC1).
     The data developed in the  project
will be used by EPA and others  in the
waste management technical community to
assist in optimizing the control of air
emissions from hazardous waste  combustion.

APPROACH
     Three vendors with pilot units
meeting the project criteria agreed to
participate.  They are HydroSonics®
System, Inc.; ETS, Inc.; and Vulcan
Engineering.  The Hydro-Sonic®  pilot unit
is  a wet scrubber that operates by fine
atomization of water  into  the gas  stream
resulting  in  HC1 capture and particle
growth with final removal  by cyclonic
action.  The  ETS, Inc. unit uses dry  lime
injection  for particulate  capture.  The
unit  provided by Vulcan  Engineering is a
high  temperature  (>550°  C, 1000° F)
metallic weave  filtration  system.   It  is
not currently designed for acid gas
control.   The Ceil cote unit  applies an
electric  charge to  the incoming
 particulate which  then adheres  to the
 packing material  and is  removed by water
 spray.
      Several  commercial  hazardous waste
 incineration  facilities  were contacted to
 select the host facility for the tests.
 Of those companies  willing to  participate,
 ENSCO, Inc.'s incinerator in El Dorado,
 Arkansas best met the project criteria.
      After a  pilot unit was connected to
 the installed duct work, a slip stream of
 particulate-laden gas from the emergency
 bypass stack was drawn through the unit.
 Inlet and outlet gas streams were sampled
 simultaneously by EPA Method 5 for the
 concentration and total mass of the
 particulate matter and HC1.  Particle size
 distributions were also determined at both
 locations.
      Each APCD vendor operated  his own
 equipment and was allowed to vary condi-
 tions to test the performance  of the unit.
 ENSCO operated their facility  in a routine
manner during these tests.  No speci'a?
fuel blends on operating procedures were
used to accommodate the units.

TEST SOURCE DESCRIPTION
     The host plant for these tests was
ENSCO, Inc.'s incineration complex in El
Dorado, Arkansas.  This permitted facility
primarily incinerates polychlorinated
biphenyl (PCB) contaminated oils and
capacitors.
     The plant is designed to receive and
incinerate whole.capacitors.   The
shredded parts are transported with into a
rotary kiln.  The kiln exit gas passes
through a cyclone which removes much of
the large suspended particulate matter.
The gases then pass into  a two-chambered
afterburner referred to as the thermal
oxidation unit (TOU).  The upstream side
of  the afterburner can be fired with
PCB-containing oils or other  high Btu
liquids.
     Gases leaving the TOU are drawn into
the custom-designed wet scrubber.  This
unit consists of two circulating water
loops.  The first, prequench, loop removes
the bulk of the  particulate and HC1.  Lime
slurry is added  for pH control.  Slowdown
is  routed to  a pond for solids settling.
The clarified water is recycled.  The
second loop is comprised  of a jet eductor,
knockout vessel, and demister.  Fresh
makeup water  is  added  to  maintain  inven-
tory.  All blowdown from  this loop is used
as  a makeup to the first  loop.  No water
is  discharged from this system except for
that evaporated  and carried out with  the
stack  gas.
     The  incinerator typically operates 24
hours  per  day, 7 days  per week.   In
general, wastes  of a specific class  are
accumulated onsite until  sufficient
quantity  is available  for burns of at
 least  one  day.   This permits  achieving  and
maintaining  steady-state  incineration
 conditions.   During  these tests,  wastes
accumulated were incinerated  on the
 schedule  determined  by plant  management.
 No special wastes  were burned or  excluded.
 Close  contact was  maintained  with plant
 personnel  so  that  the  APCD  testing spanned
 only one  operating condition, insofar as
 possible.

 DESCRIPTION  OF APCD  CONNECTION TO PLANT
      Connection  was  made  to the  emergency
 bypass stack.  The stack, located between
 the TOU and the  scrubber, is  refractory
                                             67

-------
  lined.   Openings around the stack cap were
  plugged to prevent air infiltration into
  the stack.  A stainless steel  duct is
  connected to a flanged opening in the
  stack.   The duct connects  to a vertical
  section leading to a  Hastalloy cooling
  section.   Gas cooling is by direct water
  spray.   A temperature control  device
  mounted at the exit of the cooling section
  modulates the water flow.   The cooled gas
  was  then  ducted to the APCD connection via
  a  12 inch ID 17 feet  horizontal run of
  insulated carbon steel  pipe.   The  APCD gas
  inlet sample ports are located near the
  midpoint  of this duct.  The two ports  were
  on the  vertical  and horizontal  axes
  perpendicular to the  gas flow.

  TEST METHOD  DESCRIPTION
      All  emission  measurements field work
 was performed  by Engineering Science,
  Inc., Fairfax,  VA, under subcontract to
  RTI.  An  RTI  project coordinator was
 onsite to direct the test.
      The test  program was designed to
 withdraw a slipstream of incinerator
 exhaust gas and to test the APCDs
 performance in removing particulate and
 HC1.  It was necessary, therefore, to
 measure these pollutants at the inlet to
 and exit from the air  pollution control
 device (APCD).  Sufficient  equipment and
 personnel were available to conduct test-
 ing simultaneously at  these two locations.
      Both the concentration of  total  par-
 ticulate in the gas stream  and  particulate
 mass  per unit time were determined using
 EPA Method 5.  The impinger solutions  in
 the back half of the train  were analyzed
 to  obtain equivalent information for HC1.
 The particle size distribution  at  both the
 inlet and outlet test  locations was deter-
 mined using Anderson cascade impactors.
 Cascade  impactors classify  particles on
 the basis  of their aerodynamic  properties.
      Due to the large  difference in parti-
 cle loadings  between the inlet  and  outlet
 sites, it  was  not possible  to obtain
 simultaneous  impactor  runs  spanning the
 same  time  interval.  Typically  5 to 7
 minutes  operation at the inlet  site
 product  optimum stage  loadings.  Operation
 for 60 to  90 minutes was required at the
 outlet location  for collection  of adequate
 sample.  Impactor runs were  arranged to
 coincide with  one or more Method 5  runs.
     An onsite  laboratory was set up to
reduce as much of the test data as
possible.  Facilities were available to
  properly clean  all  of the  test  equipment,
  recover samples,  and  to  desiccate  the
  particulate  catches.   A  certified  accurate
  balance was  used  to weigh  all of the
  samples.  A  chloride  ion-specific
  electrode and supporting electronics were
  available to measure  chloride
  concentrations  in the  Method 5  train
  back-half impingers.   Chloride  audit
  solutions were  onsite  to audit  this
  procedure.
      The impactor data were processed at
  the conclusion  of the  test using the
  Particulate  Data Reductionl (PADRE) data
  program.

  HYDRO-SONICS AIR POLLUTION CONTROL DEVICE
  General Description
      Lone Star  Steel Co.  originally devel-
  oped this wet scrubber to control  particu-
  late emissions  from various iron and
  steelmaking operations.  It has  been used
  on such sources  as electric arc  furnaces,
  coke oven emissions, open hearth steel
 furnaces, and sintering plants.   The
 scrubbers have also been  used  on exhaust
 streams containing uranium hexafluoride
 and its hydrolysis products with particu-
 late removal  efficiency consistently
 exceeding 99  percent.
      There are three versions  of the
 scrubber:   The Steam-Hydro, the  Tandem
 Nozzle, and the  SuperSub.   All versions
 have the same basic  concept.   Water is
 atomized into the  waste gas stream  forming
 water droplets of  about the same size as
 the particulate.  The  gas stream then
 enters  a turbulent contact  zone  in  which
 the particles are wetted  and vapors  are
 absorbed.  Particle  growth  then  takes
 place in an agglomeration zone.  Because
 of  the  design, a single waste droplet may
 contain hundreds of  micronic and sub-
 mi cronic dust particles.  As a result of
 the growth of droplets  containing partic-
 ulate into increasingly larger size, the
 initial  size  of  the  particulate has only a
 small effect  on  its  removal.  Actual
 removal  of the agglomerated particle is
 accomplished  in  a specially designed
 low-pressure-drop cyclone.  Water and
 p.articulate are  gravity drained from the
 cyclone  bottom,  and the cleaned gases exit
 through  the top.   Demisters are not
 required.
   ,  The Steam-Hydro employs a  supersonic
ejector drive  to  provide the energy for
pumping and cleaning the polluted gas.
Steam or compressed air is commonly
                                            68

-------
employed as the working fluid.  The gas is
drawn into the unit by the ejector nozzle
which is fitted with a water injection
ring at the exit of the nozzle.  The '-
expanding jet causes violent shattering of
the water droplets and turbulent mixing of
gas and water.  The steam version is most
attractive when there is a source of waste
heat available to generate the
high-pressure steam.
     The Tandem nozzle scrubber uses a fan
drive to pump the polluted gas and to pro-
vide the energy to generate the fine water
droplets.  The system used two subsonic
nozzles and agglomeration sections in
series.  Both nozzles are equipped with
water spray rings.  The first section
serves to condense vapors, remove the
larger particulates, and initiate growth
of the fine particulate.  Additional water
is atomized at the exit of the second
nozzle and is turbulently'mixed to
continue the agglomeration of the
particles.
     The SuperSub version of the system is
a combination of the above two system
concepts.  A small supersonic ejector
(steam or air) is located upstream of the
subsonic nozzle.  The systems main driving
force is fan power as in the Tandem Nozzle
version.  This arrangement provides good
water atomization for fine particle
control coupled with the lower energy
requirements of the fan drive.  Water con-
sumption is about the same as a venturi
scrubber.

Test Results
     Test data for these units were col-
lected between March 15, 1984, and March
23,  1984.  Given in Table 1 are the
removal efficiency data for total particu-
late and chloride organized by the APCD
operating version.  With the exception of
two  tandem nozzle runs  (10 and 11),
chloride removal for all combinations was
greater than 98 percent.  Runs made using
recycle water from the  ENSCO scrubber show
higher removal of chloride than those
using freshwater.  Since the recycle water
contained some alkalinity, this is not
surprising.   In a commercial application,
alkalinity would be added to the scrubbing
water.  Thus, chloride  removals of 99
percent or better should be expected for
any  version of this unit.
     Particulate removal efficiency ranges
from about 82 to 88 percent for the
Steam-Hydro and Tandem  Nozzle  versions.
The SuperSub version achieved a particu-
late removal efficiency of about 95
percent.  It should be noted that these
removal efficiencies refer only to the gas
stream brought into the APCD and not the
efficiency that might be obtained on the
entire gas stream from the ENSCO
incinerator.  Since the APCD connection to
the main gas duct should have resulted in
a bias toward the smaller particles, we
would expect that substantially higher
removal efficiencies would have been
obtained if the APCD had been treating the
unbiased gas stream.
     Shown in Table 2 are the percent mass
less than 1 micron at the inlet and outlet
of the unit.   Much of the particulate
matter exists below 1 micrometer, whether
at the inlet or outlet of the control
device.   It must be noted that design
philosophy of the unit is to agglomerate
fine particles.  Thus, it is to be
expected that some the submicron particles
entering the device exit as particles
greater than 1 micron in size.  These data
indicate that the SuperSub configuration
is the most effective of the versions
tested for control of the submicron
particulate matter from this source.

ETS, INC. DRY SCRUBBER
General Description
     The unit has two major components:
the dry reactor and a particulate
collection device.  The patented dry
reaction has a number of unique com-
ponents.  The basic operating principles
are as follows.  Flue gas is directed
cyclonically into the reactor.  The
rotating slinger unit (driven by a
hydraulic motor) delivers the dry reactant
(usually 200 mesh hydrated lime) perpen-
dicular to the flue gas flow.  This
creates maximum mixing and intimate con-
tact of the reactant and pollutants.  An
internal recirculator, with no moving
parts, is located above the slinger.  This
device increases the contact time and
enhances removal of the acid gases.  The
slinger then directs the dry reaction
products down and into an expansion
section where the larger particles are
removed.  The finer particulate matter is
carried into the particulate collection
device.
     The particulate collector can be a
conventional baghouse, an electrostatic
fabric filter (ESFF) baghouse, or a
Reduced Entrainment Precipitator (REP)
                                            69

-------
  developed  by  ETS.  The  lime  dust entrained
  1n the flue gas continues to react with
  acid gas components throughout the trans-
  port ductwork.  In addition, the lime dust
  aids in building a reactive  filter cake on
  the fabric filters.  This serves two
  purposes.  First, reaction with acid gas
  components continues until final particu-
  particulate removal occurs.  Secondly, the
  precoat assists in removing  the fine par-
  ticulate without excessive pressure drops
  across the filters.
      This system is totally  dry.  The
  reactants are delivered as dry powder, not
  as a s-lurry required for the spray dryer
 type scrubbers.  The reacted product is
 also a dry powder and can be handled much
 as one handles dust collected in a
 baghouse.   Since no water is used at any
 point in the system,  there are no mist
 carryover problem,  little or no corrosion
 in the exhaust stack which remains dry and
 minimum loss of stack gas buoyancy since
 this  energy is not  used to evaporate
 water.

 Unit Tested
      The unit tested  has a rated capacity
 of 2000 ACFM.
      The dry scrubber was connected  to a
 pulse jet  baghouse which used Nomex®
 fabric  cartridges.  An  inducted  draft  fan
 was  located at the outlet of the  baghouse
 forcing the cleaned gas  into the  12-inch
 I.D.  vertical  exhaust stack.

 Test  Results
      The ETS system was  installed  during
 the last week  of March  1984.  The  system
 was operated and tested  during two
 separate periods, April  1-10  and April
 23-26,  1984.   Two reactant materials,
 hydrated lime  and nacholite were evaluated
 for HC1 removal effectiveness.
     Given  in  Table 3 are the particulate
 and HC1 removal efficiency data for the
 two reactants  at the various  stoichiome-
 tries.  Six of the nine  tests using lime
 as the reactant indicate an HC1 removal
 efficiency of  over 98 percent.  Only one
 of the tests using nacholite  achieved over
 90 percent HC1 removal.  The  stoichio-
metric ratio (SR) ranges from 2 to 9 for
the tests in which lime was the reactant.
The data suggest that the SR for lime must
be nearly 3:1 to insure scrubbing
efficiencies of 99 percent.
       Due  to  limitation  in  the  feed  equip-
 ment,  nacholite was  injected at much  lower
 stoichiometric ratios.  The HC1 removal
 efficiency does not  appear to  correlate
 with  the  nacholite/HCl  stoichiometric
 ratio  up  to  a ratio  of  1.7. Therefore,
 from  these tests,  it is not possible to
 determine the nacholite/HCl ratio required
 to achieve 99 percent HC1  removal.
      The  particulate removal efficiencies
 are calculated strictly from the Method 5
 data.  No  allowance has been made for the
 reactant  materials added in the dry'
 reactor.  For most of the runs, the weight
 of reactant added ranged from about 40
 percent to over 100  percent of the-weight
 of particulate entering the system from
 the incinerator.   The reactants added were
 100 percent less  than 200 mesh (74
 micrometers).  Obviously some of the
 material was much smaller and may have
 passed through the baghouse.
    , The calculated efficiencies for the
 first 10 runs were all  greater than 90
 percent with most in the 95 to 98 percent
 range.  It should be noted that, due to
 the bias toward smaller particles  caused
 by the slipstream sample withdrawal, this
 is the removal efficiency for the  finer
 particles  in  the  ENSCO  incinerator exhaust
 gas.   Since  the unit would be  expected to
 remove the larger particles more easily,
 the removal  efficiency  for the  total  gas
 stream would  be expected to be  even
 higher.
      It is suspected  that  the  low  effi-
 ciencies measured  for Runs  11 through  16
 were  due to persistent  difficulties  in
 sealing the cartridges  in  the baghouse.
 In addition,  a tear was  discovered in  one
 cartridge  after Run  11.  We do  not
 believe, therefore, that the particulate
 removal  efficiencies  reported for  Runs  11
 through 16 accurately reflect the  partic-
 ulate  removal capabilities  of the  unit.
     The particulate  control capability of
 the ETS unit  as a function  of particle
 size was also determined.
     Shown in Table 4 are the percentages
 of particulate matter less  than I microm-
 eter in size  in the inlet and outlet
 samples.   This implies better removal of
 fine particulate than coarse particulate.
 This is counter to the expected
 performance of a fabric filtration system.
 In our opinion, these data imply that a
 significant fraction of the particulate
matter in  the unit exhaust originated ,with
the lime feed.
                                            70

-------
VULCAN ENGINEERING COMPANY HI-TAC FILTER
General Description
     The high temperature air cleaning
(HI-TAC) device was developed by Vulcan
Engineering Company for the removal of
particulate matter from gas streams at
higher collector inlet temperatures than
previously possible.  The unit is not
designed nor equipped to control HC1
emissions.  Although the HI-TAC unit looks
much like a conventional baghouse, there
are substantial differences.
     The filter media is entirely
metallic.  This results in greater
resistance to moisture, temperature,
corrosion, abrasion, and pressure than is
provided by conventional fabric media.
Although temperatures below 500°F do not
decrease the collection efficiency, the
media is designed to operate in the 600°F
to 1350°F range.  Temperature excursions
to 2000°F can be tolerated.  The filter
elements will even tolerate flame
temperatures.
     The unit was developed for use in the
iron and steel industry to control partic-
ulate from the many high temperature
sources.  The initial tests on the unit
were performed on exhaust gas from an iron
cupola.  The gas entering the unit was
750°F and contained 1.39 grains of
particulate per dry standard cubic foot
(dscf).  The unit operated with an
air-to-cloth ratio of 16:1 and collected
99.2 percent of the particulate.

Unit Tested
     The unit tested is completely porta-
ble and self-contained.  Connection to an
electrical power source and the exhaust
duct are the only setup requirements.  The
unit is mounted on a Talbert 47-ft double
drop Tandem axle trailer.
     Each of the four cleaning modules
mounted on the trailer houses four removal
cartridge elements.  Each element consists
of a metallic reinforcing framework
covered with stainless steel mesh.  The
weave may be varied to determine appro-
priate design for a particular source.

Test Results
     During this test program, there were
three  (3) types of weaves in the unit.
These were:

     Module I - 150 x 105 plain weave
     Module II - 325 x 325 twilled weave
     Module III and IV - 50 x 250 dutch
          weave
The total removal efficiencies for partic-
ulate matter and chloride are shown fn
Table 5.  As can be seen, removal effi-
ciency for particulate matter is quite
erratic, varying from 34 percent to 98
percent.  Excluding run number 1, the
average removal efficiency is 89.7
percent.  Inspections of the cartridges
before and after test runs indicated that
cake formation on the filter fabric was
not reliable.  During several inspections
following cartridge cleaning, it was
observed that a very large portion (about
70 percent) of the fabric surface was
still covered by the filter cake, with
about 20 percent of the surface clean down
to the fabric.  The sticky particulate
from the incinerator interfered with
proper cake formation and filter cleaning.
It is possible that fabric weave changes
or precoating of the fabric might correct
this difficulty.  The test program was not
designed to adequately explore these
options.
     Particulate removal versus gas flow
rate through the APCD and particulate
removal versus air-to-cloth ratio showed
no clear trends.  It is suspected that the
peculiar cake formation properties and
resultant filter cleaning problems made
these standard plots of little value.
     Recognizing the difficulties cited
above for particulate control, we
attempted to assess, with much trepi-
dation, the removal efficiency at various
particulate size ranges.  These data
indicate 90 percent or better control of
particles of less than 1 micrometer but
decreasing efficiency as the particle size
increases.
     These apparently strange results may
be due to the method used, determining
small differences between highly variable
numbers, or to agglomeration of fine,
sticky particles passing through the
filters.
     In  summary, the test results indi-
cate that effective control of the fine
particulates generated by hazardous waste
combustion may be achievable by the Hi-Tac
unit.  Additional development work to
address  the problem of sticky particulate
will be  required.

CONCLUSIONS

1.   All versions of the Hydro-Sonic units
     tested achieved excellent HC1
     control.  Ninety-nine percent of
     HC1 was obtained without adding
                                            71

-------
      additional alkalinity to the ENSCO
      scrubber recycle water.  With addi-
      tional alkalinity, any of these units
      should be capable of well over 99
      percent HC1 removal.

 2.   The Tandem Nozzle SuperSub Model  100
      achieved the best particulate removal
      of the three Hydro-Sonic units
      tested.

 3.   The ETS dry scrubber achieved both
      high removal  efficiencies for HC1  and
      particulate.

 4.   The ETS scrubber reagent consumption,
      hydrated lime,  appears  to be high  (3
      moles lime per  mole HC1) but cannot
      be stated with  confidence since no
      attempts were made to improve
      utilization through reagent  recycle.

 5.   The ETS unit  does  not presently have
      capability to adjust reagent feed
      rate to accommodate rapidly  varying
      HC1  content in  the gas  to be treated.

 6.   The Vulcan  Hi-Tac  unit  is not
      designed to,  and cannot  presently,
      remove  acid gases  from  the exhaust
      gas  being  treated.   Therefore,  it  is
      not applicable  to  incinerators
      burning  significant  amounts  of
      halogenated hazardous wastes.

 7.    Further  development work  and/or emis-
      sions testing will be required before
      the  Hi-Tac unit demonstrates  the
      capability to reliably control
      sources which might product  sticky
      particulate as encountered in the
      exhaust of the ENSCO incinerator.

8.    Considerable variability was encoun-
     tered in the ENSCO exhaust gas for
     particulate concentration,'
           particulate size distribution,  HC1
           concentration,  flue gas  moisture con-
           tent, and exhaust gas  temperature.
           It is necessary that any air pollu-
           tion control  device installed on a
           hazardous waste incinerator  have
           design features that allow
           compensation  for this  variability.

      9.    Of the APCDs  tested in this  project,
           the Hydro-Sonic Tandem Nozzle
           SuperSub  gave the  best overall
           performance in  terms of  HC1  and
           particulate removal  and  ability  to
           accommodate variability  in the gas
           stream being  treated.

     ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
           This  report was  prepared under EPA
     Contract No. 68-03-3149.  Research
     Triangle Institute (RTI)  is the prime
     contractor.  The field testing described
     was subcontracted to  Engineering-Science,
     Inc.  (ES) and was carried out under RTI
     direction.  Mr. Harry Freeman of EPA's
     Thermal Destruction Branch,  Hazardous
     Waste Engineering Research Laboratory,
     Cincinnati, Ohio, was the Project  Monitor.
          RTI and ES wish to acknowledge the
     technical contribution of ENSCO, Inc.
     Hydro-Sonic® Systems, ETS, Inc., and
     Vulcan Engineering  and to express
     appreciation for their participation  in
     this project.

     REFERENCES

     1.    Tatsch, C.E.,  W. M.  Yeager, and G. L.
          Johnson, 1984.   PADRE:  A computer-
          ized data  reduction  system  for cas-
          cade impactor  measurements.   Journal
          of the Air Pollution Control
          Association, Volume  34. No. 6. pp.
          655-660.
72

-------
 TABLE 1.  PARTICULATE AND CHLORIDE REMOVAL EFFICIENCIES: HYDRO-SONIC SCRUBBER
Configuration3
SH/Lo/R
SH/Lo/F
SH/Hi/R
TN/-/R
TN/-/F
SS/-/F
Parti cu late
efficiency
(Percent)
81.6
87.4
88.2
92.1
86.3
95.4
Chloride
efficiency
(Percent)
99.1
98.7
98.8
99.8
96.0
98.3
 Configuration codes are:  SH = Steam-Hydro; TN = Tandem Nozzle;
S = Supersub; Hi= High energy input; Lo = Low energy input; - = not applicable
to this version; Fresh = Freshwater used in APCD: R = Recycle water from ENSCO
scrubber used in APCD.
     TABLE  2.   COMPARISON OF  FINE .PARTICLE  (<1 MICRON)  ENRICHMENT  FACTORS
                (OUT/IN)  FOR VARIOUS  OPERATING CONDITIONS

Operating
Condition
SH/Lo/F
SH/Lo/F
TN/- /F
SS/- /F
SS/- /F
Inlet
Impactor
Run No.
2
3
4
5
6
Percent
of Mass
<1 Micron
43
57
38
64
70
Outlet
Impactor
Run No.
3
4
5
6
7
Percent
of Mass
<1 Micron
69
67
60
36
26

Out/In
1.6
1.2
1.6
0.6
0.4
                                      73

-------
                TABLE 3.   SUMMARY RESULTS:   ETS  UNIT
Reactant
used
Lime
Lime
Lime
Lime
Lime
Lime
Lime
Lime
Lime
Nahcolite
Nahcolite
Nahcolite
Nahcolite
Nahcolite
Nahcolite
Nahcolite
Stoichiometric
ratio
2.80
4.53
4.50
6.61
8.71
8.07
5.29
1.94
2.42
0.70
0.53
0.87
-
0.56
1.73
0.98
HC1
Efficiency
percent
98.7
89.0
98.0
99.2
98.9
99.6
99.8
56.3
79.1
93.2
82.0
54.7
(2)
53.8
68.1
33.1
Participates
- efficiency
percent
91
97
96
95
95
98
90
98
98
96
(1)
76
75
85
83
38
   1)  Torn  baghouse  cartridge.
   2)  Sample  lost.
      TABLE 4.  COMPARISON OF FINE PARTICLE (
-------
TABLE 5.  VULCAN HIGH TEMPERATURE BAGHOUSE EFFICIENCY SUMMARY
     Run
    number
  System
efficiency
(Percent)
      1
      2
      3
      4
      5
      6
      7
      8
      9
     10
   34
   93
   90
   92
   94
   84
   89
   74.8
   90.0
   98.4
                           75

-------
                CASE STUDIES OF WASTE TREATMENT AT HAZARDOUS WASTE FACILITIES

                                      C.  Clark Allen
                                Research  Triangle Institute
                                      P.  0.  Box 12194
                        Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27709

                                            and

                                    Benjamin L. Blaney
                           U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
                                  Cincinnati,  Ohio  45268

                                         ABSTRACT

      Commonly practiced commercial  waste treatment processes  were investigated  for  the
 removal  of volatile organic compounds  from  waste.   The  effectiveness of  thin film
 evaporators,  steam stripping,  and distillation to treat waste was evaluated  by  field
 sampling and  analysis.   The major sources of  treatment  process residuals associated with
 these treatment processes  were  also investigated.
 INTRODUCTION
      The  EPA  Office  of Air  Quality  Plan-
 ning  and  Standards (OAQPS)  is  developing
 regulations to  control emissions  from
 hazardous waste treatment,  storage,  and
 disposal  facilities  (TSDFs).   The purpose
 of the OAQPS  air emissions  regulations is
 to protect human health and the
 environment from emissions  of  volatile
 organic compounds (VOCs), particulates,
 and aerosols.
      The  sources of  TSDF emissions  include
 storage tanks,  treatment processes,  sur-
 face  lagoons, landfills, land  treatment,
 and drum  storage and handling  facilities.
 There are approximately 5,000  locations in
 the United States where one or more  of
 these activities are in progress  at  a
 TSDF.
     To date, research has  concentrated
 upon characterization of uncontrolled
 emissions from  these sources through field
measurements and upon determining the
 reliability of  emissions models.  Options
 identified for  controlling emissions from
TSDFs include banning the handling of
wastes from sources  where emissions  rates
are high, treatment  of wastes  to  remove
volatiles, and  the use of in-situ (add-on)
control techniques.   In addition, changes
in waste management  practices  (such as
using holding tanks instead of ponds) may
be a cost-effective control option.
     Treatment of waste to remove the VOCs
appears to be a viable emissions control
option and is being used at several TSDFs.
In general, it is attractive because it
can be used by the waste generator or TSDF
operator to remove volatiles from the
waste before there is much opportunity for
release of VOCs to the air.  Treatment may
be the most cost-effective control tech-
nique for sources with large surface
areas, such as land treatment facilities
and waste treatment and storage lagoons.
Waste treatment may also serve to reduce
ground water impacts from waste disposal
in landfills or by treatment lagoons, etc,
as well as to reduce the amount of wastes
disposed.
     This paper presents the results from
field studies of three treatment tech-
niques:  thin film evaporation, steam
stripping, and distillation.  The
processes investigated were located at
waste recycling facilities.  The data
collected included volatile removal effec-
tiveness, the disposal of residuals, and
limitations of the technology.

VOC TREATMENT PROCESSES
     Steam stripping will  remove low
levels (less than 1 percent) of volatile
                                            76

-------
organic compounds from oils and
wastewater.  Steam stripping can operate
at a lower temperature than a thin film
evaporator and is therefore more appro-
priate for some reactive materials.  The
volatile organic compounds can be
recovered from the process by decanting if
the organic phase separates from the
condensed steam.
     Thin film evaporators are used in
many solvent recovery operations.
Typically, 80 percent of the volatile
materials can be recovered, with a sludge
containing residual VOC obtained at the
bottom of the evaporator.

Thin Film Evaporators
  'Samples were taken from the over-
head, bottoms, and feed of wastes treated
at three thin film evaporators  (1,2,3).
     The waste treated at  Plant A repre-
sents a class of waste oils containing a
small amount of solids and approximately 5
percent VOCs.  During the  visit to Plant
A, a "batch" consisting of mixed chlori-
nated xylenes was being processed through
the thin film evaporator  (1).   This
material was relatively clean,  and
therefore  95 percent was  being  taken
-overhead, with the  bottoms or  treatment
process product  being acceptable for  fuel.
     The data obtained  from  samples of the
feed,  the  bottoms,  and  the product are
presented  in Table  1.   The headspace
analysis demonstrated that the  volatile
organic material was  removed  by the thin
film evaporator  from  the  bottoms.  The
following  removal  effectiveness was
estimated  using  a  material balance from
 the  information  presented in  Table  1
 (based upon the  headspace analysis and  95
 percent product  recovery):
      Methylene  chloride           99.1
      Chloroform                    >99.99
      1,1,1-Trichloroethane        >99.5
      Toluene                      <85.0
      Freon TF                      80.0
 The concentrations of the volatiles  are
 reduced in the bottoms  of the thin film
 evaporators.   The  vapor pressures  of the
 more volatile compounds are  more than 90
 percent reduced by the treatment.
      Sampling and analysis was carried
 out on another thin film evaporator at
 Plant B (2).  The composition of the
 material  evaluated was a volatile organic
 liquid composed of alcohol and aromatics.
 The composition of liquid samples is
 presented in Table 2.  The bottoms
materials from the thin film evaporator
had a similar volatility characteristic as
the feed, although the volume of the waste
was reduced by about 50 percent.  In
general, the more volatile material was
concentrated in the product stream and the
less volatile materials tend to be more
concentrated in the bottoms.
     The waste being processed in the thin
film evaporator at Plant C was acetone
containing xylene, low levels of chlori-
inated solvents, and dissolved polymeric
resins (3).  The acetone and other low
boiling  point compounds were somewhat
more concentrated in the distillate and
xylene was enriched in the bottoms.  The
analysis is presented in Table 3.  Because
of  the requirements to maintain the resins
in  solution, the VOCs in the bottoms at
the end  of the run was not substantially
different than the VOCs in the feed and
the concentrations in the vapor phase  did
not change significantly  (a  reduction  of
acetone  concentration in the vapor from
378 to  308 mg/L)  although the volume of
waste was reduced by  10 percent.

Steam Stripping
      Plant D  stripped waste  material by
direct  injection  of  live  steam  into a
waste batch.   The process of stripping
continued until  the  desired  concentrations
were  achieved  in  the  waste  (4).   Four
 batches  of  liquid wastes  were  evaluated:
 [1] an  aqueous xylene,  [2]  a chlorinated
 organic-oil  mixture,  [3]  a  chlorinated
 organic-water mixture,  and  [4]  a  mixed
 solvent-water mixture.
      The test results for the aqueous
 xylene  batch are presented  in Table 4  and
 Figure  1.   The rates of removal  of all the
 compounds  appeared to be roughly the  same,
 with the heavier materials  being somewhat
 more slowly removed.   There was removal  of
 all the VOCs to less than 300 ppm in the
 final  treated waste.
      In the chlorinated organic-oil  mix-
 ture, there were two major components
 which were removed from the organic waste.
 These were the trichloroethane and
 chloroform.  Chloroform was quickly
 removed from the process with only 23 ppm
 remaining after 80 minutes.  The trichlor-
 oethane was somewhat more slowly removed
 with 4,000 ppm or 0.4 percent residual
 trichloroethane in the oil material at the
 end of  the batch.  Since the volume of the
 organic batch was changing as the more
 volatile component was removed, the
                                             77

-------
  concentration of the trichloroethane did
  not drop initially but appeared to
  decrease much more rapidly in the later
  stripping as the batch temperatures
  increased.   The average stripping rate of
  the chloroform and the trichloroethane was
  approximately the same.
       When the batch of waste  trichloro-
  ethane had  been processed,  a  residual  tank
  of condensed steam containing some of  the
  volatile organics was  collected in the
  MST.   This  chlorinated organic-water
  mixture was stripped and the  concentra-
  tions  of the volatile  materials  monitored.
  The  results are presented in  Table 5.   In
  this batch  of aqueous  waste (which
  differed  from the  aqueous xylene  batch  in
  that there  was  no  organic phase  of xylene
  present during  stripping), the  stripping
  rates varied  for  the different  compounds,
 with the more volatile materials  such  as
  chloroform  and  acetone stripped at a
  relatively  faster  rate.  As seen  from  Fig-
 ure 2,  an approximately logarithmic
 decrease in the concentrations of the
 major volatiles was observed.   The major
 component present in the aqueous waste was
 trichloroethane, and the waste was
 stripped down to 1 percent trichloroethane
 in 60 minutes.  Approximately another 40
 minutes of stripping would possibly be
 required to drop the trichloroethane  level
 to .1 percent based the extrapolated  curve
 in Figure 2.
      The fourth batch was a mixed-solvents
 mixture produced by the project team  to
 simulate a dilute aqueous waste stream
 containing miscible and immiscible
 solvents in  the following approximate
 concentration:  toluene (0.1 percent) and
 acetone (0.6 percent),  trichloroethane
 (0.2 percent), and xylene (0.2 percent).
 The concentrations of each  of  the volatile
 components in this batch  were  reduced to
 less  than  .03 percent after  33 minutes  of
 stripping.   The toluene,  xylene,  and
 trichloroethane  stripped  at  approximately
 the same rate, with  acetone  approximately
 twice as fast.   The  initial  concentrations
 of  toluene and xylene were not the same as
 initially charged  to  the batch,  apparently
 because  of inadequate mixing in  the batch
while the sample was  taken.
     For all four waste streams, the  equi-
 librium  concentration of the volatile
organic  compounds at equilibrium in the
cool waste decreases as their  concentra-
tions decrease due to steam stripping.
Based on a headspace analysis of the
  treated waste  in  the  laboratory,it is
  apparent that  the volatility character-
  istics of the  wastes  are dramatically
  altered by the steam  stripping process.
  These volatility characteristics of the
  cooled wastes  are of  concern because of
  the relationship between the vapor
  pressure of the volatile components and
  its release into the  atmosphere upon
  disposal.  The waste material generally
  showed at least an order of magnitude
  decrease in the vapor concentrations at
  equilibrium with the waste.
      Table 6 presents a summary of the
  data analysis of the four batches evalua-
  ted at Plant D.  The correlation coeffi-
  cient was relatively high for many of the
  rates of stripping.   The steam rate
  influences the rate of stripping,  so the
  rate constants are presented in a
 dimension!ess form to account for the
 steam rate and batch size.
      The values of the dimensionless  rate
 constant were much smaller  than would have
 been expected for dilute organic materials
 in water (Henry's Law).   Table  7 demon-
 strates  that  the  equilibrium vapor
 pressures  were lower in  the mixed  waste
 system than  in dilute concentrations.   The
 rate constants were  roughly the same  for
 chloroform and 1,1,1-trichloroethane  for
 each of  the aqueous  batches.

 AIR EMISSIONS
      Besides  solid residuals  produced by
 these  treatment processes the significance
 of treatment  process  air emissions  is also
 of interest.   The  treatment after disposal
 would  be of little use if substantial
 quantities of  contaminated  residuals were
 produced.  For  these  processes  considered
 here,  the principal residuals are in the
 form of either  organic materials which
 could  be incinerated or  aqueous streams
 with the VOCs removed.   A small amount of
 the VOCs were lost to  the .atmosphere.

 Thin Film Evaporators
     Air emissions were  evaluated from
 three thin film evaporators and two steam
 stripping units.  The major air emission
 source identified at the thin film
 evaporator process was the vent from the
 vacuum pump.   It'should be noted in the
 processes investigated that  in all  cases
any air emissions  were estimated as only a
small fraction of the amount of the
organics  recovered; however,- it  is
                                            78

-------
possible for the system to have' a rela-
tively significant loss of some of the
particularly volatile materials from the
vacuum pump vent in a mixed volatile
system.
     The volatile materials, methylene
chloride and chloroform, were present in
the feed stream at Plant A in somewhat
higher concentrations than in the product,
and were not present to a significant
extent in the bottoms.  This suggests a
possible loss of some of the more volatile
materials to the atmosphere through the
vacuum pump vent.  The following list
presents the estimated VOC losses (as
determined by mass balance) to the
atmosphere as determined by a material
balance, according to boiling point:
     Methylene chloride       57%, 40.7°C
     Chloroform               97%, 61.3°C
     1,1,1-Trichloroethane   -20%, 74°C
     Toluene                 -17%, 110°C
Negative values are attributed to uncer-
tainty in the data (see below).
     The exhaust of the vacuum pump did
contain some volatile materials during
startup.  Carbon adsorption tubes were
analyzed for VOCs present in air samples
from the vacuum pump vent.  Five tubes
were analyzed, one 10-minute sample (85
mL/min)j two 5-minute samples, and two
field  blanks.
     The analysis of the gas samples  of
the vacuum pump discharge vent is
presented in Table 8.   Chloroform and
1,1,1-trichloroethane were present in the
vent discharge with statistically signifi-
cant quantities  (relative to the field
blank) of the higher boiling VOCs
(toluene, ethyl benzene, xylene).  The
absence of methylene chloride  captured on
the carbon tube and the apparent insensi-
tivity of the quantity  of chloroform
captured to  the  length  of sampling time
suggest that the quantities of the more
volatile chlorinated compounds may be
greater than reported  in Table 8.
     Although there is  an expected error
of 15  percent or  less  in the pollutant
concentration data, and even greater error
in differences  and estimates based on gas
partitioning, the data  do suggest  that the
lower  boiling VOCs may  be subject  to  much
higher process  losses  than  higher  boiling
VOCs.   These data suggest that thin film
evaporators  operating  under a  vacuum  can
have  potentially  significant VOC emis-
sions. The  emission  rate would  depend on
the operating conditions  of the  still.
The data reported in Table 8 was taken
during startup and the concentrations
observed were expected to be lower after
the transitional period of startup.  Some
of the waste treatment plants visited
indicated that control vent emissions
could be reduced by multiple passes
through the evaporator (?.}, or by using a
second vent condenser (5).
     At Plant B, theJargest source of air
emissions observed from the thin film
evaporator was from the vacuum condenser
vent.  The concentrations of VOCs in the
vent were roughly one-half the
concentrations observed in the laboratory
from equilibrium headspace analysis of the
condensate.  The concentration of air
emissions would depend on the flow rate of
noncondensibles out of the vent.  This
flow would depend on the concentration of
noncondensibles in the waste and the
magnitude of any potential system leaks
(into the process).
     The concentrations of VOC in the
process vent of the thin film evaporator
was evaluated for Plant C for comparison
to the vacuum pump vent at Plants A and B.
(The thin film evaporator at Plant C was
operating at atmospheric pressure.)  The
analysis of the air samples from the
process vent indicated that no significant
(relative to the field blank) air emis-
sions were observed from the process vent.
The vent pipe was located perpendicular to
the wind flow on the  building exterior,
and due to the wind gusts air flowed
alternatively in and  out of the vent (as
measured by the Alnor velometer).  No
odors were detected at the vent.
     At Plant C, the  largest source  of  air
emissions which was identified was the
product storage tank.  The product storage
tank had a loose fitting steel top with a
gap of  approximately  8-3 cm  (3-1  inch)  and
was  1 raeter  (4  ft) wide with an area of
620 cm   (0.67 ft  ).   Acetone was  the major
component  lost  from the  storage tank at
0.56 and 0.70 g/sec-  Based on an  emission
factor  of  2.0 x 10    g/mol/cm  sec and  a
vapor  concentration of 383 mg/1  (measured
at 25°C in the  laboratory),  the estimated
emissions  for a fully exposed surface  is
•1.7 g/sec, greater  than  the  field  rate  by
a factor of  3.   (At the  time of the  test
of the  produce  storage tank, the  plant  was
planning to  replace the  current receiver
tanks  with a more  enclosed  tank system.)
                                             79

-------
  Steam Stripper
       In contrast to the open product stor-
  age tank at Plant C, the product storage
  vessels at Plant D were enclosed inside a
  building with a vent to the roof from each
  tank.   The air emissions from the process
  vents  at Plant D were estimated on two
  batches, the xylene aqueous batch and the
  production waste trichloroethane batch.
  Air concentrations were measured, but no
  flow from the process storage tanks  was
  detected.   The concentrations of the vapor
  at  equilibrium over the distillate
  obtained midway through the process
  corresponded with concentrations obtained
  approximately concurrently  from the  air  in
  the  vents.      The volume emitted from the
  receiver vent was estimated on  the basis
  of the  data  obtained  from the dry gas
  meter readings.   The  emission factors  were
  estimated  by obtaining  the  ratio  of  the
  estimated  grams  of emissions  to  the  total
  amount  of wastes.   The  total  VOC  emission
  factog  (g/g  waste) was  estimated  to  be 2.7
 x 10    for the  1,1,1-trichloroethane
 production run and 3.8  x 10   for  the
 aqueous xylene run.   In both  cases, the
 emissions were only a small  fraction of
 the VOCs recovered from the process.  The
 rate of emission of VOCs from the storage
 tanks was estimated a 0.006 g/sec.
      The condensate receiver vent concen-
 trations of the methylene chloride,
 chloroform, and trichloroethane from the
 1,1,1-trichloroethane batch  were much
 greater at the beginning of the process
 than at the middle of the process.  This
 is  not  unexpected since the  concentrations
 of  these components in the condensate are
 much greater at the beginning of the  cycle
 than  midcycle, as determined from the
 waste analysis.   The concentrations of the
 volatiles in the vent  from the product
 storage  and the MST tank vent were
 substantially lower than the concentra-
 tions obtained at equilibrium within  the
 storage  tank.   This suggests that the air
 emissions  are substantially  lower than
 predicted  from the equilibrium values  of
 the tank contents.
      The air  emissions from  the  condenser
 vent were only a  small fraction  of the
 recovered VOCs.   In addition,  the  air
emissions from the storage tanks at Plant
D were much lower than from  the  storage
tank surface exposed to  the  flow of air at
Plant C.
 CONCLUSIONS
      1.   Thin film evaporators are useful
           for waste volume reduction and
           VOC removal  in systems with high
           boiling point organics.

      2.   There are potential  emissions
           from the condenser vent when
           volatiles are removed with high
           boiling organics in  a thin film
           evaporator.

      3.   Thin film evaporators may not
           substantially alter  the
           volatility characteristics of
           wastes containing primarily
           VOCs.

      4.   Steam stripping  is effective for
           removing VOCs  from wastes:   [1]
           aqueous,  [2]  liquid  organic/
           aqueous mixtures, and [3]  liquid
           organic.

      5.   The  air emissions from thin  film
           evaporation and  steam stripping
           were only a small fraction of
           the  waste treated.

 REFERENCES
 1.    Allen, C.  C.,  and 6.  Brant,  1984a.
      Hazardous waste pretreatment  for
      emissions control:  field  evaluations
      at Plant  A.   EPA Contract  No.
      68-03-3149,  Work Assignment 25-1.

 2.    Allen, C. C.,  and G.  Brant, 1984b.
      Hazardous waste pretreatment  for
      emissions control:  field evaluations
      at Plant  B.   EPA Contract  No.
      68-03-3149,  Work Assignment 25-1.

 3.   Allen, C. C., and G.  Brant, 1984c.
      Hazardous waste pretreatment  for
     emissions control:  field evaluations
     at Plant  F.  EPA Contract No.
     68-03-3149, Work Assignment 25-1.

4.   Allen, C. C., and G. Brant, 1984d.
     Hazardous waste pretreatment for
     emissions control:  field evaluations
     at Plant C.  EPA Contract No.
     68-03-3149, Work Assignment 25-1.

5.   Allen, C. C., and  G. Brant, 1984e.
     Hazardous waste pretreatment for
     emissions control:   field  evaluations
     at Plant E.  EPA Contract  No.
     68-03-3149, Work Assignment 25-1.
                                            80

-------
           TABLE 1.  THIN FILM EVAPORATOR WASTE COMPOSITIONS, PLANT A


                              Bottoms*           Feed              Product
                               mg/L      Liquid      mg/L     Liquid   mg/L
                             (in vapor) (by vol) (in vapor)  (by vol) (in vapor)
Methyl ene chloride
Chloroform
1,1, 1-Tri chl oroethane
Toluene
Mixture of High
Boiling Hydrocarbons
Freon TF
0.03
<0.01
<0.01
0.03

-
0.24
2.0%
1.5%
0.7%
1.3%

94.4%

1.7
5.1
0.11
<0.01

-
0.06
0.9%
ND
ND
1.6%

93.9%
1.8
0.97
0.14
0.14
0.04

-
1.5
ND indicates compound not detected.
*Bottoms solid upon cooling.

       TABLE 2.  ANALYSIS OF LIQUID SAMPLES, THIN FILM EVAPORATOR, PLANT B
                                 Feed              Product         Bottoms*
                           Liquid     mg/L     Liquid     mg/L         mg/L
                          (by vol) (in vapor) (by vol) (in vapor)  (in vapor)
Isopropyl
alcohol
Freon TF
Toluene
Ethyl benzene
Xylenes
38.2%
0.6%
0.4%
11.4%
49.2%
0.75
38.
0.58
5.5
22.
53.8%
0.7%
0.4%
8.4%
34.0%
1.1
62.
0.94
5.3
19.
1.6
5.3
0.32
9.0
39.0
 '''Bottoms solid upon cooling.
       TABLE 3.  ANALYSIS OF LIQUID SAMPLES, THIN FILM EVAPORATOR, PLANT C
 Compound
    Feed
Liquid    Gas
 (%)      (ppm)
  Distillate
Liquid    Gas
 (%)     (ppm)
    Bottoms
Liquid     Gas
 (%)      (ppm)
Acetone
Freon TF
1,1, 1-Tri chl oroethane
Tri chl oroethyl ene
Toluene
Ethyl benzene
Xylene
Tetrachl oroethyl ene
74.3
0.1
1.5
0.2
0.5

5.9
0.6
378.0
2.0
17.9
0.1
0.3
0.1
2.1
2.4
82.2
<0.1
2.2
0.3
0.9
0.3
2.0
0.5
383.0
2.0
19.1
0.1
0.2
<0.1
0.2
1.6
60.6
0.1
0.9
<0.1
0.9
0.3
<0.1
13.6
308.0
1.5
9.2
0.1
4.1
0.4
<0.1
5.0
                                       81

-------
           TABLE 4.  WASTE VOC CONCENTRATION DURING STEAM STRIPPING:
                              AQUEOUS XYLENE BATCH
  Process    Sample
 time (nrin)  number
                  Concentration (mg/L)
              Chloro-
Acetone  IPA   form   TCEA   TCE   EB   Toluene   Xylene
0
15
64
86
45-3
45-5
45-6
45-7
39
10
<6
<6
960
640
47
<6
5,200
2,300
350
. 17°
170
99
33
20
290
230
72
<20
360
560
56
100
86
32
17
42
2,000
480
410
270
 IPA s isopropanol
 TCEA = 1,1,1-trichloroethane
 TCE * trichloroethylene
 EB - ethyl benzene
             TABLE 5.   WASTE VOC CONCENTRATIONS DURING STRIPPING:
                         1,1,1-TRICHLOROETHANE MST BATCH

Process time
(minutes)
0
22
43
57

Sample
number
45-29
45-31
45-32
45-33
Concentration (mg/L)

Acetone
290
71
9
<6

Chloroform
1,600
250
<34
<34

TCE
180,000
71,000
28,000
12,000

EB
44
30
24
12

IPA
37
<6
<6
<6
   TABLE 6.  LINEAR CORRELATION OF THE LOGARITHM OF THE WASTE CONCENTRATION
                            WITH THE STRIPPING TIME
Batch Component
1
1
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
Isopropyl alcohol
Chloroform
1 , 1 , 1-Tri chl oroethane
Tetrachloroethane
Chloroform
1,1, 1-Tri chl oroethane
Acetone
Chloroform
1,1, 1-Tri chl oroethane
Acetone
Toluene
Xy 1 ene
1,1, 1-Tri chl oroethane
Correlation
coefficient
-.974
-.9977
-.9971
-.9975
-.9974
-.9593
-.9925

-.9971
-.9966
-.9377
-.9875
-.990
Stripping
(min"1)
.0507
.0393
.0242
.0122
.0998
.078
.0806
.0844
.0468
.28
.0657
.0859
.0684
rate constants
(dimension! ess)
14.7
11.4
7.0
6.47
19.7
15.3
10.0
10.5
5.82
25.4
5.97
7.8
6.21
*Dimensionless rate obtained by dividing the rate constant (min  ) bythe
ratio of the steam rate (L/min) to the amount of waste (L).
       S
                                      82

-------
          TABLE  7.  A  COMPARISON OF THE RATE CONSTANTS OF STRIPPING
                         TO THE HENRY'S LAW CONSTANT

Compound
Isopropyl alcohol
Chloroform
1,1, 1-Tri chl oroethane
Tetrachl oroethane
Acetone
Toluene
Xylene
H
(atm)

186
273
24

360
340
K
(Y/X)
2.4
2,0
3.4
1.6
1.90
2.8
3.6

Batch 1
14.7
11.4
7.0
6.5




Batch 3

10.5
5.82

10



Batch 4


6.21

25.4
5.97
7.8
                TABLE 8.   ANALYSIS OF VENT GAS FROM VACUUM PUMP
                            ON THIN FILM EVAPORATOR
                         Process vent
                          10 minutes
                           (mg/L)
Process vent
 5 minutes
  (mg/L)
 Duplicate
process vent   Field
 5 minutes   Blank 1,2
  (mg/L)   (5 min basis)
Chloroform                   2.4
1,1,1-Trichloroethane        3.1
Trichloroethylene            0.87
Tetrachloroethylene          1.0
Toluene                     27.1
Ethyl benzene                0.31
Xylenes                      1.41
   17.8
    3.05
    0.59
    1.04
   23.5
    0.52
    2.16
   6.1
   2.35
   0.61
   1.01
  25.8
   0.45
   1.9
0.1
                                       83

-------
  o
 •H
 4J
 •H
 ,5
 I
 CJ
 .3
 4J
 n)
 M
 4J
 d
 0)
 o
 0
 o
 o
       0.6
       0.3
       0.1
     0.06
 0.03
0.001
   0.0006
Isopropylalcohol
Chloroform
1,1,1, Trichloroethane\
Tetrachloroethene
Xylene
                20
                                           100
 Figure  1.
                  40     60    80
                (Time (minutes)
        Concentrations in  the  batch  of waste
        as a function of time:  xylene MST.
o
o
 •t
r-t
5
4J
•H
 a)
 1-1
j-i
g
o
o
         Acetone
         Chloroform
         1,1,1 Trichloroethane
         Ethyl Benzene•
    0.06
   0.03  .
   0.01
Figure  2.
                 20     30      40
                 Time  (minuses)
       Concentrations in the batch of waste as
       function of time:  trichloroethane MST.
                       84

-------
                       A CASE STUDY OF DIRECT CONTROL OF EMISSIONS
                                FROM A SURFACE IMPOUNDMENT
                       R.G.  Wetherold, B.M.  Eklund and T.P.  Nelson
                                    Radian Corporation
                                      P.O. Box 9948
                                    Austin,  TX  78766
                                         ABSTRACT
     Field measurements were taken to determine the effectiveness of a cover/enclosure in
controlling VOC emissions from an aerated wastewater treatment lagoon.  The control
system included a carbon adsorption system for the air which was vented, under controlled
conditions, from the enclosed system.
INTRODUCTON

     The Hazardous Waste Engineering
Research Laboratory (HWERL) of EPA has the
responsibility of providing technical sup-
port to OAQPS in the area of atmospheric
emissions from hazardous waste management.
In this study, testing was performed at a
specialty chemicals plant in the northeast.
The aerated wastewater lagoon at this faci-
lity has been enclosed with an inflated
flexible dome structure to reduce odors and
to keep the lagoon warm during winter.  A
stream of air from the enclosure is vented
through a regenerable carbon adsorption
system.  The effectiveness of the enclosure
and carbon adsorption system in containing
and controlling VOC emissions was evaluated
in this study.  Additionally, the fate of
the VOC entering the aerated lagoon was
estimated.

PURPOSE

     The primary objective of this study
was to determine, through field testing,
the efficiency of a cover and associated
carbon adsorption system in controlling the
emissions of VOC from an aerated wastewater
treatment lagoon.
APPROACH

     Liquid and slurry samples were collec-
ted at various locations in and around the
wastewater treatment facility at the chemi-
cal plant.  The objective of the sampling
was to gather enough data to perform a
material  balance around the system and,
thus, determine the fate of the VOC enter-
ing the system.

Process Description--

     A schematic flow diagram of the waste-
water treatment system at the plant is
shown in Figure 1.  Specialty chemicals are
produced in a number of separate batch pro-
cessing areas within the plant.  The waste-
water entering the wastewater treatment
system can come from a variety of sources,
including reaction products, process wash-
water, and washwater used in cleanup oper-
ations.  Waste solids are also associated
with the wastewater.

     Wastewater from the batch processing
is quite variable in both flow rates and
compositon.  As shown in Figure 1, the
wastewater from the plant first flows into
two neutralizer tanks for pH adjustment.
                                            85

-------
                                                              CENTRIFUGES
                                                                         CLARIFIER
                                                                        UNDERFLOW
• LIQUID SAMPLE LOCATION
A SOLIOIUQUIO SAMPLE LOCATION
• OAS SAMPLE LOCATION
                                                                   TO MUNICIPAL
                                                                 WASTEWATER SYSTEM
                                                                   (NOT OPERATING)
     Figure  1.   Wastewater Treatment Facility  Sample  Locations.


Do
AIRLOCK

//////,

l[
|
f
1

/////




1
IZ

i
BLOWER    MAIN BLOWER
          WITH PROPANE
             HEATER
                                                          NE CORNER
                                                           OF DOME
                                                          DOME
                                                         FOOTING
                                                                      CARBON ADSORBER
                                                                        FAN
                                          (OPEN) (CLOSED)
                                           OUTSIDE AIR
                                          INTAKE DAMPERS
     Figure  2.   Dome Structure  Fan  Inflation and  Exhaust  System.
                                        86

-------
From the neutralfzer tanks, the wastewater
(including the waste solids) is pumped to
the primary clarifier.  The overflow from
the clarifier is sent to a trim basin for
additional pH adjustment and then to the
aerated lagoon.

     About one-third of the primary clan'-,
fier underflow is recycled back to the
clarifier, and the remainder is directed to
a belt filter for solids dewatering.  The
solids on the belt filter are washed with
additional process water before being,sent
to a solids drying area.  The recovered
process and washwater are sent to the
aerated lagoon through a sump.  Hydrobac®,'
a freeze-dried bacteria designed to effec-
tively attack aromatic/phenolic materials,
is added in this sump to promote bacterial
action in the lagoon.

     From the aerated lagoon, the treated
wastewater and resulting solids are pumped
through a sump to two open-tank secondary
clarifiers.  Floe and powdered activated
carbon are added in the sump.

     The treated overflow from the secon-
dary clarifiers is currently discharged to
a nearby river.   The major portion of the
underflow from one of the secondary clari-
fiers is recycled to the aerated lagoon.
The remainder of the underflow is sent to
the solids centrifuge for dewatering.  The
recovered water is returned to the lagoon,
and the solids are wasted to a solids dry-
ing area.

     The aerated lagoon is approximately
46 x 130 meters.  Aeration is performed
with two 75-hp' aerators and 25 smaller 7.5
hp aerators.   Residence time in the lagoon
is approximately 5 days at the normal depth
of 1.5 meters.  However, the lagoon level
had been lowered to approximately 0.5-0.6
meters about  two weeks before the testing.
They residence time during the testing was
approximately 1.5-2 days.

     The entire aerated lagoon is covered
by an inflated dome made of a PVC-coated
polyester fabric.  The structure is pres-
surized by a main blower with a capacity of
20,000 CFM.  The integrity of the dome is
maintained by steel cables strung over the
fabric.  The  fabric is lined with Tedlar to
minimize chemical attack and to reduce the
permeability  of the dome to the internal
gases.
     A purge stream of air from inside the
enclosure is continuously vented to the
atmosphere through a fixed-bed carbon
adsorption system.  A schematic diagram of
the dome inflation and purge system is
shown in Figure 2.  The purge rate of ap-
proximately 1.4 m3/sec (3000 cfm)  pro-
vides a gas-phase residence time of 9.4
hours under the dome.  The carbon adsorp-
tion system is a two-bed unit.  During nor-
mal operation, one bed is adsorbing while
the other is being regenerated with steam.
The adsorption cycle lasts 24 hours, while
the regeneration cycle consists of 12 hours
of steaming and 12 hours of cooling.  The
recovered hydrocarbons and steam condensate
produced during the regeneration cycle are
returned to the aeration lagoon.

     Liquid, slurry and gas samples were
collected at various locations-around the
wastewater treatment facility.  The sam-
pling points are shown in Figure 1.  The
inlets to the system were considered to be
the underflow and overflow from the primary
clarifier.  The outlet streams were the
treated wastewater, the sludges (from the
filters and centrifuges) and the exhaust
from the carbon adsorption system.  Key re-
cycle streams were also sampled.  The two
secondary clarifiers were identical in size
and operation.  Only the outlet stream from
one of the clarifiers was sampled.

     The flow rates of the major process
liquid and slurry streams were metered by
the plant using flow meters as shown in
Figure 1.  Flow rates of some internal
liquid streams were not measured,  and these
rates were estimated by plant personnel.
The total gas flow rate at the outlet of
the carbon adsorption system was measured
by Radian twice each day.  EPA Reference
Method 2 Procedures were followed  in making
these measurements.

Sample Collection--

     Liquid and sludge samples were col-
lected from 2 to 8 times per day during the
test period.  These samples were collected
in glass containers with Teflon-lined caps
and stored at approximately 4°C until ana-
lyzed.  Gas samples were continuously col-
lected from the inlet and outlet air
streams of the carbon adsorption system.
The sampling system consisted of a rake-
type in-stack probe, a heated pump and
                                            87

-------
 heat-traced  lines  leading  to the  analytical
 instruments.  The  gas samples were analyzed
 on-site  using two  Byron Model 401 THC ana-
 lyzers and a HNU Systems,  Inc., Model 301
 Gas Chromatograph.

     Gas samples were collected for de-
 tailed off-site analyses to determine
 Individual species.  These samples were
 collected in evacuated stainless  steel
 canisters 2-3 times per day from  the inlet
 and outlet of the  carbon adsorption sys-
 tem.

 Sample Analysis—

     The on-site analyses  were limited to
 gas-phase samples.  The Byron 401 Analyzers
 were used to monitor the total hydrocarbon
 (THC) concentrations.  Analyses were per-
 formed on one-minute cycles.  All data from
 the Byron Analyzers were automatically col-
 lected,  stored and reduced using  a micro-
 computer.

     The HNU Systems, Inc., Model 301 GC
 was used to provide rudimentary on-site
 speciation as well as total VOC analyses of
 gas samples which were collected  periodi-
 cally from the carbon adsorption  system air
 streams.

     The solid, liquid and air canister
 samples were analyzed for Cg-Cio  or-
 ganic compounds at Radian's Austin labora-
 tories. The air samples from the  gas
 canisters were passed through a Perma-Pure
 drying tube and then through a trap cooled
with liquid oxygen.  A known amount of
 sample was then desorbed from the trap onto
 the analytical  GC columns.

     All analyses were performed  on a
 Varian 3700 GC equipped with fused silica
 capillary columns.  A flame ionization de-
tector (FID)  was used to detect and quan-
 titate hydrocarbon species, while a photo-
 ionization detector (PID)  was used to pro-
 vide additional  qualitative information. In
 addition, a second sample was resolved on a
 separate column and analyzed with a Hall
 Electrolytic Conductivity Detector (HECD)
 operated in the halogen mode.  The FID/PID
 output from the GC was processed with a
 Varian 401 Chromatographic Data System
 (CDS)  and an  Apple 11+ microcomputer.

     The liquid  samples were analyzed with
a purge-and-trap technique.  A stream of
 ultra-high  purity nitrogen was passed
 through aliquots of the liquid samples.
 The  resultant gas was passed through and
 trapped in the cryogenic traps of the
 analytical  system.  The analytical proce-
 dure followed after the cryogenic trapping
 was  identical to that used in the analyses
 of air samples.

     Solid samples (sludge and activated
 carbon) were extracted with tetraglyme,
 purged in 5 ml of deionized water to a
 cryogenic trap and then analyzed in the
 same manner as the gas samples.

 RESULTS

 Sampling and Analytical Results--

     The results of the analyses of selec-
 ted liquid/solid samples are summarized in
 Tables 1 and 2.  The concentrations of com-
 pound classes and selected individual com-
 ponents in the primary clarifier overflow
 (aeration pond inlet) and the secondary
 clarifier feed (aeration pond outlet) are
 shown.  Samples from several  different days
 were analyzed.

     Tables 3 and 4 contain summaries of
 the analyses of the inlet and outlet air
 streams of the carbon adsorption system.
 The concentrations of major compound clas-
 ses and a few selected organic compounds
 are presented.

 Emission Rates and Control Effectiveness—

     A mass balance about the system was
 performed using average flow rates and
 compositions of the measured streams.  The
 results of the mass balance for total non-
 methane hydrocarbons (NMHC) are summarized
 in Table 5.  The major emission point was
 the exhaust of the carbon adsorption sys-
tem, accounting for 59% of the incoming
 NMHC.  Fifteen percent of the incoming NMHC
 left the aeration pond in the effluent
 water stream.  An additional  7 percent of
the NMHC present in the feed  to the aera-
 tion pond was carried from the system in
the centrifuge sludge.

     Biological  activity in the aerated
 p'ond was assumed to be responsible for the
 difference between the measured inlet'and
 outlet NMHC rates.  The obvious assumption
 in this determination is that all  signifi-
 cant sources of VOC emissions were
                                            88

-------
c
o_
E
o
o

Li_
c
                                            CM       i—
1
                      cn
                   11  c
                   c  o
                   ID J3
                  J=  £-


                  "S  S
                   CU  tf)
                   4_j  U

                   ra -i-
01 en
o  c.
r— O
                                   i—   r-.  CM
                                                     CM  f—   r-
                                                     i—  CM   in
                                                 in   CM  co   co
                                            CO  <—   OJ       •—  •—
                               CO  CO  CO
                               en  cn  cn
                               cn   C7>   cn
                               in  in  LO
                                             cn  cn   cn
                                        CO   CO  CO
                                        cn   cn  cn

















to

1
CD

O

E£

CD
o:
0
c
LiJ
H-
0
UJ
_J
UJ
to
U_
CD
to
z:
o
h-
ct
h~
UJ
O

O
o
UJ
to
>
*o
c
o
u
OJ
to




















—
^
OJ

0
!

11


1 CO
o c
t_ CU
O N
f— C
J= OJ


CU
c
CU
f3-
0
1—

CU

M
OJ
CO
1
0

O OJ
i — c:
O -E

Q CU
CU
c cu
CU "O

-C*0
eu -£=
y (_)
cn
c
•r— QJ
O. (O

ro
to



1 1 I C
iii*
0


cc
1 t | CM
1 1 1 *
0




f 1 f CO
1 I 1 *





1 t | C
t I 1 •
0







1 1 1 0
1 ' ' d






CO CO «3- "JD
p- in «a- •—
in CM CM




co vo in •—
CO «5t" CO <*>




P-. CO
co CD cn in





P-. O CD CD
cn CD o CD

«a- 
-------
TABLE 3.  CARBON ADSORPTION SYSTEM:  INLET AND OUTLET GAS
          CONCENTRATIONS OF MAJOR.CLASSES OF ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
                 	Gas Phase Concentration,  ppmv	
                                Sampling Date
                 8/17/84     8/177848/18/84     8/19/84
Carbon Adsorber Inlet
Paraffins
Aromatics
Halogenated Organics
Nonmethane Hyrocarbons
Carbon Adsorber Outlet
Paraffins
Aromatics
Halogenated Organics
Nonmethane Hydrocarbons

63.2
33.1
251
348

49.8
32.2
251
334

10.4
11.2
200
222

13.0
38.6
264
317

153
117
331
607

167
89.8
409
698


__
__
~

63.4
43.5
46.1
158
TABLE 4.  CARBON ADSORPTION SYSTEM:  INLET AND OUTLET GAS
          CONCENTRATIONS OF SELECTED ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
                 	Gas Phase Concentration, ppmv	
                                Sampling Date
                 8/17/84     8/17/84     8/18/84    8/19/84
Carbon Adsorber Inlet
Methyl ene chloride
Dichloroethane
Benzene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Dichlorobenzene
Carbon Adsorber Outlet
Methyl ene chloride
Dichloroethane
Benzene
To! uene
Chlorobenzene
Dichlorobenzene

4.0
204
26.0
5.7
13.2
0.6

4.2
205
27.8
7.5
13.3
0.8

5.1
172
4.5
5.1
3.6
0.5

5.1
231
15.1
19.6
6.6
0.2

4.3
240
21.2
92.1
0.4
1.2

2.1
355
24.8
54.1
8.8
0.1

__
—
__
__
__
--

0.1
15.3
9.5
24.0
26.3
2.7
                            90

-------
                   TABLE 5.   SUMMARY OF MASS BALANCE RESULTS
                             (Based on Averages of the,Data)
      Source or Effluent
Influent
Primary Clarifier Feed
Effluent
*By difference.
   NMHC  Flow
   (Kg/min)
      0.212
              '% of
             Influent
                100
Dome exhaust
Effluent wastewater
Effluent centrifuge sludge
Biological oxidation*
0.125
0.032
0.014
0.041
59
15
7
19
                   TABLE 6.  ULTIMATE FATE OF ORGANIC GROUPS
                                Paraffins    Aromatics    Halogen    Total
  Percent of Total Influent
Primary Clarifier Feed
  Percent of Total Effluent
6.9
55.4
*By difference.
37.7
100
Dome Exhaust
Effluent Wastewater
Effluent Sludge
Biological Oxidation*
11.6
8.2
4.1
-(17.0)
8.2
4.4
1.9
40.9
39.2
2.4
1.0
-(4.9)
59
15
7
19
Too
                                       91

-------
 included  in the mass  balance.  As estimated
 by difference, biological activity in the
 pond  appears to have  accounted for approx-
 imately 19 percent of the incoming NMHC.

      The  large majority of the compounds
 detected  in the streams around the waste-
 water treatment system fall into the paraf-
 fin,  aromatic or halogenated hydrocarbon
 classification.  Table 6 contains a summary
 of the fates of these three classes of com-
 pounds.   The estimated loss by biological
 oxidation was estimated by difference.

      Almost all of the halogenated com-
 pounds appear to be lost in the carbon
 adsorber  exhaust.  The small amount (4.9%)
 indicated by difference as actually being
 produced  is probably due to measurement and
 analytical uncertainties.  On the other
 hand, more than 70 percent of the incoming
 aromatic  compounds are apparently destroyed
 through biological activity in the pond.

     The  influent paraffinic compounds seem
 to be relatively unaffected by the waste-
 water treatment.  Indeed, there appears to
 be an increase in the amount of paraffins
 through the system.  The relatively large
 amount produced (17.0%) appears to be sig-
 nificant, even when normal experimental and
 analytical uncertainties are considered.
 Some  paraffin compounds may actually have
 been  produced as a result of biological
 degradation of aromatic and halogenated
 compounds.

      The  effectiveness of the pond cover in
 containing VOC emissions could not be quan-
titatively assessed in this study.  How-
 ever, plant personnel indicated that the
dome  had  a good seal  around the base, and
 they  estimated that the total leakage was
 about 0.14 m3/sec (300 cfm).  A crude leak
 check of  the dome by Radian personnel found
 only  very small  leaks around the dome base.
 Permeation of gas through the dome fabric
 is negligible according to information sup-
 plied by  the manufacturer.  Thus, it ap-
 pears that VOC containment by the cover is
virtually complete.

     The  results of the gas phase analyses
around the carbon adsorption system show
that  this device is not removing any sig-
nificant  amount of VOC in the dome exhaust.
 In some cases, higher levels of VOC were
observed  in the outlet air than were de-
tected in the inlet.   These differences are
presumed to be due to the variability of
the inlet concentrations and to the opera-
tion of the carbon adsorption system.  This
result is not unexpected for several rea-
sons.  The carbon adsorption system was not
designed for bulk removal of organic com-
pounds from the air stream.  It was in-
stalled for odor control and specifically
for the removal of orthochlorophenol.  The
system appears to be effective in this
application.

     The air stream entering the carbon
adsorption system is saturated with water
at the temperature under the dome, which is
generally warmer than the ambient condi-
tions.  Very high humidities drastically
reduce the adsorptive capabilities of the
activated carbon.  There is probably actual
condensation of water within the beds.
Activated carbon is generally effective
only on gas streams having relative humi-
dities of 50 percent or less.

     The results of this study support the
following conclusions:

     -  The combination of the pond cover
        and carbon adsorption system is
        not an effective method for con-
        trolling VOC emissions because of
        the poor efficiency of the carbon
        adsorbers, as operated at this
        site:  ,

     -  The carbon adsorption system is
        almost completely ineffective in
        removing significant quantities
        of VOC from the dome exhaust
        stream;

     -  Leakage around  and/or through
        the cover over the aeration pond
        appears to be quite small:

     -  The aromatic compounds are effec-
        tively destroyed through biological
        activity in the aerated pond;

     -  The halogenated compounds are
        vaporized and lost in the purge
        stream through  the carbon adsorp-
        tion system; and

     -  The paraffinic  compounds are vir-
        tually unaffected in wastewater
        treatment system and leave the
        system in the effluent wastewater.
                                            92

-------
                          PRODUCTS OF INCOMPLETE COMBUSTION -
                                  ANALYTICAL METHODS

                         M.M. Thomason, R.H. James, R.E. Adams
                              Southern Research Institute
                                    P.O. Box 55305
                            Birmingham, Alabama  35255-5305

                                     L.D. Johnson
                     Air and Energy Engineering Research Laboratory
                         U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     Research Triangle Park, North Carolina  27711
                                       ABSTRACT

     Products of incomplete combustion (PICs) may be formed during  the incineration of
hazardous wastes.  The monitoring of principal organic hazardous  constituents  (POHCs)
may be confused by the formation of PICs which are also POHCs.  The  total  amount  of
hazardous PICs formed can easily exceed the total amount of the indicator  POHCs detected
in the exhaust gases of an incinerator.  The compounds may be  fragments  of incineration
feed constituents, products of complex recombinations, products of  substitution reac-
tions in the flame or post-flame zone, or compounds that enter the  incineration process
through other sources.

     We have concentrated our efforts on applying previously developed general analysis
methods for POHCs to  the analysis of PICs.  A  large part of the current  literature on
PICs has resulted from finding polychlorinated dibenzo-jr-dioxins  (PCDDs) and^polychlor
inated dibenzofurans  (PCDFs) in  incinerator effluents.  Thus,  we  have specifically
evaluated generalized GC/FID and GC/MS methods for PCDDs and PCDFs.   Substituted  poly-
nuclear aromatic hydrocarbons (PAHs) are also  frequently formed as  PICs.  We have also
evaluated generalized analysis methods  for a number of amino-, nitro-,  alkyl , oxy ,  and
halogenated PAHs.  The compounds chosen  are not  yet included  in Appendix VIII of  40 CFR,
Part 261.

     The results  presented here  give representative chromatograms,  mass  spectral  condi-
tions, and  detection  limits  for  these  groups  of  compounds.  Future  work includes  the
identification  of PICs in  incinerator  effluent samples with  the  extension of the  general
analysis procedures  to high-priority compounds.
                                            93

-------
 INTRODUCTION

      During the incineration of hazardous
 wastes, compounds not identified in the
 waste feed may be formed.  These compounds
 are known as products of incomplete com-
 bustion (PICs).  The aim of incineration
 is to destroy all of the principal organic
 hazardous constituents (POHCs) in the
 waste and to make sure that harmful levels
 of PICs,  which may be formed during com-
 bustion,  do not escape into the environ-
 ment.  The total amount of hazardous PICs
 formed can easily exceed the total amount
 of the indicator POHCs detected in the
 exhaust gases of an incinerator.
 Trenholm (1) has defined PICs as any
 hazardous organic constituent detected in
 the stack gas of an incinerator but not
 present in the waste feed at a concentra-
 tion of 100 pg/g or higher.  PICs may be
 fragments of incineration feed constitu-
 ents, products of complex recombinations,
 products  of substitution reactions in the
 flame or  post-flame zone, or compounds
 that enter the incineration process
 through other sources.

      The  combustion of chlorinated hydro-
 carbons has been shown to form PICs (2).
 In chlorinated hydrocarbon combustion,
 pyrolysis of the parent  molecules forms
 dechlorinated intermediates because of the
 weak C-C1 bond.   The dechlorinated inter-
 mediates  may then undergo a variety of
 reactions:   recombination to form other
 chlorinated hydrocarbons,  further pyroly-
 sis,  oxidation,  or polymerization.   As the
 chlorine  content  of  the  hydrocarbons
 increases,  the formation of soot is
 favored because  of the weak C-C1 bond
 strength.   Soot  formation is undesirable
 because it  is  often  related to  the produc-
 tion of toxic  compounds  such as  polycyclic
 aromatic  hydrocarbons  (PAHs).   The combus-
 tion of chlorinated  hydrocarbons has also
 been reported  to  produce  polychlorinated
 dibenzo-j>-dioxins  (PCDDs)  and polychlor-
 inated dibenzofurans  (PCDFs)  C3-,4).  PCDDs
and PCDFs have also  been  found  in inciner-
ator  effluents and fly-ash  samples  by
several research groups  (5_-_7) •

     Tiernan and co-workers  (8)  sampled
and analyzed the effluents  from  an incin-
erator used  to heat a steam  boiler
designed  for energy recovery  from the
combustion of municipal refuse.   Chloro-
 phenols, chlorobenzenes,  PCDDs, PCDFs, and
 traces of PCBs were found in the incinera-
 tor effluent.  Karasek and co-workers (_9)
 recently reported a detailed analysis of
 fly-ash extracts of municipal incinerators
 in Canada and Norway.   They identified
 more than 200 organic  components in the
 extracts.  Compounds found included hydro-
 carbons, phthalate esters, PAHs, PCDDs,
 PCDFs, and other polychlorinated organic
 compounds.

      The formation of  PICs in an incinera-
 tor environment is probably a very complex
 phenomenon.   The two classes of PICs which
 are under very close scrutiny at the
 present time  are PCDDs and PCDFs.   PCDDs
 and PCDFs are apparently  formed from pre-
 cursors such  as PCBs,  polychlorinated
 naphthalenes, polychlorobenzenes,  and
 other chlorinated organic compounds found
 in the hazardous-waste load.  Incinerator
 conditions  also play a major role  in the
 extent of PIC formation.

 PURPOSE

      We have  concentrated our efforts on
 applying previously developed general
 analysis  methods for POHCs to the  analysis
 of PICs.  A large part of the current
 literature on PICs has resulted from
 finding PCDDs and PCDFs in municipal
 incinerator effluents.  Thus we have
 specifically  evaluated generalized GC/FID
 and GC/MS methods for  10  PCDD isomers and
 3  PCDF isomers  which are  frequently formed
 as PICs.  We  have also evaluated the
 generalized analysis methods  for a number
 of  amino-, nitro-,  alkyl-,  oxy-, and
 halogenated PAHs.   The  compounds chosen
 are not  yet included in Appendix VIII of
 40 CFR,  Part  261.

 EXPERIMENTAL  APPROACH

 • Preparation of  Stock Standard
   Solutions of  PICs

      Stock standard  solutions of the  can-
 didate  compounds  were  prepared  in  appro-
 priate  solvents  at  a concentration  of
 about  0.05 mg/mL.   These  stock  solutions
were  serially diluted  as  required  to  pre-
 pare working  standards.  Methylene  chlor-
 ide,  toluene,  and  isooctane were used as
 solvents.
                                           94

-------
• Description of General Operating
  Conditions

     We developed the GC/MS generalized
test method on a Hewlett-Packard Model
5985 GC/MS data system.  The  supplemental
GC/FID work was performed on  a Hewlett-
Packard Model 5840 GC that was equipped
for use with capillary columns.

     The generalized GC/MS, GC/FID  proce-
dure is:

Instruments:  HP 5985A for GC/MS and
              HP 5840 for GC/FID
Columns:  Two SE-54 bonded-fused-silica
          capillary columns,  0.32-mm  ID,
          25-m length
Carrier gas:  Helium, 2 mL/rain
Injection:  2 ^L splitless
Column  temperature program:   60  °C  for
            3 min, then programmed  at
            20 °C/min to 300  °C  and held
            at 300 "C for  15  min
Injection temperature:  290  °C
FID  temperature:  300 °C
MS parameters:  Scan 41 to 500 amu/sec,
            electron ionization  at  70 eV,
            source temperature set  to
            200 °C, capillary column
            plumbed directly  into  the ion
            source.

The  initial operating conditions chosen
were a  synthesis of conditions  that would
allow the separation and detection  of as
many compounds as possible.   Modifications
of temperatures and rates may be necessary
or desirable  to optimize  the  analysis for
specific compounds.

     PCDDs  and PCDFs were  also  analyzed
using selected-ion monitoring (SIM) GC/MS
to improve  the detection  limits  obtain-
able.   Table  1 summarizes  the ions  moni-
tored in the  SIM  studies.   A 70  msec/ion
dwell time  was used.

• Optimization of  the  GC/FID and
   GC/MS Procedures

     GC operating  conditions  were opti-
mized by  analyzing  solutions  containing
 selected PICs by  the  GC/FID technique.
The  column-head pressure  was  adjusted
 appropriately to  allow adequate  separation
of the  compounds  of  interest in less than
 30 min.
     Having established GC operating con-
ditions by the GC/FID procedure, we then
applied the method to the determination of
the candidate PICs by GC/MS.  The mass
spectrometer was operated in a full mass
scanning range (41 to 500 amu) in the El
mode.  The scan time was maintained at
<1 sec to enable the collection of enough
scans to characterize each capillary GC
peak.  During SIM, the mass spectrometer
dwelled on each selected mass for
70 msec/scan.

• Quality Control Procedures

     We calibrated the GC/FID and the
GC/MS procedures with standard solutions
of the candidate PICs using anthracene-d1Q
as the internal standard.  Four- to six-
point calibration curves were prepared for
each candidate PIC determined by gas
chromatography.  Each curve was a plot of
the FID or the MS response (relative to
anthracene-d1Q) as a function of the quan-
tity of the particular PIC injected on the
GC column.  Appendix A of reference 10 was
used as a guideline for estimating detec-
tion limits for each candidate POHC.

     The precision of determinations by
GC/FID and GC/MS was assessed by tripli-
cate injections of at least one standard
solution of each PIC investigated by GC.
Relative response factors (RRF) were
calculated for each PIC relative to
anthracene-d....

     Recovery data were not applicable  for
this phase of  the project because our
analyses were  done with standard solutions
of PICs.  We did not collect, prepare,  or
analyze field  samples that  required
spiking of the matrix with  surrogate
standards of  specific PICs.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     The generalized GC/FID and GC/MS
methods for POHCs  (11) were adapted for
the  analysis  of 36 candidate  PICs.
Table  2 presents  a summary  of the GC/FID
determinations of candidate PICs.  The
relative retention time  (RRT) and on-
column detection  limit are  given  for  each
compound.  The compounds  are  listed,in  the
order  of their elution from the GC column.
                                            95

-------
              TABLE 1.   IONS USED IN SELECTED-ION MONITORING OF SELECTED PICs
 Compounds/Classes
PCDD Ions
           Internal standard
                  ions
PCDF Ions
                                                                     Internal standard
                                                                            ion
Mono-substituted
PCDDs and PCDFs
Di-substituted
PCDDs and PCDFs
Tri-substituted
PCDDs and PCDFs
Tetra-substituted
PCDDs and PCDFs
Hexa-substituted
PCDDs and PCDFs
Octa-substituted
PCDDs and PCDFs

218
252
286
320
388
458

220
254
288
322
390
460

202
236
270
304
372
442

204
238
272
306
374
444

332
332
332
332
332
332

334
334
334
334
334
334
	 10
188
188
188
188
188
188
 Retention times are relative to that
 observed for the internal standard,
 anthracene-djg.  The on-column detection
 limit was estimated using experimentally
 determined calibration curves as suggested
 in Appendix A of Reference 10.  Typical
 values were 2 to 40 ng.

      The precision of determinations was
 assessed by triplicate injections of at
 least one standard solution of each PIC
 investigated by GC.  RRFs were calculated
 for each PIC relative to anthracene-d  .
 These results are also summarized in
 Table 2.  The calculated values of the
 standard deviations (SDs) and relative
 standard deviations (RSDs) in Table 2
 indicate that most GC/FID determinations
 gave  acceptable precision.  The percent
 RSDs  range from 0.2 to 9.3%.

       Table 3 summarizes  the  GC/MS deter-
mination of the candidate PICs.   The five
most  abundant mass  fragments  of each com-
 pound, along with  their relative
 abundance,  were used  for  the  establishment
 of detection limits  and for the  generation
of calibration  curves.   RRTs  and RRFs  were
determined  for  each  compound.  The RRTs
 for GC/FID  and  GC/MS were similar.   The
precision of the GC/MS  determinations  was
also  evaluated  by triplicate  injections.
In general,  the precision of  the GC/MS
determinations was poorer than the  GC/FID
determinations.  The RSDs  range  from 3 to
fc //» •
                            Figure 1  is  a representative total-
                       ion chromatogram  (TIC)  obtained for
                       several  dioxin isomers.  The candidate
                       dioxin and  furan  isomers  studied were also
                       evaluated using SIM.  The estimated limits
                       of  detection were 40  to 200  times lower
                       using SIM instead of  full mass
                       acquisition.
                                             a'a '
                             * ^ s 4 10 n iai'3  '4 ts ;
                                      RETENTION TIM!, mm

                           Figure 1.  TIC of selected dioxin
                                      isomers .
                                           96

-------
            TABLE 2.  SUMMARY OF GC/FID DETERMINATIONS OF CANDIDATE PICs
Relative
Precision of
RRFb
- reten- On-column Relative
tion detection Standard standard
Compound timea limit, ng Mean deviation deviation, %
1-Fluoronaphthalene
2-Bromonaphthalene
3-Br omoquino 1 ine
l-Bromo-2-methylnaphthalene
1-Iodonaphthalene
l-Bromo-4-methylnaphthalene
2- ( Bromomethyl) naphthalene
l-Amino-4-chlorona*phthalene
2-Chlorodibenzo-p_-dioxin
l-Chlorodibenzo-p_-dioxin
9-Bromofluorene
5-Bromoacenaphthene
l-Amino-4-bromonaphthalene
l-Chloro-8-nitronaphthalene
2-Chloroanthracene
3,6-Dichlorodibenzofuran
2-Bromof luorene
2,7-Dichlorodibenzo-£-dioxin
2 , 3-Dichlorodibenzo-_p_-dioxin
1-Chloroanthracene
9-Chloroanthracene
9-(Chloromethyl) anthracene
1 ,2 ,4-Trichlorodibenzo-_p_-dioxin
9-Bromophenanthrene
9-Bromoanthracene
9 , 10-Dichloroanthracene
2,3,7 ,8-Tetrachlorodibenzofuran
1,2,3 ,4-Tetrachlorodibenzo-p_-dioxin
6 ,9-Dichloro-2-methoxyacridine
9 , 10-Dibromoanthracene
3 ,6-Dibromocarbazole
1 ,2 ,3 ,4 ,7-Pentachlorodibenzo-j>-dioxin
1,2,3,4,7, 8-Hexachlorodibenzo-p_-dioxin
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-Heptachlorodibenzo-
f-dioxin
,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodibenzo-
p-dioxin
l,T,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodibenzofuran

0.619
0.820
0.825
0.896
0.899
0.907
0.929
0.972
0.980
0.983
0.991
1.01
1.02
1.03
1.05
1.06
1.06
1.08
1.08
1.11
1.11
1.11
1.16
1.16
1.17
1.20
1.23
1.28
1.28
1.30
1.37
1.40
1.57

1.83
2.15

2.17
4
5
2
3
2
3
9
40
10
2
10
5
4
4
7
3
10
2
10
4
4
4
5
4
5
4
2
2
5
9
8
10
8

40

20
20,
0.928
0.733
0.543
0.635
0.540
0.664
0.431
0.028
0.659
0.474
0.379
0.554
0.548
0.560
0.356
0.626
0.595
0.388
0.553
0.743
0.678
0.945
0.352
0.528
0.529
0.638
0.356
0.277
0.318
0.318
0.178
0.379
0.190

0.118

0.090
0.104
0.012
0.008
0.0071
0.0050
0.0022
0.0070
0.0095
0.00012
0.0014
0.0013
0.0050
0.0010
0.0055
0.0058
0.0015
0.0044
0.0039
0.0020
0.0023
0.0017
0.0083
0.0034
0.0043
0.0011
0.0053
0.0017
0.0005
0.0077
0.0012
0.0009
0.0017
0.0094
0.0011

0.0023

0.0077
0.0073
1.3
1 . 1
1.3
0.79
0 .42
1.1
2 .2
0.42
0.22
0.28
1.3
0.2
0.99
1.0
01 r\
.42
0.71
0.65
0.52
0.42
2.3
1.2
0.36
1.2
2.0
In
.0
2.6
1.4
2.8
3.8
2.8
9.3
2.5
6.0

2.0

8.5
7.0
aRelative to the retention time of anthracene-d1Q.



bRelative response factor (RRF) = (AsCis/AisCs).
                                       97

-------
TABLE 3.  SUMMARY OF GC/MS DETERMINATIONS OF CANDIDATE PICs
Compound
1-Fluoronaph thalene
2-Bromonaphthalene
3-Bromoquino line
l-Brorao-2-methylnaphthalene
1— lodonaph thalene
l-Bromo-4-methylnaph thalene
2- (Broraorae thyl ) naph thalene
l-Chlarodibenzo-£-dioxin
2-Chlorodibenzo-j>-dioxin
l-Amino-4-chloronaphthalene
5-Bromoacenaphthene
9-Bromofluorene
l-Chloro-8-nitronaphthalene
l-Amino-4-bromonaphthalene
3,6-Dichlorodibenzofuran
2-Bromofluorene
2 , 7-Dichlorodi.benzo-jv-dioxin
2 ,3-Dichlorodibenzo-jr-dioxin
1-Chloroanthracene
2-Chloroanthracene
9-Chloroandhracene
9-Bromophenanthrene
9-Bromoanthracene
1 ,2 ,4-Trichlorodibenzo-jgr-dioxin
9- ( Chlorome thy 1 ) anthracene
9 , 10-Dichloroanthracene
2,3, 7 ,8-Tetrachlorodibenzof uran
1 ,2 ,3 ,4-Tetrachlorodibenzo-
_p_-dioxin
6 , 9~Dichloro-2-methoxyacr idine
9 , 10-Dibromoanthracene
1,2,3,4, 7-Pentachlorodibenzo-
j>-dioxin
3 ,6-Dibromocarbazole
1,2, 3,4,7, 8-Hexachlorodibenzo-
_p_-dioxin
1,2,3,4,6,7,8-Heptachlorodi-
benzo-jr-dioxin
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodi-
benzo-_p_-dioxin
1,2,3,4,6,7,8,9-Octachlorodi-
benzofuran
Mol
wt
146
206
207
220
254
220
220
218
218
177
232
244
207
221
236
244
252
252
212
212
212
256
256
286
226
246
304

320
277
334

"354
323

388

422

456

440
Masses of characteristic El ions On-column
(relative abundance) detection
1
146(100)
208(100)
207(100)
141(100)
127(100)
141(100)
141(100)
218(100)
218(100)
177(100)
153(100)
165(100)
172(100)
223(100)
236(100)
165(100)
252(100)
252(100)
212(100)
212(100)
212(100)
256(100)
256(100)
288(100)
191(100)
246(100)
306(100)

322(100)
277(100)
176(100)

356(100)
325(100)

390(100)

424(100)

460(100)

442(100)
2
73(10)
206(90)
209(94)
220(89)
254(98)
220(97)
115(17)
220(34)
220(34)
179(32)
152(83)
166(15)
126(72)
221(94)
238(70)
246(63)
254(66)
254(63)
214(32)
214(37)
214(33)
258(99)
258(98)
286(89)
189(28)
248(73)
304(77)

320(78)
234(78)
88(84)

354(71)
323(54)

392(86)

426(99)

458(100)

444(98)
3
147(10)
127(55)
128(89)
222(86)
126(19)
222(93)
139(14)
219(14)
155(30)
115(28)
76(67)
163(14)
207(40)
115(51)
173(20)
244(59)
189(28)
126(22)
176(26)
176(29)
176(30)
176(57)
88(61)
290(34)
226(21)
176(33)
308(45)

324(49)
279(69)
336(52)

358(63)
327)52)

388(50)

428(50)

142(77)

446(72)
4
145(8)
126(14)
101(33)
139(34)
255(12)
139(34)
70(13)
155(12)
127(23)
178(13)
232(39)
82(13)
161(37)
70(24)
237(15)
163(24)
126(25)
189(22)
88(20)
177(18)
88(18)
88(48)
176(54)
223(23)
192(18)
247(18)
307(11)

323(12)
236(51)
87(37)

293(26)
246(24)

394(36)

422(41)

462(74)

440(41)
5 limit, ng
125(8)
207(12)
75(22)
115(32)
128(10)
115(26)
142(12)
221(5)
109(18)
149(11)
234(38)
164(10)
149(25)
114(16)
240(12)
166(18)
253(13)
253(14)
213(15)
213(17)
213(15)
177(34)
177(29)
225(20)
94(17)
87(15)
310(10)

257(11)
164(23)
334(26)

291(22)
244(24)

327(30)

361(28)

167(57)

154(40)
9
5
4
50
5
5
4
9
10
9
10
10
9
40
3
5
9
3
4
7
8
8
10
10
7
4
9

10
10
4

10
4

8

10

40

30
                             98

-------
ACKNOWLEDGMENT S

     The authors are especially grateful
for the individual efforts of the profes-
sional staff of Southern Research Insti-
tute who participated in the performance
of this work.

DISCLAIMER

     The research described in this
article has been funded by the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency through
Contract No. 68-02-3696 to Southern
Research Institute.  It has been  subjected
to the Agency's required peer and policy
review.  Approval does not signify that
the contents necessarily reflect  the  views
or policies of  the agency nor does mention
of trade names  or commercial products
constitute endorsement or recommendation
for use.

REFERENCES

  1.  Trenholm,  A.; Hathaway, R.;
     Oberackers D.   Products of Incomplete
     Combustion From Hazardous Waste
     Incinerators; Incineration and  treat-
     ment of hazardous waste—Proceedings
     of  the  tenth  annual  research
     symposium.  NTIS  PB  85-116291,
     EPA-600/9-84-022.   September 1984.

  2.  Senkan,  S.M.  Combustion  character-
     istics  of  chlorinated hydrocarbons.
     In:  Exner, J.H.,  ed.  Detoxification
     of  hazardous  waste.  Ann Arbor:   Ann
     Arbor  Sci.;  61-92:  1982.

  3.  Bumb,  R.R.;  Crummett, W.B.;  Cutie,
      S.;  Gledhill,  J.R.;  Hummel,  R.H.;
     Kagel,  R.O.;  Lamparski,  L.L.;  Luoma,
     E.V.;  Miller,  D.L.;  Nestrick,  T.J.;
      Shadoff,  L.A.;  Stehl,  R.H.;  Woods,
     J.S.   Trace  chemistries  of fire:  A
      source of chlorinated  dioxins.
      Science 210:  385-390:  1980.

  4.   Study on state-of-the-art  of dioxin
      from combustion sources.   New York,
      American Society of Mechanical
      Engineers; 78:  1981.
5.  Olie, K.; Vermeulen, P.L.; Hutzingerj
    H.  Chlorodibenzo-p_-dioxins and
    dibenzofurans as trace components of
    fly ash.  Chemosphere  6: 455; 1977.

6.  Buser, H.R.; Bosshardt, H.P.; Rappe,
    C.  Identification of polychlorinated
    dibenzo-jj-dioxin isomers  found in fly
    ash.  Chemosphere 7: 165; 1978.

7.  Eiceman, G.A.; Clement, R.E.;
    Karasek, F.W.  Analysis of fly ash
    from municipal incinerators for  trace
    organic  compounds.  Anal. Chem.  52:
    1942; 1980.

8.  Tiernan, T.O.; Taylor, M.L. ;  Garrett,
    J.H.; Van Ness, G.F.; Solch,  J.G.;
    Deis, D.A.;  Wagel, D.J.   Chlorodi-
    benzodioxins, chlorodibenzofurans and
    related  compounds  in the  effluents
    from combustion processes.  Chemos-
    phere 12: 595-606;  1983.

9.  Tong, H.Y.;  Sohre, D.L.;  Karasek,
    F.W.; Helland, P.; Jellum, E.
    Identification of  organic compounds
    obtained from incineration  of munici-
    pal waste by high-performance liquid
    chromatographic  fractionation and gas
    chromatography/mass  spectrometry.   J.
    Chromatogr.  285: 423-441; 1984.

10.  Longbottom,  J.E.;  Lichtenberg, J.J.,
    eds.  Methods for  organic chemical'
    analysis of  municipal  and industrial
    waste water, EPA-600/4-82-057. NTIS
    PB 83-201-798.   July 1982.

11.  James,  R.H.; Adams,  R.E.; Finkel,
    J.M.; Miller, H.C.;  Johnson,  L.D.
    Evaluation  of analytical methods for
     the determination  of POHC in combus-
     tion products.   Proceedings of the
     77th annual  meeting of the Air Pollu-
     tion Control Association.  San
     Francisco;  June 1984.
                                            99

-------
                EPA RESEARCH TO RECOVER TOXIC HEAVY METALS FROM WASTE STREAMS

                                       S. Garry Howell
                       Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                            U. S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                    Cincinnati , Ohio 45268


                                           ABSTRACT

      The Environmental  Protection Agency (EPA) has sponsored several  research programs
 with the goal of reducing heavy metal pollution of land, surface and  groundwater.   Past
 efforts were aimed at reducing discharges of heavy metals from electroplating operations,
 and investigating the possibilities of establishing centralized treatment  and recovery
 systems for large metropolitan areas such as Cleveland,  Los  Angeles,  and Milwaukee.   EPA
 studies indicate that such facilities would be feasible, and that a large  part,  if not
 ail, of their cost of operation could be met by sale of  the  metals recovered.
 INTRODUCTION

      Heavy metal  wastes  such as  those pro-
 duced by  metal  plating operations,  have
 traditionally been discarded rather than
 treated for reclamation  of metal  values.
 Sludges and mill  scales  were usually land-
 filled, and plating wastewaters  often dis-
 charged to the  sewer.  Various regulations
 have  greatly restricted  these practices,
 and the recent  escalation  of both metal and
 energy costs have made metal  recovery not
 only  a desirable  environmental goal  but the
 time  is rapidly approaching  when the value
 of recovered metals will cover the  cost of
 pollution  abatement, and in  some instances
 yield a modest  profit.   The  Environmental
 Protection  Agency has  sponsored  research
 into metals  recovery from  several sectors
 of the metals (i.e., mill  scale, grinding
 swarf) and metal  finishing industry  (plat-
 ing wastes).  This paper will cover  only
 plating and  the chemically closely  related
 electrochemical machining wastes.

 History and  Background

     There are an estimated  20,000 metal
 finishing shops in the U.S., about 80% of
which plate  copper, nickel, chromium, and
zinc.  In years past spent plating wastes
were hauled to a landfill, or even diluted
.and  poured  into  a  sewer.   Toxic effects of
 heavy  metals  on  marine  life, and  pollution
 of drinking water  has led  to a number of
 laws and  regulations restricting  landfill-
 ing  of sludges and  liquids containing heavy
 metals.   In addition to the ultimate cost
 to society  in health effects, the economic
 loss suffered by discarding potentially
 valuable  minerals  is tremendous.  As
 several of  these minerals  are mostly im-
 ported (nickel and  chromium, and- to a
 lesser degree copper) they are also of
 strategic value.  Table 1, from a report by
 the Comptroller General  to Congress, shows
 an estimate of metal values lost in 1980.
 Using  the same amounts of metal discarded,
 and adjusting for 1985 prices, the total
 value  is almost 58 million dollars.

     It is  obviously impractical  to attempt
to recover  all the heavy metals shown in
Table  1 (iron and aluminum are not econom-
ically recoverable in small quantities).
The report from which this table  was taken
suggests that it would be technically feas-
ible to recover 80 to 90 percent  of the
copper, 30 to 40 percent of the zinc,  90 to
95 percent of the nickel and 70 to 75
percent of the chromium.  Economic feasi-
bility is  the prime obstacle;  quite likely
only 40 to 50 percent recovery  could be
obtained even under the  best conditions.
                                            100

-------
                TABLE 1.   ANNUAL LOSS OF MINERALS IN ELECTROPLATING WASTES
          Mineral
Amount
Value/Ton
Total Value

Iron
Copper
Zi nc
Nickel
Aluminum
Chromium
Lead
Total
(metric tons)
3,460
2,560
3,718
5,000
1,651
6,357
756
23,502

$ 77
791
748
4,000
1,060
2,000
462


$ 266,420
2,024,960
2,781,064
20,000,000
1,750,060
12,714,000
349,272
$39,885,776
RESULTS AND CONCLUSIONS

     Operation of a pilot scale metal  re-
covery unit has demonstrated that metal
recovery from electroplating and electro-
chemical machining wastes is technically
feasible, and in most cases, economical.
If transport costs from generating sites
to the recovery facilities are very low, as
could be the case in some metropolitan
areas, the value of metals recovered will
often lower operating expenses, and in many
cases yield a profit.

     Profitability of a metals recovery
operation is primarily dependent on the
following factors:

     • Metal type and concentration in the
       sludge; for instance, high concen-
       trations of high value metals such
       as nickel and chromium can be sold,
       yielding enough profit to support
       the rest of a recovery operation.

     f Availability of large quantities of
       high metal content wastes within a
       reasonably short range.  Hauling
       distances that averge over 25 miles
       can greatly increase recovery costs
       to the point where recovery is no
       longer economically feasible.

     • An economical and reasonably flex-
       ible recovery process; some varia-
       bility in composition is to be
                         expected in metal wastes fed to the
                         operation.  This cannot always be
                         offset by blending to achieve homo-
                         geneity of feed material.

                       • The actual viability of a metal
                         recovery operation in a specific
                         area can only be determined by
                         .careful weighing of all the above
                         factors plus the availability of
                         capital and special tax considera
                         tions often given to resource re-
                         covery facilities.

                       • The probable minimum economical
                         size of a control recovery operation
                         is 25-50 tons of 25% solids sludge
                         per day.

                       • The most practical and economical
                         overall process appears to be a
                         series of unit operations tying
                         together more or less conventional
                         hydrometallurgical processes; pyro-
                         metallurgical approaches do not
                         appear to be economical for small
                         volume recovery operations.

                       • While sulfide precipitation yields
                         effluent water with a very low metal
                         content, the difficulty of and
                         energy costs for separating and re-
                         cycling sulfides makes it a poor
                         second choice to hydroxide pre-
                         cipitation for metal -recovery.  In
                         addition, EDTA must be added to
                                            101

-------
       selectively precipitate metal
       sulfides, and organic coagulants
       must be used to produce filterable
       precipitates.

RESEARCH PROJECTS

     The Environmental Protection Agency
has sponsored research into metal removal
and/or recovery from wastewaters and
sludges for over ten years.  Early efforts
concentrated on water purification (10) but
the wisdom of reclaiming metal was soon
recognized as a means of reducing water
pollutfon conserving metal/resources.  Work
done for EPA at Battelle Columbus in 1975
Included a survey of plating facilities and
the volume and types of metals discarded in
sludges.  As understanding of the problem
began to develop, a series of investiga-
tions were funded, each adding to the
overall bank of information.  These pro-
jects are listed in reverse chronology,
below.

Metal Value Recovery from Metal Hydroxide
Sludges (F)

     The latest EPA projects were under-
taken at the Montana College of Mineral
Science and Technology (Montana Tech),  and
tied together much of the previous work.
The first phase of the investigation was a
carefully executed series of laboratory ex-
periments to establish the processes needed
to leach hydroxide sludges (the most
plentiful type produced by electroplating
(EP Shops) with sulfuric acid, and the
various recovery methods
required for copper, zinc, chromium, and
nickel.  Flowsheets were constructed and
the unit operations required to make a
complete recovery process were developed.

     In Phase Two, a pilot assembly capable
of processing 75-100 Ibs. of'sludge per day
was built and operated at a large electro-
plating facility.  While not entirely
troublefree, the operation was smooth
enough to allow confirmation of the possi-
ble commercial viability of the process,
and development of a computerized mass
balance.

     The steps of the process were as
fol1ows:

     • The sludge is leached with sulfuric
       acid.
• Iron, which is frequently present in
  EP sludges, was removed by precipi-
  tating as a potassium jarosite
  [KFe3(S04)2(OH)6].  This must be
  done first, as iron interferes in
  many of the subsequent recovery
  steps.  This step is in need of im-
  provement, because in the process of
  precipitating the jarosite some
  anions such as chromate are removed,
  along with some heavy metal cations.
  Even though the volume of the
  jarosite sludge is much less than
  that of the starting material, the
  waste would be classed as hazardous,
  requiring special  precautions and
  extra costs when landfill ing.
  Because of these faults, it is pro-
  posed that a new program be insti-
  tuted to attempt to remove iron
  without the inclusion of large
  amounts of other heavy metals.

• Conventional techniques were used to
  extract copper from the acid solu-
  tion using an oxime in petroleum
  solvent.  The copper was then strip-
  ped from the organic phase with
  stronger acid and electrowon or
  crystallized as sulfate.

• Zinc and cadmium were extracted with
  diethyl hexyl  phosphoric acid
  (D2EHPA), leaving chromium and
  nickel behind.  Again, a sulfuric
  acid strip was used for zinc removal
  from the organic phase.  Small
  amounts of residual iron are removed
  in early stages of extraction; ten
  extraction stages are required to
  remove iron-free zinc.

• Chromium was oxidized to Cr+f> with
  chlorine, then selectively precipi-
  tated as lead chromate which can be
  sold as a pigment or regenerated to
  chromic acid with sulfuric acid.
  The lead sulfate precipitate formed
  when chromic acid is regenerated may
  itself be recycled to precipitate
  more lead chromate.  In some in-
  stances S02/02 oxidation of the
  chromium-may be more desirable.

• Nickel is precipitated as sulfide,
  the only heavy metal  in the process
  which is not directly recyclable
  back to a plating operation.  How-
  ever, several  alternative techniques
                                            102

-------
       are presented to yield a nickel
       ammine, or nickel sulfate may be
       solvent extracted with a mixture of
       chelating agents.-

     Recognizing that some improvements
could be made in the various separation
steps, first order cost estimates indicate
that a 50 ton per day recovery plant could
not only reduce landfill volume consider-
ably, with consequent less chance of pollu-
tion, but in addition could yield a profit
as shown in Table 2 below.

Metal Recovery from Electrochemical Machin-
ing and Electrodischarge Machining (ECM/EDM)
Hastes (2)

     These relatively new machining pro-
cesses produce heavy metal wastes; ECM
yields hydroxide sludges heavily contami-
nated with sodium chloride, and EDM finely
divided particles of the alloy being
machined.  Both ECM and EDM are primrily
used on hard alloys, often high in nickel,
chromium, cobalt, molybdenum, etc.  This
project involved a survey of ECM/EDM shops,
the volumes of sludge produced, metal con-
tent, and disposal practices and costs.
              Several  recovery  routes  were  studied,
              including the  procedures outlined in
              Reference (1)  above.

              Cadmium  Recovery  from  Electroplating
              Wastes  (3)

                   This project was  primarily concerned
              with  methods and  costs for  recovering cad-
              mium  from plating shops  which are able to
              segregate Cd from other  sludges, or perhaps
              those whose only  business is  cadmium plat-
              ing.  The authors give very little thought
              to  the fact that  many  platers use cadmium
              at  least occasionally, and do not segregate
              their sludges.  The  recovery  technique
              (melt and/or distill cadmium  electro-
              motively displaced with  zinc  metal) is most
              effective on low  chromium and nickel
              sludges. While chromium is not displaced
              by  zinc, nickel would  have to'be removed by
              distilling the zinc.

              Coupled  Transport Systems for Control of
              Heavy Metal  Pollutants  (4)

                   Coupled transport membranes are made
              by  immersing a microporous membrane into a
              liquid complexing agent  such  as those used
                     TABLE 2.  PROCESS COST:  FIRST ORDER ESTIMATE (2)
UNIT OPERATION
                      COST ($)*
                               Factored CapitalAnnualizedOperation CostTotal Cost
 1. Leach, jarosite
   precipitati.on

 2. Jarosite storage

 3. Copper solvent extrac-
   tion, electro-winning

 4. Zinc, residual iron
   solvent extraction, zinc
   sulfate crystallization
 5. Chromium oxid., chromic
   acid production
 6. Nickel recovery

              TOTAL COST

              Profit  (Gross)
                                Cost Estimate    Capital Cost
  430,800

  390,500


  336,100



  661,600

1,818,200
  231,600

3,868,800
  119,500

  108,200


   93,100



  183,300

  503,600
   64,200

1,071,900
 Per Year      Per Year


  223,500       343,000

   25,400       133,600


  205,900       299,000



  269,700       453,000

  407,700       911,300
  230,000       294,200

1,362,200     2,434,100

       1,071,900
 *Assuming a  $1.00 per gallon credit for sludge from producers.
                                            103

-------
  for liquid/liquid extraction  of metals  from
  solution.   The liquid (often  called  a liquid
  1on exchanger) then  acts  as a transfer
  agent to move metal  ions  through the capil-
  laries,  using the driving force of the  pH
  gradient across a membrane separating an
  acidic from a basic  solution.   Data  are
  presented  which suggest that  a membrane
  unit having 450 to 500 square  feet of sur-
  face could separate  chromium  from the rinse
  water of a medium sized plating  line.   The
  separation unit  would cost about  $5,000,
  compared to over $50,000  for an  evaporative-
  ion  exchange system  as noted in  Reference
  (5)  below.

  Evaporative  Recovery of Chromium  Plating
  Rinse  Maters  (5)"

      A demonstration of this process was
  given by Advance  Plating  Company,
  Cleveland, Ohio on the first of four
  counterflow  rinse tanks.   After first
  passing through a cation  exchanger to
  remove metallic impurities, water from the
  first rinse tank is drawn into a vacuum
 evaporator, whose condensate is returned
 to the third rinse tank.   Concentrated acid
 produced  in the evaporator bottoms is re-
 turned to the plating bath.  The value of
 recovered chrome has  enabled  the operator
 to pay off  the equipment  in two years or
 less, in  addition, the chromic acid  in
 dragout water is reduced  by 99.98%.

 Removal of  Toxic Metals from Metal Finishing
 Wastewater  by Solvent Extraction (6)

      This short investigation  of solvent
      extraction was primarily  limited to
 one  extraction agent, Alamine  336 (General
 Hills).   By increasing acidity  stepwise
 with  HC1, selective removal of  chromium,
 cadmium,  and zinc from wastewaters was
 demonstrated.  Copper and  nickel  could not
 be extracted with this reagent; several
 other high  molecular  weight amines were
 tried without success.

 Reverse Osmosis  Field Test:  Treatment of
 Matts  Nickel  Rinse  Waters  (7)

      Rinse  waters  from a Watts  type (pri-
marily  nickel  sulfate) nickel plating  oper-
ation were  passed through  a polyamide
membrane,  effectively separating a concen-
trated nickel salt solution and recycling
the rinse water.  Results  were  very encour-
aging, indicating that the capital cost of
the R.O. unit could be recovered in about
  a  year,  based  on the  reduction  in water
  usage  plus metal values  returned to the
  plating  bath.   This process could be more
  accurately described  as  recycling or con-
  servation since there is no chemical change
  of metals recycled to the bath.

  Treatment of Metal Finishing Wastes by
  Sulfide  Precipitation (8,9/10.11)

      Although the process of sulfide pre-
  cipitation has been known for many years,
  its use as a means of pollution control
  appears to be of fairly recent origin, and,
  is mentioned here primarily to illustrate
  an effective method of metal removal.   A
  major disadvantage of sulfide precipitation
  is the lack of selectivity; it is apparent-
  ly impossible to precipitate a single  metal
  without major contamination by other metal
  sulfides.  Use of a polymeric flocculant
  (preferably anionic)  increased the  settl-
  ing rate, and adding  a chelating agent such
  as EDTA (ethylenediamine tetraacetic)  acid
 at the proper pH greatly aided selectivity.

      Heavy metal  sulfides,  even  if  effect-
 ively separated, are  extremely difficult  to
 reduce to their corresponding  metals by
 hydrometallurgical  methods,  and  are
 generally recovered by smelting.  The  large
 volumes of raw material  required  to  support
 such  smelters  makes plating  waste metal
 recovery  by this method  impractical.

 A Reclamation  of Metal Values  from Metal
 Finishing Waste  Treatment Sludges (12)
      A survey of  plating opertions involv-
 ing  over  600 questionnaires  (150  replies)
 revealed  the extent of sludges generated by
 the  industry, and even developed  a "typical"
 analysis  of metal content; the copper,
 nickel, and chromium contents were very
 similar to those found in subsequent
 studies.  Some preliminary laboratory
 leaching  and extraction studies led to the
 conclusion that metal recovery could be
 economically feasible only if the process
 could  be  carried out on a large, and pre-
 ferably continuous scale.  Based on then
 current (1971) metal prices, it was con-
 cluded that chromium and zinc recovery were
 uneconomic; the writers apparently did not
 foresee the ban on landfill ing of heavy
metal wastes now being implemented.' (10)
The only laboratory work done by these
investigators  were leaching  experiments
with ammonium  carbonate and  sulfuric  acid
which indicated that acid leaches  were
                                            104

-------
adequate for most hydroxide sludges while
ammonium carbonate would only dissolve
copper and nickel.  A literature study of
several potential recovery methods for
copper and nickel was made, but no work
was done to verify their efficacy; a'gain,
chromium recovery was not considered.

REFERENCES

1.   Twidwell, L. G.  Metal Value Recovery
     from Metal Hydroxide Sludges, report
     in preparation.

2.   Hoi combe, L. J., et al.  Metal Re-
     covery from Electrochemical Machining
     and Electrical  Discharge Machining
     Hastes, report in preparation.

3.   Lloyd, T. B. and K. J. Wise.  Cadmiurn
     Recovery from Electroplating Hastes,
     unpublished EPA report.

4.   Babcock, H. C., et al.  Coupled
     Transport Systems for Removal of Heavy
     Metal Pollutants, EPA 600/2-79-181.

5.   Evaporative Recovery of Chromium Plat-
     ing Rinse Haters, prepared by Advance
     Plating Co. for EPA 600/2-78-127.

6.   McDonald, C. H.  Removal of Toxic
     Metals from Metal Finishing Hastewater
     by Solvent Extraction, EPA 600/2-78-
     011.

7.   McNutty, K. J., et al.  Reverse
     Osmosis Field Test:  Treatment of
     Hatts Nickel Rinse Haters, EPA 600/2-
     77-039.

8.   Schlauch, R. M., and A. C. Epstein.
     Treatment of Metal Finishing Wastes by
     Sulfide Precipitation, EPA 600/2-77-
                                                Industry: Sulfide Precipitation,
                                                625/8-80-003.
                                                                                 EPA
049.
               Control and Treatment
               the Mptal  Finishinn
                                           10.  Robinson, A. K. and J. C. Sum.
                                                Sulfide Precipitation of Heavy Metals,
                                                EPA 600/ 2-80-139.

                                           11.  Bhattacharyya, D. and L. F. Chen.
                                                Sulfide Precipitation of Nickel and
                                                Other Heavy Metals, 3 Volume Un-
                                                published EPA Report.

                                                Tripler, A. B., et al.  Reclamation of
                                                Metal Values from Metal-Finishing Waste
                                                Treatment Sludges, EPA 670/2-75-018.
                                           12.
Wilson, D. L.  Control ai...  	
Technology for the Metal Finishing
                                           Additional References

                                           Environmental Pollution Control Alterna-
                                           tives:  Economics of Wastewater Treatment
                                           Alternatives for the Electroplating In-
                                           dustry, June 1979, EPA 625/5-79-016.

                                           Environmental Pollution Control Alterna-
                                           tives:  Centralized Waste Treatment
                                           Alternatives for the Electroplating
                                           Industry, June 1981, GPO# 757-064/0322.

                                           Summary Report - Control and Treatment
                                           Technology for the Metal Finishing
                                           Industry - In-Plant Changes, January 1982,
                                           GPO# 560-565(R).

                                           Summary Report - Control and Treatment
                                           Technology for the Metal Finishing
                                           Industry - Ion Exchange, June  1981, GPO#
                                           757-064/0321.

                                           Summary Report - Control and Treatment
                                           Technology for the Metal Finishing
                                           Industry - Sulfide Precipitation, April
                                           1981, EPA 625/8-80-003.

                                           Environmental Regulations and  Technology -
                                           The Electroplating Industry, August 1980,
                                           GPO# 660-868 8/80.
                                       105

-------
            CHEMICAL DESTRUCTION/DETOXIFICATION OF CHLORINATED DIOXINS IN SOILS

                                     Robert L.  Peterson
                                      Edwina Milicic
                                Gal son Research Corporation
                               East Syracuse, New York  13057

                                     Charles J. Rogers,-
                              U.S.  Environmental  Protection  Agency
                                 Cincinnati, Ohio   45268

                                          ABSTRACT

        Laboratory experiments using 1,2,3,4 tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin  show  that
 chlorinated  dioxins in  soil  may be  chemically  reduced to levels  below one part per
 billion.   The  decontamination processes  involve  the addition  to  the  soil of a mixture
 of alkali  metal  hydroxide,  polyethylene  glycols  or capped polyethylene glycols,
 dimethyl sulfoxide and  water.   The  reagent is  either added  directly  to the soil with
 mixing  (in-situ  process)  or mixed  1:1 by volume  with soil in  an  external reactor
 (slurry process).   The  dioxin is dechlorinated to a water soluble form,  which may be
 then  removed from the soil  (slurry  process)  or allowed to biodegrade (in-situ process),
 INTRODUCTION

     The  contamination of large areas of
 soil with dioxin have created a need for a
 cleanup method which is capable of
 handling  large volumes of contaminated
 soil in a cost effective manner.  Propos-
 ed treatment methods include incinera-
 tion, solvent extraction and direct
 chemical  dechlorination.  This paper will
 discuss the successful use of direct
 chemical  dechlorination in decontamina-
 tion of dioxin contaminated soils on a
 laboratory scale and the implications of
 these data for large scale soil treatment.

     The  basis for use of chemical
 dechlorination as a decontamination
method lies in the relationship between
 the toxicity of chlorinated dioxins and
 the number of chlorine atoms on the
dioxin molecule.  In order for a dioxin
 isomer to exhibit high toxicity a mini-
mum of three chlorine atoms are requir-
ed, and these must be in the 2,3, and 7
positions (1).  In addition, the lipophilic
nature of many chlorinated dioxins
contributes to their bioaccumulation
activity.  The dechlorination processes
used in this study reduce the number of
chlorine atoms on the dioxin molecule
and produce a hydrophilic material which
is more easily removed from the soil
than the parent dioxin.

PURPOSE

     The purpose of this project is to
identify and evaluate at the laboratory
level an effective chemical process for
destruction/detoxification of chlorin-
ated dioxins in soil.

APPROACH

     Direct chemical  decontamination of
soil can be considered to be a two step
process;

     1. Application of the reagent to the
dioxin contaminated soil
     2. Reaction of the dioxin and reagent

These two aspects of the process
interact.   For example, a reagent with
high mobility in soil  requires a less,
rigorous application  method than a
reagent which is highly viscous.
                                            106

-------
However at a minimum the reagent must
be capable of reducing dioxin
concentrations to <1 ppb, or favorable
mobility and ease of application become
irrelevant.  For this reason, the reaction
system was selected first, with the
method of application designed around
the reagent system.

     Application methods for direct
decontamination of soil must be
compatible with the reaction system
selected.  In order for a direct chemical
reaction process to be effective, the
contaminated soil and reagent must be
brought into close contact.  The degree
of contact between soil and reagent may
be increased by mechanical mixing, by
addition of diluents and co-solvents to
increase the reagent mobility, and by
heating the soil/reagent mixture to
reduce the viscosity of the reagent.
After selection of the reaction system,  a
variety of application methods were
tested under laboratory conditions for
use  in dioxin soil decontamination.

      In order to reduce  the costs of
handling and analyzing soil samples, a
low  toxicity dioxin  isomer, 1,2,3,4
tetrachloro-p-dibenzo dioxin  (TCDD), was
used in place of 2,3,7,8  TCDD  for all
testing.   Laboratory tests of  2,3,7,8
TCDD and  1,2,3,4 TCDD  indicated  that
rates of  reaction  for  the two  isomers
were sufficiently  similar to allow
generalization  of  results between
isomers.

      To  insure  sample  uniformity, all
samples  for treatment  used uncontamin-
ated soil  which was  spiked with a  known
amount of dioxin.   Each  soil  sample  was
 spiked individually, with the  entire
 sample used for analysis.  Uncontam-
 inated soil  samples  were obtained  from
 the  vicinity of a  dioxin site  in
 Mississippi  and spiked with  1,2,3,4  TCDD
 before processing.  Soil  from an authen-
 tic  test site was  used to avoid the  wide
 variations seen in previous tests  of
 treatability of different PCB contam-
 inated soils.   It was anticipated  that
 dioxin contaminated soils would show
 similar variations.

 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

      Major problems encountered during
this project involved the analytical
procedure.  Analysis of soil samples  by
gas chromatography was frustrated by
the large number of interferences found
in the test site soils.  The interference
problem was exacerbated by the ability
of the reagents used to extract materials
from the soil which were not extracted
by the analytical solvents used.  While
this/high extraction efficiency for the
treatment solvents contributed to the
success of the dioxin destruction, it
complicated the analysis.  The failure of
cleanup procedures to produce an
acceptable sample necessitated a move
to gas chromatography/mass
spectroscopy as .the primary method of
analysis.

     An additional problem was caused by
the tendency of the test site soil to
solidify  if exposed to high temperatures
(100°C or above) under alkaline condi-
tions.  This problem was solved by
moving to lower temperatures, which
proved adequate for purposes of
treatment.

RESULTS AND  DISCUSSION

Selection of Reagent System - Of  the
available reactions, including  ultraviolet
dechlorination,  ruthenium tetroxide
oxidation and  nucleophilic  substitution,
nucleophilic substitution using alkali
metal  hydroxides  has given  the  best
results  in  both  literature  studies and
laboratory  trials.   The  preferred
reactions of this  type for  use  with
halogenated  aromatics  involve combination
of potassium hydroxide and  polyethylene
glycols  to  form  an alkoxide, which is
the reactive species.  The  addition
of a  sulf oxide catalyst/co-solvent,
usually  dimethyl  sulfoxide, greatly
enhances  the rate and  degree of
reaction, although it  is not  known if
this  is  due to the effectiveness  of  the
sulfoxide as an  extractant  for
aromatics or to  the catalytic effect
of the sulfoxide for substitution
reactions.   The probable mechanism for
this  class  of  reactions  follows;
 RON + KOH --------- > ROK + HOH
ArCl
  Sulfoxide
ROK — ----
ArCln_1OR
                                   KCL
                                             107

-------
 The partially dechlorinated,  water soluble
 reaction product may continue to  undergo
 dechlorination,  depending on  the  reaction
 conditions.   Several  reactions of this
 type have demonstrated reduction  of
 dioxin  concentrations in  liquids  to <1  ppb.

 Selection of Application  Method - A wide
 variety of hydroxide/alcohol/sulfoxide
 reaction systems will  effectively
 dechlorinate dioxins  in liquid solution.
 However, application  of the reagent to
 the soil in  such a manner as  to allow
 these reactions  to occur  is a significant
 problem.  The necessary degree of
 contact has  been achieved using two
 different approaches;  direct  addition of
 reagent or a reagent/water mixture to
 the soil with mixing  in place (in-situ
 process) and excavation of the soil
 followed by  mixing equal  volumes  of soil
 and reagent  in an external reactor (slurry
 process).

      Both the slurry  and  in-situ  process-
 es  may  be used at elevated temperatures.
 Heating methods  for an  in-situ  system
 would use radio  frequency (RF)  or
 microwave heating(2).   The simplest
 method  of heating for  the slurry  process
 1s  to preheat the reagent prior to  mixing
 of  the  soil  and  reagent.   Both  of these
 heating methods  are applicable  to  large
 scale processing.

      The two application  methods  have
 different areas  of application.   The
 in-situ process  is limited to  areas of
 shallow contamination and  the  soil  and
 reagent may  be mixed with  conventional
 agricultural  equipment.   In addition, the
 degree  of contamination must  be
 relatively uniform.   If small areas of
 high  concentration or  "hot spots", are
 present,  the high local concentration of
 contaminant  might exhaust  the amount of
 reagent which may be economically
 applied.   While  the concentrations of
 dioxin  generally  observed  in the field are
 not high  enough  to cause  a problem,
 dioxins  are  often found in combination
with other chlorinated wastes, which
may be  present in high concentrations.
However,  in  suitable cases, large areas
of shallow soil contamination could be
 treated  in a fairly short period of time
using the  in-situ process.  In cases
where dioxin has  penetrated to depths >
 1-2 feet, or where significant areas of
 high  concentrations occur, the slurry
 process  is more  suitable.  The slurry
 process, which uses large volumes of
 reagent  followed by reagent recovery, is
 more  suited  to treatment of "hot spots"
 than  is  the  in-situ process.

 Results  of Combined Application/
 Reaction Process - The slurry and in-situ
 process  results  will be discussed
 separately.

 Results  of In-situ Processing - Two
 different reagents have been used for
 in-situ  processing in this study;
 potassium hydroxide/polyethylene glycol
 400/  dimethyl sulfoxide (KOH/PEG/DMSO)
 and potassium hydroxide/2-(2-methoxy
 ethoxy ethanol)/dimethyl sulfoxide
 (KOH/MEE/DMSO),  Water has been added
 in some  cases as a co-solvent in an
 attempt  to give  readier penetration of
 small amounts of reagent into the soil.
 Each  set of  samples had an associated
 set of spikes and blanks.  The spikes used
 reagent without  the addition of KOH and
 were  handled in  the same manner as the
 samples.  The blanks were untreated
 soil.  Samples treated at above ambient
 temperatures were maintained uncovered
 in a water bath  unless otherwise noted.
 The results of the in-situ processing are
 summarized in table 1.

 Discussion of In-situ Processing


Spike Recovery -  The recovery of TCDD
from spikes in the in-situ process  was
 extremely variable, ranging from 120% to
 <4%. In general,  the higher the
 temperature and longer the hold time, the
 lower the spike recovery.   Sealing the top
of the spike reduced the loss of TCDD for
 the 2 day KOH/MEE/DMSO run to less
 than that for the 1 day run,  indicating
 that the lower spike recoveries are
probably due to losses from
volatilization and/or extraction into the
spike solvent (PEG/DMSO or MEE/DMSO),
which is not analyzed.   In the slurry
tests, where volatilization is not  a
factor, analysis  of the spike reagent
showed that some  77% of the original
TCDD was present  in the spike reagent'.
The highest spike recovery was from the
20 C run, which is consistent with  the
volatilization hypothesis.  Extraction of
the TCDD into a polar solvent would tend
                                            108

-------
Table 1 - Summary of Results of In-situ Processing - All  soils initially at 2000 ppb
1:1:1 KOH/PEG/DMSO
1:1:1 KOH/PEG/DMSO
1:1:1 KOH/PEG/DMSO

2:2:2:1 KOH/MEE/DMSO/WATER
2:2:2:1 KOH/MEE/DMSO/WATER
2:2:2:1 KOH/MEE/DMSO/WATER
2:2:2:1 KOH/MEE/DMSO/WATER
wt%
in soil

20
20
20

20
20
20
20
2:2:2:6 KOH/MEE/DMSO/WATER    20
2:2:2:30 KOH/MEE/DMSO/WATER   50
2:2:2:30 KOH/MEE/DMSO/WATER   20

BLANKS - ALL

* SPIKES SEALED
temp,

 °C

 20
 70
 70

 70
 70
 70
 70

 70
 70
 70
time,
days

  7
  7
  1

  1
  2
  4
  7

  7
  7
  7
avg
spl

980
<1
5.3

3.3
2.8
2.1
1.2

2.1
18
50
                                                                    ppb
TCDD
 spike

 2500
  740
  730

  500
  870*
  210
  190

  140
  170
   70
to enhance volatilization, similar to the
effects of water on the volatilization of
PCBs in soil (3).  It is interesting to
note that the worst spike recoveries were
in the MEE reagents which used water as a
co-solvent.

Effects of Temperature - Only two reaction
temperatures have been tested to date using
the in-situ process.  The improvement in
reaction efficiency in going from 20 C to
70 C was dramatic, improving reaction ef-
ficiency from 50% to > 90%.

Effects of Reagent Formulation - PEG vs.
MEE - The test results for the 70 C reac-
tions were slightly better at 1 day for the
MEE reagent and slightly better at 7 days
for the PEG reagent.  This difference does
not appear to be significant.

Effects of Water as a Co-Solvent - Four
sets of tests were run for 7 days at 70 C
using KOH/MEE/DMSO with water as a co-
solvent.  These data show a good correla-
tion between wt% reagent and TCDD concen-
tration after 7 days, as shown in figure 1.
The plot of % active reagent vs. ppb TCDD
shows the expected first order relationship.
This demonstrates that dilution of the rea-
gent with water to provide more contact,
followed by evaporation of the water to en-
courage reaction, was not effective in
                 reducing the amount of reagent required.

                      The plot of % reagent vs. ppb TCDD
                 shows the expected first order relation-
                 ship.  This demonstrates that dilution
                 of the reagent with water to provide more
                 contact, followed by evaporation of the
                 water to encourage reaction, was not
                 effective in reducing the amount of
                 reagent required.

                 Results of Slurry Processing - The slurry
                 process conditions tested and the results
                 of GC/MS analysis are summarized in table
                 2.

                      As little as 2 hours at 70°C were ade-
                 quate to reduce TCDD levels from 2000 ppb
                 to < 1 ppb, for a removal efficiency of
                 > 99.95%.  The bulk of this removal
                 occurred in the first 30 minutes, when
                 < 99% of the TCDD had been reacted.  The
                 reaction at 25 C was slower, but did remove
                 98% of the original dioxin after two hours.

                 Reagent Recovery Efficiency - Reagent re-
                 covery of the PEG reagents by distillation
                 was only partially successful (about 50%
                 recovery), due to the poor heat stability
                 and low vapor pressure of the PEG.  Rea-
                 gent recovery by washing has been more
                 successful, with 94-99+% recovery of rea-
                 gent.  The degree of recovery is important
                                            109

-------
         100
   PPB
  TCDD
10
                       4       6       8      10      12      14
                                           WP/oREAGENTT
                  Figure 1 - wt% active reagent vs.  ppb  TCDD after 7 days
                                                                16
                                    18
 Table  2 -  Results of Slurry Processing

 Reagent
 1:1:1  KOH/PEG/DMSO
 1:1:1  KOH/PEG/DMSO
 1:1:1  KOH/MEE/DMSO
 1:1:1  KOH/MEE/DMSO
 1:1:1  KOH/MEE/DMSO
 1:1:1  KOH/MEE/DMSO
                      Temp,  °C

                      180-260
                      180
                      150
                       70
                       70
                       25
Rxn time,  hrs

     4
     2
     2
     2
     0.5
     2
ppb TCDD
  < 1
  < 1
  < 1
  < 1
   15
   36
Blanks - all  < 1 ppb TCDD

Spikes - % recovery in soil             - 0.1-5.9
       - % recovery in decanted solvent - 77
to the overall economics of-the process.

Dioxin Recovery Efficiency - Analysis  of
the PEG/DMSO reagent used in the slurry
process spikes gave a high recovery of
dioxin (77%).  As in the case of the in-
sltu samples, slurry spikes were treated
with an alcohol/sulfoxide mixture without
the addition of alkali.   Additional
analysis of both the solvents and the  soil
(soil extracted with acetone/hexane after
decantation of the alcohol/sulfoxide)  from
the slurry spikes showed the presence  of  a
large variety of halogenated materials
which were not originally added to the soil
or removed from the soil using the analyti-
                                    cal reagents.  The amount of additional
                                    chlorinated material  removed from  the
                                    untreated soil by the PEG/DMSO was on  the
                                    order of 140 ppm, calculated as lindane.
                                    These materials may be pesticide residues
                                    or naturally occurring chlorinated species.
                                    Analysis of treated slurry samples also
                                    shows these materials, although at much
                                    lower levels, indicating  that these are
                                    some form of aromatic halide.   Results
                                    of analyses for DDT,  DDE  and chlorinated
                                    dioxin were negative.

                                         These data indicate  that conven-
                                    tional methods of extraction, may under-
                                    estimate concentrations of halogenated
                                           110

-------
organics in soil due to an inability to
remove halogenated species from the humics
present in the soil, while reagents
containing PEG/DMSO are capable of remov-
ing these halogenated organices from
treated soi1.

PRELIMINARY ECONOMIC EVALUATION

     In order to provide a rough estimate
of relative costs, two scenarios were
constructed.  In the.first case, a 1 acre
site 3 feet deep was to be treated using
the in-situ process with radio frequency
heating.  Capital costs for this option
are estimated at $2,970,000 for a capacity
of 27,600 tons/year of soil (4).  In the
second case, -soil was to be excavated and
placed in a 3 reactor slurry process system.
Capital costs for this option are
 $2,350,000 for a 40,000 ton/year capacity.
 Capital  recovery costs  for both processes
'assumed an interest rate of 14% over 5
years.   Cost  estimates  for the two cases
 are shown in  table 3.

Table 3 - Preliminary Economic Analysis of
In-situ and Slurry Processes
                         Cost, $/ton soil
  Cost item             in-situ     slurry
  Capital recovery        31
  setup and operatin      65
  reagent                200

  Total costs            296
17
54
20

91
The major difference in costs between  the
two processes is  in the cost of  reagent.
In the  in-situ process, where reagent  is
not recovered, this cost  is 67%  of  the
total cost.  For  the slurry process, the
operating costs assume a  site that  is
reasonably easy to excavate.  For cases
where excavation  is required to  levels
below the water table or  in very rocky
soil, this cost could increase greatly,
although this would also  be the  case for
landfill or  incineration.   In cases where
excavation is difficult,  the overall costs
for the in-situ process may be lower than
for the slurry process.

 CONCLUSIONS

      1. Dioxin concentrations in soil can
be  reduced from 2000 ppb  to <1 ppb  by
mixing  the soil with a combination  of
alkali metal hydroxide, alcohol and
sulfoxide.

     2.  Mixing of the soil and reagent
can be done effectively in two different
ways; direct addition of reagent to in-
place soil with one time mixing (in-situ
process) or combination of soil and
reagent in a reaction vessel with
continuous mixing (slurry process).

     3.  Estimated costs for processing
are in the range of $100-$300/ton soil.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This work was supported by the
United States Environmental Protection
Agency under the direction of Mr. C.
Rogers and the United States Air Force
Headquarters Engineering and Service
Center with the assistance of Lt. E. Heyse
under EPA contract 68-03-3219.

REFERENCES

1.  Esposito et al, "Dioxins" EPA-600/
2-80-197, p 187

2.  Dev et al, "Decontamination of
Hazardous Waste Substances from Spills
and Uncontrolled Waste Sites by Radio
Frequency In-situ Heating", 1984
Hazardous Material Spills Conference

3.  Mackay and Wolkoff "Rate of
Evaporation of Low Solubility
Contaminants from Water Bodies to
Atmosphere" Environ. Sci. Tech. 7 (7),
611-614

4.  Dev, H., personal communication
4/3/85
                                             111

-------
           GENE ENGINEERING OP YEASTS FOR THE BIODEGRADATION OP HAZARDOUS WASTES
                     John C. Lopera'b, Chien Chena and Chitta R. Deya

                    Department of Microbiology and Molecular Genetics
                 bDepartment of Environmental Health, College of Medicine
                                 University of Cincinnati
                                Cincinnati, OH  45267-0524
                                         ABSTRACT

      Yeasts are eukaryotic microorganisms whose cytochrome P-.450 monooxygenase systems
 may be amenable to genetic engineering for the hydroxylation and detoxication of
 polychlorinated aromatic hydrocarbons.   We are examining the molecular  genetic
 properties of strains of baker's yeast,  Saccharomyces cerevisiae, and an n-alkane
 utilizing yeast,  Candida tropicalis ATCC750.   Standard methods  were  used to purify
 cytochrome P-450  and NADPH-cytochrome c (P-450)  reductase proteins from cells cultured
 by serai-anaerobic glucose fermentation (S_.  cerevisiae, C.  tropicalis) and by growth on
 tetradecane (C.  tropicalis).   Polyvalent antisera prepared in  rabbits  to some of these
 proteins were used in tests of immunological  relatedness among  the purified proteins
 using sodium dodecyl sulfate-polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis and  nitrocellulose
 filter immunoblots.   The results provide evidence  for gene relationships which should
 prove useful in gene isolation and  subsequent engineering of P-450 enzyme systems in
 yeast.
 INTRODUCTION

     Chemicals  entering  the environment
 can be classified  into three categories
 with respect to biotransformation.   Those
 subject  to complete biodegradation  or
 mineralization  are consumed as organic
 nutrients and energy  sources by  the
 bacteria, yeasts,  molds  and other
 microorganisms  in  the biosphere; the
 great majority  of  natural and man-made
 chemicals are in this category.  Certain
 other compounds undergo  limited
 biotransformation  reactions without being
 degraded for  appreciable utilization.
 Typically these cases involve co-
 oxidation reactions in which the compound
 is modified by  enzymes normally active
 with other substrates.  Given the
 diversity of microorganisms  in the
 environment,  it is not surprising that
 some of  these altered  compounds may  then
be metabolized further by additional
members of the raicrobial mixtures.   In
this manner a subset of compounds in the
category of co-oxidation occasionally
 also may  become  completely mineralized.

     The  remaining category, relatively
 small  in  number,  is comprised of
 environmentally  stable compounds.
 Persistence of. these compounds is
 ascribed  to a  variety of reasons.  Some
 may be inherently toxic for the available
 microorganisms.  For some the genes for
 the necessary  enzymes might not exist
 among  the members of the available
 microbial population.  For microbes
 capable of only limited co-oxidative
 transformation, failure to derive useful
 energy or building blocks from the
 compound offers no selective advantage
 and such organisms may not compete.
Alternatively  the necessary enzymes may
not be induced by the amounts of the
compound which enter the cell.

PURPOSE AND APPROACH

     Unfortunately among these
environmentally stable compounds are
several known to be hazardous to human
                                           112

-------
         The isolation or development of
microbes capable of degrading such stable
organic wastes could yield a safe and
cost-effective treatment of industrial
waste streams and toxic environmental
sites.  Development of such
microorganisms is the purpose of this
research.

     We anticipate that several of the
barriers to biodegradation can be
overcome in yeasts using recombinant DNA
technology  (9).  The compounds of
interest are all polychlorinated aromatic
hydrocarbons having no unsubstituted
adjacent carbons, e.g. hexachlorobenzene/
and highly chlorinated biphenyls,
dibenzodioxins and dibenzofurans.
Because of their structure, the initial
step in any microbial transformation of
these compounds is likely to require
hydroxylation by a monooxygenase or a
dechlorination step, or both.  Fungi and
yeasts are eukaryotic microorganisms
which are known to catalyze a broad range
of monooxygenase reactions using
cytochrome P-450 enzymes,  (15) and
mammalian cytochrome P-450 monooxygenase
systems have been implicated in the
hydroxylation/dechlorination of such
compounds as 2,3,7,8-tetrachlorodibenzo-
p-dioxin (3,12,14), 2,3,7,8-
tetrachlorodibenzofuran  (13), and
hexachlorobenzene (19).

     Our strategy in using yeasts is
based upon the common features of
cytochrome P-450 systems among higher and
lower eukaryotes (17).  These are
particulate electron transport systems
whose chief components are membrane
lipid, NADPH-cytochrome c  (P-450)
reductase (reductase) and one of several
cytochromes P-450.  According to the
substrate specificity of each cytochrome
P-450, the overall reaction results in a
mixed distribution of the atoms of 02 to
yield a monooxygenated product and water.
By our strategy, we first would isolate a
structural cytochrome P-450 gene and its
essential regulatory sequences from the
yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
Molecular genetic techniques are
particularly well developed for this
eukaryotic microorganism.   Next,
exogenous cytochrome P-450 genes which
encode desired biotransformations would
be introduced into this yeast under the
control of appropriate regulatory
sequences. There is evidence that
functional cytochrome P-450 systems can
be assembled from yeast and mammalian
protein components in vitro (2) and in
vivo (H.  Ohkawa, personal
communication).  Thus we expect that the
P-450 genes could come from any
appropriate source:  mammalian, yeast or
fungal.  Further laboratory experiments
would be conducted to express such a
system in a yeast variant which could
persist in a contaminated medium.  A
yeast such as a Candida sp. which
utilizes n-alkanes in petroleum may be
useful for this purpose.  The intended
product organisms would be able to take
up the hazardous organic compound and
detoxicate it through co-oxidation, even
though the compound were present in low
concentrations in the environmental site-.

     Our implementation of this strategy
has included the isolation of major
cytochrome P-450 system proteins from S_.
cerevisiae and Candida tropicalis and the
production in rabbits of immune sera to
these components.  This paper presents
our observations of immunological cross-
reactivity among these protein isolates.

MATERIALS AND METHODS

Chemicals

     Procedures of Guengerich  (4) were
followed for the recrystallization of
cholic acid for use as sodium cholate,
and for the synthesis of n-octylamino
sepharose 4B.  Cytochrome c was horse
heart type III obtained from Sigma
Chemical Co., St. Louis, MO.  Protein
molecular weight standards were the low
molecular weight standard kit of Bio-Rad
Laboratories, Richmond, CA, supplemented
by preparations obtained from Sigma of
both bovine liver catalase and bovine
liver glutamic dehydrogenase, used as
molecular weight markers of 58 kd and 53
kd respectively  (20).  Nitrocellulose
filter paper was supplied by Schleicher
and Schuell, Keene, NH; hydroxylapatite
was Hypatite C of Clarkson Chemical Co.,
Williamsport, PA.  Tetradecane was
obtained from Fisher Chemical Co.,     .
Cincinnati; all other chemicals were
acquired as reagent grade from commercial
suppliers.

Cell Culture and Protein Purifications

     Sources and relevant properties of
                                           113

-------
 the strains of S. cerevisiae and C.
 tropicalis used in this study are
 presented in Table 1.  All cultures of £3.
 cerevisiae were carried out at 30°C and
 C. tropicalis was grown at 24°C.  Except
 where tetradecane was used, all strains
 were grown semi-anaerobically for glucose
 fermentation (glucose grown cells)  under
 conditions described by Yoshida et al.
 (22)  using one of two media.   Medium for
 strains JL20 and JL21 consisted of 2%
 casamino acids, 0.67% yeast nitrogen base
 without added araino acids, 6% glucose and
 0.004% each of L-histidine HC1 and
 adenine HC1.  The second medium, used for
 all other strains,  consisted of 1%
 bactopeptone,  1.7% yeast extract,  0.09%
 NaCl and 6% glucose,  pH 6.7.   All glucose
 grown cells were harvested at raid-log
 phase.

      Growth of C.  tropicalis  on
 tetradecane was based upon the media and
 procedures described  by Duppel et al.
 (2).   A New Brunswick fermentor FM-75  was
 used to maintain 40 liter cultures under
 aeration of 3  ft3 rain"1 with  mechanical
 agitation at 200 rpra.   Cells  were
 cultured initially  using 0.5% glucose  and
 were  then induced for 16 hr in 0.5%
 tetradecane.   Cells were harvested and
 stored at -80°C in  phosphate  buffered
 saline  made 20% with  respect  to glycerol.
 Cell  disruption employed a Biospec
 Products "Bead-Beater"  (Bartlesville,  OK)
 under conditions recommended  by the
 manufacturer.   Microsomes were isolated
 and washed as  described by Yoshida  et  al.
 (23).   For  solubilization,  microsomes
 from  S_.   cerevisiae strains were
 suspended at 15 mg  total protein ml"1  in
 solubilization buffer of Yoshida et al.
 (24)  and sodium cholate was added  to be
 1%.   For £.  tropicalis,  microsomes were
 suspended at 19  mg  total protein ml"1  in
 buffer  C of Guengerich  (4)  and sodium
 cholate was added to be 1.6%.   All
 preparations were clarified by
 centrifugation  at 100,000  xg  for 60  rain.
     Cytochroraes P-450 were partially
purified by column chromatography on n-
octylaraino Sepharose 4B and DEAE Sephacel
based upon a procedure of Guengerich (4).
Subsequent purification steps utilized
CM-Sephadex based upon a method described
by Yoshida and Aoyama (25).

     Partially purified reductase
 preparations,  obtained by elution from
 the same columns by Guengerich's
 procedure (4), were purified by further
 chromatography.  For S_.  cerevisiae this
 involved separation on hydroxylapatite
 according to the method of Bertrand et
 al.,  using the detergent Lubrol PX in
 place of Mulgofen BC-720 (1).   This was
 followed by chromatography on Sephedex G-
 150.   For C.  tropicalis, reductase
 obtained from tetradecane grown cells was
 chromatographed through a column of
 Sephadex G-150; reductase from glucose
 grown cells was passed through Sephadex
 G-150 and then received a final
 chromatography on hydroxylapatite as
 described by Bertrand et al.  (1).
     Cytochrome  P-450  concentrations were
 determined as  described  by Guengerich
 (10) using a molar  extinction  coefficient
 of  91 mM~l cnT1  (11).  Activity of
 reductase   was determined based upon the
 assay using horse heart  cytochrome c as
 described  by Guengerich  (4).   Protein
 determinations were according  to Lowry et
 al.  (10) or used the methods and reagent
 kit of Bio-Rad Laboratories.
Gel Electrophoresis, Transfer and
Detection of Antigen Immunoblots

     Procedures for sodium dodecyl
sulfate polyacrylamide gel
electrophoresis (PAGE) were based upon
those of Laemmli  (8).   Protein bands in
gels were visualized by the silver
staining method of Wray et al. (21).
Transfer of proteins from the
polyacrylamide gel to nitrocellulose
filters was done according to Bio-Rad
Laboratories using their product "Trans-
blot" cell.  Immunological screening of
the filters employed the BLOTTO procedure
of Johnson et al.  (5).  Bound antibody
was determined by the horse radish
peroxidase (HRP)  color reaction of Towbin
et al. (18) using the reagents obtained
from Bio-Rad Laboratories.

Antibody Preparations

     Polyclonal antisera to the isolated
proteins were prepared in rabbits
according to the method described by
Kaminsky et al. (6).   Control sera were
collected from.the rabbits prior  to their
inoculation.
                                           114

-------
RESULTS

     Pioneering work in the laboratories
of Yoshida and Aoyama  (25), of Wiseman
(7), and of Coon (2) among others has
defined methods for the isolation from
yeasts of the major cytochrome P-450
system proteins.  Using minor
modifications of their published
procedures with our strains, we were able
to purify several such proteins to
homogeneity as determined by silver
staining of proteins bands formed in
PAGE.  In those cases where impurities
appeared likely to be a problem in
antibody production, the enzymes were
recovered from slices of the
polyacrylamide gel.

     Five different preparations of
antigens were used to produce antisera  in
rabbits.  For £3. cerevisiae cytochrome  P-
450, the antigen was a pair of proteins
isolated from glucose  grown cells of
diploid strain JLD15.  These two proteins
overlapped extensively through several
separation procedures  and  both gave
characteristic CO binding  spectra  (data
not shown).  Antisera  to reductase of S_.
cerevisiae was prepared against enzyme
purified from  the same strain.  For C_.
tropicalis,  two cytochrome P-450 proteins
were isolated  and used separately  for
antisera production.   One  of these,  of
apparent m.w.  59 kd, was   purified  from
glucose grown  cells  and the other,  of
apparent m.w.  54 kd, was purified  from
cells  grown  on tetradecane.  Antisera to
the  reductase of this organism was
prepared against enzyme purified  from the
tetradecane  grown cells.

      These and additional  isolated
cytochrome P-450  system proteins  were
then characterized  as  to apparent m.w.
and immunological  relatedness  using PAGE
plus immunoblots.   Comparable  amounts of
 the proteins being  compared were
 electrophoresed from each  well,  and the
visual intensity of each  HRP color
 reaction was recorded on  a scale  of 0  to
 4+.  Immunoblots run as controls  using
 nonimmune sera were always negative (data
 not shown).   All the data, excluding
 those using control sera,  are summarized
 for cytochrome P-450 proteins in Table 2A
 and for reductase in Table 2B.

      All the £3. cerevisiae cytochrome P-
 450 proteins tested reacted strongly with
the antisera prepared to the two protein
mixture isolated from the diploid strain
JLD15.  This diploid had been formed by
crossing JL11 and JL12, two haploid
strains which had been shown in previous
studies to have relatively high P-450
content among haploid strains (1).  More
recently we have demonstrated that a 56
kd P-450 protein is formed by one of
these haploids and a 57 kd one is formed
by the other.  Thus the two P-450
proteins isolated from JLD15 appear to
have resulted from the expression of two
genes provided singly by the haploid
progenitors.

     This strong immunoreactivity among
the S_. cerevisiae cytochrome P-450"s is
of particular interest for the P-450
proteins from strains JL10, JL20 and
JL21.  Strain JL10 was used in
experiments to be described elsewhere for
the isolation of plasmids pVKl and pVK2,
plasmids which code for a functional
cytochrome P-450 gene  (Kalb et al.,
manuscript in preparation).  Examination
by PAGE of cytochrome P-450 protein
partially purified from JL10 revealed a
major band of apparent m.w. 56 kd.
Strain JL10 variants containing  pVKl, or
pVK2, were designated as JL20 or JL21
respectively.  Thse strains expressed
elevated  levels of cellular P-450
 (manuscript  in preparation);  microsomal
extracts of  these strains  also showed
elevated  P-450 content.  For strain  JL20
this  appeared as  an  increase in  a
cytochrome P-450  of apparent m.w. 56 kd,
not shown  to differ from the protein
detected  from JL10.   Strain JL21 however
developed  high  levels  of a cytochrome P-
450 with  an  apparent  m.w.  58 kd,  a  form
not detected in our other  strains.

      By contrast  one  of  the cytochrome  P-
450 proteins purified from C.   tropicalis
was  immunologically  unrelated  to two
others.   Antisera prepared against  the
 form  purified  from glucose grown cells
did not  react with either  of  the two
 immunologically related  forms  purified
 from tetradecane  grown cells.   Similarly
 antisera prepared against  one  of the two
 latter proteins,  the 54  kd form, did not
 bind to the cytochrome P-450  from glucose
 grown cells.

      However,  as recorded in Table  2A,
 evidence of low level cross-reactivity
 was observed for cytochrome P-450
                                             115

-------
 proteins isolated from glucose grown
 cells of S.  cerevisiae and C.
 tropicalis.

      Data for  the reductases isolated
 from these yeasts are summarized in Table
 2B.   For C.  tropicalis, reductase
 purified from  glucose grown cells was
 identical by m.w.  and immunological
 reactivity to  reductase purified from
 cells grown  on tetradecane.  Although
 this reductase did differ in m.w.  from
 the  form purified from £3.  cerevisiae,
 the  reductases of these two yeasts were
 distinctly immuno-cross-reactive.

 DISCUSSION

      Although  the purification of protein
 components of  yeast cytochrome P-450
 systems  has  been  published,  the isolation
 of yeast genes for cytochrome  P-450
 expression has not been described.
 Elsewhere we present results of a
 parallel study which has yielded plasmid
 clones of cytochrome P-450 genes of £3.
 cerevisiae (Kalb  et al.,  manuscript in
 preparation).   In this phase of the work
 we were  interested in these  proteins
 primarily in order to obtain antibodies
 prepared against  them for use  in
 procedures of  gene characterization.
 Access to yeast strains engineered for
 high level expression of such  genes will
 facilitate the purification  of these
 enzymes  in quantity.   The enzymes can
 then be  examined  as to their possible
 substrate specificity for compounds of
 environmental  concern and in comparison
 to activities  of yeast cytochrome  Pr450
 system enzymes described in  the
 literature (1,2,7,16,25).

      The data  in  Table 2  provide useful
 insights as  to the probable  yeast  genes
 for  these  systems.  For  C. tropicalis,
 identical properties  were seen for  the
NADPH-cytochrome c (P-450) reductase when
 that organism  was  cultured by  glucose
 fermentation or by tetradecane oxidation.
 Thus  this  enzyme  is expressed  from a
single gene or  from nearly identical
genes under  these  two growth conditions.
Comparison to  the  reductase  data for £[.
cerevisiae in  Table 2 shows  an apparent
m.w.  difference of 2  kd,  but these
enzymes of both species react  to
immunosera prepared using  either
reductase.  This is a strong indication
that the corresponding genes will prove
 to share regions of sequence homology.

      By. contrast,  culture of C.
 tropicalis on tetradecane resulted in
 elevated levels of two cytochrome  P-450
 proteins not detected in extracts  of this
 yeast grown on glucose.   These two
 proteins showed apparent m.w.  values of
 53 and 54 kd,  compared with the 59 kd
 value obtained for the cytochrome  P-450
 isolated from glucose grown cells.  Both
 the 53 kd and the 54 kd proteins reacted
 with antisera elicited to the 54 kd form.
 However,  when these two P-450 proteins
 were tested in immunoblots using antisera
 prepared to the 59 kd form,  no cross-
 reactivity was observed.   Thus these data
 suggest that  unique P-450 genes are
 induced under  these alternate growth
 conditions,  a conclusion reached earlier
 by Sanglard et. al.  on the basis of other
 criteria (16).

      For  £5.  cerevisiae,  the data for
 cytochrome P-450  proteins in Table 2 are
 particularly interesting as they provide
 evidence  for three proteins,  all
 immunologically related,  but of different
 genetically determined size.   Cytochrome
 P-450 antiserum was prepared using a
 mixture of two P-450 proteins obtained
 from a diploid strain.   These  two
 proteins,  with apparent  molecular  weights
 of 56 kd  and 57 kd,  subsequently were
 shown to  be  coded  separately,  one  each in
 the haploids which were  used to  derive
 the diploid.   Of  the two plasmid clones
 isolated  with  cytochrome  P-450  structural
 genes (Kalb  et al.,  in preparation),
 presence  in  the cell of one  of  these,
 pVK2,  results  in the accumulation  of a
 protein with an apparent  molecular weight
 of 58  kd,  a  form not detected  in our
 other j3.   cerevisiae strains.  Gene
 sequence  and enzyme  specificity  studies
 will be required to  determine whether
 these  three  proteins are  expressed from
 alleles of one  or more P-450 genes.  The
 gene  for  the glucose grown P-450 in  C_.
 tropicalis may  have  some  sequence
 homo logy with  these  S_.  cerevisiae
.gene(s),  based  upon  the low  level immuno-
 cross-reactivity observed  for these
 proteins.

     Thus  use of these antisera
 preparations has provided evidence as to
 possible gene relationships among several
 cytochrome P-450 monooxygenase systems  of
 these two  organisms.  The antisera will
                                           116

-------
be useful in the isolation and
characterization of these genes for the
subsequent gene engineering of P-450
enzyme systems in yeast.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     This work was supported by
Cooperative Agreement No. CR810605, U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency, Office
of Research and Development, Hazardous
Waste Engineering Research Laboratory,
Cincinnati, P.R. Sferra, Project Officer.

REFERENCES

1.   Bertrand, J.C., Gilewicz, M., Bazin,
     H. and Azoulay, E.  1980.  Purified
     detergent-solubilized NADPH-
     cytochrome c  (P-450) reductase from
     Candida tropicalis grown on alkanes.
     Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.
     94,889-893.

2.   Duppel, W., Lebeault, J-M. and Coon,
     M.J.  1973.  Properties of a yeast
     cytochrome P-450-containing enzyme
     system which catalyzes the
     hydroxylation of fatty acids,
     alkanes, and drugs.  Eur. J.
     Biochem. 36,583-592.

3.   Gasiewicz, T.A., Geiger, L.E.,
     Rucci, G., and Neal, R.A.  1983.
     Distribution, excretion, and
     metabolism of 2,3,7,8-
     tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin in
     C57B1/6J, DBA/2J, and B6D2Fi/J mice.
     Drug Metab and Disposition 11,397-
     403.

4.   Guengerich, F.P.  Microsomal enzymes
     involved in toxicology - analysis
     and separation, in Principles and
     Methods of Toxicology, A.W. Hayes,
     ed., Raven Press, NY, 1982, pp. 609-
     634.

5.   Johnson, D.A., Gautsch, J.W.,
     Sportsman, J.R. and Elder, J.H.
     1984.  Improved technique utilizing
     nonfat dry milk for analysis of
     proteins and nucleic acids
     transferred to nitrocellulose.
     1984.  Gene. Anal. Techn.  1^,3-8.

6.   Kaminsky, L.S., Fasco, M.J. and F.P.
     Guengerich.  1981.  Production and
     application of antibodies to rat
     liver cytochrome P-450, in Methods
     in Enzymology, Vol. 74, 262-272.

7.   King, D.J., Azari, M.R. and Wiseman,
     A.  1984.  Studies on the properties
     of highly purified cytochrome P-448
     and its dependent activity
     benzo(a)pyrene hydroxylase, from
     Saccharomyces cerevisiae.
     Xenobiotica 14,187-206.

8.   Laemmli, U.K.  1970.  Cleavage of
     structural proteins during the
     assembly of the head of
     bacteriophage T4.  Nature 227,680-
     685.

9.   Loper, J.C., Lingrel, J.B. and Kalb,
     V.F.  Engineering genes in yeast for
     biodegradation, in Incineration and
     Treatment of Hazardous Waste,
     Proceedings, Ninth Annual Research
     Symposium, USEPA, IERL, EPA-600/9-
     84-015, July, 1984, pp.  274-281.

10.  Lowry, O.H., Rosebrough, N.J., Farr,
     A.L. and Randall, R.J.  1951.
     Protein measurement with the folin
     phenol reagent.  J. Biol. Chem.
     193,265-275.

11.  Omura, T. and Sato, R.  1964.  The
     carbon monoxide-binding pigment of
     liver microsomes.  J. Biol. Chem.
     239,2370-2378.

12.  Poiger, H., Buser, H.-R., Weber, H.,
     Zweifiz, U., and Schlatter, Ch.
     1982.  Structure elucidation of
     mammalian TCDD-metabolites.
     Experientia 38,484-486.

13.  Poiger, H., Buser, H.-R. and
     Schlatter, Ch.  1984.  The
     metabolism of 2,3,7,8-
     tetrachlorodebenzofuran in the rat.
     Chemosphere 13,351-357.

14.  Poiger, H. and Buser, H.-R.  The
     metabolism of TCDD in the dog and
     rat in Biological Mechanisms of
     Dioxin Action, Bambruy Report 18, A.
     Poland and R.  Dikinbrough, eds.,
     Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory. 1985.
15.  Rosazza, J.P. and Smith, R.V.  1979.
     Microbial models for drug
     metabolism, Advances in Applied
     Microbiology 25,169-208.
                                           117

-------
 16.   Sanglard,  D.,  Kappeli,  O.  and             21.
      Fiechter,  A.   1984.   Metabolic
      conditions determining  the
      composition  and  catalytic  activity
      of cytochrome  P-450 monooxygenases
      in Candida tropicalis.  J.
      Bacteriol. 157,297-302.                    22.

 17.   Schunck, W-H., Riege, P. and  Kuhl,
      R.  1978.  Cytochrome P-450 of
      eukaryotic microorganisms.
      Pharmazie  33,412-414.

 18.   Xowbin, H., Staehelin, T.  and
      Gordon, J.  1979.  Electrophoretic         23.
      transfer of proteins from
     polyacrylaimide gels to
     nitrocellulose sheets:  procedure
     and some applications.  Proc. Natl.
     Acad. Sci. USA 76,4350-4354.

19.  van Ommen, B., van Bladeren, P.J.,
     Temmink, J.H.M., and Muller, P.            24.
     1985.  Formation of
     pentachlorophenol as the major
     product of microsomal oxidation of
     hexachlorobenzene.  Biochem.
     Biophys. Res. Commun.  126,25-32.

20.  Weber, K., Pringle, J.R. and Osborn,      25.
     M.  1972.  Measurement of molecular
     weights by electrophoresis on SDS-
     acrylamide gel, in Methods in
     Enzymology.  26c,3-27.
                               Wray, W.,  Boulikas, T.,  Wray, V.P.,
                               and Hancock, R.   1981.   Silver
                               staining  of proteins in
                               polyacrylamide gels.  Anal.  Biochem.
                               118,197-203.

                               Yoshida,  Y., Kumaoka,  H.  and Sato,
                               R.   1974.   Studies on  the microsomal
                               electron-transport system of
                               anaerobically grown yeast.   I.
                               Intracellular localization and
                               characterization.   J.  Biochem.
                               75_, 1201-1210.

                               Yoshida, Y., Kumaoka, H.  and Sato,
                               R.   1974.   Studies on  the microsomal
                               electron transport system of
                               anaerobically grown yeast, II
                               Purification and characterization of
                               cytochrome  b5.   J.  Biochem.  75,1211-
                               1219.

                               Yoshida, Y., Aoyama, Y.,  Kumaoka, H.
                               and  Kubota,  S.   1977.  A  highly
                               purified preparation of cytochrome
                               P-450  from microsomes of
                               anaerobically grown yeast.   Biochem.
                               Biophys. Res.  Commun. 78,1005-1010.

                               Yoshida, Y.  and  Aoyama, Y.   1984.
                               Yeast  cytochrome P-450 catalyzing
                               lanosterol 14@-demethylation.  I.
                               Purification and spectral
                               properties.  J.  Biol. Chem.
                               259,1655-1660.
   Table 1.  Strains

   	Name	
   £>. cerevisiae;
        JL10


        JL11


        JL12


       JLD15


        JL20

        JL21

  C_.  tropicalis;
      ATCC750
          Description
    local name for BWG2-9A


         strain D5-1C
        a, ade2-40 leu

         strain D5-3C
        a,  ade2-40  trpl

diploid isolate from mating of
        JL11  and  JL12

     JL10 containing pVKl

     JL10 containing pVK2


          prototroph
                                           Source
    L.  Guarente,
Massachusetts Inst.
   of Technology

  this laboratory
  this laboratory

  this laboratory


  tnis laboratory

  this laboratory
                                                         American  Type  Culture
                                                              Collection
                                          118

-------
Table 2.  Molecular Weights and Iiranunological Relatedness of Cytochrome P-450
System Proteins Purified from Strains of Saccharomyces cerevisiae and from
Candida tropicalis ATCC 750.
A.  Cytochromes P-450
   Organism and
culture conditions
Apparent m.w. (kd)
    determined
    using  PAGE3
Cross reaction in immunoblots
with rabbit antisera prepared
 to protein (kd) from strain
                                             JLD15
                                     ATCC?50
                                              56,57
                                   59
                                                                 54
 S.  cerevisiae, glucose
 fermentation

 JLD15

 JC11
 JC12
        56
        57
        56
        57
     4+
     4+
     4+
     4+
 JL10
 JL20
 JL21
        56
        56
        56
        58
     4+
     4+
     4+
     4+
    0
    0
    0
    0
 C.  tropicalis,  glucose
 fermentation

 tetradecane oxidation
        59

        53
        54
               4+

               0
               0
   2+
   4+
 B.   NADPH-cytochrome c (P-450)  reductase
 S. cerevisiae JLD15,
 glucose fermentation

 C. tropicalis,
 glucose fermentation

 tetradecane oxidation
         72


         74

         74
                                                          ATCC 750
                                              JLD15 grown on tetradecane
      72


      4+


      3+

      3+
74


2+


4+

4+
 aPAGE: polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis.
                                         119

-------
    BIODEGRADATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL POLLUTANTS BY THE WHITE ROT FUNGUS
                        PHANEROCHAETE CHRYSOSPORIUM

         John A. Bumpus, Ming Tien/ David S. Wright, Steven D. Aust
                         Department of Biochemistry
                                    and
       Center for the study of Active Oxygen in Biology and Medicine
                         Michigan State University
                        East Lansing, MI  48824-1319
                                  ABSTRACT

      The white rot fungus, Phanerochaete chryj;os£oriji>m secretes a unique
 hydrogen peroxide-dependent oxidase capable of degrading lignin, a highly
 complex/ chemically resistant,  non-repeating heteropolymer .   Due to its
 ability to generate carbon-centered radicals, this enzyme is able to non-
 specifically catalyze numerous  cleavage reactions producing  smaller
 lignin-derived compounds which  may then be metabolized by more conven-
 tional enzyme systems.  We have proposed that the lignin degrading
 system of this fungus may also  have the ability to degrade environmen-
 tally persistent organopollutants.  In this study we have shown that P^_
            .!B is able to degrade carbon-14 labeled 1, 1 ' -Bis( 4-chloro-
 phenyl)-2,2,2-trichloroethane (DDT) ,  3,4,3' , 4 ' -tetrachlorobiphenyl ,
.2/4, 5/2', 4', 5 '-hexachlorobiphenyl,  2, 3,7, 8-tetrachlorodibenzo-p-dioxin
 (TCDD),  the gamma isomer of 1 , 2, 3,4 , 5,6-hexachlorocyclohexane (Lindane)
 9S  well  as  the non-halogenated  pollutant benzo[a Ipyrene to 14C-carbon
 dioxide.
 INTRODUCTION

      Biotreatment  systems  using
 microorganisms  for the  degradation
 of  toxic  recalcitrant organopollu-
 tants hold  the  promise  of  being  an
 efficient and economical means of
 detoxifying vast quantities  of
 contaminated water,  soils  and
 sediments.  Unfortunately, few
 microorganisms  possess  the ability
 to  degrade  recalcitrant organo-
 pollutants.  Generally  these com-
 pounds are  poorly  soluble  in water
 and are adsorbed to  particulate
 matter thus making them even less
 accessible  to microbial attack.
 Some  pollutants of interest  are
 often present in the parts per
million range or less.  Microbial
enzymes which may possess the
innate ability to degrade organo-
pollutants rarely possess the very
high affinity (low Km) required in
order for significant degradation
to take place at such low sub-
strate concentrations.  Degrada-
tion of organopollutants present
in low concentrations is also
difficult even for microbial
strains which have been adapted to
grow on these chemicals.  When the
selective pressures imparted by
high concentrations of the chemi-
cal are removed, these strains may
not be able to compete effectively
in biotreatment systems containing
other microorganisms.  similar
                                    120

-------
problems face nvicrobial strains
developed using recombinant DNA
technology.

     Our studies focus on the use
of the lignin-degrading white rot
fungi as potentially useful
organisms in the aerobic biologi-
cal treatment of hazardous organic
wastes.  The use of lignin de-
grading fungi may overcome many of
the problems generally associated
with the biological degradation of
insoluble recalcitrant organic
compounds.

     In the initial stages of
lignin degradation by P_^
Sh.r-Y.§2s.22!Liy.m.' numerous carbon-
carbon and carbon-oxygen bonds in
the insoluble lignin polymer are
cleaved by a unique non-specific
and non—stereoselective tl2(^2~
dependent/ extracellular oxygenase
(1,2).  The enzyme catalyzes the
formation of carbon-centered radi-
cals which react with oxygen to
initiate oxidation (3).  This free
radical mechanism may be responsi-
ble for the lack of specificity
and stereoselectivity that is
characteristic of this system.
Synthesis of this enzyme is pro-
moted by nitrogen starvation (4)/
not substrate availability, as is
the case with many biodegradative
systems-  The mixture of soluble
low molecular weight aromatic com-
pounds thus formed may then under-
go further modification or ring
cleavage and metabolism via the
B -ketoadipate pathway to Krebs
cycle intermediates and/ hence/ to
carbon dioxide.
PURPOSE

     It was the purpose of this
study to determine if a white rot
fungus/ P^ £h£^s o sjoor ium / nad tne
ability to degrade recalcitrant
organopollutants.
APPROACH

     Cultures of
(ME—£46) were maintained on 2%
malt/agar slants at room tempera-
ture.  Experiments were performed
in liquid culture at 39°C.  For
the first 3 days cultures were
incubated under air after which
the culture atmosphere was changed
to 100% oxygen.  Cultures (10 ml)
were incubated in 250 ml Wheaton
media bottles equipped with gas
exchange manifolds similar to
those described by Marinucci and
Bartha (5).  The culture medium/
consisting of glucose (56 mM)/
ammonium tartrate (1.2 mM)/ and
dimethylsuccinate buffer/ pH 4.2
(100 mM)/ supplemented with
thiamine and trace metals/ has
been previously described (4).
The 14CO2 evolved during degrada-
tion of *4C-labeled organopollu-
tants was trapped by using oxygen
to flush the atmosphere of the
incubation flasks through an
ethanolamine-containing scintilla-
tion cocktail as described (4).
Radioactivity was quantitated
using a Packard Tri-Carb Liquid
Scintillation Spectrometer (Model
3310) .

     Metabolism of l/l'-Bis(4-
chlorophenyl)-2/2/2-trichloro-
ethane (DDT) was studied by incu-
bating DDT with the fungus and
assessed by extracting the cul-
tures with 25 ml of acetonitrile/
2 ml of saturated NaCl and two 50
ml portions of hexane.  The hexane
extracts were combined and the
amount of DDT and metabolites were
quantitated using a Varian GLC
(Model 3700) equipped with an
electron capture detector and a
Hewlett Packard Digital Integrator
(Model 3390A).  The identity of
metabolites was confirmed by GC-MS
and by comigration of metabolites
or their derivatives with authen-
tic standards during GLC.

     Experiments were conducted in
triplicate or quadruplicate.  Data
points represent the mean + 1
standard deviation.
                                    121

-------
 RESULTS

      Initial studies using DDT as
 a model recalcitrant substrate
 demonstrated that P_-_ chr^soggori^um
 degraded DDT-  During a thirty day
 incubation period approximately
 53% of the DDT was metabolized
 (Fig. 1).  Synthesis of DDT meta-
         5.0
        X 40
        ui
        c
        o
        z
       I 2.0
       UI
       
-------
            TABLE 1- DEGRADATION OF DDT BY P^ CHRYSOSPORIUM^
                     EFFECT OF SUPPLEMENTAL GLUCOSE
 Days of
Incubation
Glucose
Addition
(56 mM)
     DDT
Concentration
    (uM)
  Percent
Degradation
     O

    30

    31

    48

    61

    75
                      4.8

                      2.3



                      0-4



                     <0-048
                             0

                            48




                            92




                           >99
accounted for approximately 25% of
the DDT initially present.  These
studies suggest that degradation
will continue as long as a
suitable carbon source is present.

     When the organism was grown
in the presence of 14C-DDT/ 4% of
the original DDT was evolved as
14CO2 after 30 days (Fig. 3) when
roughly 50% of the DDT was de-
graded (Fig. I)/ indicating that
the remaining carbon atoms are
either incorporated into the orga-
nism or are present as inter-
mediates in the pathway between
DDT and CO2«  Unlike DDT dis-
appearance studies (Fig. I)/ which
demonstrate that substantial
degradation occurs during the
first three days of incubation/
14CO2 evolution did not occur
until after 3 days of incubation
(Fig- 3).  This is the same type
of lag as that which is observed
for lignin degradation (4) and is
consistent with the hypothesis
that lignin degradation and DDT
degradation are mediated by the
same enzyme system.
                        Table 2 lists six struc-
                   turally diverse toxic organopollu-
                   tants that were found to be de-
                   graded by P. chry_sc>sp_ori.u_m as
                   assayed by ^4CO2 evolution.  Like
                   DDT, 1/2,3,4/5/6-hexachlorocyclo-
                   hexane (Lindane), 2,3,7/8-tetra-
                   chlorodibenzo-p-dioxin (TCDD)/
                   Benzo[a]pyrene/ 3/4,3',4'-tetra-
                   chlorobiphenyl (3,4,3',4'-TCB) and
                   2/4/5,2',4'/5'-hexachlorobiphenyl
                   (2,4,5,2',4',5'-HCB) are all
                   degraded to  CO2 by this microorga-
                   nism-  In all  cases radiolabeled
                   substrates were added to cultures
                   when they were inoculated with
                   fungi at day 0-  By day 3 substan-
                   tial growth  was apparent as
                   evidenced by the appearance of a
                   mycelial mat-  However/ in no case
                   did *-4CO2 evolution occur.
                   Between day  3  and day 6, 14CO2
                   evolution began in all cultures.
                   It was maximal between day 3 and
                   day 18 and continued at decreasing
                   rates until  day 30-  After 30 days
                   of incubation/ glucose was not
                   detectable in  the incubation
                   media.  Fortification of the media
                   with additional glucose (56 mM)
                   and continued  incubation resulted
                                    123

-------
 in an increased rate of 14CO
 evolution for the duration of
 another 30 days at which time the
 experiment was terminated.
     CM
     O
        2500
        2000
     O

     O
     u  ^-.
     t  2  1500
    8
KX)0


500
               6   12  18  24

                 TIME (DAYS)
                   30
Figure  3.  Conversion  of  14C-DDT to
H2 in cultures  of  P^
chrysosporium.   Each  incubation
flask contained  50 uCi of    C-DDT-
Th©  initial concentration  of DDT
was  4-8 uM-  These data  represent
the  minimum amount of DDT
converted  to CO2 -   Some  CC>2  may
have been  incorporated into  the
organism*  in carboxylation
reactions/ for example.
The lignin degrading  system of  P^
chrysospor i um may prove  to be
ideally suited for use in bio-
treatment processes for  the degra-
dation of recalcitrant organo-
pollutants.  First, the  enzyme
system normally attacks  an insol-
uble recalcitrant substrate.  Thus
organopollutants which are
adsorbed to sediments may actually
mimic the lignin molecule.  The
analogy is even more  striking when
one considers that many  sediments
 and soils to which organopollu-
 tants are adsorbed have high
 lignin contents.   Second/  problems
 associated with substrate
 specificity appear to be obviated
 by the non-specific and non-
 stereoselective carbon-centered
 free radical mechanism that is
 characteristic of  this system.
 This lack of specificity has the
 advantage of allowing the  organism
 to attack and degrade a broad
 spectrum of structurally diverse
 recalcitrant compounds as  shown in
 Table 2.   Third/ P_^ chrvjsosjDorjjjm
 is a highly successful competitor
 in nature/  especially when the
 carbon source consists of  wood/
 wood by-products or other  lignin
 containing  materials.   Thus/ if
 wood chips  or sawdust/  for
 example,  are used  as the carbon
 source in biotreatment systems/
 competition by non-1ignin
 degrading organisms is likely to
 be minimal.   Fourth/  because de-
 gradation is promoted  by nitrogen
 starvation  rather  than by  the
 presence  of  substrate/  low levels
 of organopollutants do not repress
 the biosynthesis of enzymes re-
 quired for  their degradation.
 Fifth/  typically/  degradative
 enzymes must possess very  high
 affinities  (low Km)  in  order for
 significant  degradation to occur.
 The carbon-centered radical mecha-
 nism appears to provide an alter-
 native mechanism which  allows  de-
 gradation of lignin/ and possibly
 other  recalcitrant  compounds/  to
 proceed to  completion.

     Of special significance for
 the  degradation of  organohalides
 is  the  fact  that P^ chr^sosjaoriym
 has  the demonstrated ability to
 dehalogenate and degrade chloro-
 benzene derivatives  (6)  and  to
 cleave aromatic rings  (7).
 Included  among  the  compounds
 degraded  by  £_-_  chr^sosgori^um are
 4/5/6-trichlorophenol/  3/4/5/6-
 tetrachloroguaiacol and  2/4,6-
 trichlorophenol (6).  In our
 studies we have shown that  ODD 'is
an  intermediary metabolite  formed
during DDT degradation.  We  have
                                    124

-------
      TABLE 2. DEGRADATION OP 14C-RADIOLABELED ORGANOPOLLUTANTS TO 14CO2 BY P_^ CHRYSOSPORIUM
                     Initial Rate of
                   Degradation to
                      (pmoles/day)
Radiolabeled Substrate
  evolved as 14CO2
     (pmoles)
      % of
  Radiolabeled
substrates evolved
as 14CO2 in 60 days
                                          30 days
          60 days
Lindane
Benzo[a ]pyrene
DDT
TCDD
3,4/3' , 4 ' -TCB
2,4,5,2' ,4' ,5'-HCB*
11-
7.
2.
1.
0.
2.
3
5
7
2
7
4
190
117
48
27
13
44
.8
.2
.0
.9
.8
.2
267
171
116
49
25
86
-6
.9
.4
.5
.1
.0
21
13
9
4
2
1
.4
.8
.3
.0
.0
.7
^Substrate concentration was  1.25 nmoles/10 ml for all ^C-radiolabeled compounds except
2,4,5,2',4',5'-HCB.  Because  of its low specific radioactivity a concentration of 5.0 nmoles/10 ml
was used for  2,4,5,2',4',5'-HCB.
 also shown that  Lindane/  a  compound
 that is chlorinated at every carbon
 atom/ is converted to CC>2 •   These
 results demonstrate that  P^_
 £llEY.s.2.sp_orium  niay also dehaloge—
 nate alkyl halides.
 SUMMARY

      The lignin degrading  system
 of  P^_ £!lEy_s.o.sJ2o.]Liy_m. appears  to be
 ideally suited  for the degradation
 of  other recalcitrant organic com-
 pounds-  The  initial stages  of
 lignin degradation are extracellu-
 lar/  non-specific and non-stereo-
 selective.  Degradation proceeds
 all the way to  2-  Additionally/
                   nas a const itui-
   as  well as a  system which  can
   dehalogenate  many organohalides -

        Under conditions which pro-
   mote lignin degradation/ P^_
               EQ also degraded
 tive aromatic  ring cleavage system
   Lindane/ benzo[a Jpyrene/  DDT/
   TCDD, 3,4,3* /4 '-TCB and
   2, 4, 5, 2', 4', 5' -HCB to CO2 -   These
   studies suggest  that P^
   £!lEY.s.o.sJ2o.]Liy.!B "iay prove to  be  an
   extremely useful microorganism in
   the biological  treatment  of hazar-
   dous  organic waste.
   ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

        This work was supported by
   Cooperative Agreement #CR811464
   U.S.  Environmental Protection
                                       125

-------
 Agency/ Office  of  Research  and
 Development/  Hazardous  Waste
 Engineering Research  Laboratory,
 Cincinnati/ P.R. sferra,  Project
 Officer.  The authors wish  to
 thank Ms. Cathy M. Custer for
 secretarial assistance  in the
 preparation of  this manuscript.
 REFERENCES

 1.   Tien/ M- and T-K. Kirk, 1983.
      Lignin-degrading enzyme from
      the hymenomycete £hanero=
      SllSS^S £hJ£2S2s.E2£iy.!S Burds-
      Science, Vol. 221, pp. 661-
      662.

 2.   Tien, M. and T-K- Kirk, 1984.
      Lignin-degrading enzyme from
      £ha_nerochae^e chry.sosgor i.um:
      purification, characterize-"
      tion, and catalytic proper-
      ties of a unique H2O2-
      requiring oxygenase.  Proc_^
      Natl. Acad^ Sc^, USA, Vol.
      81/  pp.  2280-2284.

 3.   Kersten, P.J.,  M. Tien, B-
      Kalyanaraman and T.K-  Kirk,
      1985.  The ligninase of
      Pha_n_e.rochaete 2h£Y.^2§.E21Ziy.E5
      generates cation radicals
      from methoxybenzenes-   j^
      Biol.  Chem.,  Vol. 260,  No.  5,
      pp.  2609-2612.

 4-    Kirk,  T.K- , E-  Schultz, W-Cf.
      Connors/  L-F. Lorenz and J.G.
      Zeikus,  1978.   Influence of
      culture  parameters on  lignin
      metabolism  by Pha_nerochaete
      chry sospor ijjm -   Arch^
      MjcrobiolT/ Vol.  117,  pp.
      277-285.

 5.    Marinucci/  A.C.  and  R.
      Bartha/  1979.  Apparatus for
      monitoring  the mineralization
      of volatile 14C-labeled
      compounds.  Apjol^ BnyjLron^
      Microbiol^, Vol.  38, No. 5,
     pp. 1020-1022.

6.   Chang/ H--m./ T-W- Joyce/
     A.G.  Campbell/ E-D. Gerrard,
   Van-Ba Huynh and T*K. Kirk,
   1983-  Fungal decolorization
   of bleach plant effluents.  In:
    	 (T. Hicuchi, H.-m.
   Chang and T.K. Kirk, eds.), uni
   Publishers Co., Ltd., Tokyo, pp.
   257-268.

7. Leatham, G.F., R.L- Crawford
   and T.K. Kirk, 1983. Degrada-
   tion of phenolic compounds and
   ring cleavage of catechol by
            .
       . Environ^
       No.  1,  pp. 191-197-
Vol.
                                    126

-------
                      BACTERIAL DEGRADATION OF CHLORINATED COMPOUNDS

                          Paul  H.  Tomasek and  A.M.  Chakrabarty
                        Department of Microbiology and Immunology
                  University of Illinois at Chicago;  Chicago,  IL  60680


                                         ABSTRACT


     Plasmid gene sequences of the 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetate (2,4,5-T) degrading
Pseudomonas cepacia AC1100 strain show strong homology to a cluster of genes present on
the 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetate (2,4-D) degradative plasmid pJP4.  There is little AC1100
deoxyribonucleic acid (DNA) homology to the chlorocatechol genes present on the 3-chloro-
benzoate (3CBA) degradative plasmid pAC27.  The homology to the 2,4-D degradative plasnnd
pOP4 may therefore be attributed to other genes involved in the degradation of chlorophen-
oxyacetates.  2,4,5-T grown AC1100 cells seem to lack ring-fission dioxygenase activity
for chlorocatechol intermediates of the 3CBA and 2,4-D pathways.  These results suggest
that a significantly different catabolic pathway may have evolved in £. cepacia AC1100.
Transposon mutagenesis has shown that at least some of the 2,4,5-T catabolic genes are
chromosomal.  A short chromosomal DNA sequence associated with a putative 2,4,5-T gene is
repeated many times on both the chromosome and plasmid of strain AC1100.  Such a repeated
element may have been important in the evolution of the degradative plasmids as well as
genetic rearrangements necessary to efficiently degrade novel substrates.
INTRODUCTION
     It is generally believed that the com-
plete biodegradation of chlorinated com-
pounds in water and soil is accomplished
primarily by microorganisms (1).  Failure
of microbial populations to degrade some
of these compounds can be  attributed to
the  lack of genetic information  coding for
appropriate degradative enzymes  (2).  This
reflects the relatively short timespan
such compounds have been present in the
biosphere (several decades) compared to
the  long evolutionary history of microorga-
nisms  in contact  with naturally  occuring
products (3).

     It  is clear that the biodegradative
abilities and  limitations  of microorga-
nisms must  be  thoroughly examined if we
want to  utilize them for degradation of
persistent  toxic  chemicals.   It  is  of
equal  importance  that we understand the
genetic  organization and regulation of
existing biodegradative  genes  in a  variety
of organisms if genetic engineering is to
play a role in the construction of new
microbial strains with enhanced degrada-
tive capabilities.  The study of gene
structure may shed some light on those
particular evolutionary mechanisms which
allow microorganisms to adapt to novel
compounds.  This may, in turn, allow for
more efficient gene engineering.  Studies
of the biochemistry and genetic organiza-
tion of 3-chlorobenzoate (3CBA) and 2,4-di-
chlorophenoxyacetate (2,4-D) degrading bac-
teria have contributed most extensively to
our knowledge of chlorinated aromatic
chemical biodegradation (4).  The biochem-
ical pathways of both compounds is shown
in Fig. 1.

Genetics of 3CBA-degrading bacteria

     The complete degradation of 3CBA has
been reported in Pseudomonas putida strain
AC858, Pseudomonas sp. B13, and Alcali-
genes eutrophus JMP134 (5,6,7).  All,these
independently isolated strains carry plas-
mids (pAC27, pWRI, and pJP4 respectively)
                                            127

-------
                              2,4-Dichlorophenoxy-
                              acelic acid
                              2.4-Dichtorophenol
                              3,5-Dtchlorocalechol
                              .',4'DichIcTomuconfc
                              acid
                             2-Chtoro-dlene
                              lac lone
                               OH


              	,	       ,.„
                             2-cWoroniil.ytac.tte
                             2-ChlofO-3-oxoad(pic
                              acid
Fig. 1. Proposed  pathways for the degrada-
tion of 3CBA  and  2,4-D.   Solid arrows in-
dicate plasmid-encoded enzymes while open
arrows represent  chromosome-encoded
enzymes in an appropriate host. The plas-
mid-encoded pyrocatechase II,  and cyclo-
isomerase II  have broader substrate specif-
icities than  their chromosomal iso-func-
tional counterparts and  thus catalyze
reactions with  chlorinated substrates.
Hydro!ase II  specifically recognizes
chlorinated substrates.  Dechlorination of
chloromuconates is thought to occur
spontaneously as  the result of lactoniza-
tion by cycloisomerase II.  A-Benzoate Diox-
ygenase, B-Dehydrogenase,  C-Pyrocatechase
II, D-Cycloisomerase II,  E-Hydrolase II,
F-Chloromaleylacetate Reductase,  G-Maleyl-
acetate Reductase,  X-2,4-D Monooxygenase,
Y-2,4-Dichlorophenol  Monooxygenase.  (After
K.N. Timmis et  al.,  4).
which  code for many of the essential
degradative enzymes:  pyrocatechase II,
cycloisomerase II  and hydro!ase II genes
(C,D,  E;  Fig.l) (8).   The initial  degrada-
tive enzymes are coded by the host chromo-
some (9).  The plasmids pAC27  and pWRl are
essentially identical  (10) whereas pJP4
also carries genes for mercury resistance
and additional  enzymes necessary for 2,4-D
degradation.   The  structural  genes for
pyrocatechase II,  cycloisomerase II,  and
hydrolase  II  have  recently been cloned
from both  pAC27 and pJP4 (8).   In  both
plasmids the genes are clustered:   pAC27
genes  are  localized to the 4.2 kilobase
pair (kb)  Bgl  II  E fragment;  pJP4  genes
are located  on  the 15 kb Eco  R1 B  fragment
(Fig.  2).   These gene clusters show
extensive  DMA homology with each other.
In addition,  potential regulatory  gene(s)
necessary  for efficient expression of the
3CBA pathway are  located near the  structur-
al gene clusters:   pAC27 Bgl  II C  fragment
and pJP4 Eco  R1  E  fragment (Fig.  2).

Genetics of  2,4-D  degrading bacteria

     A number of different 2,4-D degrading
bacterial  strains  have been isolated (7,
11,12).  The  genetically best character-
ized is Alcaligenes eutrophus strain JMP
134,  carrying the  plasmid pJP4.   In addi-
tion to carrying the  pyrocatechase II,
cycloisomerase  II,  and hydrolase II genes
(C,D,E; Fig.l)  which  allow chlorocatechol
metabolism,  the pJP4  plasmid  also  encodes
the two initial  pathway enzymes, 2,4-D
monooxygenase and  2,4-dichlorophenol  mono-
oxygenase  (X,Y;  Fig.l)  (9)  as  well  as 2-
chloromaleylacetate reductase (F;  Fig.1)
(13).   With the possible exception  of the
Fig. 2.  Physical maps  of the plasmid
pAC27 with Eco  R1 and Bgl  II  and pJP4. with
Eco R1.  Fragments  B1-B3  were generated by
Bam HI digestion of the pJP4  Eco R1  E frag-
ment.  Regions  of homology are indicated
by shaded areas. (After D.  Ghosal  et al.,
8).                         '
                                             128

-------
latter snzyme,  all 2,4-D catabolic enzymes
are coded by the 15 kb Eco R1 B gene clus-
ter of pJP4.    This fragment has been
cloned (8,9) and transfer of the recombi-
nant plasmid to a plastnid-free A. eutro-
phus JM134 derivative allowed growth on
2,4-D and 3CBA, provided selection pres-
sure was maintained (4,9).  There have
been recent attempts to further localize
genes within this-clus-ter;  Liu and
Chapman (13) recently localized the pyro-
catechase II (dichlorocatechol dioxygen-
ase) gene to a 4.9 kb Pst I restriction
fragment of pJP4.  They also reported that
the hydrolase  II  (chloro-diene lactone
hydrolase) gene and the chloromaleyl-
acetate reductase were both present on a
3.4 kb PstI fragment of pJP4.  The rela-
tionship of these fragments to the
established physical map  (8,14) of pJP4
remains to be  reported.

Degradation of 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxy-
acetic acid

      Pseudomonas  cepacia  AC1100,  original-
ly  isolated from  a  chemostat enrichment
system, has the ability to  completely de-
grade 2,4,5-trichlorophenoxyacetic  acid
(2,4,5-T) as it sole  source of carbon and
energy (15).   Although  2,4-D  and  2,4,5-T
are chemically analogous,  it is  not known
whether the biodegradative  pathway  of £.
cepacia AC1100 is similar to that found  in
2,4-D degrading  strains.    Rosenberg and
Alexander  (16) proposed a 2,4,5-T catabol-
ic  pathway  based  on gas chromatography-
mass  spectrometry .of accumulated metabol-
ites  from  a mixed population of soil
bacteria  .  Similar to 2,4-D degradation,
they proposed  that 3,5-dichlorocatechol
was the  ring-fission substrate.    A varie-
ty of metabolites including 3,5-dichloro-
 catechol  are  produced when ACT 100 cells
 are grown  on  2,4,5-T.   Mass spectral evi-
dence indicates that hydroxylation,  reduc-
 tive dechlorination of the aromatic ring,
 dehalogenation/ hydroxylation of the ring,
 and cleavage  of the acetate side chain are
 all possible  transformations (17,18).

 Genetics of the 2,4,5-T degrading strain

      Unlike its 3CBA and 2,4-D degrading
 counterparts,  little is known concerning
 the genetic organization of strain AC1100
 for 2,4,5-T biodegradation.  Determination
 of the role of plasmid genes encoding
 2,4,5-T biodegradative enzymes has been
 hampered by the  presence of several differ-
ent plasmids and their low yield from
AC1100.  Through electron microscopic
measurements it has'been determined that a
170 kb plasmid (pDG3) comprises about 85%
of the tot-al plasmid population.   A 40 kb
plasmid (pDG4) accounts for 10% of the
plasmid population while the remainder is
made up of a heterogeneous mixture of
plasmids ranging from 3 - 30 kb (18).

     In order to learn more about the gene-
tic organization of the 2,4,5-T  degrading
P. cepacia AC1100, we compared AC1100
chromosomal and plasmid DNAs to sequences
known to carry clusters of 3CBA and 2,4-D
catabolic genes through DNA-DNA hybridiza-
tion.  To establish whether AC1100 util-
ized a ring-fission dioxygenase such as
pyrocatechase II, we synthesized several
chlorocatechols and used them as sub-
strates for dioxygenase assays.  We also
used transposon mutagenesis to  introduce
genetic markers for mapping the 2,4,5-T
genes  and to generate mutants blocked  in
the catabolic pathway.  In the  course  of
these  and other studies we obtained evi-
dence  of genetic  rearrangements affecting
the expression of degradative genes.   We
also identified a DNA  sequence  from the
chromosome  of ACT 100 which  is repeated
more than 25 times  throughout the  chromo-
some and plasmids of this  strain.
 METHODS:
      Growth  of strain AC1100 (15),  isola-
 tion  of plasmid DNA (6),  restriction diges-
 tion,  gel  electrophoresis and Southern
 blotting of  DNA fragments to nitrocellu-
 lose  (19), and DNA electron microscopy (8)
 have  been  documented elsewhere.   When £.
 cepacia ACT 100 was grown  for plasmid DNA
 isolation, the 2,4,5-T medium was supple-
 mented with  2 g/1  glucose.  Isolation of
 individual DNA fragments  was done with
 NA45  DEAE paper (Schleicher and Schuell,
 Keene, NH)  using procedures recommended by
 the manufacturer.   DNA fragment sizes were
 determined by electrophoresis of standard
 DNA fragments (1 KB Ladder, BRL, Gaithers-
 burg,  MD).   Radiolabeling of DNA probes
 was accomplished using the nick-transla-
 tion  kit and protocols of BRL, and alpha-
 32P-nuc1eotides from Amersham, Arlington
 Heights, IL.  In vitro packaging of DNA
 cloned in the cosmid vector pHC79 and
 subsequent transfection into _E. coli AC80
 were performed using reagents and proto-
                                             129

-------
 cols of Amersham.  Transposon mutagenesis
 was performed in a tri-parental mating
 (20) using E. coli strains carrying
 ColEl::Tn5 fdonor) and pRK2013 (mobilizing
 functions) and 2,4,5-T-grown AC!100 cells
 (recipient).   Selection of kanamycin-
 resistant Tn5 mutants was done by plating
 mating mixtures on Pseudomonas Isolation
 Agar (Difco,, Detroit, MI) supplemented
 with 100 ug/ml kanamycin.  2,4,5-T~
 mutants were identified by failure to grow
 on 2,4,5-T agar plates containing 15 ug/ml
 kanamycin.  Preparation of cell  extracts
 and measurement of oxygen consumption in
 enzymatic analyses were performed essen-
 tially as described previously (21).
 Chlorocatechols were synthesized according
 to Knuutinen  (22).
 RESULTS:
 oxidized.

 Isolation of 2,4,5-T  mutants generated by
 transposon mutagenesis
AC1100 DNA homology to chlorocatechol
degradative genes
      To  establish  whether there was  signif-
 icant homology between the genes of  the
 2,4,5-T  degrading  AC1100 strain the  2,4-D
 plasmid  pJP4  originally isolated from A.
 eutrophus.  Eco R1  digested AC1100 chromo-
 some  and plasmid DNA  were probed with
 individual  radiolabeled pJP4  Eco R1  frag-
 ments.   There  was  strong homology between
 a fragment  (about  4 kb) from  the AC!100
 plasmid  digest and the 15 kb  EcoRI B  frag-
 ment  of  pJP4 which harbors the  structural
 genes  for both 3CBA and 2,4-D metabolism.
 A similar hybridization experiment with
 the chlorocatechol genes of the 3CBA
 plasmid  pAC27  (4.2 kb Bglll E fragment)
 recently failed to show any homology  to
 AC1100 plasmid or  chromosomal DNA under
 stringent conditions.
Testing chlorocatechol dioxygenase
activity in AC1100
     Despite similarities in chemical
structure between 2,4-D and 2,4,5-T, £.
cepacia AC1100 cannot grow on 2,4-D, un-
less these genes are deliberately intro-
duced into AC1100 (18). We have been
unable to demonstrate any ring-fission
dioxygenase activity on 3,5-dichloro-
catechol or 4-chlorocatechol in cell
extracts of 2,4,5-T grown £. cepacia
AC1100.  These compounds are substrates
for pyrocatechase II described earlier.
4, 5-Dichlorocatechol was also not
 Transposon insertion mutagenesis with Tn5
 was used to generate blocked mutants and
 introduce convenient genetic markers into
 the 2,4,5-T degrading £.  cepacia strain
 AC1100.   About 100 mutants deficient in
 2,4,5-T metabolism were obtained from 1700
 putative Tn5 insertion mutants,  expressing
 kanamycin resistance of Tn5.   A number of
 amino acid auxotrophs were also identi-
 fied.   Plasmids and chromosome from five
 Tn5 mutants (four 2,4,5-T~,  one 2,4,5-
 T+ leu~)  were digested with  Eco R1
 restriction endonuclease.   These DNA frag-
 ments were immobilized on  nitrocellulose
 and hybridized with radioactively labeled
 Tn5 DNA.   The probe hybridized only to the
 chromosomal DNAs in all  cases.   Thus the
 Tn5 insertion site for the 5  mutants test-
 ed is chromosomal.   The  2,4,5-T mutants
 varied in phenotype upon growth on  glucose
 and exposure to 2,4,5-T: different  amounts
 of 2,4,5-trichlorophenol accumulated,  vary-
 ing amounts of chloride were  released to
 the culture medium,  and  after 2-3 days of
 culturing the color ranged from colorless
 to a  very dark brown  color.   One mutant,
 PT88,  was selected  for  further genetic
 analysis  since it produced a  dark brown
 color  when  exposed  to 2,4,5-T.   PT88 was a
 putative  chlorocatechol dioxygenase mutant
 since  such  a  color  is often associated
 with chlorocatechol  formation.   The chlor-
 inated metabolite produced by this  mutant
 remains to  be adequately characterized.

 Identification of a chromosomal  repeated
 DNA sequence  specific to strain  AC1100

 The kanamycin  resistance marker  of  the
 PT88 Tn5  insertion was used to clone  chrom-
 osomal DNA  sequences  flanking the site  of
 insertion.  Total genomic  DNA was partial-
 ly  digested with  Sau3A restriction  endonuc-
 lease. The  large  (20  - 40  kb) fragments
 generated were  cloned into the vector
 pHC79, and  the  recombinant plasmids  intro-
 duced  into _E.  coli.   Kanamycin-resistant
 colonies were  used to identify clones  con-
 taining the Tn5 and the flanking chromo-
 somal DNA.  Using radiolabeled Tn5  DNA  as
 a probe,  two clones were identified which
 shared a common 6 kb  Sail restriction frag-
ment with the  original PT88 chromosome.'
This 6 kb DNA  fragment contained approx-
 imately half of'the Tn5 sequence including
                                            130  .

-------
the kanamycin resistance gene.  The 6 kb
Sail fragment was isolated from one of the
clones and used to probe native AC1100
chromosomal digests in an effort to local-
ize the putative 2,4,5-T structural gene.
As shown in Fig. 3A, the 6kb probe identi-
fied several homologous regions on both
the £. cepacia AC!100 chromosomal (lanes
1,4,7) and plasmid (lane 6) digests.  It
did not hybridize with P. cepacia 383
chromosomal DNA (lane 37 included as a
control.  The highly repeated sequence
present on the 6 kb Sail fragment has been
further localized to a 1.4 kb Sail, PvuII
restriction fragment.  When this fragment
was used as a radioactive probe against £„
cepacia AC1100, £. aeruginosa, £. putida,
and £. mendocina digested chromosomes,
only the AC1100 showed homology (Fig.SB).

Genetic rearrangements in pJP4 affecting
degradation
Transfer of the  intact  pJP4  plasmid  from
A. eutrophus  to £.  putida  and  prolonged
selection  on  3CBA  plates (4-5  weeks)  even-
tually  allowed the recipients  to  grow on
3CBA.   The restriction  profile of the
resident plasmid was  different from .native
pJP4  (18).  The  resulting  plasmid (repre-
sented  by  pYG2)  was further  characterized
by Southern hybridization  and  electron
microscopy of heteroduplex structures ob-
tained  by  DNA denaturation/fast renatura-
tion  (Fig.4).  These experiments demonstrat-
ed that pYG2  was derived from  pJP4 which
had undergone genetic rearrangements: dele-
tion  of about 15 kb,  inverted  duplication
of the  chlorocatechol structural  gene clus-
ter (Eco Rl B fragment and other frag-
ments), and gene fusion.   A. eutrophus
carrying pJP4 grows slowly on  3CBA and re-
striction  digestion profiles of plasmids
isolated from cells maintained on 3CBA
showed  a mixture of native pJP4 and  altei—
ed  (pY62)  plasmids.  Such  3CBA selected A.
eutrophus  strains  do not readily express
2,4-D phenotype.   Transformation of £.
putida  with  intact pJP4 and  selection with
2,4-D has  not been successful.  The trans-
formation  did occur using  the plasmid-free
£.  cepacia strain  383 as a recipient and
there were no apparent genetic alterations
of  pJP4 in such  2,4-D degrading strains.
 DISCUSSION
 Unlike 3CBA and 2,4-D degradative genes
which are located on plasmids,  the loca-
tion of the 2,4,5-T biodegradative genes
in £. cepacia AC!100 plasmids is still un-
known.  Jhe chromosomal location of sever-
al Tn5 insertion mutations which block
2,4,5-T metabolism suggests that chromo-
somal genes are essential for catabolism
of this substrate.  The role of plasmid
gene sequences  is suggested by the report-
ed homology between a 4 kb region of plas-
mid DNA (a mixture of at least two plas-
mids) and the cluster of 2,4-D catabolic
genes located on the 15 kb EcoRI B frag-
          23*5678      1234
 Fig.  3.  Hybridization
 of  various  chromosome       H
 and plasmid restriction
 fragments  probed  with
 radiolabeled DNA  fragments  containing a
 repeated sequence from £.  cepacia AC1100
 chromosome.   A._  Lanes  1-3:  AC1100,  PT88,
 and £.  cepacia 383 chromosomal  DNAs,
 respe~ctively,  digested with Eco Rl;  Lanes
 4-6:   AC1100 and  PT88  chromosomal DNAs,
 and AC1100 plasmid DNA,  respectively,
 digested with Pvu II;  Lanes 7-8:  AC1100
 and PT88 chromosomal  DNAs,  respectively,
 digested with Sal I.   The hybridization
 probe was  a 6 kb  Sal  I  fragment isolated
 from the Tn5-generated  2,4,5-T mutant
 PT88.  The 6 kb fragment contains part of
 Tn5 and flanking  chromosomal sequences at
 the site of Tn5 insertion,   B._  Lanes 1-4:
 £.  cepacia AC1100, £.  aeruginosa, £.
 putida, and £. mendocina chromosomal  DNAs,
 respectively, digested with Eco R1.   The
 hybridization probe was  a 1.4 kb Sal  'I-Pvu
 II  fragment from the 6 kb Sal I fragment ,
 described  above.
                                             131

-------
          . i,	:':;	i,":,-.	I	i'!!!!!	',•
             • • *	«<
  ment of pJP4 (17).   However,  the apparent
  lack of DMA homology to pAC27 sequences
  coding-for pyrocatechase II,  cycloisomer-
  ase  II,  and hydrolase II genes indicates
  that the homology between AC1100 plasmids
  and  pJP4 may be  due  to other  genes  in-
  volved  in the degradation of  chlorophenoxy-
  acetates.   Although  the putative chloro-
  catechol  dioxygenase genes  may be unstable
  in this  strain,  the  inability of Pseudo-
  monas cepacia AC1100 to utilize  2,4-D  or
  3CBA as  well  as  chlorocatechol  inter-
  mediates  of these pathways  suggests  that
  AC1100 may have  evolved a  significantly
  different  pathway for  2,4,5-T degradation.
  Further  mapping  of Tn5  mutants and addi-
  tional DMA hybridization  studies  are
  required to  localize the 2,4,5-T  struc-
  tural and  regulatory genes.
Fig. 4.   Electron  micrograph  and  corre-
sponding  drawing of an  altered pJP4
plasmid (pYG2  form) upon  denaturation  and
fast renaturation.   The presence  of a  25
kb inverted duplication of  pJP4 genes  is
Indicated by the double-stranded  DNA
"stem" with 1.3 kb  and  43 kb  single-strand-
ed loops on the ends.   Restriction  mapping
and Southern hybridization  analysis  reveal
that about 15  kb of pJP4 DNA  have been
deleted from pY62.   pYG2 forms  are  generat-
ed when either £. putida or A.  eutrophus
hosts carrying pJP4 are subjected to 3CBA
selection pressure.  W74 single stranded
and double stranded  DNA standards are indi-
cated.   (From Ghosal et al.,  18).
      Gene rearrangements play an important
 role in the ability of microorganisms to
 develop new catabolic pathways (23).  This
 is illustrated by the amplification, dele-
 tion, and fusion which occur when pJP4-
 harboring strains are exposed to strong
 3CBA selection pressure.   In this case the
 genetic' alterations retard the ability of
 A.  eutrophus JMP134 to degrade 2,4-D,
 normally a readily metabolized substrate
 in this strain (8,17).   Through such rear-
 rangements the cell is able to express pre-
 viously existing biodegradative genes  with
 broad substrate specificity for catabolic
 (3CBA)  functions which are normally
 silent.   It is interesting that biodegrada-
 tive  gene  sequences from  two different
 catabolic  plasmids (pAC27 and pJP4)  are
 amplified  7-10 times (8)  when cloned in
 isolation  from the normal  regulatory genes
 and subjected  to strong selection  pres-
 sure.   Apparently such an  increase  in  gene
 dosage  is  required to  produce sufficient
 quantities  of  3CBA degradative  enzymes in
 the absence  of genetic regulatory  systems
 that  allow  efficient enzyme  formation.


      Repeated  sequences in tandem or
 inverted orientation are often associated
with  gene amplification and  deletion (24,
25).  These  sequences may be  partially or
completely homologous.  When  the plasmid
pJP4  is denatured and rapidly reannealed
and examined by electron microscopy,
Ghosal et al.  (17,18) observed many small
stem-loop structures (indicating inverted
repeats) up to 1.8 kb in length.  Several
such structures were present  in EcoRl frag-
                                            132

-------
merits B and E, which contain the structur-
al and putative regulatory gene(s) for
chlorocatechol metabolism.
     A highly repeated DNA sequence pres-
ent in both the plasmid and the chromosome
of £. cepacia AC1100 has been  identified.
The repeated element was isolated by  its
close proximity to a chromosomal Tn5  inser-
tion affecting 2,4,,5-T biodegradation.
It is likely that this element is associat-
ed with a 2,4,5-T biodegradative or regula-
tory gene. It is tempting to consider that
this or a similar repeated sequence led to
the recruitment and rearrangement of
various biodegradative genes into an  effic-
iently regulated 2,4,5-T catabolic system.
Further efforts are currently  underway to
establish whether the repeated sequence
present in a 1.4 kb segment will enhance
genetic recombination given the multiple
chromosomal and plasmid sites  showing
strong homology to the repeat.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors express their thanks  to  Drs.
I.S. You, D. Ghosal,  and O.K.  Chatterjee
for their invaluable  contributions to
these studies.  We  also thank  Drs. V;
Deretic  and J. Gill for helpful  sugges-
tions.   This work was  supported  in part by
Cooperative Agreement, CR809666,  U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency,  Office of
Research and Development, Hazardous  Waste
Engineering Research  Laboratory,  P.  R.
Sferra,  Project Officer.  P.H.T.  acknowl-
edges the support of  a National  Research
Service  Award (PHS  ES  5264-02) from  the .
National Institute  of Environmental  Health
Sciences.
LITERATURE  CITED
  1. Dagley,  S.,  1975.   A  biochemical  .•
    approach to  some  problems  of environ-
    mental  pollution.   Essays  in Biochemis-
    try  11:  81-138.

  2. Atlas,  R.M.  and R.  Bartha,  1981.
    Microorganisms and  some  novel
    pollution problems.   Microbial
    Ecology;  Fundamentals and  Applica-
    tions.   Addison Wesley,  Reading,  MA.,
 3.  Chapman, P.J., 1976.  Microbial
    degradation of halogenated compounds.
    Biochemical .Society Transactions 4:
    463-4&6.

 4.  Timmis,  K.N.,  P.R. Lehrbach,  S.
    Harayama,  R.H. Don, N. Mermod,  S. Bas,
    R.  Leppik,  A.J.  Weightman, W. Reineke,
    H.-J.  Knackmuss,  1985.  Analysis and
    manipulations  of plasmid-encoded path-
    ways for the catabolism of aromatic
    compounds by soil bacteria.  Plasmids
    in  Bacteria.  D.R. Helinski,  S.N.
    Cohen,  D.B. Clewell, D.A.  Jackson,  and
    A.  Hollaender (eds).  Plenum Press,
    New York,  pp719-739.

 5.  Dorn,  E.,  M. Hellwig,  W. Reineke, and
    H.-J.  Knackmuss,  1974.  Isolation and
    characterization of a 3-chlorobenzoate
    degrading pseudomonad.  Archives of
    Microbiology 99:  61-70.

 6.  Chatterjee, O.K., S.T. Kellog,  S.
    Hamada,  and A.M.  Chakrabarty, 1981.
    Plasmid specifying total degradation
    of  3-chlorobenzoate by a modified
    ortho pathway.  Journal of Bacteriol-
    ogy 146: 639-646.

 7.  Don, R.H.,  and J.M. Pemberton,  1981.
    Properties of six pesticide degrada-
    tion plasmids  isolated from Alcali-
    genes paradoxus and Alcaligenes
    eutrophus.   Journal of_ Bacteriology
    145: 681-686.

 8.  Ghosal,  D., I.S.  You,  O.K. Chatterjee,
    and A.M. Chakrabarty,  1985.  Genes
    specifying degradation of 3-chloro-
    benzoic acid in plasmids pAC27 and
    pJP4;   Proceedings £f the National
    Academy of Sciences 82; 1638-1642.

 9.  Don, R.H.,  A.J.  Weightman, H.-J.
    Knackmuss,  and K.N. Timmis, 1985.
    Transposon mutagenesis and cloning
    analysis of the pathways for degrada-
    tion of 2,4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid
    and 3-chlorobenzoate in Alcaligenes
    eutrophus JMP134 (pJP4).  Journal of
    Bacteriology 161: 85-90.

10.  Chatterjee, O.K.  and A.M.  Chakrabarty,
    1983.   Genetic homology between inde-
    pendently isolated chlorobenzoate-de-
    gradative plasmids. Journal of Bacteri-
    ology 153:  532-534.

11.  Bollag,  J.-M., G.G. Briggs, J.E.
                                           133

-------
     Dawson,  and M.  Alexander,  1968.   2,4-D
     metabolism:  enzymatic degradation of
     chlorocatechols.   Journal  of
     Agricultural  and  Food Chemistry  16:
     829-833.

 12.  Evans, W.C.,  B.S.W.  Smith,  N.H.
     Fernley  and J.I.  Davles,  1971.
     Bacterial  metabolism of 2,4-dichloro-
     phenoxyacetate.   Biochemical  Journal
     122:  543-551.

 13.  Liu,  T., and  P.J.  Chapman,  1985.
     Cloning  and expression of  2,4-dichloro-
     phenoxyacetate-degradative genes  in
     Eschericia coli and  Alcaligenes
     eutrophus.  Abstracts of the  Annual
     Neeting-T985.  American Society for
     Microbiology, Washington,  D.C., #
     H-154.
14.
15.
    Don, R.H. and J.M.  Pemberton,  1985.
    Genetic and physical map  of the
    2, 4-dichlorophenoxyacetic acid-degra-
    dative plasmid pJP4.   Journal  of
    Bacteriology 161: 466-468.

    Kilbane, J.J., O.K. Chatterjee,  J.S.
    Karns, S.T. Kellog, and A.M. Chakra-
    barty, 1982.  Biodegradation of  2,4,5
    trichlorophenoxyacetic acid by a pure
    culture of Pseudomonas cepacia.   Ap-
     lied and Environmental Microbiology
16. Rosenberg, A., and M. Alexander,
    1980.  Microbial metabolism of
    2,4, 5-trichlorophenoxyacetic acid  in
    soil, soil suspensions, and axenic
    culture.  Journal of Agricultural  and
    Food Chemistry 28: 297-302.

17. Ghosal, D., I.S. You, O.K. Chatterjee,
    and A.M. Chakrabarty, 1985.  Microbial
    degradation of halogenated compounds.
    Science 228: 135-142

18. Ghosal, D., I.S. You, O.K. Chatterjee,
    and A.M. Chakrabarty, 1985.  Plasmids
    In Bacteria, D. Helinski, S.N. Cohen,
    D. Clewell, D. Jackson, and A.
    Hollaender (eds).  Plenum Press, New
    York, pp667-686.

19. Darzins, A., and A.M. Chakrabarty,
    1984.  Cloning of genes controlling
    alginate  biosynthesis from a mucoid
    cystic fibrosis isolated of Pseudo-
    monas aeruginosa.  Journal of_
    Bacteriology 159: 9-18.
 20.  Ruvkun,  G.B.,  and F.M.  Ausubel,  1981.
     A  general  method  for site-directed
     mutagenesis  in prokaryotes.   Nature
     (London)  289:  85-88.

 21.  Crawford,  R.L., P.E.  Olson,  and  T.D.
     Frick,  1979.   Catabolism  of
     5-chlorosalicylate  by a Bacillus
     isolated  from  the Mississippi  River.
     Applied and  Environmental  Microbiology
     38:   379-384':

 22.  Knuutinen, J.,  1984.  Synthsis,
     Structure  Verification  and Gas
     Chromatographlc Determination  of
     Chlorinated  Catechols and  Guaiacols
     Occuring  in  Spent Bleach  Liquours  of
     Kraft Pulp Mills.Ph.D.  Thesis,
     University of  Jyvaskyla,  Jyvaskyla,
     Finland, pp9-12.

 23.  Chatterjee,  O.K.,  and A.M. Chakra-
  ,   barty, 1982.   Genetic Rearrangements
     in plasmids  specifying  total degrada-
     tion of chlorinated benzole  acids.
    Molecular and  General Genetics 188:
    279-285.

24. Albertini, A.M.,  M. Hofer, M.P.  Galas,
    and J.H. Miller,  1982.  On  the forma-
    tion of spontaneous deletions:   the
     importance of  short sequence homolo-
    gies in the generation  of  large  dele-
    tions.  Cell 29:  319-328.

25. Anderson,  R.P., and Roth,   J.R.,  1977.
    Tandem genetic duplications  in phage
    and bacteria.  Annual Reviews of
    Microbiology
                                            134

-------
             TECHNIQUES FOR MICROSCOPIC STUDIES OF SOLIDIFICATION TECHNOLOGIES

                     H. C.  Eaton, M. E. Tittlebaum and F. K. Cartledge
                        Colleges of Engineering and Basic Sciences
                                Louisiana State University
                                  Baton Rouge, LA  70803


                                         ABSTRACT

     The mechanism(s) whereby organic hazardous wastes interact with cement matrices is
important for characterizing existing and future solidification technologies.  Because in
the complex chemistry of cement setting reactions there are many microscopic phases
formed, it is necessary to use microscopy and microanalytical tools in studies-of these
systems.  Several methods, currently in use by the authors, are discussed.  They include
scanning electron microscopy, transmission electron microscopy, selected area diffrac-
tion, energy dispersive x-ray analysis and electron probe microanalysis.  Specimen pre-
paration techniques are discussed.  Results from the application of the techniques to
studies of cements containing ethylene glycol and para-bromophenol are given.
INTRODUCTION

     Although landfill ing'is not the
method of choice for the disposal of some
hazardous chemical wastes, it remains an
important technology today.  Moreover, it
is expected to retain its place in the
overall waste management scheme of the
future.  This is true for a number of
reasons.  First, there are, and will be,
equally hazardous residues from environ-
mentally and socially more acceptable
processes, such as incineration.  These
residues cannot be ignored.  Secondly,
there are a number of hazardous wastes
which are not amenable to such disposal
techniques as incineration, physical/
chemical or biological treatment.  The
disposal of these wastes may still require
land disposal techniques.  Thirdly, land
treatment and disposal will remain an
important HW management technique with
regard to abandoned sites where economics
prohibit other alternatives.

     For these reasons, it is important to
increase the scientific base of informa-
tion about the nature of the solidified/
stabilized complexes that are currently
being produced.  It must be understood,
for example, precisely how the waste is
contained in the solidified product.

     It has not been the accepted practice
for the waste disposal vendors to provide
information about the mechanism(s) whereby
their product entraps the waste.  Instead,
they are required to show that there is an
acceptably low level of leaching of the
waste from the landfill site.  Although
this provides a practical database for
"prediction by extrapolation" of the long-
term stability of the site, it does not
provide a sound scientific basis for this
kind of prediction.  The real need is for
a complete elucidation of the mechanisms
of chemical waste entrapment and a des-
cription of the kinetic processes which
govern the leaching behavior.

PURPOSE

     The present communication describes
the approach used in the authors' labora-
tory where there is an attempt to answer
these basic and important questions about
a variety of solidified waste systems.  To
date, the primary focus has been on
systems which utilize Type I Portland
cement as the matrix.  This commonly used
base material has been widely assumed to
provide a product with good longterm
                                            135

-------
 stability.   It is  important to recognize,
 however,  that the  chemical  processes
 involved  in  the setting of  hydrated Port-
 land cement  are many and complex.   There
 is  a multiplicity  of mineral  phases formed
 and the formation  of this composite of
 minerals  can be further complicated by the
 presence  of  organic and inorganic
 additions.

 APPROACH

      In the  sections  which  follow,  several
 microscopic  and microanalytical techniques
 are described.   Each  of these are
 currently being used  to determine the  way
 in  which  two different  model  wastes are
 entrapped.   The specific model wastes  were
 chosen because  (!)  they are chemically
 different, (2)  one  of them  is  on the list
 of  hazardous materials,  and (3) one of
 them is amenable to analysis  by one of the
 important microanalytical tools to  be
 described in the text.   Organic chemicals
 were chosen  because they represent  a
 special problem to the  solidification
 Industry  relating to  the well  documented
 "interference"  with the  hydration
 processes occurring in  the  setting  of
 Portland  cement.  The two organics  were
 ethylene  glycol  (EG)  and  para-bromophenol
 (PBP).

 RESULTS

Material   Preparation

     As discussed, the objective of the
study is  to  identify the  kinds of bonding
 present in  stabilized  organics.  An addi-
 tional  goal  is  to  quantify the bonding
 potential of stabilizing  agents  towards
 organics  using  extraction procedures.
 Type  I  Portland cement was solidified with
 pure  EG,  a  water soluble  organic, and
 water.  Samples were prepared by weighing
 EG  into a 20 mL borosilicate glass, screw
 cap scintillatcr vial.  Portland cement
 and water were  added and  the mixture was
 stirred to  homogeniety with a glass
 stirring  rod.   Samples were prepared by
 mixing  0.4,  1 or 2 gm  of  EG with 10 gm of
 cement  and  4 mL of water.  They  were
 allowed to  cure for variable lengths of
 time.   Extractions were carried  out with
 solvents of  varying polarity.  They
 included dichloromethane  (DCM) with a
 polarity index  of 3.1, dimethyl  sulfoxide
 (DMSO)  with  a polarity index of  7.2, and
 water with a  polarity  index of 10.2.
 After the appropriate curing time had
 elapsed, the  sample vials were broken and
 the contents were ground to pass a 100
 mesh sieve.  The powder was transferred to
 a 125 mL Erlenmeyer flask, mixed with 120
 mL of solvent and shaken for 0.5 hour.
 The mixture was filtered under suction  and
 analyzed by gas chromotography using an HP
 5790A Gas Chromatograph coupled  to an HP
 3390A Integrator.  The results of a one
month old EG sample is shown in Table 1.

     A  similar method was used to prepare
 samples containing PBP and to extract
using the same solvents.

     The extractions  provide information
about the percent recovery of EG as  a
                       Table 1.  THE CONCENTRATION DEPENDENCE IN THE
                               EXTRACTION OF ETHYLENE GLYCOL
       Grams of EG per 10.0
       Grams of Cement
     Percent Recovery in
     a Single Extraction
               0.4
               1.0
               2.0
                                           DCM
         DMSO
(pH=9.9)
3.4
6.8
7.1
11.0
15.3
43.4
78.9
83.3
83.4
                                           136

-------
function of solvent polarity, hydrogen
bonding ability, concentration of organic
in the  curing cement and the characteri-
zation of the entrapment mechanics once
the particular phases are identified.  In
addition, the data provides a macroscopic
clue to the concentrations where important
chemical processes may be occurring.  This
is a valuable aid to selecting a time of
cure.  The data is very important in

the selection of specimens which should be
examined by the microscopic and micro-
analytical methods.

Scanning Electron Microscopy

     The scanning electron microscope has
become one of the most valuable micro-
scopic tools for the characterization of
engineering materials.  It reveals the
microscopic details of the specimen
surface with magnifications easily up to
several tens of thousands of diameters.
In addition, the large depth of field
allows an image of the surface which
displays the large excursions that are
often possible in fractured surfaces.  The
electron beam that is rastered over the
specimen surface is usually produced by
thermionic emission of electrons from a
heated tungsten filament..  These electrons
are focused and then rastered by electro-
magnetic lenses that are central to the
image formation system.  When these
primary electrons strike the specimen,
secondary electrons are emitted and then
detected by a scintillator within the
vacuum chamber.  The light from the
scintillator is detected by a photomulti-
plier tube mounted on the air side of the
chamber but in communication with the
scintillator by means of a light tube.
These signals are used to modulate the
raster of a cathode ray tube monitor.
Since the raster of the monitor is
synchronized with the raster of the
primary electron beam, the image displayed
on the monitor contains information about
the microscopic point-to-point differences
in the secondary electron emission from
the specimen surface.  These differences
are a function of the topography largely
and to a minor extent on other things,
e.g. atomic number.  Therefore, the image
reveals the desired information about the
microscopic variations in the surface
topography.
Fracture Surfaces

     Samples of the solidified waste
systems were fractured at liquid nitrogen
temperatures in order to reveal the nature
of the interior.  Liquid nitrogen tempera-
tures were chosen because of the plastic
deformation and tearing that has been
observed to occur in these materials at
room temperature (2).

     A small cube of material, approxi-
mately 1-3 mm on edge, was selected and
then mounted on an aluminum specimen
holder with double-sided conducting tape.
The entire assembly was then coated with
AuPd in a sputter coater or with carbon in
a vacuum evaporator.  The specimen was
then examined in an ISI 60-A Scanning
Electron Microscope operated at no more
than 15 keV.  These low operating voltages
were preferred in order to avoid extensive
surface penetration.  Previous studies of
cement structure (1) have failed to
realize the importance of this parameter,
however.  Figures 1 and 2 illustrate well
that at the lower voltages more surface
detail is revealed.

     An important observation of the
authors' studies is that the structure of
the cement/waste system remains similar to
that of the pure cement (2).  This dis-
covery greatly aids our investigation
since there is a large amount of litera-
ture about the structure of hydrated
Portland cement.  It should be noted,
however, that micrographs should be
interpreted with extreme caution because
of the widespread controversy over the
structure of the pure cement itself.

Polished Surfaces

     The examination of polished surfaces
allows yet another type of information
about the nature of the microstructure to
be obtained.  Studies of polished surfaces
allow the potential use of energy disper-
sive x-ray analysis for the determination
of the microchemistry of the waste con-
taining solids.  In addition, the polished
surfaces appeared to provide views of the
material that are much easier to interpret
than the fractured surfaces.

     Each specimen was impregnated with a
low viscosity, hard grade acrylic resin in
order to increase the mechanical integrity
and stability of the sample prior to
                                           137

-------
grinding and polishing.  Polymerization of
the resin was carried out in vacuo.  When
polishing and grinding was not preceeded by
acrylic impregnation, a grossly distorted
specimen surface resulted, therefore it
was concluded that there is some degree of
acrylic penetration into the specimen pore
spaces.  Grinding was performed with sand-
paper using grit sizes 250, 340, 400, and
600, followed by polishing on a rotating
wheel which was impregnated with 6 micron
diamond paste.  This was followed by a 0.5
micron diamond wheel, and finally on a
wheel containing 0.05 micron alumina.  In
all of the grinding and polishing opera-
tions isopropanol was used, rather than
water, in order to cool and lubricate
without the removal of microphases.
Previously, methanol and dichloromethane
were used but with less desirable results.
A carbon coating was applied to the
polished surfaces and they were then
examined in the SEM and some analyzed by
EDX.  Figure 3 is an example of a
micrograph of a polished specimen surface.
Our preliminary analyses suggest that the
matrix phase consists of CSH (calcium
silicate hydrate) gel phase and that the
large inclusions (indicated by the arrow)
are calcium aluminosilicates.

Electron Microprobe Microanalysis

     The cement samples were analyzed
using an ARL-EMX electron probe micro-
analyzer (EPMA).  The probe is equipped
with three wavelength dispersive spectro-
meters and a Tracer-Northern Energy
Dispersive Spectrometer system.  It is
partially automated and simultaneous
analysis of several major and trace
elements is possible.  The electron gun is
operated at 15 keV at 150 microamperes
curgent.  The vacuum is maintained in the
10~  torr range.  Detection-and measure-
ment of x-rays follows Bragg's law.  The
sample surface is highly polished and
carbon coated to make it conductive.  The
take-off angle of the x-rays is 52.5°,
where take-off angle is defined as the
angle that the detector crystal makes with
the horizontal surface of the specimen.
Different crystals having different
d-spacings allow the analysis of elements
ranging from C to U and most elements can
be analyzed with concentrations in the
parts per million (ppm) level.

     The EPMA method is a comparative
method, like many other spectroscopies,
therefore its accuracy is only as good as
the purity of the standards used.  The
ratio of the x-ray.intensity generated for
any element in the unknown sample compared
to the intensity of the element in the
known is called the k-ratio and, to a
first approximation, is equivalent to the
concentration of the element in the
unknown.  It is not exactly equal to the
concentration because the x-ray intensity
is modified by its interaction with the
atoms in the sample.  The theory of micro-
probe analysis is quite well developed now
and basically two methods of correction of
data are used to obtain accurate concen-
tration information.  One is an empirical
method and the other theoretical.  The
theoretical procedure requires the calcu-
lation of concentration from first princi-
ples and is known as the ZAP method ("Z"
is from atomic number, "A" from adsorp-
tion, and "F" from fluorescence).

     The specimen current, the current
which flows during analysis when the
specimen is earthed, for the analyses was
set to 10 nA for Bentonite.  All analyses,
including standardization, were carried
out under identical  conditions.  Seven
elements were analyzed using mixed
standards, e.g. Si02 for Si.  Oxygen was
calculated by difference assuming that the
components should sum to 100%.  Figure 4
is an example of the form of the data
obtained from EDX and Table II illustrates
the quantitative information that can be
obtained using EPMA.

     Energy dispersive x-ray analysis can
also be performed in the SEM.  The advan-
tage of this type analysis is the ability
to image very small  objects prior to their
analysis by EDX.  The EPMA, on the other
hand, is not a high spatial resolution
instrument (an optical microscope is used
to locate the region on the specimen
surface which is to be analyzed).  There-
fore, there are times when very small
phases cannot be chemically analyzed in
the EPMA but can be analyzed in the SEM.

Transmission Electron Microscopy

     The transmission electron microscope
(TEM) has been an effective tool in. the
study of the microstructure of ceramic and
composite materials.  The main advantage,of
the TEM is the high spatial- resolution, that
is possible in modern instruments ( *> 0.5
nm).  In addition, the selected area
                                           138

-------
                             Table 2.  Cement Analysis by EPMA

Element
Si
Ca
Al
Fe
K
Mg
S
0
Standard
Quartz
(Si02)
Diopside
(CaMgSi206)
Corundum
(A1203)
Fayalite
((Fe,Mg)2Si04)
Microcline
((K.Na)AlSi, OJ

-------
 SUMMARY

      Several  techniques  have been
 described.  These advanced techniques can
 be  used  to characterize  the microcrystal-
 line  and amorphous phases that are formed
 during the processes attendant to the
 solidification/stabilization of organic
 hazardous wastes.  The methods can be used
 for a host of other environmental studies
 where it is important to understand the
 mechanisms whereby complex materials
 systems  are formed, e.g. in the formation
 of  incineration residues.

      The application of these methods to
 the solidification of organic wastes has
 indicated that the waste is not contained
 in  the solidified mass in a homogeneous
 way,  even when the constituents are mixed
 thoroughly during the preparation process.
 The inhomogenities consist of microscopi-
 cally concentrated regions of waste.
 Since cements, and other setting
materials, undergo complex chemical
 changes  over  rather long periods of time
 (sometimes months) it will be important to
 determine the time dependent transport
 paths of the wastes as the system ages.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The authors would like to acknowledge
 support  for this work from the United
States Environmental  Protection Agency
through  the Hazardous Waste Research
Center at Louisiana State University,
Environment Canada and Ontario Environ-
ment.  In addition, many individuals have
contributed to the work and our under-
standing of cement and waste solidifica-
tion.  They include M.  B. Walsh, D.
Chalasani, D.  Skipper,  A. C.  Chou, A. Roy,
P. Malone, T.  Bridle and C.  Wiles.

REFERENCES

1.  Diamond, S., 1972.   Indentification of
    Hydrated Cement Constituents Using a
    Scanning Electron Microscopy Energy
    Dispersive X-Ray Spectroscopy, Cement
    and Concrete Research 2,  pp617-632.

2.  Eaton, H.  C., M.  B.  Walsh,  M.  E.
    Tittlebaum, F.  K. Cart!edge and D.
    Chalasani, 1985.   Microscopic  Char-
    acterization of the Solidification/
    Stabilization of Organic  Hazardous
    Wastes, Energy-Sources and  Technology
    Conference and Exhibition,  American
     Society of Mechanical  Engineers,
     Dallas, Texas,  (ASME  Paper  No.  85-
     Pet-4).

 3.   Thomas, G., 1962.   Transmission
     Electron Microscopy of Metals.  John
     Wiley and Sons,  Inc.,  New York,
     pp!38-139.
  Figure 1.  A scanning electron micrograph
   of a pure cement sample aged for six
    months.  The electron accelerating
            voltage was 15 keV.
 Figure 2.  A scanning electron micrograph
   of the same specimen and region shown
  in Figure 1.  The accelerating voltage
was 5 keV and less penetration is evident.
                                           140

-------


                                                },,iV-%
                                               •,4fe
           «.f£3Ks?
                                                            <4^*
                                                        &%&»'*.>•;*
                      g ^73^3%5,*§^;|JS




«>—-                                  "^ '
^/^' -,v>»4^^«^-rf3^%K«l«^sa&ja=^,--«i'--v,..^a~ ,-i-T
                                      a»Jg^?*^v..>....?.gKfe.	a?
             -    '"*'*•""-»• i3»,i'!Sftrfit^«^ C ,J JKQ5ry>gfj#s ^&j&&»f;&gfyfaim^ •* 4»^" "* * * * i'viiiS*-"^- ,*'™3-«*' *w "^vis^S *JB



                                                                 5
            Figure  3.   A scanning electron micrograph  of a
                  six  month old,  pure cement  sample.
to
     IOK
   5000
o
         O.O    1.0   2.0  3.O   4.O  5.0   6.O   7.0   8.O  9.O   IO.O
                                  ENERGY(keV)
     Figure  4.   An EDX  spectrum from  an ethylene  glycol specimen.
                                     141

-------
    Specimen
Plastic  Film
/Hiastic  Him          .Carbon Film
   'Metal Shadow
Replica
         Figure 5.  A schematic  representation of the procedure
                      used to produce TEM replicas.
                                                         (b)
Figure 6.   (a) A  transmission electron micrograph of a  replica containing
  material  removed from a polished surface of a cement  containing PBP.
   (b) The  diffraction pattern produced by the material  shown in (a).
                                  142

-------
                              USEPA COMBUSTION RESEARCH FACILITY
                                 PERMIT COMPLIANCE TEST BURN
                                      Richard A. Carnes
                               USEPA CombustlonResearch Facility
                                  Jefferson, Arkansas  72079
INTRODUCTION

    In August of 1982, when the USEPA
officially accepted title to the
Combustion Research Facility (CRF) 1t
was unclear as to the exact permit
structure that would be required.  At
that time 1t was proposed that the
existing air permit, Issued by the State
of Arkansas Pollution Control
Commission, would be sufficient for
research purposes.  The concept being
that the CRF was not a commercial
operation, 1t was not a 24 hour a day
operation, 1t would conduct experiments
on controlled volumes of waste material.
USEPA Region VI officials  finally
decided that 1n order to conduct
research on Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) Appendix VIII listed
material the CRF would have to have a
complete Part B Incinerator permit.  The
final decision was made 1n early 1983
and  set 1n motion the preparation of the
necessary documents for a  State
Hazardous Waste Permit as  authorized by
the  USEPA under RCRA regulations.
    The completed application was
officially  received by the Arkansas
Department  of Pollution Control and
Ecology on  August 8, 1983, and set 1n
motion the  following prescribed schedule
for processing 1t:
         TASK
Completeness Determination
Technical Review
Preparation of Draft Permit
Public Notice Issuance
Public Hearing
End of Public Comment Period
Final Permit Prepared
Final Permit Presented to
 Commission
DATE
9-8-83
2-7-84
2-7-84
2-14-84
3-29-84
4-11-84
5-11-84

5-25-84
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
    Following several short
the final Dart B permit was officially
issued on. July 27, 1984, by the
State of Arkansas Commission on
Pollution Control and Ecology.  A
specified requirement of the permit 1s
that a compliance test burn, using
prescribed chemicals, be conducted to
determine system efficiency.
COMPLIANCE TEST BURN PROTOCOL
    A major element of the Combustion
Research Facility (CRF) Incineration
system Is the newly Installed carbon
bed/HEPA filter system.  The carbon
(some 4500 Ibs) 1s reclaimed charcoal
and so must be described as "dirty"
from the point of view of the sampling
and analytical procedures to be
employed In the compliance tests.  In
addition, the Installation now
Includes a considerable run of new
fiber reinforced plastic pipe (FRP)
that 1s also expected to be a copious
source of background organlcs (for
example, the methyl ethyl ketone used
                                            143

-------
 as a solvent 1n cementing sections  of
 the FRP).   These reasons  make the
 cleanup or removal  of  these background
 materials  a first requirement of  the
 compliance test.
     The  synthetic  "waste"  that was
 used to  challenge  the  Incinerator  1s  a
 mixture  of  carbon  tetrachlorlde,
 monochlorobenzene,  trlchloroethylene
 and  toluene.   This  mixture,
 characterized  as EPA Soup  One, has
 been the subject of a  rather  extensive
 series of Incineration tests  at the
 CRF  during  the period
 1  February, 1984 through 15 June,
 1984.  These tests  were conducted
 using very  small feed  rates and a
 conservative research approach so that
 no discharge to the environment
 occurred.   To  that  end the experiments
 with "Soup  1"  were  a success, but as
 we shall  see the compliance test burn
 used much larger feed  rates and was
 designed to study breakthrough of the
 existing scrubber but not  the
 redundant device.
    The compounds that make up the
Soup are all low-bo1Hng point
materials which are therefore suitable
candidates for the use of the volatile
organic sampling train (VOST) and for
subsequent analysis by
thermal-desportlon/purge and trap
analysis.  The procedures are 1n place
and the QA/QC Program at the CRF has
been reviewed and accepted by
Independent audit groups.
Test Materials

    The composition of Soup One
chemicals are tabulated 1n Table 1.
                         Sampling  and Analysis
                             The  sampling  procedures, using VOST
                         techniques, are essentially those used
                         by  others  In the  field.  Analyses of the
                         exposed  Tenax Cartridges was  carried
                         out using  established purge and trap
                         techniques.  Each cartridge was  spiked
                         prior to sampling; failure to recover
                         the spike  at better than 70% resulted 1n
                         rejection  of the  sample.  The analyses
                         was conducted under the QA/QC procedures
                         established for the CRF.
                            Sampling of the blowdown water and
                        discharge consideration was conducted
                        for POHC analysis.
                            Partlculate emission, using the full
                        EPA method five train with 1sok1net1c
                        sampling was conducted during experiment
                        #2 (Table 2).
                            A sheet outlining a summary of the
                        compliance test burn follows and shows
                        plctorlally the sampling points and the
                        parameters that were analyzed.
                        Source of POHC
                            The chemicals for the feed stock
                        were obtained from the Aldrlch Chemical
                        Company from the same batches that were
                        used 1n the work previously conducted at
                        the CRF.  These compounds have been
                        shown to be void of Impurities that
                        Interfere with quantltatlon of the
                        primary compounds.
                                TABLE 1.  SOUP COMPOSITION
COMPOUND
                     FEED RATE
                     (kq/hr)
                       FEED RATE
                       (gm/hr)
                         CHLORINE FEED
                            (qm/hr)
CC14
C2HC13
C7H8
TOTALS
 3.84
 3.49
 1.05
 1.69
10.07
 64.0
 58.2
 17.5
 28.2
167.8
                                                                             3.54X103
                                                                             2.83x1O3

                                                                             5.33x162
                                                                             6.90xl03
                                           144

-------
Feed Stocks
    Since the purpose of the trial burn
was to determine that the carbon bed can
Insure compliance even when the
Incinerator might Itself be seriously
out of compliance, 1t was proposed that
the test burn be limited to a test at a
high feed rate and at minimal
temperature.  Hence, the feed stock will
be made up as follows: to one liter of
C7H8 will be added 1.56 1 of
C6H5CL plus 2.75 1 of CC14 plus
2.95 1 of C2HC13.  The resulting
solutions should have a heating value of
14.7 KBtu/1, a density of 1.37 kg/1 and
contain approximately 71% of chlorine.
This solution was feed at the rate of 10
kg/hr resulting 1n a heat release of 107
KBtu/hr.
conducted as Indicated 1n the Protocol
with several operational changes.  The
preburn, background, and the post burn
samples were taken at the same
temperatures as for the actual Soup
challenge.  In place of the proposed
three sets of VOST samples, a total of
six sets  , one 1n the prefeed Interval,
were taken for the Input/output of the
carbon bed filter during the trial
burn.
    One additional change was made 1n
the Protocol: namely, the THC
measurements were not made.  The fact
that the combustion gases were saturated
(relative humidity of 100%) at the
required sampling sites  required
excessive pre-conditioning.  This has
not yet been successfully accomplished.
Test Schedule
    The experimental schedule  1s
outlined  1n Table 2.
    The  results  of  this test  series
 showed that  the  CRF rotary  kiln
 Incinerator  meets or exceeds  the  permit
 requirements on  all counts:
                              TABLE 2.  TRIAL BURN SEQUENCE
Experiment

1
2
3
Feed Stock

Blank
Soup
Blank
Feed Rate
(kg/hr)
0
10.07
0
TK
(°F)
995
1150
995
TA
(°F)
1400
1400
1400
Sampling Point*

2+3
2+3
2+3
Note

(a)
(b)

     Notes  from Table 2  are designed  to  give  considerably  more  Information  as
 follows:

     Note  (a):   sample background  run to establish  baseline.

     Note  (b):   feed to  begin one  (1) hour after temperature  steady state 1s
                  established.  One (1)  hour  after  feed start,  VOST samples
                  at 2 and 3.  This will be repeated for a total  of six (6)
                  complete samples.  After samples  taken - shutdown.
 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
     During the week of 7 January, 1985
 the test burn required by RCRA was
 conducted at the USEPA Combustion
 Research Facility.  The tests were
         the ORE exceeded 99.99% for all
         POHC' s
         the HC1 removal resulted 1n
         emissions of less than 0.5 kg/hr.
         the residual partlculate matter
         was significantly below that
         required by the regulations.
                                            145

-------
       The only unsatisfactory aspect of
   the Trial Burn was the behavior of the
   pH control system.  The design was
   supposed to be capable of sustained
   control at chlorine levels up to 100
   lb/hr.   Actually,  the system experienced
   wild swings from high to very low pH
   within  periods  of  a few seconds  even
   though  the chlorine feed was of  the
   order of only  20%  of the design
   maximum.   Careful  checks of  the
            SUMMARY OF EXPERIMENTS


  EXPERIMENT!  RCRA Trial Burn

  OBJECTIVE;   To Demonstrate Compliance
               of CRF Incinerator System

  DURATION:    One Week

  EXPERIMENTAL MATPTX-

      Feed:      CC14;  C6H5C1;
                 C2HCl3and  C7H
                 [70X chlorine
      Feed  Rate:  10 kg/hr
      Tk1ln:      1000°F
                 1400°F
 EXPERIMENTAL SYSTEM
r
CD
Combustor



APC1

   elements of the control system was
   operating properly.  With the
   given chlorine feed,  there 1s no way for
   the pH of no less than 120 gallons of
   water to experience a change of from 10
   to less than 1  1n a few seconds.   The
   clear Indication of these observations
   was a failure of the  mixing action
   Examination  of  the recycle system showed
   that the downer fromthe tower extended
   Into the recycle reservoir to a position
   near the Intake port  for  the  recycle
   pump.   This  arrangement,  shown
   schematically 1n  Figure 1,  apparently
   resulted  1n  short  circuiting  the
   Intended mixing action.  The water
   returned to  the  reservoir was, at  least
   partly, derived from the ventuM
   return.  This latter solution can be
   expected to be strongly add so that the
   resulting short circuited fluid would,
   itself, be of very low pH.  Since the pH
  sensor was Installed 1n a by-pass
  Immediately adjacent to the recycle pump
  output, the wild swings of pH observed
  simply reflected those of the short
  circuited solution.
      This  situation  has been corrected by
  shortening that portion of the downer to
  approximately 8 Inches below the cover
  of the  reservoir.   The open end has been
  fitted with a dlffuser plate to markedly
/ Carbon \ 	
X Filter/
T
(2)
HEPA
Filter

                                       SAMPLING & ANALYSIS
Parameter
Sampling
.Point 	
(l)
(2)
(3)
POHC
Feed
(CONC1
•
/
^
Fuel
Feed

s


Air Temp.
Feed

•
V
,/
02


/
./•
                                                       CO
             C02   Vol
                  flow
                                                                        HC1   THC  p*   RH+
    * p  a pressure
    + RH * relative humidity
caustic feed pump, the pH sensor and the
controller Indicated that each of the
Increase mixing within the reservoir.
The modified system has been challenged
with the Injection of HC1 solution Into
                                          146

-------
the kAIn with the chambers operating at
the temperatures used during the test
burn.  The changes have been shown to
markedly Increase the pH control so that
the operation 1s now acceptable and a
Removal Efficiency (RE) 1n excess of the
required 99.5% was achieved.
                  Tower
Caustic
tiL
'QL



N



21

—
^
y
                              Recycle
                              Reservoir
     Recycle  Pump
  FIGURE  1. SCHEMATIC OF  RECYCLE  RESERVOIR
     As will  be  shown  below,  1n  spite  of
 the  control  problems,  the  HC1 emissions
 were,  1n  fact,  adequately  controlled.
     Two  measurements  were  made  of  the
 HC1  emission  rate at  the Input  to  the
 carbon bed; one of 60 minutes duration,
 the  other of  326 minutes duration.   The
 resulting data  are shown 1n  Table  3.
     At the feed rate Indicated in Table
1, the chlorine feed was 6.90xl03
gm/hr which, on conversion to HC1,
represented an HC1 feed rate to the
scrubber of 7.094xl03 gm/hr.  Thus,
the removal efficiency was, 1n the two
cases found to be

          RE = 99.45%
          RE = 99.34%

and the total emission rate was found to
be well below the permissible 500
gm/hr.
Partlculate Loading at the Stack
     The results of three Method. 5 scans
of the stack during the Test Burn are
summarized 1n Table 4.
     The measured partrlculate  loading
 Is well within the compliance
 requirements, the latter being  a
 particle loading of  not more than 180
 mg/OSCM.
 POHC  Emission  Levels  and  ORE

      The  measured  emission  rates  for  the
 four  POHCs  along with the corresponding
                           TABLE 3.   IONIC CHLORINE OUTPUT RATE
SAMPLE
EOT 0911 44®
E01091254
Sample
Flow Rate
n/m1n)
1.2
0.96
Sample
Time
(m1n)
60
326
Sample
Total
M)
72
313
Chloride
Total
(mq)
2.04
10.55
Gas
Cone.
(ma/1)
0.028
0.0337
Duct Flow
Rate
(DSCMM)
23.3
23.3
HC1
Emission Rate
(am/hr)
39.1
47.1
                          TABLE 4.  PARTICULATE LOADING OF STACK
Sample Degree of
Isok1net1c1ty
m
S01091221#
SOI 091 532
SOI 091 737
84.39
102.28
89.54
Total Partlculate Sample Vol
Collected
(mq) DSCM
25.9
29.9
13.7
1.127
1.042
0.894
Loading
(mq/DSCM)
50.14
62.61
33.44
faralns/DSCF)
0.022
0.027
0.046
      * corrected to 1254 C02.  The regulatory maximum for particle loading 1s
        180 mg/DSCM = 0.08 gralns/DSCF
      © Sample taken at entrace to carbon bed, point number 2 on Summary
        Sheet.
      # Sample taken at the stack, point number 3 on Summary Sheet.
                                             147

-------
ORE'S are tabulated 1n Tables 5 through
8 which follow.  It 1s noted that 1n all
cases the required ORE of 99.99% was
attained.
      TABLE 5.  EXPERIMENTAL MEASUREMENTS OF POHC's - CARBON TETRACHLORIOE
                           [Feed Rate of 64.0 gm/m1n]

E01091102
SOI 0911 02
EOT 091 203
SOI 091 205
E01091300
SOI 091 300
EOT 091 400
SOI 091 400
EOT 091 500
SOI 091 500
Sample
Vol
(DSL)
21.57
20.83
22.91
21.89
22.29
20.93
20.48
21.09
23.96
21.95
Sample
Collected

-------
              TABLE  1.   EXPERIMENTAL  MEASUREMENTS  OF  POHC's  -  TOLUENE
                             [Feed  Rate  =17.5  gm/m1n]
Sample Number
EOT 091 102
SOI 091 102
E01091203
SOI 091 205
£01 091 300
SOI 091 300
E01091400
SOI 090400
E01091500
SOI 091 500
Sample Vol.
(DSL)
21.57
20.83
22.91
21.89
22.29
20.93
20.48
21.09
23.96
21.95
Sample
Collected
(ua)
0.108
0.409
0.081
0.328
0.078
0.337
0.074
0.332
0.056
0.327
Duct Flow
Rate
(DSMM)
25.75
25.06
23.34
24.19
23.34
23.85
24.16
23.85
23.79
24.81
Emission Rate
(ug/m1n)
128
494.5
82.5
362.2
81.6
384.5
87.2
377
55.5
369
ORE
(%)
99.999
99.997
99.999
99.998
99.999
99.997
99.999
99.997
99.999
99.997
             TABLE 8.   EXPERIMENTAL MEASUREMENTS OF POHC's
                                 [Feed Rate =28.2 gm/mln]
            - MONOCHLOROBENZENE
Sample Number
E01091102
SOI 0911 02
EOT 091 203
SOI 091 205
E01091300
SOI 091 300
EOT 091 400
SOI 091 400
EOT 091 500
SOI 091 500
Sample Vol.
(DSL)
21.57
20.83
22.91
21.89
22.29
20.93
20.48
21.09
23.96
21.95
Sample
Collected
(ua)
.002
0.011
0.010
0.010
0.017
0.017
0.0009
0.013
0.010
0.008
Duct Flow
Rate
( DSMM)
25.75
25.06
23.34
24.19
23.34
23.85
24.16
23.85
23.79
24.81
Emission Rate
(uq/m1n)
2.4
13.3
10.2
11.0
17.8
19.4
10.6
14.8
9.9
9.0
ORE
(%)
99.99999
99.9999
99.9999
99.9999
99.9999
99.9999
99.9999
99.9999
99.9999
99.9999
Discussion of Effects of Redundant
Scrubber

    A comparison of the E and S samples
shows that, except for CC14, the S
emission rates are either the same as
the E rates or represent greater rates.
It appears that the bed has only minimal
effect on this group of compounds.  It
1s known that high temperature and.water
adversely affect the carbon adsorption
Isotherms so that perhaps this effect 1s
the origin of the  observation.  In*
addition the differences are very small
and might simply be the result of
statistical sampling and analytical
errors.

    In conclusion the results show that
based on an Input/output model the CRF
rotary kiln system achieved the required
99.99% ORE for all of the target POHCs.
After minor modifications to the pH
control recycle reservoir system the
removal 1n excess of the required 99.5%
HC1 was achieved.

    The detailed technical report,
Including appendices, 1s In the final
stages of review In preparation for the
required submission to Arkansas permit
officials as part of the compliance test
requirements.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

    The author wishes to acknowledge the
dedicated engineers, chemists,
technicians and secretaries of Versar
for their contributions during the trial
burn.
                                           149

-------
                   ENGINEERING ANALYSIS OF HAZARDOUS WASTE INCINERATION-
                   FAILURE MODE ANALYSIS FOR TWO PILOT SCALE INCINERATORS

           W. D. Clark, J. F. La Fond, D. K. Moyeda, W. F. Richter, W.  R. Seeker
                       Energy and Environmental  Research Corporation
                                 Irvine, California  92718

                                        and C.C.  Lee
                    EPA Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                                  Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                          ABSTRACT

     An engineering  analysis  procedure  for  prediction  of  hazardous waste  destruction  has
been applied to  two  pilot  scale  incinerators:   the  Control  Temperature  Tower  (CTT)  and  the
Combustion  Research  Facility  (CRF).   The  CTT was  analyzed in backheated,  insulated, and
cooled configurations using two  dimensional heat  transfer and  flow models under  plug  flow
conditions  with  a turbulent core and  boundary  layers along  the wall.  First order global
kinetic rates were utilized to calculate  waste  destruction  efficiencies.  For  the CRF kiln
and afterburner, residence time  distributions were  obtained from  tracer gas measurements
taken on an isothermal flow model; and  temperatures were  obtained from  a  single  zone  heat
transfer model of each component.  Potential failure modes  were investigated including:
cooling, change  of waste type, poor atomization,  low load,  high excess  air and flameout.
 INTRODUCTION

      There  is  increased  public  awareness
 and concern associated with  the disposal
 of hazardous waste materials.   When
 operated  properly, incineration is the
 quickest  and most effective  method for
 destroying  hazardous wastes  (7).
 However,  there are a number  of  risks
 associated with  incineration which must
 be addressed before an incine'rator can be
 put into  operation.  The pubTic must be
 assured that the facility can be operated
 safely.   The incinerator must be designed
 and built to meet government regulations
 requiring that hazardous compounds be
 destroyed and removed with an efficiency
 greater than 99.99 percent and  must prove
 that these regulations can be met based
 on costly trial burns or other  appro-
 priate data.  An envelope of safe
 operating conditions must be defined, and
 the impact of equipment failure or
 operator  error must be assessed to deter-
mine what precautions are necessary to
avoid incinerator failure.
     A reliable assessment methodology
allowing scaling and extrapolation of
pilot scale and trial burn data could
substantially decrease the expense and
risk of defining the limits of safe
operation for a particular incinerator.
Such a methodology is under development
at Energy and Environmental Research
(EER).  The state of the art of combus-
tion modeling with respect to hazardous
waste incineration has been reviewed (1)
and six critical modeling areas have been
identified:  flow, heat transfer, mixing,
injection, tracking, and- kinetics.  A
composite engineering analysis procedure,
described in detail  by Clark, et al. (1),
has been developed incorporating sub-
models for each of the six critical
areas, although some of the submodels are
quite simplistic in  their current, pre-
liminary form.   The  procedure has been
demonstrated to successfully predict
trends of hazardous  waste destruction in
a pilot scale incinerator (2)'.
                                            150

-------
     This paper describes the application
of the engineering analysis procedure to
assist in the planning and interpretation
of experiments and to identify potential
failure modes for two EPA pilot scale
incinerators, the Control Temperature
Tower (CTT) and the Combustion Research
Facility (CRF).

CTT

     The CTT, built by EER, described by
Overmoe, et al. (4), and operated by the
Hazardous Waste Engineering Research
Laboratory of EPA, is shown schematically
in Figure 1.  The downfired pilot scale
incinerator is designed  to operate in
backfired, insulated, or cooled modes or
in combinations of the three.  The
incinerator has an inside diameter (ID)
of 0.254 tn and a  total length of 2.08 m.
It is insulated to an outside diameter
(OD) of  1.02  m with layers of refractory
designed to withstand high temperatures
and  provide maximum insulation.  The CTT
is divided into three sections.  The top
section  includes  a 45 degree transition
from an ID of 0.048 m at"the burner to
0.254 m.  The middle section has a
slightly enlarged ID to make room for
cooling coils which are inserted in the
cooled mode of operation.  The bottom
section has channels in the refractory to
allow auxiliary backheating without
contact between the main flow and the
auxiliary flame.

     The engineering analysis procedure
was applied to the CTT to analyze and
extrapolate the results of the first test
burn in late 1983.  Data and operating
conditions were reported by L. Staley of
EPA in personal communication with the
authors.  The main burner was operated
with 16,500 J/s (56,300 Btu/hr) propane
at 140 percent theoretical  air.  The
flame swirl number of 1.13 resulted in a
short, squat flame which completely
filled the cavity.  Each of the two back-
fired channels was operated with a heat
input of 10,100 J/s (34,500 Btu/hr).  Gas
temperature was measured with a
thermocouple at a single axial position
near the end of the backheated .zone.
                                                       Plug Flow Core
           Swirl
           Burner
                            —   Primary Flame
                                    Zone
                             - Cooling
                             - Backheating
   -I
                                                   0)
                                                   sz.
                                                   i-
                                                   O)
1

j\ Boundary
u v j \Layer



•4
••








If
t T
- -4
lf








*•
»•























•9.
<4

Overlayed
Turbulent
Exchange
»•
Cooling
»-
03
•3.
^^^
Backheating
                       Figure  1.   Schematics  of  CTT  reactor  and model.
                                            151

-------
Centerllne temperature was measured to be
1161°K and the temperature did not change
with radial position until within the
boundary layer beginning 0.0254 to 0.0508
m (1 to 2 in) from the wall where the
temperature dropped from 1161°K at the
edge of the boundary layer to 1126°K at
the wall.  The true center!ine temper-
ature was estimated to be 1307°K from a
heat balance on the thermocouple equating
heat gained from convection between the
gas and the thermocouple to heat lost
from radiation between the thermocouple
and the wall.  This temperature correc-
tion was approximate at best due to
uncertainties in the thermocouple
emissivity and in the wall temperature.

     To simplify the modeling effort, the
incinerator was approximated as a cylin-
der with a constant ID of 0.254 m.  Ten
axial by five radial zones were used in
the two dimensional model as shown in
Figure 1.  Plug flow with overlayed
turbulence was assumed for the 0.203 m
diameter core of the incinerator, modeled
as three radial zones.  The outer two
zones were modeled as a laminar boundary
layer with lower velocities and lower
interzonal exchange based on diffusion
rather than turbulence.  Recirculation
was not included because the flame was
observed to fill the entire burner cone.
Heat release was calculated to coincide
with visual estimates of the flame
length.  Gas temperatures in each zone
were calculated using a two-dimensional
version of Richter's semi stochastic zone
model described in detail in references 2
and 5.  For backheated sections, effec-
tive wall  temperatures were calculated
based on heat balance averages of the
insulated wall temperature and the hot
wall temperature.  The conductivity of
the insulation was calculated from
manufacturer specifications.

     Results of the heat transfer calcu-
lations are shown in Figure 2.  No
adjustments from the design specifi-
cations were necessary to achieve
excellent agreement between predicted and
measured temperature for the backheated
case; however, since corroboration data
were available at only a single axial
position, predicted temperatures
(especially flame temperatures) should be
considered only approximate.  Neverthe-
less, estimation of the relative effects
                          Measured

                            -r- Insulated-
                   Cooled
   800
               Axial  Distance  (m)
  Figure 2.  CTT centerline temperature
             predictions for three modes
             of operation.

of changing operating conditions should
be accurate.

     The heat transfer model was used to
estimate the effects of changing the the
heating/cooling configuration of the CTT.
Three modes of operation were investi-
gated:  the previously described
backheated case, an insulated case under
the same operating conditions except that
no backheating was used, and a cooled
case where under the same operating
conditions except that no backheating was
used and 0.55 m2 of the inside wall was
covered with cooling coils removing about
1180 J/s (4020 Btu/hr) or seven percent
of the heat input.  Only the backheated
case was run in the actual experiment.
Due to the short flame, temperatures were
predicted to peak close to the burner and
decline rapidly early in the post-flame
zone.  For the backheated case, the
predicted temperature leveled off around
1300°K as heat loss to the walls was
balanced by heat addition from the
auxiliary flame.  Predictions for the
insulated case were similar to the
backheated case close to the burner (far
from the backheating) where there was a
difference of only about 30°K in the peak
temperatures.  However, unlike the
backheated case, predicted temperatures
for the insulated case continued to
decline throughout the incinerator,
exiting almost 350°K cooler than the
backheated exit temperature.  Temperature
predictions for the cooled case fairly
closely paralleled those for the
                                           152

-------
fnsufated case:  peak temperature was
75°K cooler and exit temperature was
115°K cooler.

     Waste destruction was calculated
using first order global post flame
kinetic rates reported by the University
of Dayton Research Institute (UDRI) (6)
according the the equation:

      d[C]/dt = -[C]A exp (-E/RT)

where [C] is the concentration of the
waste compound, t is time, A and E are
the frequency factor and the activation
energy, R is the universal gas constant,
and T is temperature.  The kinetic rates
were applied to a statistically large
number of representative temperature
histories obtained from a Lagrangian
Monte Carlo tracking model.  Temperature
histories were the result of particular
paths through the incinerator, chosen at
random, but weighted by probabilities
associated with the flow field.  Figure 3
shows predictions of the undestroyed
waste fraction (one minus the destruction
efficiency) for a number of compounds
ranked according to the isothermal
temperature required to achieve 99.99
percent destruction in 1 second (Tg9.9gj
I sec) as calculated from the UDRI rates.
Waste was not burned in the actual exper-
iment, so no measurements are available
for comparison.  For the backheated case,
better than 99.9999 percent destruction
efficiency (10~6 fraction undestroyed)
.I.W
1
10"1
•o

-------
-a

I
4-»
CO

-------
thermocouple sheathed in 0.95 cm diameter
mullite; however, due to uncertainties in
the emissivity of the partially dirty
sheath, the wall temperatures and the
view factors, the actual gas temperature
was unknown.  A heat balance on the
thermocouple sheath indicated that the
gas could easily have been 300°K hotter
than the thermocouple.  An additional
290,000 J/sec propane was fired in the
afterburner with enough additional air
added to bring the overall stoichiometry
to 201 percent theoretical air.  After-
burner exit temperature was measured at
1088°K in the exit duct, also with a 0.95
cm diameter mullite sheathed
thermocouple.

     An isothermal flow model of the CRF
kiln/afterburner system was built to a
1:3 linear  scale at EER to investigate
the effects  of  the recent burner modifi-
cation on kiln  flow patterns.   La Fond
and Moyeda  (3)  observed that  the modified
kiln exhibited  a markedly different  flow
pattern from the original.  Both  had
highly three-dimensional  swirling flows
with large  recirculating  eddies.  But  in
the original  kiln, waste was  injected
into a dead  zone on the opposite  end from
the burner  and  took a  relatively  long
time to exit; whereas,  in the modified
kiln, waste was injected  on  the same side
of the  kiln as  the burner and was  quickly
entrained  into  the main flow  leading to  a
relatively  rapid exit.

      Complete analysis of the CRF
 requires  utilization  of the  isothermal
 flow model  results  with three dimensional
 versions  of the heat transfer and track-
 ing models described in the  previous
 section.   However,  for the  preliminary
 analysis  reported  in this paper, the kiln
 and the afterburner were each modeled
 using Richter's semi stochastic heat
 transfer model  (5)  with a single zone.
 This simplistic approach, ignoring
 temperature variations within the kiln or
 afterburner, is certainly inadequate to
 predict absolute levels of waste des-
 truction, but should give fairly accurate
 predictions of relative destruction,
 allowing trends to be  investigated and
 failure modes to be identified.
 Residence time distributions were ob-
 tained from tracer gas measurements on
 the isothermal flow model.  To allow
 scaling and extrapolation, the residence
 times were  nondimensionalized, dividing
by the ratio of the reactor volume to
total volumetric flow.  Waste destruction
was calculated by averaging the results
obtained from applying UDRI rates (6) at
the temperature predicted by the heat
transfer model  for a number of residence
times representative of the residence
time distribution.

     Residence time distributions of
tracer gas injected into the waste end of
the kiln for the original and the modi-
fied burner configurations are compared
in Figure 7.  The curves represent the
best fits to isothermal model  measure-
ments, assuming the kiln could be
represented by the combination of a plug
flow reactor and a stirred reactor in
series which would respond to a step
change in tracer gas concentration
according to the following equation:
      — =  1-exp
      Co
ft-TpTugl

|_rstirredj
where  C/C0  is  the  ratio  of  the.transient
to  the  steady  state  tracer  gas  concen-
tration,  t  is  time,  and   is  the plug
flow or stirred  reactor  time  constant.
Response  times for the injection system
and the sampling system  were  taken  into
account using  the  same assumptions,  and a
correction  factor  was applied to the
resulting time constants to account for
the slight  difference in the  volumetric
flow to volume ratio between  the model
and the incinerator  as operated on
1/26/84.   For. the  identical operating
   1.0
   0.0
      02    46    8   10  12   14  16
                   Time (sec)

  Figure 7.   Kiln  residence  time distribu-
             tions  for  original and modified
             CRF configurations.
                                            155

-------
O
2
u.
10

io-2



J.U

io-6



io-8

io-10
i *•!
n Modified
13 Original
99.99% .

**» •» WM» M 4MI QJ

-------
Tower excess air ratio  in the after-
burner, the better  insulating refractory
used in the afterburner, and the  high
preheat temperature of  the kiln exit gas.
Predicted temperatures  decreased  with
decreasing load resulting in decreasing
predicted hexachlorobenzene destruction
efficiency (increasing  fraction unde-
stroyed) as shown in Figure 10.   Failure
conditions (99.99 percent destruction or
10~4 fraction undestroyed) were predicted
at loads less than  300 KJ/sec  (1.02 MM
Btu/hr) for the kiln alone, and 120 KJ/
sec for the afterburner alone, and at 100
KJ/sec for the system comprising  the kiln
and the afterburner in  series.

     Effects of excess  air on predicted
temperatures are shown  in Figure  11.
Afterburner air flow was maintained
proportional to kiln air flow.  Increas-
ing excess air resulted in decreasing
temperatures due to the dilution  effect.
These decreasing temperatures coupled
                       1200
                     O)
                       1000-
                      rd

                      OJ
                      Q-
                        800
                                               Afterburner
                           50
                      Figure 11.
 100       150      200
  Kiln Excess Air (%)
                                                             250
Effect of excess air on pre-
dicted temperatures in the CRF.
                      with decreasing residence times due to
                      increased total flow resulted in decreas-
                      ing predicted destruction efficiencies as
                      shown in Figure 12.  Failure conditions
                      for hexachlorobenzene destruction were
  10
    ,0
  10
    -2
-a
cu
 OJ
-a
 O
 (O
 i-
   v-6
  10-8
  10'
    ,-10
Kiln
                       10
              100      200      300

               Kiln Load (KJ/sec)
              400
    Figure 10.  Effect of load on predicted
                hexachlorobenzene destruc-
                tion in the CRF.
                       10-10
                            50      100      150      200

                                  Kiln Excess Air (%)
                           250
                         Figure 12.   Effect of excess air on
                                     predicted hexachlorobenzene
                                     destruction in the CRF.
                                            157

-------
 predicted to occur for kiln excess air
 levels above 113 percent for the kiln
 alone, 154 percent for the afterburner
 alone and 163 percent for the system as a
 whole.

      Effects of momentary flameout were
 investigated by turning off the fuel  to
 the kiln or the afterburner, but main-
 taining the wall  temperatures unchanged
 from the 1/26/84 data point.  Such a
 condition would only last for a short
 time before the v/all  began to lose its
 residual  heat and the wall  temperatures
 began to fall.  Figure 13 shows that kiln
 flameout resulted in a sharp decrease in
 predicted kiln temperature, but a
 relatively small  decrease in the after-
 burner temperature.   Kiln temperature
 was, of course, unaffected by afterburner
 flameout, and afterburner temperature
 dropped sharply.   Figure 14 shows that
 kiln flameout was predicted to cause  a
 total failure in  hexachlorobenzene
 destruction; however, the afterburner
 alone v/as predicted  to be sufficient  to
 cause the system  to  pass the 99.99
 percent destruction  efficiency criterion.
 For afterburner flameout, the afterburner
 alone was predicted  to fail, but the
 combination of the kiln and the after-
 burner together was  sufficient to
 marginally pass.  From these predictions,
 it  is evident that afterburner flameout
 has the greater effect on the performance
 of  the system as  a whole, but afterburner
 flameout  alone is not sufficient to cause
 the system to fail at the 1/26/84
 operating point.
  1200
  1000
2

rtJ
03





















*,


-





a
o

-------
     In the future it is planned to apply
Richter's three dimensional heat transfer
model (5) to the CRF.  This, coupled with
the isothermal flow model, should give a
more accurate estimation of possible
temperature histories within the inciner-
ator resulting in better predictions of
waste destruction.  Model  development
efforts are presently concentrating on
the areas of mixing, to identify flame
and post flame zones allowing the
appropriate kinetic rates  (if available)
to be applied to each, and liquid
injection to determine where droplets
evaporate and waste enters the  gas
stream.

REFERENCES

1.   Clark, W.  D., J. C.  Kramlich,  J.  La
     Fond,  R. 8. Myers, W. R. Seeker,  and
     W.  Richter,  1984.   Hazardous  Waste
     Incineration  Engineering Analysis,
     Work Assignment #2  - Engineering
     Analysis  Definition.  Draft Final
     Report for EPA  Contract  68-02-3313,
     JRB Subcontract 2-850002-70.

2.   Clark,  W.  D., M.  P.  Heap,  W.  .
     Richter, and  W. R.  Seeker, 1984.
     The Prediction  of Liquid Injection
      Hazardous  Waste Incinerator
      Performance.   ASME Paper 84-HT-13.

 3.    La Fond, J. F., and D.  K.  Moyeda,
      1985.   Engineering Analysis of
      Hazardous Waste Incineration;
      Isothermal Flow Modeling of a Rotary
      Kiln Waste Incinerator.  Poster
      Presentation at the  llth Annual
      Research Symposium on Land Disposal,
      Remedial Action,  Incineration and
      Treatment of Hazardous Waste.

 4.   Overmoe, B. J., S. L. Chen, and W.
      R. Seeker, 1983.   Development of
      Laboratory Scale Reactors for
      Hazardous Waste Incineration.
      Topical Report, EPA  Contract No.
      68-02-3633.
5.   Richter, W., and M.- P. Heap, 1981.
     A Semi stochastic Method for the
     Prediction of Radiative Heat
     Transfer in Combustion Chambers.
     Western States Section, The
     Combustion Institute, Spring
     Meeting, Paper 81-17.

6.   Rubey, W. A., J. Torres, D. Hall, J.
     L. Graham, and B. Dellinger, 1983.
     Determination of the Thermal
     Decomposition Properties of 20
     Selected Hazardous Organic
     Compounds.  University of Dayton
     Research Institute, Draft Report,
     Cooperative Agreement
     CR-807815-01-0.

7.   Sittig, M. 1979.  Incineration of
     Industrial Hazardous Wastes and
     Sludges.  Noyes Data Corporation,
     Park Ridge, N.J.

8.   Versar  Inc.  Southern  Operations,
     March  1984.   Operation,  Performance,
     and Test Results  to  Date  for  the
     USEPA Combustion  Research  Facility
     Rotary  Kiln  Incineration  System.
     Interim Technical Report,  EPA
     Contract No.  68-02-3128.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     The authors  are  grateful  for  the
support of  C.  C.  Lee  of  EPA,  the task
officer for Hazardous  Waste Engineering
Analysis,  for the cooperation  of L.  J.
Staley of  EPA for information  on the CTT,
for  the cooperation  of R.  A.  Carnes  of
EPA  and F.  C.  Whitmore of Versar for
information  on  the CRF,  and for the
assistance  of R.  Zimperman and D.  Endsley
of EER and  C.  Weatherston  now at the
University  of Utah for their  work  with
the  isothermal  model.
                                             159

-------
                         EXAMINATION OF FUNDAMENTAL INCINERABILITY
                          INDICES FOR HAZARDOUS WASTE DESTRUCTION


            Barry Dellinger, John L. Graham, Douglas L. Hall, and Wayne A. Rubey
                          University of Dayton Research Institute
                                      300 College Park
                                     Dayton, Ohio 45469


                                          ABSTRACT

      Rankings of POHCs by the various  proposed indices of hazardous waste "incinerability"
 have been compared to observed incinerability for ten pilot  or full  scale hazardous  waste
 thermal  destruction devices.   Each index failed to predict field results  except for  the
 method based on laboratory determined  thermal  stability for  hazardous  waste  mixtures under
 oxygen deficient conditions.   Most importantly, it was found that thermal  reaction
 products (which were also POHCs),  could be  formed in  sufficient yield  to  dominate the ap-
 parent POHC ORE.  It is concluded  that product formation is  the most important  factor in
 determining observed DREs for all  but  the most stable or difficult to  form POHCs.
 Laboratory thermal  decomposition testing of actual  waste streams is  useful to predict
 results  of full  scale incineration.
      Current  incinerator  performance  stan-
dards  require that  the  principal  hazardous
organic  constituents  (POHCs)  of  each  waste
be destroyed  or  removed to an efficiency
of 99.99%.  Compliance  with this  standard
1s usually established  through a  trial
burn.  Since  the demonstration of 99.99%
destruction and  removal efficiency  (ORE)
for every listed organic  compound in  any
waste that may be fed to  a given  in-
cinerator is  prohibitively expensive  and
difficult, only selected  compounds are
tested during a trial burn.   In order to
be certain that the trial burn ensures
that all listed compounds are efficiently
incinerated, various hierarchies  of
"incinerabilty" of hazardous organics have
been developed.  The selected compounds
should in general, be more difficult to
incinerate (higher of the incinerability
hierarchy) than other listed compounds to
be fed to the incinerator.  Clearly, an
accurate prediction of the relative ORE is
of critical  importance to the current
regulatory approach.
       In this manuscript, we  compare the
 results of field tests at various
 facilities with the results predicted by
 the proposed hierarchies.   It appears that
 sufficient laboratory and field results
 are now available to make some generaliza-
 tions  concerning predicted field results
 and to establish guidelines for further
 trial  burn testing.

 INCINERABILITY INDICES

     Six methods of ranking the relative
 incinerability of hazardous organic com-
 pounds have been previously proposed
 Li-9J.

        Heat of Combustion
        Auto-Ignition  Temperature
        Theoretical  Flame Mode Kinetics
        Experimental  Flame Failure Modes
        Ignition Delay Time
        Gas Phase Thermal Stability

     The heat of combustion  of a  substance
is defined  as the enthalpy change  for a
                                            160

-------
reaction in which one mole is  completely
reacted with oxygen [1].   The  hypothesis
behind this hierarchy is  that  those com-
pounds with a large heat  of combustion  per
gram molecular weight (AHc/g)  will  produce
a higher flame temperature due to the ex-
othermicity of combustion reaction.
Presumably, the higher the flame tempera-
ture, the greater the destruction
efficiency of the compound.  Conversely,
those compounds with low AHc/g will be
poorly destroyed due to low flame
temperature.  A ranking of£Hc/g for listed
compounds is presented in the US-EPA
Guidance Manual for Hazardous Waste
Incineration Permits.

     Autoignition temperature (AIT) is the
lowest temperature at which a combustible
material in the presence of air begins to
self-heat at sufficient rate to produce
combustion without any other source of ig-
nition  [2].  Laboratory studies have shown
a correlation between gas  phase thermal
stability and autoignition temperature
[7].   As a  result  AIT has  been  suggested
as  a possible ranking scheme.   The lower
the AIT, the easier  the substance  is to
decompose.   The  basis for  its ap-
plicability  would  appear to be  related to
the self heating properties of  the waste,
and its to  sustain  radical chain
reactions.

      Theoretical flame mode kinetics
 (TFMK) focuses  on  estimation  and ex-
trapolation  of  elementary  reaction rate
data that  is available from experiment and
theory [3].   Only  a small  number of  com-
 pounds may be  ranked using this approach
 due to limited  data.  The  approach  is   .
 based on  calculations  that predict ther-
 modynamically  complete oxidation of most
 POHCs below 500C.   In  contrast, field  and
 laboratory results show  incomplete oxida-
 tion at temperatures greater  than  700C for
 most substances.   This  implies that
 kinetics  and not thermodynamics is con-
 trolling the rate of destruction of the
 compounds.

      The experimental  flame failure mode
 (EFFM) approach is generally based on ex-
 perimental determination of destruction
 efficiencies in bench scale flame systems
 [4].  However, under this approach as
 originally proposed, the compound ranking
 may vary depending on the "failure mode"
 or upset conditions of the flame.  Four
 failure modes have  been identified:  poor
 atomization of the waste feed, poor mixing
 of waste and air, low flame temperature,
and quenching of the reactant waste by
contact with cool surfaces or makeup air.
Only five compounds were originally
ranked, but recent laboratory studies have
generated additional data and rankings
based on flame speed in a flat flame
burner [5].

     The ignition delay time (IDT) of a
hazardous organic compound or mixture is
defined as the interval between an initial
exposure to a step function change in tem-
perature and the principal exothermicity
of the reaction as indicated by a rapid
increase in temperature and pressure of
the mixture [6].  These times may be
measured in shock tube experiments.  The
basis  of this approach is that ignition
delay  is controlled by, and inversely
proportional to, the reaction kinetic
rate.  Thus, the smaller the  IDT of  a sub-
stance, the greater the ease with which  it
may be incinerated.

     A ranking  has  been previously
proposed based  on  laboratory  determined
thermal  stability  specified  by the tem-
perature required  for  99% or  99.99%
destruction at  2.0 seconds  reactor
 residence  time  in  an atmosphere of flowing
air [Tqq(2) and T    qg(2)]>  [7.8].   The
 basis  for  this  approach  is  that any  un-
 destroyed  material  escaping the flame,
 must  eventually be dealt  with by  thermal
 oxidation  in  the post-flame zone.   It  is
 proposed that the  destruction of  POHCs  in
 the fraction  of the waste feed experienc-
 ing the flame environment is essentially
 the same for all organic compounds,  i.e.,
 greater than  99.999%.   Thus, the  dif-
 ferences in their measured ORE must  be due
 to differences in their rate of destruc-
 tion for the fraction  of the waste
 escaping the rigors of the flame.

       This scale was originally developed
 for pure compounds in  flowing air.
 However, recently generated data has shown
 that  relative stability varies as a func-
 tion  of the composition of the waste feed
 and oxygen concentration [9].  This has
 led to modification of the rankings to ac-
 count for the thermal  stability of
 individual POHCs fed as a mixture in both
 an oxygen rich  (TSHiOJ and an oxygen
 deficient  (TSLo02) environment.. These
 hierarchies have been applied to predict-
 ing the results of studies described in
 the following  paragraphs.
                                             161

-------
 COMPARISON OF FIELD RESULTS AND PREDICTIVE
 METHODS

      Intel-comparison of field and
 laboratory data should be conducted with
 extreme caution.  While lab studies are
 usually conducted under precisely control-
 led well-defined conditions,  field studies
 are generally not [4,7,9,10].  Upon ex-
 amination of field study reports, it is
 obvious that the quantitative intercom-
 parison of the performance of the
 facilities with respect to operational
 parameters is not viable.  However, rela-
 tive DRE data for POHCs within a  waste
 feed at a given facility can  be analyzed
 with proper data validation guidelines.
 To ensure a valid comparison  of predicted
 and observed results,  the following data
 validation and reduction criteria were
 used:

      t  only compare POHC DREs for a given
         incinerator
      •  only compare POHC DREs when they
         are fed to the system at  a common
         point
      •  use averages of DREs  when no sig-
         nificant run to run variation in
         relative POHC  DRE is  observed
      I  only use data  where the majority
         of the POHC  DREs  are  less than
         99.995%
      •  include data from non-concurrently
         fed POHCs  if other key parameters
         are held constant
      •  conduct the  correlation of ob-
         served field vs.  predicted results
         on  a  rank/order basis  with  a mini-
         mum of four  data  points

      The observed  incinerability  ranking
of  the test compounds  at  each  source were
compared with  the  prediction  of each
proposed hierarchy using  a  rank/order cor-
relation approach  [11].   This  method was
judged to be  superior  to  a  linear  regres-
sion analysis  since  the latter judges the
agreement of  the data  with  a  best-fit
straight line  while  the former simply
determines  if  a  statistically  significant
relationship exists  between the observed
and predicted  rankings.   The  rank-
correlation coefficient,  r  , was used to
judge  if a  correlation exilted at the 90%
confidence  level for a  number  of test com-
pounds,  N.

     Results of this analysis are sum-
marized  in  Table I for the ten studies
judged to meet the data validation
criteria  [8-10,12-17].  Of the eight
  proposed  ranking methods, only  Hc/g, AIT,
  TQQ(2), TSHi02, and TSLoOp had a suffi-
  cient data base to make predictions for a
  significant number of sources.  Of these,
  only the  experimentally predicted order
  under low oxygen conditions, TSLoO? met
  with a reasonable success, i.e., 70%.  The
  other four methods only correlated with
  field observations 10-20% of the time.
  More importantly, it was apparent after
'  detailed  examination of the individual
  data plots that certain trends were occur-
  ring that could not be explained by simple
  application of the ranking methods.  In
  particular, the compounds that deviated in
  stability from predictions of the TSLoO
  hierarchy were often the same for the
  various studies.  In many cases, this
  deviation could be explained using other
  available information.

      The paragraphs that follow discuss
  the data from the specific sources in a
 manner that demonstrates how the field
  scale observations can be reliably
  predicted with modifications of the TSLoO
 hierarchy.                               ^

      Study A.   The test compounds  follow
 the order of stability toluene   methyl
 ethyl  ketone   1,1,1-trichloroethane
 Freon  113.  The observed order was the
 same as predicted  by TSLoO~ except for
 reversal  of 1,1,1-trichloroethane  and
 Freon  113.  In actuality,  both of  these
 compounds  are  predicted to be  relatively
 very fragile under low 0? conditions,  and
 the predicted  rankings could  have  been
 easily  reversed.   The  predicted rankings
 as pure compounds  in  flowing  air or in  a
 mixture with high  0   were quite different
 and did not  correlate  with the
 observations.   This  is consistent  with the
 low 0   levels  noted  in the field study
 reports.

     Study B.   The  predictions  of  the
 TSLoO   method  and the  observed  stabilities
 agree quite  well with  only a few
^exceptions.  Chlorobenzene-and
 dichlorobenzene were observed  to be
 reversed from  the predicted order.   This
 is readily explained by  the observation
 that significant levels  of chlorobenzene
 were detected  in the scrubber makeup waste
 and could  be stripped  out  and  into the
 stack gases.   This would result in an ap-
 parent chlorobenzene DRE lower than that
 actually achieved by thermal destruc-
 tionand account for the  disparity with the
 TSLo02.
                                            162

-------
                              CM
                            CD
                             O
CD   cn  CD
CD   CM  CD
cn   LO  10
                                  cn   oo  i-i   «*•

                                  oo   cn  co   CD
                                  cn   CM  ^   o
                                  ^~  - *si~  *"^   cn
         *
    *    t—I
    00   r-l

    LO   VO
    LO   OO
    <£>   LO
                                             O  O
                                                                                  LO

                                                                              o  CD


CM
CD
£
OO
h-

iO
CD
O
o
o
fe

oo
CO
LO
o

LO
CD
0
O

cn
CO
CO
o

CO
LO
CM
o
LO
r-t
I— 1
o
o
*
"5f
CD
o
oo
o


- I—
   _i
   =C Q oo
   Z LiJ C£S
   CJ UJ =C
^H i— i cc o:
   I— Qu
UJ OO    OO
_1 i— l CO UJ
CQ t— =3 •— i
 1-1
   U_    CO
   o a «a:
      UJ I—
   oo > oo
   I— D;
   _l UJ
   ID oo
   00 OQ
   LU CD
   o;
                                      O
                                      CD
O

(O

eu

IE
                         o
                         o
     o
     o
     oo
                                  o  o
                                   I     I
        o
        o
                                                               o
                                                                I
          o   o
       I   O   O
       I   IO   
                                                                                                   cu
                                                                               CU
                                                                               o
                                                                               e
                                                                               cu
                                                                               T3
                                                                               •r-
                                                                               <*-

                                                                               o
                                                                               o
                                                                               o
                                                                               cn
                                                                                eu
                                                                               +J
                                                                                c:

                                                                                o
  o   o
  CD   CD    I
  CM   CM    I
    •    *
  O   O
    I
                                         ^o   ^«

                                    O   CO   rH
                                    IO   CM   f-
                                    O   <*   LO
                                                                           IO   OO  CO
      r—   CM
      LO   VO
      •*   CM
                                                                                     f-.
                                                                                     •Si-
                                                                                                  co
                                                                                                                         (O
                                                                                                                         O
                                           LO   CO
                                           o
                                           CD
                                           CO
       O   O  O
       cn   CD  CD
       i—I   LO  t—I
                                                              *
                                                              l-~.
                                                                  ,—   •*   r-.
                                         cn   co
                                         oo   «*•
                                         LO   CO
  o
  o
oo   r~~
oo   r~-
co   CD
                cn
                CM
                                           oooooooooo
                                             I    I     I    I                  III
                                                                       cfl
cu
o
0

oo

^
CD

=»=
3
r—
•r—
CO
U_

t| ^
O

=*fe
•X
I/I

-------
       A major  deviation was  observed for
  bis-2-ethyl-hexylphthalate  which appeared
  more  stable th'an predicted.  Although the
  predicted  stability for phthalate is ques-
  tionable due  to lack of laboratory data,
  phthalates are ubiquitous and detected
  levels may be due to outgassing of plas-
  tics  in the system and not  from
  undecomposed  feed.  High levels of phtha-
  lates are commonly found in ambient
  environments  and for this reason, should
  probably be excluded from all data sets
  [18],  Bis-2-ethyl  hexyl  phthalate was
  found at high levels in the scrubber
  water.  Stripping from the water by the
  effluent gas  could account for its ob-
  served emissions.

      Two other major outliers were aniline
 and trichloroethylene.   These compounds
 were significantly  more fragile than
 predicted.   Neither aniline nor
 trichloroethylene  would be expected to be
 a major thermal  reaction  product from  this
 test sample.   This  is  in  contrast to
 chloroform, carbon  tetrachloride,  and
 phosgene which unexpectedly surpassed
 aniline and trichloroethylene in apparent
 stability.   The  apparent  thermal  stability
 of carbon tetrachloride,  chloroform, and
 phosgene may be  due to  their formation  as
 products  from  other components  of  the
 waste as  opposed to their  stability  as
 POHCs.  Furthermore, these  compounds are
 quite volatile and  could be  present  in  the
 ambient air in the  form of  fugitive
 emissions.   Either  formation as  a  product
 or as  an  ambient air contaminant could ex-
 plain  the unexpected reversal in thermal
 stability.

      Study  C.  The waste was  spiked with
 theoretically  stable POHCs which had an
 observed order of stability:  acetonitrile
  benzene    trichloroethylene  chloroben-
 zene    carbon  tetachloride.   This was as
 expected except for benzene  which was con-
 siderably more stable than predicted based
 purely  on thermal stability.  It is pos-
 sible that benzene was formed as a product
 from chlorobenzene (or the auxiliary
 fuel).  This hypothesis is supported by
 two independent observations.  First, a
 simulated waste stream very close in com-
 position to the actual  waste was subjected
to thermal decomposition in the
 laboratory.   Under low CL conditions, ben-
zene would actually  have been predicted as
a reaction product  resulting in a low ap-
parent ORE for benzene  as  a POHC.
Furthermore, the waste  stream was fed to
 the  full scale incinerator without benzene
 in the feed.  Roughly equivalent levels of
 benzene were found in the stack effluent
 confirming the hypothesis that its emis-
 sion was due to sources other than
 residual POHC from the waste feed.

      Study D.  Field test results were in
 basic agreement with prediction for low
 oxygen conditions.  The exceptions were
 phthalates, which were previously dis-
 cussed, and tetrachlorethylene which was
 predicted to be the most stable component
 but was observed to be less stable than
 benzene, toluene, naphthalene, carbon
 tetrachloride,  and methyl  ethyl ketone.
 Laboratory studies have demonstrated or
 strongly suggested that each of these com-
 pounds can be a  significant reaction
 product from various  precursors [9,12,19].
 Dichloromethane  and chloroform were also
 found in the source emissions, suggesting
 the formation of  chlorinated methanes as
 thermal  reaction  products.   Thus,  the ap-
 parently greater  stability  of these
 compounds  than tetrachloroethylene  may be
 due to their formation  as products  in the
 incineration process.

      Study  E.  A  correlation  was  observed
 between  predicted  and observed rankings
 but there was significant scatter.   The
 fragile  nature of  1,1,2-trichloroethane,
 1,1,1-trichloroethane,  and methyl ethyl
 ketone were  correctly predicted (DREs  all
 at  99.999% or greater).  The  observed
 stability of these  three compounds  were
 permuted from their predicted  value con-
 tributing to the poor correlation
 coefficient.

     Methylene chloride and to  some ex-
 tent, carbon tetrachloride appeared more
 stable than predicted.  It should be noted
 that high levels of other halogenated
 methanes were found in the stack effluent
 indicating a source of carbon
 tetrachloride and methylene chloride emis-
 sions other than residual  POHC  (i.e.,
 either incomplete combustion products or a
 result of stripping of these volatiles
 from the scrubber water).

     The most unexpected behavior was ex-
 hibited by tetrachloroethylene, which was
 predicted to be the most stable POHC but
was observed to be very fragile.

     Study F.  Although  this facility ex-
hibited the lowest correlation of
predicted and observed emissions,  the
                                            164

-------
results are extremely informative.   Two
cffstfnct groups were evident,  one consist-
ing of primarily chlorinated aromatics and
olefins; and a second consisting of
primarily halogenated aliphatics along
with bis-2-ethyl hexyl  phthalate and
hexachlorocyclobutadiene.

     Methylene chloride and chloroform
were found in the scrubber makeup water
which could readily account for their ob-
served emission levels.  The other
halogenated compounds (in the  second
group) are also very volatile  and have
been found in the ambient air  surrounding
such facilities (presumably due to fugi-
tive emissions) [10].  As previously
discussed, phthalate emissions are consis-
tently high at most sources.  Finally,
there is some question concerning the ac-
curacy of the predicted ranking for
hexachlorocyclopentadiene due  to lack of
lab data.  Its low stability prediction
was based on possible strain of the five
membered ring structure, but could well be
in error.  If the six compounds in ques-
tion are eliminated from the data set and
a correlation is performed with the
remaining nine compounds, a statistically
significant rank correlation coefficient
of 0.89 is obtained.

     Study G.  The observed stability is
as predicted under low 0? conditions ex-
cept for carbon tetrachloride  which
appeared more stable than chlorobenzene.
This is not surprising since chloroform
was also present in the mixture and carbon
tetrachloride has been established as a
thermal reaction product of chloroform by
lab studies.

     Study H.  The POHCs in this test es-
sentially fbl lowed the predicted order
except for tetrachloroethylene and
trichloroethylene which appeared less
stable than benzene and toluene, contrary
to predictions.  This type of result has
been observed in other studies and is
ascribed to the propensity for formation
of toluene and benzene as reaction
products.  It is also interesting to note
that carbon tetrachloride emissions were
also quite high (.average of 173  g/s)
which, tends to confirm its prevalence as a
reaction product from incineration of
chlorinated wastes.

     Study I.  The observed POHC
stabilities followed predicted trends ex-
cept for benzene, carbon tetrachloride,
and 1,2-dichloroethane.  Benzene and
carbon tetrachloride are again expected to
be products of thermal degradation
(primarily from chlorobenzene/toluene and
methylene chloride respectively).  The
1,2-dichloroethane is a volatile compound
that is commonly found in scrubber water
or in the ambient air as a fugitive emis-
sion, factors which could account for its
elevated emissions level [10].  The emis-
sion level of 1,1,1-trichloroethane, also
sometimes found as a fugitive emission or
in scrubber makeup water, was also
slightly elevated.

     Study J.  The observed deviations
from the predicted rankings were similar
to those observed for the previous nine
cases.  Benzene, toluene, and carbon
tetrachloride emissions were higher than
expected, an observation which is at-
tributed primarily to product formation.
DISCUSSION

     The degree of success, as indicated
by the results reported in Table 1 and the
subsequent discussions of predicting the
relative thermal  stabilities of hazardous
organics through laboratory flow reactor
studies may appear somewhat surprising
considering the complexity of the in-
cineration process.  However, when one
breaks down the overall process into more
fundamental phenomena, the degree of suc-
cess of the predictions is understandable.
     In determining the destruction ef-
ficiency of hazardous organic materials by
incineration, chemical reactions occurring
in condensed phases may effectively be
neglected.  This is true due to mass and
heat transfer considerations.  Thus, we
may primarily concern ourselves with gas-
phase chemistry although the nature of the
passage of material from condensed phase
into the gas-phase by physical processes
may be important.

      Once in the gas phase, there exist
more than one mode of destruction of the
material and it is necessary to address
the factors affecting these destruction
modes.  Two modes are clearly evident and
they may be designated as direct flame and
thermal (non-flame).

     Either flame mode or thermal destruc-
tion studies indicate that any known
organic waste can be destroyed in an
                                            165

-------
incinerator to greater than 99.99% DE if
it is operating under theoretically op-
timum conditions [4,8,20].  Thermal
destruction can be expected at less than
1000C in flowing air at a mean residence
time of 2.0 seconds.  Flame destruction of
waste droplets may occur in flames operat-
ing in excess of 850C.  The fact that
these theoretical optimum conditions
roughly correspond to the mean conditions
experienced in an incinerator has caused
much confusion.  The observation of or-
ganic emissions from incinerators
(sometimes in large quantities) is proof
that frequent excursions from the optimum
or even the mean conditions are occurring.

     Excursions, or fault modes, are prob-
ably the controlling phenomena for
incineration efficiency.  Four parameters;
atomization in efficiency, mixing in ef-
ficiency, thermal failure, and quenching,
have been identified as failure modes in
flames [4].  Laboratory studies have shown
that relatively small excursions from
ideality for these parameters can easily
drop measured flame destruction ef-
ficiencies from greater than 99.99% to 99%
or even less than 90% (three orders of
magnitude).

     Non-flame upset parameters can be
conveniently classified in terms of dis-
tributions of oxygen, residence time, and
temperature [8,9],

     The key to understanding the sig-
nificance of upset conditions is that only
a very small fraction of the total volume
of the waste needs to experience these
less than optimum conditions to result in
significant deviations from the targeted
destruction efficiencies.

POHC Destruction Model
     To Illustrate how laboratory thermal
decomposition testing relates to upset
modes and can be used to predict observed
emissions from full scale facilities, let
us examine a specific example.

     Previous research has shown that the
destruction kinetics of typical  hazardous
organic compounds can be described satis-
factorily using simple pseudo-first order
kinetics [9],  Although different or more
complex models may be used, the actual
model used is not important for the scope
of this discussion.
     We will first examine the case of a
simple one stage combustor where a waste
feed mixture is fed directly into a tur-
bulent flame and the hot gases evolving
from the flame pass on through a rela-
tively long, high temperature holdup zone
prior to exiting the system.

     Representative reaction conditions
for the flame can be chosen as an average
residence time of O.ls and a bulk flame
temperature of 1700K.  For the post-flame
zone, we may choose a mean residence time
of 2.0 s and a bulk gas phase temperature
of HOOK.  Although a range of residence
times and temperatures are actually ex-
perienced by the individual molecules, the
values chosen are typical effective
residence times and temperatures.

     As discussed in the previous sec-
tions, several destruction failure modes
have been identified for the flame.   In
this model, we will assume that only 1% of
the waste feed avoids experiencing the
bulk reaction conditions in the flame.
This might be caused by a reduced gas
phase residence time from an improperly
operating nozzle or from experiencing a
reduced temperature as a result of being
sealed in particulate matter.  A third
cause might be reduced time at temperature
from quenching by cold gases or poor
mixing with oxygen.

     This one percent of the waste feed
must then enters the post-flame zone.  The
overall measured destruction efficiency at
the stack is the weighted average of the
destruction efficiencies of the flame and
post-flame zones.  The results of these
calculations for hazardous waste of a
range of thermal stabilities are shown in
Table 2.  From examination of the table,
it is apparent that each of the compounds
are destroyed to essentially the same ef-
ficiency in the flame, i.e., greater than
99.99%.  In the post-flame region, sig-
nificant differences in thermal stability
are observed.

     From examination of the last column
of the table, it is apparent that the
overall destruction efficiency parallels
the destruction efficiency in the post-
flame region.  The principle value of the
overall DE is 99% in all  cases,  with the
variations in DE occurring to. the right of
the decimal.  The destruction achieved In
the flame determines the principle value,
while the non-flame destruction efficiency
determines the approach to four nines.
                                            166

-------
                                        TABLE 2

                CALCULATED DESTRUCTION EFFICIENCIES FOR-REPRESENTATIVE
                                  HAZARDOUS ORGANICS   :.. >
     COMPOUND
          CALCULATED DESTRUCTION EFFICIENCIES
  A1          E          DE           DE           DE
(S  )    (kcal/mole)   (Flame)   (Post-Flame)   (Overall)
     Acetonitrile         4.7x10

     Benzene              2.8x10*

     Chloroform           2.9x10

     Tetrachlorobenzene   1.9x10
   .12
     Tetrachloroethylene  2.6x10

     Trichlorobenzene     2.2x10
 40

 38

,49

 30

 33

 38
99.999+

99.999+

99.999+

99.999+

99.999+

99.999+
66.357

99.999+

99.999+

98.566

77.127

99.968
99.664

99.999+

99.999+

99.986

99.771

99.999+
     The overall destruction efficiencies
quoted in the table are typical  of
preliminary results reported for studies
on full-scale incinerators.  The measured
destruction efficiencies for essentially
all full scale systems have exceeded or
approached 99.99% for most compounds.
Variations have been in the third, second,
or in some cases, the first decimal place.

     A further observation has been that
most incinerators can achieve a DE of
99.99% for essentially all waste feeds
when operating optimally.  However, op-
timum operation cannot be attained on a
continuous basi.s.  If an incinerator could
be sampled on a continuous basis, one
would probably find that at least 90% of
the hazardous organic emissions occur in
the fraction of time when the incinerator
experiences an upset.  Such upsets could
be loss of flame, an overload of waste
feed, or a failure of a spray nozzle.  It'
is during these system upsets that a large
percentage of the feed material can escape
flame mode destruction and the reaction
conditions in the post-flame zones can be
degraded from their steady state operating
values.  Under upset conditions, the dif-
ferences in waste incinerability may be
magnified, the non-flame zone destruction
comes to even greater prominence, and the
performance of the incinerator fails to
achieve four nines for greater number of
components of the waste feed.
                        As  indicated  in  Table  1,  laboratory
                   results  obtained under  high  oxygen  condi-
                   tions were  not  successful in predicting
                   relative POHC stabilities while  predic-
                   tions under low oxygen  were  very
                   successful.  The reason for  this relates
                   again to the concept  of failure  modes.

                        Poor mixing of waste and  oxygen  in
                   the afterburner gives rise to  a  certain
                   fraction of the waste being  subjected only
                   to low oxygen conditions.   Numerous
                   laboratory  studies have shown  that
                   destruction of  the feed material is much
                   slower under these conditions  and product
                   formation is enhanced.   We again have the
                   case where  although most of  the  waste ex-
                   periences oxidizing conditions and  is
                   destroyed,  the  small  fraction  of the  feed
                   experiencing the pyrolytic conditions may
                   be responsible  for the  emission.   The ob-
                   servation in field and  lab  studies  that
                   most reaction products  are  pyrolysis  type
                   products (e.g., benzene, toluene,
                   naphthalene) tends to confirm  this
                   hypothesis.

                        Although the  conclusion that a sub-
                   fraction of a fraction  of the  waste feed
                   is responsible  for most hazardous organic
                   emissions may be surprising  at first, the
                   same process is generally  responsible for
                   emission of most air  pollutants.  One is
                   not really  concerned  with the  major  -
                   chemistry  (for  example, in  a power  plant)
                   which forms carbon dioxide  and water, but
                   instead the minor  reaction  pathways which
                                            167

-------
 form sulfur dioxide, sulfuric acid,  and
 nitrogen oxides.  These pathways  are
 responsible for less than 0.1-1%  of  the
 stack emissions but are the reactions  of
 interest in pollutant formation.

 Impact of Thermal  Reaction Products

      Products  of incomplete combustion
 (PICs) resulting from the incineration of
 hazardous waste are not currently regu-
 lated by the US-EPA.  However,  the
 previously discussed field data and
 results of other laboratory,  pilot,  and
 full-scale testing programs have  shown
 that toxic products can be formed and  are
 emitted from incinerators [9,10,12-21].

      The previously presented in-
 cinerability hierarchies  do not directly
 address the issue  of PIC  emissions as  they
 are  only concerned with thermal stability
 of the POHCs in the feed  material.   Many
 observed PICs  are  also potential  POHCs,
 consequently,  it is entirely  possible  that
 a  PIC may also be  a POHC  in the original
 mixture.  Three documented examples  are:
 the  formation  of carbon tetrachloride  from
 chloroform,  hexachlorobenzene from pen-
 tachloronitrobenzene,  and benzene  from
 chlorobenzene  or toluene  [9,12,19],

      In the  previous discussion of field
 results many such  cases were  identified.
 This  gives  rise to a low  apparent  ORE  for
 the  POHC.   Since this  effect  would be  more
 important when  the input  concentration  of
 the  POHC is  low, the result would  be an
 apparent dependence  of ORE  on input  POHC
 concentration  (i.e.,  the  higher the  input
 concentration,  the greater  the  apparent
 ORE).   The true effect, however, is that
 the emission concentration  is constant,
 since  the emissions  are probably due to
 product  formation  from other waste
 components.

     The observation  of an  apparent ORE
 dependence on concentration has been made
 for hazardous waste  incinerators and at-
 tributed to  greater  than first order
 kinetics for individual POHCs [10].  While
 such an  effect  could be possible for com-
 bustion  of a pure  compound, it is  highly
 improbable when the  POHC is only a small
 portion  of a complex waste.  The reaction
 chemistry is determined by the overall
waste and fuel  composition as opposed to
 pure compound kinetics.
 Volatile POHCs  in  the  ambient  air  as  a
 result of fugitive emissions,  volatile
 POHCs  stripped  from scrubber waters,  and
 outgassing of phthalate  containing
 materials would also give  rise to  apparent
 concentration dependencies since their
 emissions levels would be  constant while
 the  POHC input  rate varies.  Specifically,
 it has been  shown  in the results section
 that most of the observed  deviations  from
 laboratory predicted rankings of in-
 cinerability may be attributed to  product
 formation or "contamination" of the stack
 effluent by  volatile POHCs that did not
 pass through the destruction zones of the
 incinerator.

     As  if predicting  POHC stability were
 not difficult enough,  we must now  predict
 product  formation.   This is best ac-
 complished by laboratory thermal
 decomposition testing  of the actual waste
 stream to be incinerated, or a very close
 simulation.  As indicated by the agreement
 of lab predictions  based on low 0? condi-
 tions, these studies should be conducted
 under  pyrolytic conditions.

     An  excellent example of this  approach
 is study  C.  The incinerability ranking
 based  purely on POHC ORE was successful
 for four  out of the  five constituents of
 the waste, only benzene  being apparently
 more stable  than the other components.
 However,  lab testing was performed on a
 very similar waste  stream and under
 pyrolytic  conditions,  significant  levels
 of benzene were observed.  Thus, when
 product formation is included,  lab testing
 of a simulated waste stream would cor-
 rectly predict the  observed field results.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS

     The results of comparison of ten
field studies with thermal stability
predictions indicates that no ranking
based on pure compound properties can
provide an appropriate scale of
incinerability.  However, a ranking based
on predicted POHC stability in complex
mixtures under low oxygen conditions gave
a statistically significant correlation
with field results in seven of ten cases.
More importantly, analysis of results .
gives strong reason to believe that forma-
tion of POHCs in the incineration process,
may be responsible for their observed
DREs.
                                            168

-------
     Pending further confirmatory com-
parisons with field results, the following
conclusions are proposed.

•  Measured POHC DREs and relative
   stabilities of all but the most stable
   compounds are due to formation as
   products from other components of the
   waste or fuel feed.
I  Only DREs for very stable POHCs or
   POHCs difficult to form as reaction
   products (e.g., acetonitrile) are ex-
   pected to be unaffected by PIC
   formation and these stabilities are
   predictable from pure compound thermal
   decomposition kinetics.
I  The stack emissions and observed DREs
   of very  volatile compounds (e.g.,
   methylene chloride, chloroform, di-and
   trichloroethanes) may be  dominated by
   fugitive emissions in the ambient air
   or stripping of these compounds from
   contaminated scrubber water.
•  Thermal  destruction,  not  in-flame
   destruction  determines  relative POHC
   DREs  and the identity and yield of
   products of  incomplete  combustion.
•  Pyrolytic conditions  in  the  incinerator
   are  responsible for most  emissons and
   control  the  relative  DREs of POHCs and
   the  formation of  products.
I  Predictions  of  laboratory thermal
   decomposition testing of pure compounds
   and  mixtures can  be effectively  used  to
   predict  relative  POHC DREs.
I  Laboratory  testing under pyrolytic con-
   ditions  on  actual  waste streams  or
   closely  simulated waste streams  is the
   most effective  and reliable  method for
   predictng relative POHC stabilities  and
    PIC  emissions.
 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

      We gratefully acknowledge the support
 and inputs of our EPA colleagues Mr.
 Robert E. Mournighan and Mr. Richard A.
 Carnes.  We also acknowledge the dedicated
 efforts of Mr. Michael Graham and Ms.
 Debra Tirey who performed the majority of
 the data reduction for this manuscript.
 CREDIT

      This work was performed under the
 partial sponsorship of the US-EPA
 Hazardous Waste Engineering Research
 Laboratory under Cooperative Agreement CR-
 80783.
REFERENCES

 1.  E. P. Grumpier, E. J. Martin, and G.
     Vogel, "Best Engineering Judgement
     for Permitting Hazardous Waste
     Incinerators,"  presented at ASME/EPA
     Hazardous Waste Incineration
     Conference, Williamsburg, Virginia,
     May, 1981.

 2.  J. J. Cudahy, and W. L. Troxler,
     "Autoignition Temperature as an
     Indicator of Thermal Oxidation
     Stability,"  Journal of Hazardous
     Materials, 8, 1983.

 3.  W. Tsang, and W.  Shaub,
     Detoxification of Hazardous  Waste
     Chapter  2, "Chemical Processes in the
     Incineration of Hazardous Materials,"
     Exner, J. H., ed;  (Ann  Arbor Science
     Publishers, Ann Arbor, MI,  1982, pp.
     41-60).

 4.  J. C. Kramlich, et  al.,  "Laboratory
     Scale Flame-Mode  Hazardous  Waste
     Thermal  Destruction  Research,"
     Revised  Draft  Final  Report  by  EERC to
     EPA  Prime  Contract  Number,  68-03-3113
     under Subcontract Task  24-1, 1983.

  5.  R. D. Vandell  and L. A.  Shadoff,
     Chemosphere,  Vol.  13,  No.  11,  1984.

  6.  D.  L. Miller,  V.  A.  Cundy,  and R.  A.
     Matula,  "Incinerability
     Characteristics of  Selected
     Chiori nated  Hydrocarbons,"
     Proceedings  of the  Ninth  Annual
     Research Symposium on  Solid and
     Hazardous  Waste  Disposal,  Cincinnati ,
     OH,  May, 1983.

  7.   K.  C.  Lee, N.  Morgan,  J.  L. Hansen,
     and  G. M.  WhippTe,  "Revised Model  for
     the Prediction of the  Time-
      Temperature Requirements for Thermal
      Destruction of Dilute  Organic Vapors
     and its  Usage for Predicting Compound
      Destructibility," presented at 75th
      Annual Meeting of the Air Pollution
      Control  Association, New Orleans,
      June, 1982.

  8.   B. Dellinger, J.  L. Torres, W. A.
      Rubey,  D. L. Hall, J.  L. Graham, and
      R. A. Carnes, "Determination of the
      Thermal  Stability of Selected
      Hazardous Organic Compounds,"
      HAZARDOUS WASTE, Vol. 1, No. 2, 1984.
                                             169

-------
   9.   J.  L.  Graham,  D.  L.  Hall,  and  B.
       Del linger,  "Laboratory  Investigation
       of  the Thermal  Degradation  of  a
      Mixture of  Hazardous  Organic
       Compounds - I," Submitted  to ENV.
       SCI. & TECH.                 	

 10.   Performance Evaluation  of  Full Scale
       Hazardous Waste Incinerators.  Final
      Report, MRI report submitted to the
      U.S. Environmental Protection  Agency,
      Contract 68-02-3177 August, 1984.

 11.  W. 0.  Dickson and F.  J. Massy, Jr.,
      Introduction to Statistical Analysis,
      2nd ed., McGraw-Hill, New York, 1957.

 12.  B. Dellinger, D. L. Hall, J. L.
      Graham, and W. A.  Rubey, "Destruction
      Efficiency Testing of Selected
      Compounds  and Wastes," Final Report
      to Eastman Kodak Company, September,
      1984.

 13.  C. D. Wolbach, and A. R. Gorman,
      "Destruction of Hazardous Wastes
      Cofired in Industrial Boilers:   Pilot
      Scale Parameters Testing,"   Acurex
      draft final  report FR-84-46/EE,
      February,  1984.

 14.   A. W. Wyss,  C.  Castaldini,  and  M.  M.
      Murray, "Field Evaluation of Resource
      Recovery of  Hazardous Wastes, Acurex
      Technical  report TR-84-160/EE,
      August, 1984.

 15.   "Evaluation  of Waste  Combustion in
      Cement  Kilns at  General  Paul ding,
      Inc.,  Paulding,  Ohio,  draft  final
      report  to  EPA, prepared  by  Research
      Triangle Institute  and Engineering-
      Science, March,  1984.

 16.   Trial Burn Report for  Kodak  Park
      Division Chemical Waste  Incinerator
      US-EPA  ID.   No. NYD980592497.

 17.   Private Communication, Ron Bastian.

 18.  M. Cooke, R.  E. Hall,  and W. H.
     Axtman, "PNA  Emissions in Industrial
     Coal-Fired Stoker Boilers," presented
     at the  185th  National  ACS Meeting in
     Seattle, WA, March, 1983.

19.  D. L. Hall, B. Dellinger, and W. A.
     Rubey,  "Considerations for the
     Thermal  Degradation of Hazardous
     Waste," Presentated at the 1983 (4th)
     International Symposium on
     Environmental Pollution, Miami Beach,
     Florida, October, 1983.

20.  "The Mechanisms of Pyrolysis,
     Oxidation,  and Burning of Organic
     Materials,"  L. A. Wall, ed.,
     Proceedings of the Fourth Materials
     Research Symposium held by NBS,
     Gaithersburg, MD, NBS Special
     Publication 357, CODEN;XNBSAV, 1972.
                                            170

-------
          AN OVERVIEW OF LABORATORY- AND BENCH-SCALE RESEARCH IN HAZARDOUS WASTE
                                  THERMAL DESTRUCTION

        George L.  Huffman, Chun Cheng Lee, Ph.D.  U.S. Environmental  Protection Agency
                             Cincinnati, Ohio 45268

                                        ABSTRACT

     This paper describes some of the past and current efforts in the area of small-
scale research that has come about due to the passage of RCRA (the Resource Conservation
and Recovery Act).  The purpose of this paper is to indicate  who is doing what  in
the area of hazardous waste thermal destruction research.  This paper covers the
following research activities in brief outline form  (these activities are synops.ized
from Reference 9)  (9):
   A Past Research Activities Including:
     •  Non-flame  Thermal Decomposition Research by the University of Dayton Research
          Institute  (UDRI)  [though  some of this research is  still continuing —- see
          below]
     •  Non-flame  Thermal Decomposition Research by the Union Carbide Corporation
          (UCC)
     •  Laminar Flame  Combustion  of Chlorinated Hydrocarbons by the  Illinois Institute
          of  Technology (IIT)
     •  Flame-Mode Hazardous Waste  Thermal Destruction  Research by the  Energy  and
          Environmental Research  Corporation (EERC)
     •  Thermal Destruction of  Chlorophenol  Residues by Environment-Canada

    J^Current  Research Activities  Including:
      •   Hazardous Waste Incineration Engineering  Analysis  (by  EERC)
      •   EPA In-House Research  (by the Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory,
           HWERL)
      •   Investigation of Gas-Phase Thermal  Decomposition Properties  of  Hazardous
           Organic Compounds by UDRI
      •   The Incineration Characteristics of Selected Chlorinated Hydrocarbons  by the
           Louisiana State University (LSU)
      •   Non-Flame Waste Decomposition of Hazardous Waste by the Midwest Research
           Institute  (MRI)
      •   Heterogeneous  Catalytic Oxidation of Model Chlorinated Hydrocarbons by the
           Massachusetts  Institute  of Technology (MIT)
      •  Oxidation of Model Waste Components in Supercritical Water by the Massachusetts
            Institute  of Technology  (MIT)
      •  Molecular Beam Mass Spectroscopic Study of Chlorinated Hydrocarbon Flames by the
            Illinois  Institute of Technology  (IIT).
                                            171

-------
PAST RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

Non-flame Thermal Decomposition Research
     (by UDRI)'~

     Under a series of contracts and
grants with EPA's Hazardous Waste Engin-
eering Research Laboratory, the University
of Dayton Research Institute (UDRI)  has
been performing laboratory-scale studies
of waste thermal oxidation characteristics
in a non-flame environment since 1974
(4, 15, 5, 6, 2, 7, 3).

     During their studies for EPA from
1974 to 1984, UDRI developed four thermal
instrumentation systems and tested numer-
ous compounds.  The four instrumentation
systems are:

     *  Discontinuous  Thermal  Systems
          (DTS)

     •  Thermal Decomposition  Analytical
          System (TDAS)
                                               •  Thermal  Decomposition Unit-Gas
                                                    Chromatographic  (TDU-GC) System

                                               •  Packaged Thermal Reactor System
                                                    (PTRS)

                                         Compounds  tested  on  these four systems
                                         have the  following general  attributes
                                         in common:

                                               *  Microgram quantities of test
                                                    compounds investigated

                                               *  Non-flame environment

                                               *  Pure  compounds premixed with
                                                    air and some actual waste
                                                    streams and mixtures tested

                                               •  Plug  flow assumption.

                                          For purposes  of  illustration, Figure
                                          1  represents  a typical thermal decom-
                                          position profile (here for chloroform
                                          and  its associated Products of Incom-
                                          plete  Combustion, PICs) routinely
                                          available  from the TDU-GC system.
    100

  t
 m 10
 DC

 £
 LU
    0.1
   0.01
    CHLOROFORM

    tr = 2.0 SEC
    O  CHCI3
    D  PIC#1
    A  PIC #2
    O PIC #3
0
800
                                                               900
            100     200     300    400    500    600     700
                               EXPOSURE TEMPERATURE. °C - -
     FIGURE  1. THERMAL DECOMPOSITION PROFILE OF CHLOROFORM
1000
                                         172

-------
Non-flame Thermal Decomposition Research
     by Union Carbide Corporation (UCC)

     This research featured a modifica- ,
tion of the system used by the University
of Dayton Research Institute (4).  The
major modification was the manner in
which the mixtures of experimental gases
(test compounds) were inserted.  UCC
pre-mixed the test compound with air and
contained the mixtures in a cylinder,
while UDRI mixed the test compound with
air when air was used as carrier gas to
bring the test compound.into the reactor.
UCC claimed that their test set-up had
better mixing than that of UDRI's.

     In  general, the test set-up used a
0.9mm bore quartz tube.  The quartz tube
was twice folded at twelve-inch  intervals
so that  75 percent of its length of 130
centimeters could be located within the
central  portion  of the furnace  and within
the limits of the flat temperature  pro-
file.  The radial and longitudinal  velo-
city and temperature  gradients  were mini-
mized  by the  narrow bore, which  allowed
conditions approaching a plug  flow.

     As  a  result of the  research, UCC
published two papers.  The  first paper
 (10) discussed  thermal oxidation kinetics
of  four  chemicals:   vinyl  chloride,  ben-
zene,  ethyl  acrylate, and  acrolein.   The
thermal  oxidation  data  for  all  four
 chemicals was shown  to  fit  a first-order
 kinetic  rate model.  The  kinetic-rate
model  was  then  used  to  develop predic-
tive  equations  for  oxidation temperature
 and residence time  requirements for a
 99.9  percent destruction efficiency under
 different  flow conditions.   During the
 experiments, all compounds were run at
 1000 ppmv.   Some of  the compounds were
 run at 100 and  500 ppmv and these runs
 gave a good agreement with the 1000 ppmv
 runs.   The temperatures  studied ranged
 from 800 to 1500°F and residence times
 from 0.1 to 2 seconds.   Analyses were
 done for both specific chemicals and
 total  hydrocarbons.

      The second paper (11) discussed
 thermal  oxidation kinetic data for 15
 chemicals and also presented equations
 for predicting  thermal  oxidation des-
 truction efficiencies based on molecular
 structure, residence time and  autoigni-
 tion temperature.  The two most impor-
 tant variables  in the predictive
equations were found to be autoignition
temperature and residence time.

Laminar Flame Combustion of Chlorinated
"     Hydrocarbons by MIT/IIT         "~~"

     Under an EPA Grant, Professor S.M.
Senkan studied this subject first at
the Massachusetts Institute of Technol-
ogy and then at the Illinois  Institute
of Technology (22, 16, 18).

     Flame velocities were measured by
using a quartz Bunsen burner  with a
diameter  of 1.0 centimeters.   Liquid
chlorinated hydrocarbons  (all  of which
were with at least 99.9% purity) were
injected  into metered and heated air/
methane mixtures.  When the desired
flow-rates were set, and a stable,
laminar flame was obtained, pictures
were taken using an Olympus OM I camera
and high-speed  black  and white film.
Flame-front areas were then determined
from the  enlarged picture of  the Bunsen
cone using the  cone-angle method  (22).
Burning  (flame) velocity  is important
because the square  of  it  is proportion-
al tjo the overall  rate  of combustion  of
the mixture.

     Figure 2  shows that  the  flame
 velocities  of  chlorinated hydrocarbon
 systems decrease  as the  chlorine  subs-
titution  of the molecule  is  increased.
       20
                         1.4
                 Equivalence Ratio

  FISURE 2. FUME VELOCITIES OF CHLORINATED METHANE-METHANE-AIR MIXTURES
                                            173

-------
       Dr. Senkan also carried out a Carbon
  Formation Study (17).  Carbon formation
  limits were determined visually, and were
  identified as the combustible mixture
  equivalence ratio at which  the carbon
  luminosity was just suppressed.   Dr. Sen-
  kan found that, in actual flames,  carbon
  formation occurs more readily than might
  be expected and varies  from fuel  to fuel.

       Furthermore, Senkan's  data  sugges-
  ted that the measurements of the CO
  concentration levels  in the incinerator
  flue gases  may be quite suitable  as  an
  indicator of PIC and  CMC emissions.
  That is, if significant CO  emissions  are
  not present, the presence of  the  other
  carbon-based pollutants would be highly
  unlikely.   Conversely, the  presence  of
  significant levels  of CO in the  combus-
  tion products  would indicate  that the
  conditions  in  the  incinerator are im-
  proper and  jnay result in CHC  and other
  PIC emissions.
 Flame-Mode Hazardous Waste Thermal Des-
      truction Research by EERC
      Under an EPA contract, the Energy
 and Environmental Research Corporation
 (EERC) conducted a laboratory-scale
 study of flame-mode hazardous waste
 thermal  destruction during 1981-1982
 (8).
      A Microspray Reactor was employed
 by EERC to investigate single droplet
 thermal  reactions without limitations
 associated with  atomization,  mixing,
 quenching or turbulent mixing.   In  this
 flame reactor, particles  or droplets  of
 the material  to  be studied were  injected
 through  a laminar, premixed,  hydrocarbon
 flat  flame and thermal  decomposition  of
 the material  took  place in a-  flame
 environment.

      Also, -a  Turbulent Flame  Reactor  was
 used  to  provide a  turbulent liquid spray
 flame, including swirl, recirculation,
 broad droplet size distribution, and  high
 variation  in droplet number density.  The
 reactor was capable of simulating the
 compound escape mechanisms that could
 occur in flame zones of liquid injection
 incinerators.  Very high heat removal
 rates were utilized to quench post-flame
 reactions.  Thus, the destruction which
occurred in the turbulent diffusion flame
  was  exaggerated  over any non-flame
  decomposition which could occur in the
  post-flame  region.

      Some of the more important con-
  clusions of this study were:

      (1) Under optimum conditions,
          flames are capable of destroy-
          ing hazardous waste compounds
          with very high efficiencies
          (greater than 99.995 percent)
          without the need for long
          residence time, high-tempera-
          ture post-flame zones or
          after-burners;

      (2) Reduced flame destruction
          efficiencies  are the result of
          operation under some failure
          mode such as  poor atomization,
          poor mixing,  or flame quench-
          ing;  and

      (3) Optimum conditions  for destruc-
          tion  of  hazardous waste com-
          pounds  in turbulent diffusion
          spray  flames  correspond to
          minimal  concentrations  of CO
          and total  hydrocarbons  in the
          exh au st.

 Thermal  Destruction of Chlorophenol
      Residues  (by  Environment-CanacTa)

      Environment-Canada  conducted  this
 research (20) to  study the thermal de-
 composition  phenomena of chlorophenol
 which the Canadian wood industry is
 using for wood protection/preservation.
 The experimental reactor used was
 similar  to what was used earlier by
 UDRI  and the Union Carbide Corporation.
 The compounds were evaluated in order
 of increasing complexity of thermal
 destruction, beginning with pure com-
 pounds and then continuing with wood
 preserving mixtures and contaminated
 sludges. During the work, with pure
 compounds, the thermal  destruction
 characteristics including destruction
 efficiency and PICs were determined as
 a function of temperature and retention
time.   Testing was done in a non-flame
mode oxidative environment in two
steps: the compound was gradually
vaporized and then passed through a
high temperature zone with an excess  of
oxygen in order to avoid  the possibil-
ity of pyrolytic  reactions.
                                          174

-------
     Pure compounds of pentachlorophenol
(PCP), 2,3,4,5 tetrachlorophenol, 2,4,6
trichlorophenol and 2,4,5 trichlorophenol
(TCP) were tested and the decomposition
thermograms of PCP and 2,4,5 TCP are
given in Figure 3.  Based on the pure
chlorophenol destruction data, Environ-
ment Canada estimated that at 900°C a gas
residence time not exceeding 2.9 seconds
is needed to ensure complete (>99.99
percent) destruction of both tetrachloro-
phenol and PCP whereas extrapolated data
for 2,4,5 TCP show a residence time in
excess of 5 seconds would be required.
CURRENT RESEARCH ACTIVITIES

Hazardous Waste Incineration
     Engineering Analysis  (by EERC)

     Under  contract to EPA, the Energy
and  Environmental Research Corporation
 (EERC) is carrying out a "paper study"
to:   (1) Predict the  impact of changes
in waste compositions and  operating
conditions  on  incinerator  performance
parameters  such as destruction effi-
 ciency and  PIC formation;  (2) Extrapo-
 late performance data from trial  burns
or field tests to predict  the perform-
ance of  similarly designed units;  (3)
 Extrapolate performance  data from
 smaller  scale  to  larger  scale thermal
 destruction devices;  and (4) Analyze
 the  susceptibility of a  design to
 different  failure modes  and to predict
 their impact on  incinerator performance.

      The  research approach is to  inte-
 grate both theoretical  analysis  and
 experimental results  into predictive
 models so  that the  performance of incin-
 erators  can be estimated.   The approach
 for the  theoretical  analysis  part is  to
 use existing models  (kinetic,  fluid
 dynamics,  heat transfer, etc.) to
 develop  predictive  equations  that govern
 incinerator performance.  These  models/
 equations will also be useful  in gener-
 ating hypotheses for performing  future
 experimental work.   The experimental
 part is to monitor the conduct  of
 laboratory-, pilot- and full-scale
 testing to  verify the applicability of
 the predictive hypotheses assumed.
 Results of  all of EPA experimental
 projects will be analyzed for achieving
 this project  goal.
EPA In-House Thermal Destruction
     Research (by HWERL)

     To supplement its extramural
research, EPA has constructed both
bench- and pilot-scale combustors  at
the Center Hill  Facility of EPA's
Hazardous Waste Engineering Research
Laboratory in Cincinnati, Ohio (HWERL).
The primary focus of this in-house
research is to:  (1) Establish how
combustion parameters and variables
affect failure of a simulated hazardous
waste incinerator or an industrial
boiler that co-fires hazardous waste
with conventional fuel to achieve
99.99% ORE (Destruction and Removal
Efficiency); and (2) Determine how,
when and why PICs are formed (e.g., too
low an oxygen concentration or too low
an operating temperature) and-to deter-
mine how or whether they can be subse-
quently destroyed or removed (e.g., by
secondary combustion or scrubbing/
adsorption techniques).

     Four experimental systems will be
utilized; they are:

•  Thermal Destruction Unit-Gas Chroma-
   tographic (TDU-GC) System ---  A
   non-flame unit akin to what UDRI
   used previously.

•  Microspray Reactor 	  A flame-
   mode reactor similar to what EERC
   used in their previous study.

•  Turbulent Flame Reactor —  A flame-
   mode reactor similar to what EERC
   used in their previous study.

•  Controlled Temperature Tower (CTT)
   -—  A pilot-scale  (150,000 Btu/hr),
   flame-mode, refractory-lined unit.

All four experimental systems described
above and a  scrubber  system have  been
installed and all but the Microspray
Reactor have undergone shakedown test-
ing.

Investigation of Gas-Phase Thermal
     Decomposition  Properties of  Hazard-
     ous Organic Compounds (by UDRI)

     Under EPA's support, the Univer-
sity of Dayton Research  Institute
(UDRI)  is continuing  their investiga-
tion of non-flame thermal decomposition
                                           175

-------
                                                                        SAMPLE: PGP
                                                                        SIZE: 24.19 mg
                                                                        RATE: 10°C/min
                                    0   4*0  ED  12.0  16.0  20.0  24.0  28.0 32.0 380 '4o!o '44!o
                                                         TIME (mln]

                                               PCP DECOMPOSITION THERMOGRAM
                              1
320


280

240

200

160

120

 80

 40'
                                                                     SAMPLE: 245TCP
                                                                     SIZE: 17.70 mg
                                                                     RATE: 10°C/mln
28

24

20

16

12

8

4
                                       4J)  8.0 12.0  16.0 20.0 24.0 28:0 32'.0 '36'.0 4o!o *44!o

                                                        TIME |mln)


                                             2,4,5 TCP DECOMPOSITION THERM06RAM
                               FIGURE 3 . PCP DECOMPOSITION THERMOGRAM  AMD

                                                2,4,5 TCP DECOMPOSITION THERMOGRAM
                                                           176
_

-------
phenomena.  Their previous studies are
described herein under Past Research
Activities.  UDRI's current research
objectives are to study the:  (1)
Kinetics of Radical Attack; (2) Factors
Affecting High Temperature Gas-Phase
Thermal Decomposition; and (3) Measure-
ment of the Thermal Stability of Princi-
pal Organic Hazardous Constituents
(POHCs) and the Formation of Products of
Incomplete Combustion (PICs).

The Incineration Characteristics of
     Selected Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
     (by LSU)
    As an EPA Center of Excellence, the
Louisiana State University (LSU) at Baton
Rouge has been conducting fundamental
studies relative to the incineration
characteristics of selected chlorinated
hydrocarbons (CHC) since 1982 (14, 19).

     A stainless steel  shock tube was
employed to study the ignition delay time
for measuring the incinerability of CHC.
The ignition delay time was defined as
the time interval from the arrival of the
shock at the end of the tube until the
sudden rise in pressure due to the onset
of the principal reaction exothermicity.

     In the operation of a shock tube, a
one-dimensional shock wave is caused to
propagate within a tube filled with a
potentially reactive gas sample.  This
shock wave compresses the gas sample,
thereby, heating the sample to a tempera-
ture high enough to initiate reactions.

     Compounds/mixtures tested in the
shock tube were:  (1) methane and its
chlorinated derivatives; (2) ethane,
1,1,1-trichloroethane, and 1,2-dichloro-
ethane; (3) ethane and trichloroethane,
and (4) benzene and monochlorobenzene.

     Current efforts are focussed on the
spectroscopic study of the apparent inhi-
bition of the carbon monoxide conversion
to carbon dioxide during the oxidation of
CHCs.  Future research direction will
include the use of a single pulse shock
tube to study the product distributions
from the pyrolysis, oxidation and reduc-
tion of selected CHCs.

     In a companion study at LSU, a
"laminar-flow flat-flame" burner is also
being tested. It is similar to the EERC
and HWERL units described earlier.
The burner has a 6.0 cm diameter,
sintered, porous stainless steel plug
with heating/cooling coils embedded in
it.  The flames are shrouded from
possible entrainment effect by passing
a concentric nitrogen (Ng) shield .gas
around the flame holder through a
bronze porous plug of 6.6 cm diameter.
A 75 micro mesh screen is placed 6.2 cm
above the burner to improve flame
stability.  The burner assembly which
is housed within a 15.2 cm Pyrex tube
is supported by a 28.6 cm diameter
Teflon® rod.

     Compounds tested on this unit were
CH3C1, CH2C12 and CC14.  Both O^Clg
and CC14 are liquid at standard condi-
tions.  Major results, so far, are the
findings of stable, hazardous inter-
mediate compounds such as vinyl chlor-
ide (C2H3C1 ) and dichloroethene
(C2H2C12T during the flame-mode de-
composition of CHsCl , CH2C12 and CC14.
Non-Flame Waste Decomposition of
     Hazardous Waste (by MRI)
     The Midwest Research Institute
(MRI) has built a laboratory-scale unit
to test gram quantities of hazardous
waste in liquid, semi-liquid, or solid
forms.  The MRI system consists of a
volatilizing/pyrolysis heater contain-
ing the liquid or solid sample, and a
second-stage incineration heater. In
this system, a sample of the waste
material is inserted into a sample
"boat"  (in a hood) and pushed into the
sample heater:  Alternately, liquid can
be continuously fed into the sample
heater.  The sample in that heater is
volatilized or pyrolyzed, with the
gaseous products being transported by a
heated carrier gas (e.g., N2).  This
gas then combines with heated flue gas,
containing excess oxygen, after which
it enters an incineration section
(heater).  Gas exiting the incineration
heater passes through a sampling train
for full-flow collection of samples for
analysis.

     Hexachlorobenzene (HCB) tests have
been conducted because HCB is a solid
and also a surrogate for PCBs.  A
liquid waste (containing trichloro-
ethane, tetrachloroethane, bromochloro-
methane, pentachloroethane, hexachloro-
                                          177

-------
 ethane and dichlorobenzene)  is being used
 because MRI feels that its constituents
 may be difficult to incinerate since they
 have low heats  of combustion.

 Heterogeneous Catalytic Oxidation  of
      Model Chlorinated Hydrocarbons  (by
      HIT)
      Under an EPA Grant,  Professor
 Michael  P.  Manning of  the Massachusetts
 Institute  of  Technology is currently
 conducting research to investigate the
 catalytic  oxidation of selected  chlorin-
 ated hydrocarbons.

      The first  catalyst tested was a
 commercial  supported v^Os sulfuric
 acid  oxidation  catalyst.   Preliminary
 experiments were  carried  out  at  tempera-
 tures of 360  and  412°C using  inlet con-
 centrations of  5% (mol) CHsCl in  air.
 CH$C]  and air were passed over the fresh
 catalyst for  several hours  before data
 was taken to  allow the reaction  and
 catalyst activity  to reach  steady state.

      Visual inspection of the used
 catalyst showed a  pronounced  color
 change: the yellow-brown  fresh catalyst
 had turned  blue-green  after exposure to
 CH3C1.

      Preliminary  study results included:
 (1) A  commercially  available, promoted
 V205  oxidation catalyst has been  found
 to be  inactive for  the oxidation  of
 methyl chloride below  420°C [this  in-
 activity is most  probably due to  the
 temperature involved rather than  halogen
 poisoning (12)];  and (2)  Chromia-based
 catalysts, CrgOa  supported  on A^OS, have
 been  found to be  effective  for the oxi-
 dation of several  chlorocarbons such as
 di, tri, and  perchloroethylene (13).

 Oxidation of Model  Waste  Components In
     Supercritical  Mater  (by MfTl
     Supported by NASA, Professor Jeffer-
son W. Tester of the Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology is conducting research
relative to the reaction rates and mech-
anisms of waste destruction in the super-
critical water environment.

     The overall goal of this research
program is to understand the oxidation
kinetics of model  waste components in
supercritical water.  Reaction mechanisms
 in  supercritical water are different
 from those  in either low-pressure flame
 oxidation  (combustion) or wet oxidation.
 Rate expressions from these other pro-
 cesses  cannot be extrapolated a priori
 to  conditions in supercritical water,
 because the supercritical water environ-
 ment is much different than combustion
 or wet  oxidation environments.

     Oxidation in supercritical water
 is  a new process for wastewater treat-
 ment, capable of almost complete con-
 version of toxic organics to carbon
 dioxide and water.  Supercritical
 water,  which is water above both its
 critical temperature of 374°C and
 critical pressure of 27.6 MPa (3200
 psia),  has much different physical
 properties than room temperature and
 pressure water and is an excellent
 media for oxidative reactions for
 several reasons.  The high temperature
 of  supercritical water promotes rapid
 reaction rates.  Supercritical water
 also forms a miscible solution with air
 or oxygen, which eliminates the inter-
 phase mass-transport limitations that
 exist in a two-phase oxidation process
 (21).  The high solubility of organics
 in supercritical water promotes com-
 plete oxidation by preventing char
 formation from oxidation or decomposi-
 tion by-products (1).

     Currently, this research is inves-
tigating the oxidation of carbon mon-
 oxide and ammonia in supercritical
water, as these steps may be the last
 and rate-limiting steps in the con-
 version of organic carbon to carbon
 dioxide and of organic nitrogen to
molecular nitrogen.   The reactor util-
 ized is operated isothermally in plug
 flow, both of which  are important to
 simplify the rate expression calcula-
tion.  The reactor is constructed of
 Inconel  625, which can withstand the
high temperatures and pressures of the
experiments.  The reactor can be oper-
ated over a wide range of conditions,
between 400 and 600°C and between 24
and 34 MPa (3500-5000 psia).

     By the end of the current phase of
the project, the experimental  investi-
 gation of the oxidation of ammonia and
 carbon monoxide in supercritical  water
will be completed.  Consequently,  the
orders of reaction for carbon monoxide,
                                           178

-------
ammonia and oxygen, along with the acti-
vation energy and preexponential  constant
will then be able to be determined.

Molecular Beam Mass Spectroscopic Study
     of Chlorinated Hydrocarbon Flames
     (by IIT)

     Under an EPA grant, Professor S. Sen-
kan of the Illinois Institute of Technolo-
gy is continuing his studies on the lami-
nar flames of chlorinated hydrocarbons
CMC).  Present research is aimed at
developing a more detailed understanding
of the chemistry of such flames, more
comprehensive models describing the CMC
oxidation process, and at assessing the
formation and emission of pollutants from
practical combustion incineration systems.

     Experiments are being carried out in
a laminar flat flame burner similar in
design to the system's described earlier.
The flames are probed for the determin-
ation of species profiles using molecular
beam sampling coupled with on-line mass
spectroscopy (MBMS).  The MBMS is a
highly versatile method for studying
reactive gaseous mixtures, because of
its ability to furnish information on
the presence of all stable and radical
species in flames.

     In parallel with the experiments,
detailed chemical kinetic modeling of
the flames is also being pursued.
RECOMMENDATIONS

   JL Information on PICs (Products of
     Incomplete Combustion) is very
     limited.  Because PICs could be
     more hazardous than compounds in
     the original  waste, studying PIC
     formation and control  should be
     one of the most important and
     focal research areas for EPA.

  A Much of limited amount of data  -
     shown in this paper were obtained
     from non-flame and microgram-quan-
     tity testing environments.  The
     credibility of these data for
     actual thermal destruction under
     flame conditions remains to be
     demonstrated.  Therefore, research
     is needed to determine the appli-
     cability of non-flame, and micro-
     gram-testing, results to the
     full-scale realities of actual
     incinerators and other types of
     combustors.

   A Although there is a significant
     amount of experimental data now
     available in the literature, no
     calculational methods have been
     developed to predict what ORE or
     PICs would result if incinerator
     conditions change.  Research is
     needed to fill that void.
                                           179

-------
   REFERENCES

  1.   Connolly,  J.F.,  1966.   Solubility  of
      Hydrocarbons  in  Water  Near  the  Criti-
      cal  Solution  Temperature.   J. Chem.
      Eng.   Data. 11.  13.        ' - "

  2.   Dellinger, B., D.S. Duvall, D.L.
      Hall,  W.A. Rubey and R.A. Cannes,
      1982.  Laboratory Determinations of
      High-Temperature Decomposition  Be-
      havior of  Industrial Organic
      Materials.  Presented at the 75th
     Annual  Meeting of Air Pollution
     Control Association, New Orleans.
       -
 3.  Dellinger, B., et. al .   Determina-
     tion of the Thermal Decomposition
     Properties of 20 Selected Hazardous
     Organic Compounds. Draft Report to
     EPA to be published.

 4.  Duvall, D.S. and W.A. Rubey, 1976.
     Laboratory Evaluation of High-
     Temperature Destruction of Kepone
     and Related Pesticides. EPA600/2-76-
     299.

 5.  Duvall, D.S.  and W.A.  Rubey, 1977.
     Laboratory Evaluation  of High-Temper-
     ature Destruction of Polychlorinated
     Biphenyls and Related  Compounds.
     EPA600/2-77-228.

 6.  Duvall,  D.S.  et.  al . ,  1980.   High
     Temperature Decomposition  of Organic
     Hazardous Wastes.   Proceedings  of
     the Sixth Annual  Research  SymposTum:
     Treatment and  Disposal  of  Hazardous
     Waste,  U.S. EPA.  Municipal Environ-
     mental  Research Laboratory.
     EPA-600/9-80-011.        '~

 7.   Graham, J.L.,  et. al . ,  1984.  Design
     and  Evaluation of the Prototype
     Packaged  Thermal Reactor System.
     Draft Report to EPA.

8.   Laboratory Scale Flame-Mode  Hazardous
     Waste Thermal Destruction Research,
     1984.  U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency.  Report published by NTIS
     (Report # PB-84-1 84902).

9.  Lee, C.C. and 6.L. Huffman, 1984.
    An Overview of "Who Is Doing What"
    in Laboratory- and Bench -Scale
    Hazardous Waste Incineration Research.
    Presented at the National Conference
       on Management of Uncontrolled
       Hazardous waste Sites'.   Washington,
              ~ -
  10.   Lee,  K.C.,  H.J.  Jahnes  and D.C.
       Macauley,  1978.   Thermal Oxidation
       Kinetics of Selected  Organic Com-
       pounds.  Proceedings  of 71st Annual
      Meeting or  the Air Pollution -
      ^Control Association!  Houston, TX.
  11.  Lee, K.C., J.L. Hansen and D.C.
      Macauley, 1979.  Predictive Model
      of the Time-Temperature Requirements
      for Thermal Destruction of Dilute
      Organic Vapors.  Proceedings of the
      72nd Annual Meeting of the Air   ~*
      Pollution Control AssoclationT
      Cincinnati- OH.

 12.  Manning, M.P., 1981.  Heterogeneous
      Catalytic Oxidation of Model  Chlor-
      inated Hydrocarbons.  Presented at
      |he Environmental  Control  Process"
      State-of -the-Art Semi na r .
      Cincinnati. OH.

 13.  Manning,  M.P.   Fluid Bed 'Catalytic
      Oxidation:   An Underdeveloped
      Hazardous Waste Disposal  Technology.
      To be published in  Hazardous Waste
      Journal .   Tufts University, Medford,
     "~
 14.   Miller,  D.  et.  a.,  1983.   Inciner-
      ability  Characteristics  of Selected
      Chlorinated  Hydrocarbons.   Presented
      at  the Ninth Annual  EPA  Research
     lymposium on Land Disposal,  fncTner-
      ation and Treatment  of Hazardous
      Waste.   Ft.  Mitchell, KY.

 15.   Rubey, W.A. ,  1980.   Design Consider-
      ations for a  Thermal Decomposition
     Analytical System.   EPA-600/2-80-098.

 16.  Senkan,  S.M. , et. al., 1983a.  On
     the Combustion of Chlorinated Hydro-
     carbons, Part I:  Trichloroethylene.
     Combustion Science and Technology,
     Vol. U, pp.  187-202. -

17.  Senkan, S.M., J.M. Robinson and A.K.
     Gupta, 1983b.  Sooting Limits
     of Chlorinated Hydrocarbon - Methane
     - Air Pre-mixed Flames.   Combustion
     and Flame, Vol. 49,  p.  30TTI

18.  Senkan,  Selim M. , 1984.   On the
     Combustion of Chlorinated Hydro-
                                          ISO

-------
     carbons, Part II:  Detailed Chemical
     Kinetic Modeling of Intermediate
     Zone of the Two-Stage Trichloro-
     ethlyene-Oxygen-Nitrogen Flame.
     Combustion Science and Technology,
     Vol. 38, p. 197.

19.  Senser, D. and V.  Cundy, 1984.
     The Incineration Characteristics
     of Selected Chlorinated Methanes.
     Presented at the 22nd ASME/AIChE
     Heat Transfer Conference"!  Niagara
     Falls, N.Y.

20.  Thermal Destruction of Chlorophenol
     Residues, 1983.  Technical Services
     Branch, Environmental  Protection
     Service.  Environment  Canada.

21.  Timber-lake, S.H., 6.T. Hong, M.
     Simson and M. Model!,  1982.   Super-
     critical Water Oxidation for
     Wastewater Treatment:   Preliminary
     Study of Urea Destruction.
     SAE Tech. Pap. Ser. Number 820872.

22.  Valeiras, H., A.K. Gupta and S.M.
     Senkan, 1984.  Laminar Burning
     Velocities of Chlorinated Hydro-
     carbon - Methane - Air Mixtures.
     Combustion Science and Technology,
     Vol. 36, p. 123.
                                          181

-------
                         A LABORATORY STUDY ON  THE EFFECT OF
                           ATOMIZATION ON DESTRUCTION AND
                    REMOVAL EFFICIENCY FOR LIQUID HAZARDOUS WASTES
                                  John C.  Kramlich
                               Elizabeth M.  Ponce!et
                                 Wm. Randall  Seeker
                                 Gary S. Samuel sen

                    Energy and Environmental  Research Corporation
                                      18 Mason
                            Irvine, California  92718-2798
                                      ABSTRACT

     The  results  of a laboratory-scale  experimental program on the effects of spray
atomization quality on waste  destruction efficiency  in  incineration  processes are
presented.  The  hypothesis considered  is that spray atomization quality can, under some
circumstances,  be the dominant cause of a unit's failure to achieve high efficiency
destruction.  The v/aste  destruction efficiency  measurements were  performed  in  a
laboratory scale turbulent spray flame reactor.   The measurements were obtained under
correct  atomizer operation  and under degraded operation.   These  measurements were
compared with direct measurements  of droplet size distribution from the nozzles by
laser  diffraction.  The  results indicated that  the penetration of oversized droplets
through  the flame zone or to  the wall  was the  principal cause of reduction in waste
destruction efficiency.   In addition,  the potential  of a phenomena known  as "secondary
atomizatlon  as a means  of improving  efficiency  was examined.  (Secondary atomization
1s a phenomena  in which  a volatile  component is  introduced into  the fuel;  during
heating  the volatile component vaporizes and fractures the droplet,  thereby improving
atomization quality.  The occurrence  of secondary  atomization due to the inclusion of
volatile  wastes in No.  2 fuel  oil was demonstrated and was shown to markedly improve
efficiency.
INTRODUCTION

     Incineration  is  an attractive
alternative  native for the disposal  of
organic hazardous  wastes.  As opposed to
landfilling  or deep well  injection,  it
effects a permanent solution.  However,
Incineration  is attractive only  if  the
waste is destroyed  to an  acceptable
efficiency  and if harmful emissions  of
hazardous byproducts are avoided.   The
Federal  government has recognized that the
public  welfare requires  government
regulation  of  waste  disposal through the
Resources Conservation  and Recovery Act
(RCRA)(10).   Through RCRA Congress  has
                                         182

-------
cftarged the  Erm ronmental  Protection
Agency (EPA)  with  the development of
regulations  and the enforcement of  these
regulations.  The EPA has. identified over
300 compounds  as hazardous (2,3)  and has
established  licensing and operating
regulations  for devices destroying  these
compounds  (4).   These  regulations  rec-
ognize  the  fact that thermal  destruction
devices cannot operate to  100 percent
efficiency.   Therefore,  some emission
level  must  be defined  as a minimum
standard  for  safety.   Presently, 99.99
percent destruction and removal  efficiency
(DRE) of the  principal  organic hazardous
constituents (POHCs) is the  standard.

     Field testing of full-scale waste
destruction  facilities (11)  and testing of
subscale flames  (8) has shown that  well
designed systems  have little trouble
meeting the  performance standard.  Indeed,
the evidence suggests that a substantial
perturbation of  design or operational
parameters are necessary for substantial
emissions  to occur  (8).  These perturba-
tions have been  termed "failure modes"
because the  perturbation has caused some
fundamental  rate  limiting step to fail to
completely destroy the waste (7).  Thus,
the key questions with respect to' DRE are:

1.  What are the  mechanisms  that per-
    mit the  small amount of  waste to
    escape during high efficiency
    operation?

2.  What different mechanisms are re-
    sponsible for waste release dur-
    ing a  failure mode?

     In this  paper  we address failure
modes  associated with the  atomization of
liquid fuel  or waste.
     Considerable  work  has been directed
toward characterizing the effect of atomi-
zation quality  on the  combustion  effi-
ciency of  liquid  fuels.   Edwards (1)
describes  two ways in  which atomization
influences  efficiency.  First, the spray
must  be  sufficiently fine  to allow
complete evaporation within the flame.
Secondly,  the spray must be injected into
the  correct portion of the flow field to
ensure stability.  Organic hazardous waste
can  be viewed  as  simply another  fuel
constituent.  A high DRE of the hazardous
component  can  be viewed as  its high
"combustion"  efficiency.    Thus, the
same  atomization factors  that influence
fuel  consumption efficiency would also be
expected  to  influence waste DRE.

     In practical units, atomization  fail-
ure modes can be associated with worn or
plugged nozzles.  Previous results  from
our laboratory  (8) have shown that  atom-
ization characteristics representative of
worn or plugged nozzles can result  in DRE
failure.   The objective of the work re-
ported here  was to characterize the link
between spray fineness and DRE, and to
examine the  potential of "secondary atom-
ization"  to  improve  DRE through in-flame
reduction in droplet size.

     The  approach was to characterize the
droplet size distribution produced  by a
series of sub-scale  nozzles.  This  was
done under cold-flow conditions by  laser
diffraction. This droplet size data was
directly  compared with DRE results  from  a
small-scale  reactor  (8) to evaluate the
influence of droplet size on DRE.

     In a second portion of the study, the
potential of "secondary atomization" as  a
means of improving DRE was investigated.
Secondary atomization is the term used to
describe the in-flame fragmentation of '
droplets with  broad  boiler point distri-
butions  (9).  The fuel is blended with a
volatile compound; upon introduction into
the flame the  volatile constituent is
evaporated from the  surface of  the dropr
let.  The surface temperature approaches
the boiling point of the  less volatile
component.

     Heat from the surface conducts to the
droplet  interior, which can cause homogen-
eous vaporization of the volatile constit-
uent. This internal  vapor  generation
causes  the droplet to  expand  into  a
bubble,  which eventually ruptures.  This
fragments  the droplet  and effectively
reduces the  mean droplet  diameter.
Secondary atomization has been  explored  as
a  means  of  improving  spray  fineness for
liquids  with  poor primary atomization
qualities (e.g.,  highly viscous fluids and
slurries).

     The  hypothesis investigated  here  is
that the volatile wastes present in a
multicomponent  waste stream can, in high
concentrations, induce secondary atom-
ization and  improve  overall DRE.  The
approach  was to screen a serves of wastes
for secondary  atomization potential and .
compare the  DRE in the small-scale  reactor
for conditions  where secondary  atomization
                                          183

-------
was present against  conditions for which
1t  did not occur.  These tests were
performed under a previously characterized
atomtzation failure mode.

EXPERIMENTAL SYSTEMS

     Three experimental  rigs were used
during this study.  The  slip-flow reac-
tor was used to screen mixtures of No. 2
fuel oil and waste compounds for secondary
atomization intensity.  A cold flow spray
chamber with laser diagnostics was used to
characterize atomization quality from the
test nozzles.   A turbulent flame reactor
(TFR)  was used to obtain ORE measurements.

Slip-Flow Reactor

     The reactor was originally designed
to  study  the  thermal  decomposition
characte-isties of synthetic fuel oils; it
has proven useful  for  the examination of
physical  processes accompanying the
thermal decomposition  and  combustion of
all liquid fuels.  The reactor consists of
a 5 x  28 cm flat-flame burner downfired
Into a chimney of similar dimensions. The
flat flame is supported on a water-cooled
sintered stainless steel plate.  The
chimney is fitted with four 156 x 28 cm
Vycor windows  for optical access.  As
shown  I'n Figure 1, the fuel droplets are
injected ball istically normal to the hot
gas tlow.   The  key  attributes of the  rig
for  the  present  study are 1)  the
controlled  generation of  droplets of known
diameter  by a vibrating orifice technique,
2)  the exposure of  these droplets to a
high  temperature gas stream and 3)  the
ease of visual access for determination of
secondary  atomization  intensity.   The
final point is  the  principal  reason  the
reactor  configuration is used.    The
intensity  of the secondary atomization
reaction can  be visually gauged through
the large windows by  the  disruption of  the
droplet stream.   When no secondary
atomization is  present  the droplets move
smoothly through the laminar gas stream.
Even  a small  amount of  activity can be
easily distinguished against this time
steady background.   The  intensity  of  the
secondary  atomization  is subjectively
graded  by a  scale  similar  to  that
developed at Princeton (9).

Spray  Characterization Rig

     The  spray characterization rig  was
developed to  determine  dropsize
distributions  of small  seale- atomizers
under cold  flow conditions.   The rig,
illustrated  in  Figure   2,  consists of a
plexiglass  cylinder in which the  nozzle is
mounted on  centerline downfired.  Air is
co-flowed  axially around the nozzle to
simulate  the combustion air field  and to
prevent recirculation of  drop-
lets into the optical  path.
         Figure 1.  Slip-flow reactor.
 Figure 2.  Spray characterization  system.
                                         184

-------
     Two ports at opposite  sides of the
chamber provide access for the  Malvern
2600  HSD  particle size analyzer.   The
Malver measures dropsize  distribution by
measuring the diffraction  of a laser beam
as it passes  through the spray field.  The
diffraction  pattern is collected  by a
Fourier transform lens and  is focused onto
a detector array.   This can
two parameter  size fit (e.g.,
or Rosin-Rammler)  or a model
fit  capable of resolving
distributions.

Turbulent  Flame  Reactor
                                        SAMPLE POINT
                                        MIXING BAFFLES
 be  either a
,  log-normal
 independent
multi model
     The Turbulent Flame Reactor (TFR) was
designed to simulate a number of  aspects
of  the  flame zone performance of liquid
injection incinerators.   These include
swirl,recirculation , broad drop-size
distribution, and high  variation in
droplet  number density.   It is parti-
cularly  important  that  the reactor be
capable  of simulating the compound escape
mechanisms that can  occur for flame zones
of  liquid injection incinerators.   Very
high heat removal  rates  are utilized to
quench  post-flame reactions.  Thus, the
destruction which occurs in the turbulent
diffusion flame is  emphasized over non-
flame  decomposition which  occurs in the
post-flame region.

     The design of the reactor is detailed
elsewhere (7).  The  reactor is shown in
Figure 3; it consists of a 30 cm diameter
by  90 cm long stainless steel cylindrical
enclosure with water-cooled walls. The
burner consists of  a  pressure-atomized
nozzle (Delavan WDA  series)  located level
with  the bottom plate of the reactor as
shown in Figure 3.   The nozzles have a 60°
angle  hollow coned  spray pattern and are
used  in sizes corresponding  to 1.9, 2.85,
3.8,  5.7 liters/hour (0.5, 0.75, 1.0, and
1.5 gallons/hr).   The  fuel, here  No. 2
fuel  oil, is doped  with  waste compounds
and supplied from  a  pressurized tank.

     The main  burner  air is  introduced
 through the  annular space  around the
 nozzle.  A  research-type variable swirl
 block  burner  is  used to introduce the
 burner air.   The burner  air is supplied
 from the compressed  air supply  and metered
 by a venturi meter  prior to  introduction
 into the swirl burner.   Gas samples are
 obtained downstream of a  series of mixing
 baffles  at the  reactor  exit  by  an uncooled
 stainless steel probe.
                 SIGHT-GLASS

                   COOLING
                   WATER
                                        SWIRL VANES

                                        BURNER AIR FLOW
                   Figure 3.  The turbulent flame reactor.


                 Volatile Organic Analysis

                      The ORE of the waste compounds was
                 measured in the exhaust  of the turbulent
                 flame reactor by use  of a Nutech Volatile
                 Organic  Sampling Train (VOST).  This train
                 is described in detail elsewhere (6).   In
                 brief, gas samples are drawn through chil-
                 led cartridges  within which the volatile
                 organic  compounds are  absorbed onto Tenax-
                 GC.   After sampling the compounds are
                 released by thermal  desorption and anal-
                 yzed on a gas chromatograph equipped with
                 a flame  iomzatlon detector  (7).

                 RESULTS  AND  DISCUSSION

                 Atomizer  Characterization  and ORE
                 Performance~

                      The purpose of the  tests  reported in
                 this section was to quantitatively  char-
                 acterize the droplet size distributions
                 from the test  nozzles and to compare these
                 characterizations with ORE performance.
                 The nozzles  were operated at both the de-
                 sign  points and under off-design condi-
                 tions  to obtain atomization  qualities
                 characteristic of failure modes. These
                 results were compared with  the  DRE ob-
                 tained  using these nozzles in the TFR.

                      The Delavan  WDA series nozzles used
                  in  this study generate a .6J)° hollow  spray
                                          185

-------
  pattern.   Liquid is forced through  small
  slots  under pressure into a swirl  chamber.
  The swirling  liquid leaves  the  chamber
  through an endport and establishes the
  characteristic hollow-coned spray  pattern.
  Thus,  the energy  needed  to overcome
  surface  tension and  form  droplets Is
  supplied by the fuel pressure drop across
  the  nozzle. The  nozzles are  supplied for
  fixed  flow rates;  these are  set  to yield
  the  required  pressure drop  across the
  nozzle for design operation.   Substitution
  of a larger capacity  nozzle  at  the same
  flow rate  will reduce  fluid  pressure and
  nozzle performance.  This  is  illustration
  1n Figure  4 where  the  area-mean  diameter
  is plotted against  fuel pressure  for four
  nozzles.   The  design pressure is  approx-
  imately 200 psi.   As flow and  pressure are
  reduced  the mean diameter increases from
 30 to  over 70  microns.  However,  changes
  1n mean  size  do not fully represent the
 situation.   The change in the size dis-
 tribution  is key because evaporation time
  limited behavior will tend to be dominated
 by the  largest  droplets  present.
    130
                 100     150
                 Nozzle Pressure (psl)
 Figure 4.
Droplet diameter  as a function
of nozzle pressure
     Figure 5 illustrates  the droplet size
distributions obtained  at  3.8 liters/hour
(1.0 gallons/hour).   The data set labeled
"Design  Operation"  was  for a 3.8 liter/
hour capacity nozzle,  and thus represents
the  size  distribution  resulting  from
correct  operation.   The "Off-Design" data
set is  for the identical flow rate, but an
oversized (5.7 liters/hour)  nozzle.  As
described above,  use  of oversized pressure
atomized nozzles  result in low fluid pres-
sure, and low atomization energy.   Thus,
the off-design results show the dropsize
                                         600  400    200   100 80 60  40    20    10
                                                   Diameter, microns
                                                             Design Operation
                                                             Off-Oestcn

                                                     600  400   200   100 80 60 40

                                                              Diameter, microns
 Figure 5.   Droplet size distributions
            and estimated evaporation
            time as a function of diameter

 is  shifted toward larger values.   The key
 to  interpreting the effect of the  shift  in
 droplet size is found in the evaporation
 time plot of Figure 5.   This plot  shows
 evaporation time as a function of  droplet
 diameter for No.  2 fuel  oil, based on the
 "d^ law" (5).  The on-design data  shows
 approximately 10  percent  of  the mass is
 above  170  microns.   According to the
 evaporation rate  plot, this  10  percent
 will   require  more  than  50 msec  to
 evaporate.   The off design data  indicate
 that   fully 46  percent of  the  mass  is
 greater than 170 microns.   Also note that
 the largest size  class  (250-560 microns)'
 has increased  from 2 to  16  percent of the
 total  mass.  Since  the  evaporation times
 for this category range  from 100-700 msec,
 it  is  evident that  the  effect of moving
 from on-to-off  design operation is a sub-
 stantial  increase  in the evaporation time
 of a significant  fraction of the fuel.

     The on-design  and off-design atomizer
 conditions were used  in the  TFR to deter-
mine the  influence of atomization quality
 on ORE.  The No.  2  fuel oil  was doped to
3.0 weight percent with  an equimolar
mixture  of  test compounds.  These  test
                                          186

-------
compounds were selected to represent  the
various  classes  of organic hazardous
wastes;  they  were acry1 onitri1e ,
chloroform,  chlorobenzene,  and benzene.
These  compounds were used in our previous
subscale  testing,  and  a  discussion of
their  incineration  related properties is
available elsewhere  (7).

     The  TFR  was  operated under both  the
on-design and off-design  conditions as
defined above, and  theoretical air  was  the
independent variable.  Figure 6 shows  the
fraction of each of  the compounds  that
escaped-destruction  for each of the nozzle
conditions.
0.005
     O
    U.
        0.004
        0.003
        0.002
      O 0.001
      O
        0.005


      i 0.004


        0.003
    "g 0.002
      i 0.001
      o
      o
              o  '
                 DESIGN OPERATION
           60 ~100  140  180  220 ~2gO
             THEORETICAL AIR, percent

Figure  6.  Waste destruction for the nozzle
          conditions  identified in Figure 5.
     The on-design  nozzle results show be-
havior similar to those documented in  our
previous work (7,8):

•  A range  of high ORE between  100-200
   percent theoretical air.

•  At low theoretical air the increased
   waste emissions  indicate a failure  mode
   due  to  fuel-rich  pockets  breaking
   through the flame.
 •  At high theoretical air the increased
   waste emissions  indicates a quenching
   failure mode in  which the high air  flow
   is  quenching portions  of the flame
   prior to complete  reaction.

     Comparison  of the on-design and  off-
 design  plots shows  that the emissions at
 the  rich  and lean failure  modes are not
 significantly different.  However, the ORE
 in  the  region between 100 and 200 percent
 theoretical air has degraded markedly  from
 the  previous high efficiency.  Thus, the
 change in  atomization  quality  that
 accompanied the  use of  the oversized
 nozzle induced an  atomization failure
 mode; the ORE, which  was much greater  than
 99.99  percent was  reduced to the order of
 99.9 percent.

     Two general  mechanisms can be identi-
 fied by which poor  atomization can influ-
 ence ORE.   In the first, droplets which
 are too   large  to  evaporate  in  the
 available  time penetrate to  the reactor
 wall.  The liquid evaporates and exits the
 reactor along the cold boundary layer at
 the wall.   In  the second mode,  the
 droplets  penetrate through the flame-zone
 without fully evaporating until  well  into
 the  post-flame  region.  Here, mixing or
 temperature may  not be sufficient to
 ensure complete destruction.

     Estimation of the maximum droplet
diameter  for which  the droplets avoid
striking the  wall  involves 1)  determin-
ation  of  fraction of the  hydrodynamic
energy  released by the nozzle that is
converted  into droplet velocity, and 2)
determination of the aerodynamic drag on
the droplets  as they  simultaneously evap-
orate and  burn.   While  such calculations
cannot  be  performed  to  a great  degree of
 accuracy,  the estimation indicates  that
 the threshold diameter fpr  striking the
wall is approximately 200-300  microns.
 This is consistent with  the shift in ORE
 behavior  associated with  the spray degra-
 dation and  it indicates the following
 methodology for evaluating the atomization
 adequacy of full-scale nozzles:

 •  Evaluate  atomization  quality in  cold
   flow on either the actual waste stream
   or on a surrogate stream of  Identical
   properties.  If possible,  both dropsize
   and droplet velocity information should
   be obtained.
                                          187

-------
 •  Use  the  spray information to evaluate
   the  adequacy of the match between the
   combustion  chamber  and the spray
   pattern.

 The  actual  evaluation  of a full scale
 setup by this methodology cannot presently
 be  done to a great  degree of accuracy.
 However, the approach  does  indicate future
 research directions.

 Influence of Secondary Atomization on  ORE

     Large-scale atomizers generally  fail
 to provide acceptable atomization quality
 for two reasons:

 1.  The liquid is unusually viscous or it
    contains solids  (i.e.,  slurry).

 2.  Portions of the  nozzle  have degraded
    during use such  that design operation
    cannot be obtained.

 Since  the liquid hazardous  waste desig-
 nation covers a wide  variety of fluids and
 slurries, there  is  little doubt that a
 certain portion of these will be difficult
 to atomize.   Also,  many wastes  have,  cor-
 rosive  and  abrasive  properties  that  will
 accelerate nozzle wear during  service.
 Thus,  under certain  conditions primary
 atomization  quality can be expected to  be
 a limiting factor  in overall ORE.

     As discussed  in the first section of
 this paper,  the secondary atomization
 phenomena  has  been investigated as a means
 of Improving  combustion efficiency through
 the in-flame  reduction of droplet diameter
 via fragmentation.  Reviews of the exper-
 imental data (9)  and theory  (12)  are
 available in  the  literature.   Most wastes
 are multicomponent mixtures  of varying
 volatility.   Since  waste  atomization can
be a critical deficiency  in  the incin-
eration process,  secondary atomization can
occur either naturally or be induced  by
addition of a volatile component as a
means  of improving performance.

     The two  questions addressed  on secon-
dary  atomization in the present work were
1) whether  secondary atomization can  be
induced by the presence of  hazardous com-
pounds  1n fuel  oil,  and 2) whether this
secondary atomization has  the capability
of improving ORE.  Five compounds were
selected  for  doping into  No. 2  fuel  oil
for secondary atomization  screening.
These were  selected to represent a broad
range of  boiling points: dichloromethane,
39°C; acrylonitnle, 79°C; benzene, 80°C;
isopropanol,  82°C; and benzal  chloride,
205°C.  These were also  selected to re-
present a wide range of  volatility dif-
ferences  with respect  to  No.  2 fuel oil
(boiling point:  210-260°C).

     Each of  the compounds were screened
in the  slip reactor at 0.5, 2,  5, 10, 20,
and 40  weight percent  in  the  No. 2 fuel
oil.  The results  are  presented graphi-
cally in  Figure 7  as a plot of secondary
atomization  intensity  vs.  concentration
for each  of the compounds.  These results
indicate  that secondary  atomization is
active  only  for compound  concentrations
above  two percent  (except) for isopro-
panol,  which  was active  above 0.5  per-
cent).   Also,  for secondary atom.ization to
occur  there  must  be  some difference
   Violent  —.	
•g  Readily
o  Apparent
   Regular	—

   None
Figure  7.
             10             100

     Waste Concentration in Fuel

Effect  of waste concentration on
secondary atomization intensity.
 between the boiling  points of the base
 fuel  and the additive.  For example, ben-
 zal  chloride, which  has  a boiling point
 comparable with that  of  No.  2 fuel oil,
 showed no activity at any concentration.
 The results indicate that intensity is  not
 entirely a function of boiling point dif-
 ferential.  For example, isopropanol  has  a
 boiler point  of 82°C,  but it induced  a
 substantially more active reaction ,than
 dichlormethane  (39°C).   Thus,  other
 factors than  boiling  point differential
                                         188

-------
(e.g.,  compound polarity) are related to
intensity.

     The  screening  tests indicated that
isopropanol and benzal chloride represent
the limits of  secondary  atomization in-
tensity.   These two compounds  were
selected for ORE testing  in the TFR.  The
compounds  were tested at 0.5, 2.0, and
10.0 weight  percent in  No. 2 fuel oil.
The experiments were designed to determine
the effect of  compound concentration ORE
for 1) a compound for which no. secondary
atomization  occurs  across the entire
concentration range, and 2)  a compound  for
which no secondary atomization occurs  at
low concentrations, but a strong response
is obtained at  high concentrations.  Thus,
benzal chloride yields the concentration
dependence in the absence of  secondary
atomization.   Any strong additional con-
centration dependence for isopropanol  can
be  attributed  to  an increase  in  secondary
atomization intensity with concentration.

     The test  condition  corresponded to
the off-design  atomization  condition
illustrated in Figure 5.   In  all  other
respects,  the  TFR was set for high effic-
iency  operation  (120 percent theoretical
air,  0.8 swirl number).   Thus,  the only
variables were test compound type and con-
centration.

     The results  for  ORE of the test com-
pounds  are  shown in Figure 8.  Waste
penetration (fraction of original waste
 escaping the  reactor) is plotted against
 the percent waste in  the fuel for the two
 test compounds.  Benzal  chloride shows  an
 approximately one order of  magnitude de-
 crease in penetration between 0.5 and  10
 percent waste concentration.  Since  no
 secondary  atomization takes place for  this
 compound, the concentration effect  on
 penetration must be due  to other factors.
 For isopropanol, however, the effect  of
 concentration is much more pronounced.
 Between 0.5  and  10 percent concentration
 ORE improves  from less  than 99.9 percent
 to  greater  than  99.9999  percent.  Sig-
 nificantly,  this  increase in  ORE occurs
 concurrently with  an increase in secondary
 atomization  intensity from none to vio-
 lent.   Thus, at  least  a  substantial
 portion  of  the difference  in  behavior
 between benzal chloride  and  isopropanol
 can be  attributed to  the  secondary
 atomization  behavior of isopropanol.
Figure 8.  Comparison of compound pene-
          tration for  benzal chloride and
          isopropanol  as a function  of com-
          pound concentration in the auxil-
          iary fuel.   Results are for the
          turbulent flame reactor operating
          under an atomization failure
          condition.

      This work suggests that  the  ORE of
 liquid  injection incinerators operating
 under  atomizer  limited conditions  can be
 improved by the blending of small amounts
 of high volatility liquids  into the waste
 stream.  The blending  agent  may be a
 second waste  stream of markedly  different
 volatility  rather than a pure organic
 liquid.  These blending agents  may be
 particularly appropriate  for slurry
 atomization, whose primary  atomization
 quality is  usually limited.

 CONCLUSIONS

      The results of this study have shown
 that  atomization  quality  and ORE  are
 strongly  correlated.   The  specific
 conclusions are:

 •   Degradation of atomization quality
      appears to influence ORE primarily
      through the penetration of droplets
      through  the flame  zone or to the
      wal1s.

  •   A potential  methodology  for
      evaluating nozzle  performance in
      relation to a particular incinerator
      geometry  was  identified.   This
      consisted of evaluation of the nozzle
      for spray angle,  droplet size and
      droplet velocity.  This information
                                          189

-------
     is matched with  the incinerator
     geometry to yield the approximate
     maximum tolerable droplet size  to
                           penetration.
 avoid wal1  or firebal1
 •    Secondary atomization has  been
     indicated to  be a mechanism for
     improving ORE in situations in  which
     atomizer performance  limits ORE.  A
     means of obtaining  this  effect and
     improving ORE could  be the selective
     blending of waste streams of varying
     volatility.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The authors wish to  thank Mr. Howard
 0.  Crura for  his contribution  to the
 experimental portion of the program.  This
 work  was  supported  by  the   U.S.
 Environmental  Protection Agency—Air and
 Energy  Engineering  Research  Laboratory,
 Research Triangle  Park,  NC--through
 Contract 68-02-3633.
REFERENCES
1.
2.
3.
4.
Edwards,  J.
Formation
species,
Arbor,  MI.
 B., 1974.   Combustion;
 and  Emission
THfn
                    	of  Trace
                   Arbor Science.  Ann
5.
Environmental Protection Agency, July
16,  1980.  Hazardous  Waste and
Consolidated  Permit Regulations,
Federal  Register, 45:138.

Environmental Protection Agency, July
16, 1980.   Incineration Standards for
Owners  and Operators of Hazardous
Haste Management Facilities, Federal
Register, 46:138.

Environmental  Protection Agency,
January  2,  1981.  Incineration Stand-
ards  for Owners and Operators of
Hazardous  Waste  Management Facili-
ties,  Federal Register, 46:264.

Glassman, I., 1977.   Combustion Aca-
demic  Press, New York.
                                  Jungclaus, G.  A.,  P. G. Gorman, G.
                                  Vaughn, L.  D.  Johnson,  and D.
                                  Friedman,  1984.   Development of a
                                  Volatile  Organic  Sampling  Train
                                  (VOST), Incineration and Treatment of
                                  Hazardous Waste:  proceedings of "tHe~
                                  Ninth Annual  Research Symposium,  EPA-
                                  600/2-84-086,  U.S. EPA.	

                                  Kramlich, J.C., M.P. Heap,  J.H. Pohl,
                                  E.M.  Poncelet,  G.S. Samuelsen, and
                                  W.R.  Seeker,  1984.  Laboratory Scale
                                  Flame-Mode  Hazardous  waste Thermal
                                  Destructi on  Research ,
                                  L-PA-600/2-84-086,  U.S.  EPA.	

                                  Kramlich, J.C.,  M.P.  Heap, W.R.
                                  Seeker, and  G.S.  Samuelsen,  1985.
                                  Flame-Mode  Destruction of  Hazardous
                                  Waste Compounds,  20th  Int.  Symp.
                                  Combust.,  The Combustion
                                               (in press).
                                                      The
                                            Pittsburgh, PA
                              Institute,
9.   Lasheras, J.C.,  A.C. Fernadez-Pel 1 o,
     and  F.L. Dryer,  1981.  On the Dis-
     ruptive Burning  of Free Droplets  of
     Alcohol In-Paraffin Solutions and
     Emulsions, 18th  Int. Symp. Combust.,
     The  Combustion institute, Pittsburg,
     PA,  p. 293.

10.  Resource  Conservation and  Recovery
     Act,  1976.  Public Law 94-580.

11.  Trenholm, A, P.  Gorman, B. Smith, and
     D. Oberacker, 1984.  Emissions  Test
     Results   for a Hazardous  Waste
     Incineration RIA, Proceedings  of the
     Ninth Annual Research Symposium on
     Tncineration  and  Treatment of
     Hazardous Waste,  EPA-600/9-84-015.
     U.S.  EPA,  p. 160.

12.  Wang,  C.H., X.Q.  Liu, and  C.K.  Law,
     1984.  Combustion and Microexplosion
     of Freely Falling Multicomponent
     Droplets,  Combust. Flame 56, 175.
                                        190

-------
                  EVALUATION OF A PILOT SCALE CIRCULATING BED COMBUSTOR
                        WITH A SURROGATE HAZARDOUS WASTE MIXTURE
                          Daniel P.Y. Chang and Nelson W. Sorbo
                             Department of Civil Engineering
                             University of California, Davis
                                        ABSTRACT

      Circulating bed combustors (CBC) appear to be an  emerging  technology  for the destruc-
tion of  hazardous wastes.  A  cooperative  study among the CBC manufacturer,  the California
Air  Resources  Board,  the California  Department  of Health  Services and the  Environmental
Protection Agency was carried out on a pilot-scale CBC.  A  surrogate  waste mixture having a
heating value of  about  19 MJAg (8000 Btu/lb)  and comprised of water, xylene,  ethylbenzene,
toluene, hexachlorobenzene, 1,2,4 trichlorobenzene, Freon  113, and carbon tetrachloride was
fed  to a CBC at  a heat release rate of about 530 MJ/hr (0.5 MMBtu/hr).  The destruction and
removal efficiency (ORE)  and formation of  products of incomplete combustion (PIC) were eva-
luated.  Samples were drawn throughout an 18 hour test period for volatile and semi-volatile
compounds.  Combustion  parameters such as  oxygen,  total hydrocarbons, carbon monoxide, car-
bon  dioxide,  oxides  of nitrogen, CBC bed temperature  and air flowrate  were  also measured
continuously.   In addition, a  refractory  tracer  SF, was  injected  into  the combustion zone
and  monitored  on a  continuous  basis as well  as  by grab  samples.   Results of  those tests
indicate that the CBC  was being operated in a near "failure mode"  condition throughout much
of  the  test.   Nevertheless, 'high  ORE was  observed  (>99.99%)  for  the majority  of samples.
Formation of volatile  PIC chlorine  compounds appeared to be correlated with carbon monoxide
and  total hydrocarbons.
INTRODUCTION

        The California Air  Resources Board
(CARS)  staff  evaluated  emissions  from  a
circulating  bed combustor  (CBC)  owned and
operated by GA  Technologies, Inc., (GA) San
Diego, California.  This  test.was  the first
in   a  series  of  three,  funded  by  the
Environmental  Protection Agency  (EPA)  and
the   California   Department   of  Health
Services  (DOHS),  to  evaluate  the perfor-
mance of different types  of hazardous waste
incinerators.   The goals  of this study were
to  evaluate specific  combustion  units,  to
increase  the database on emissions of non-
criteria   pollutants,   and   to   evaluate
methods  for permitting and monitoring such
units in  the future.  The  CBC was included
in   this  study because  of  its   potential
application  to  on-site waste destruction  by
generators  of small  quantities  of  waste.
     The overall  objective of the  GA  test
was  to  evaluate  the  operational  charac-
teristics  of the  CBC when  fueled with  a
simulated  liquid  waste   mixture.     This
included defining an  envelope  of operation
of the CBC using typical parameters such as
CO  and  THC  in  the  effluent  gases,  and
measuring the destruction and removal effi-
ciencies  (ORE)  of a  number of  refractory
compounds  under  various  combustion  con-
ditions.   A complete  description of  all
aspects  of   this  project  is   found   in
Reference 1.
                                              191

-------
  DESCRIPTION OF CIRCULATING BED COMBUSTOR

       The  CBC  is an  outgrowth  of coal com-
  bustion technology  involving fluidized bed
  combustion.   The bed  solids in  a CBC are
  continually carried  out of  the  top of the
  main combustor, collected by a cyclone, and
  continuously returned  to  the bottom of the
  combustor, while  the bed solids  in a con-
  ventional  fluidized-bed combustor maintain
  a    relatively     stationary     position.
  Operation in a  circulating  mode offers the
  advantage  of  a greater range of turndown
  ratios and improved  mixing  and temperature
  uniformity over that of conventional  com-
  bustors  (2).    The  CBC  is  operated  at
  substantially  lower  temperatures  than  con-
  ventional  incinerators  resulting in relati-
  vely low NO  concentrations.   The mean gas
  temperature!? in a CBC  are maintained below
  870  C (1600UF) to prevent  slagging  of the
  bed  material.    Complete oxidation of  the
  fuel is enhanced  by mixing  of bed  solids
  with excess  oxygen   and by  a substantial
  residence  time afforded by recirculation of
  solids.     The  presence of  reactive  bed
  solids  offers  the  potential  for capture of
  halogen  and sulfur   reactants  in  the bed
  materials.  GA has demonstrated S00  and HC1
  removal ranging from  88  to >99% (37.

      The nominal thermal rating of the CBC
  tested was 2100 Md/hr (2 MMBtu/hr).  it had
 an inner diameter of 40 cm (15.5 in), and a
 height of  7.6  m C25  ft).   Bed  solids were
 stored externally and transported pneumati-
 cally to the bed as  needed  to maintain the
 quantity of material  in the  bed.   The test
 was  designed to determine the  response of
 the CBC to an aqueous-organic fuel mixture.
 Therefore no solid  fuel was used during the
 test  except  during   the  initial  warm-up
 period.    Natural gas was  used to augment
 the heat release rate as needed during  the
 test  to  maintain the  combustion   bed  tem-
 perature.   A forced draft fan supplied pri-
 mary  and secondary combustion  air to  the
 combustor.   Solids carried  out  of  the  bed
 were  collected in a cyclone and  returned to
 the bed through a proprietary return seal.
 Gases exiting the combustor were cooled by
 a    liquid    water    heat    exchanger.
 Supplemental  cooling  and dilution  air were
 permitted  to enter between  the  gas  cooler
 and the  inlet to the  baghouse.   Gas  flows
were  drawn into the baghouse by two induced
draft  fans,  one  of  which failed during  the
test.     The CBC  was  operated  so  that
atmospheric pressure was maintained at  the
exit of the combustor.
       GA gas sampling  instruments  (C00,  CO,
  THC,  0 ,  NO  ,  HC1,   S09)   were  Itcated
  downstream of  the  gas cooler  and upstream
  of the dilution air inlet.   In addition,  GA
  continuously    recorded    pressure    drop,
  average  bed  temperature,  and  total  com-
  bustion air.   The  volumetric flowrate  of
  the dilution  air stream was estimated  by
  chemical  mass  balances  of  N9,   C00,  and
  0, - concentrations.     The  dllutidn   air
  flowrate was found  to be about 10% of  the
  combustion air  flowrate and thus this  value
  was assumed  throughout  the  test period.
  Fuel and water  flowrates  were also recorded
  periodically.   CARB  instruments   (C00, CO,
  THC,   CH ,  Q    NO ,  S0?)  were focated
  downstream  of   th£  bagfiouse.     Tracer
  Technologies  injected  sulfur hexafl'uoride
  (SF-)  into the  CBC and  monitored the SF-
  with   a   semi-continuous  GC/ECD  system
  located   at  the  CARB  sampling  point.
  Integrated samples   were  obtained by  CARB
  for  volatile  organic compounds (Tedlar bag
  samples)   and  semi-volatile  organic  com-
  pounds  (XAD-2 resin)  for the ORE and PIC
  determinations.   Bag  sample  analyses  were
  carried    out   by    CARB's    Haagen-Smit
 Laboratories  in   El   Monte,   California.
 Analysis  of the  XAD-2 resin  samples  were
 performed  by the  California Air Industrial
 Hygiene     Laboratory     in     Berkeley.
 California.

      The  fuel  mixture used for this  test
 was  selected  to  simulate  a •refractory
 hazardous waste stream and  to provide  com-
 parability  to  other EPA  tests.    The  com-
 position and analysis (% total mass)  of the
 fuel used  for   this  test  was:     xylene
 (74.38*),  ethylbenzene (20.975K), Freon 113
 (1.00%),  toluene (0.35*),  hexachlorobenzene
 (0.26*).    The  heating value  of this  fuel
 was  about  39    MJ/kg   (17,000   Btu/lb).
 Because the test  was designed to  simulate
 the combustion  of an  aqueous  mixture of
 organo-chlorine  fuels,  water  was  dynami-
 cally   mixed with  the  surrogate   fuel to
 achieve an  effective  heating value  of about
 19  MJAg  (8000 Btu/lb).

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

     The  operation of  the CBC. was  charac-
terized  by  combustion  parameters  and by
analysis of  bag samples, resin samples,  and
SF6 ORE data.
                                            192

-------
Combustion Parameters

     A  graph of  CO,  THC, CU,  and bed  tem-
perature  as  a function  of run time is  pre-
sented  in Figure  1.
gas
The unsteady nature of  the combustion
composition   is   evident.   A  careful
examination  of  this  figure  would suggest
that  there was  a relationship  between CU,
CO,  and THC  concentrations.    To evaluate
this  relationship the data were stratified
for 02  concentration  into 1% intervals and
the averages of  CO and THC of all points  in
each  interval  were calculated.  The results
of  this   analysis  are  shown in Figure  2.
                      60 120 180 240 300  360  420 480 540 600  660 720 780 840 900 960 102010801140 1200
                                           RUN TIME (MINUTES)
                     I	1	1	n	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1	1
                     21  22  23 24 01 02 03 04  05  06  07  08  09  10  11  12  13 14 15  16
                                           CLOCK TIME (HOURS)


Figure  1.   09 concentration, THC concentration, CO concentration, and bed temperature
            versus run time and clock time for the first  1200 minutes  of the test.
                                             193

-------
  High CO and THC emissions occurred  at  con-
  ditions    of    low    or    very     high
  0? concentrations.  An  analysis  of the  tem-
  peratures  that occurred during high CO and
  THC  concentrations  indicated   that   low
  Ou was responsible for more of the CO and
  mC excursions  than  was  low temperature.
  The  frequency  of  CO  and  THC  excursions
  increased  with decreasing 09 levels,  par-
  ticularly  below about  5 to  5% 09.  The GA
  Technologies  THC and  CO analyzer^ went off
  scale at  about  400 and 5000 ppm,  respec-
  tively,  thus the apparent  leveling  off of
  THC  and   CO  readings  did   not   occur in
  reality.   This  range  of  0,  concentration
  was somewhat  higher than  anticipated in
  order  to  achieve  high  combustion  effi-
  ciency.    GA  Technologies staff  suggested
  that  a possible reason for  the deteriora-
  tion  of combustion  efficiency was the  size
  of  the positive displacement pump used to
  deliver fuel  to  the CBC.   It had a nominal
 rated  capacity  of  about  110  liters  per
 minute  (jppm) (30 gallons per  minute), where
 as  fuel was being  fed  to  the bed  at about
 0.44  - O.SOJipm  (7-8 gallons  per  hour).
 Thus  there may have been  "surges" of  fuel
 that  resulted  in fuel  rich  pockets  of gas
 passing  through the  bed  in spite  of  the
 fact  that  the  overall stoichiometry  was
 slightly fuel-lean.  In  a sense, the  CBC
 was being operated in a  "failure mode"  or
 " non-optimum      combustion"     condition
 throughout the test.
    10.000
     1,000
      100
      10
                  T	T
                                        o  _
                                00
                     000
              o = co
              • = THC
       1 I	1	1    I   i
                             1    I
        0   2   4
                      8   10   12  14   16  18   20
Figure 2.  Comparison of average THC and CO
           concentrations as a function of
           O  concentration.
      A minimum in THC can be discerned from
 Figure 2.   The considerable scatter in the
 data  at  high  02  concentrations  can  be
 explained simply  as  a result  of  the small
 number of data points in this range.  It is
 reasonable to  hypothesize  "quenching reac-
 tions" at  extreme 09 concentrations.  This
 form  of  "quenching^'  could  result   from
 pockets of  fuel lean mixtures where reac-
 tion propagation may have been hindered.

      Based on a  careful  analysis  of Figure
 1 it was founds  a) increases in  CO and THC
 concentrations    were   correlated    with
 decreases in  0^ concentrations,    b) rapid
 fluctations of  CO and  THC  concentrations
 were virtually  independent of the  average
 Oy concentration,  and c)  the response  of
 tne 0~ analyzer lagged the  responses of the
 THC arid  CO analyzers by  about  3  minutes
 (1).

      Low combustion temperature appears  to
 have  resulted  in  excessive  CO   and  THC
 emissions  on  three  occasions.   Two  were
 momentary  periods when the  bed temperature
 fell  below 700°C (1300°F)  and were  accom-
 panied by CO and THC  spikes at 825 and 1012
 minutes (Figure 1).   The other period  was
 during the  start-up of the  CBC.

 Bag Samples

     Bag   samples  were  drawn  over  nine
 sampling  periods.  These were  analyzed  for
 the POHCs  Freon  113  and  carbon  tetrach-
 loride, and for  a variety of PICs  including
 chloroethane,      chloromethane,       dich-
 lorodifluoromethane,        dichloromethane,
 trichlorofluoromethane,   trichloromethane,
 1,2-dichloroethane,  1,1,1-trichloroethane,
 1,2-dichloropropane,     trichloroethylene,
 tetrachloroethylene,      and     benzene.
 Concentrations  were expressed as  parts per
 billion  (ppb)  on  a dry  basis, and average
 values  of  fuel   flowrate,   air   flowrate,
 total  gas  flowrate, and  effluent  gas con-
 centrations  are  presented  in  Table  1.
 Concentrations  of CO  and THC normalized to
 the C02 concentration  also  appear in Table
 1.   Tff provide an indication  of volatile
 organo-chlorine PIC formation, a parameter
 ^Volatile PIC-Cl/Cl-in  is  also  presented
 in  Table  1.   This parameter is defined as
 the  ratio  of  the  mass  of  chlorine  in
 chlorinated  PICs  to  the  total  chlorine
 input with the fuel.

     Based  on   an examination  of  the  bag
sample    analyses    shown   in   Table 1,
                                            194

-------

















1/3
D
LL]
py

UJ
a.
UJ ">
-> O
to r.
^
u.
O
>•
"^
s
2
D
1/3












O
O
o
i
o
o
s
o
JQ
CN
O
a-
CN
A
O
CN
a>
§
£
ON
O
V -
>5 ^3
H 3


en
(N
ve
•*£
^jj

oo
a-
2


a
^H
•»4
|
i-H
IA

O
3
en
ON
O
c








































.2 /
43 /
E /
•y /
S /
u /
S /!
.2 /z
I/I
°0/ 1
<«/ S
«Y U



3
a
JU)
u
1
IA IN* r^ a- oo vo
•a- ON O • en o
O ON 1 ON 1
._; ON uj ON UJ
° ON >A ON en
ON IA ON CN
°> CN . °J NO
0 0
IA r^ r^ CN ON VD
CN ON O ON O O
0 ON 1 ,-i ON 1
• ON UJ ° ON UJ
° ON f^ ON VD
ON •— « ON O
d "^ d °^
en VD 1^ f*^ c^ VD
VD ON O «N 00 O
o ON i ,.5 ON i
• ON UJ ° ON UJ
° ON CN ON CN
ON ON ON en
ON ^! ON *
d d
CN a° t^ CN VD VD
a ON O CN r^ O
O ON 1 ^ ON 1
ON oo ON en
d d
VD VO l^ ~~* ON NO













































3
a
t
V)
o
cu
_s oo a VN,
• en M °
Cm oo i
O O uj
vo

j oo ON a-
CN CN ^
**J

r^ r^ a-
" -5 IA °
c ^ ^ £
S
(*^

O OO 00 C«N.
§ oo en °
ft" § 1 %
"H
Cd °i ^ g
c r2 i2 '
VD VO (ij
a-
jf


j a- oo en
CO • • O
-! 00 VD |
s s s
— H


• O ch f*>
(D • • f*^
e ^" ON i
^*" ill
*5 S t^
•a- *r oo



O -^ ON C«N.
^ r^ *^ LU
° ° S

j oo oo ch
nj • • o
gS »^ ON |


r— i
a „ -s

i U -H
11 tl
ro CQ " cu
§ !l 5 ^
I I1 g I
ITN cn fN O f1^ f\ ij- O ch
"• r««v _^ »o ON ^^ ^? **^ ^*
fx. ^ o UJ UJ
f*A vo — *
tn» (N
CN f^l

-:^^^2°^5»
1^ ^ 0 — i ^ UJ UJ
r*j -sj"

cNa-a-t^a-enen .j „»
—Ii **^ r«^ t*^ C^ '^ ^? * •
\o ^^ w^ ™^ uj

-------
  generalizations can be  drawn  regarding the
  performance of  the CBC during  this series
  of tests.   Although  the  average  CO  con-
  centrations were high  (greater than 500 ppm
  in seven of nine samples),  the  DREs of the
  volatile  POHCs   (Freon  113   and  carbon
  tetrachloride)   were  also  high   in  most
  cases.   However,  the penetration of organo-
  chlorine compounds  ( volatile  PlC-Cl/Cl-in)
  was greater than 1 x 10" .   The  predominant
  halogenated PICs   identified  were  chloro-
  methane  and  chloroethane.    The  0934  bag
  sample   yielded  low  ORE  for  Freon  113,
  appreciable amounts of fluorinated  PICs,
  and the  lowest SF.  ORE.  An examination of
  the   combustion  parameters  during   this
  period  (Figure  1)  suggests  that  low  bed
  temperature was  the  probable  reason  for
  reduced  ORE of  fluorinated  compounds.

      A plot of the  normalized PIC  chlorine
  content  against both CO/CXU and THC/C09 is
  presented  in Figure 3.   i\ linear  least-
  squares  regression  analysis was performed
  on  the  logarithms  of  the respective  quan-
  tities  yielding  the dashed  line  correla-
  tions shown in Figure 3.   The  correlation
  of  THC/CXU  with PIC-chlorine  formation  is
 high with"% regression coefficient  of about
0.94.    The
PIC-chlorine
   correlation  of
   formation  was
                                CO/CXU   with
      IXKJ"
       :xio
    o
    v.
    O
      IXIO
  o CO/COZ
  a THC/COZ
  • Oofs Not Used in
   CO/COZ Regression
   Analysis
            a

logY»7.70+1.38 loqX~yf
 r«OS4      /
                                  /
                         ~tog Y = -0.64* 1.22 logX
                           r»054
         IXK)
                    IXIO          ixio

                  THC/COZ or C0/C02
Figure 3.  Correlation of volatile PIC
           chlorine normalized by total fuel
           chlorine input versus THC and CO
           concentration normalized by the
           C02 concentration.
 not as  high if all points were considered.
 The correlation of CO/CXU with PIC-chlorine
 formation was low as a result of two points
 (marked  as • in  Figure 3).    One  of the
 points  which  exhibits high CO  but low PIC
 chlorine can  readily  be explained since it
 occurred  during  a  period  (0934  -   1035,
 Table   1)   when  natural   gas   was   being
 injected  into  the  bed  to supplement the
 fuel heating value.  Thus it was eliminated
 from subsequent regression analyses.   The
 second  questionable  sample  (low  PIC and
 very  low  CO)  was  taken  during  a  period
 (0030 -  0100,  Table 1)  when  water was not
 being mixed with  the  fuel.   All  other bag
 samples  were  taken during  periods when an
 approximately constant amount of water was
 mixed with  the fuel.    During  the  0030  -
 0100 period,  both  the  fuel 'heating   value
 and the  bed  temperature were  higher  than
 those occuring in other bag sample periods.
 Thus the point corresponding to 0030 - 0100
 period was  eliminated from the  regressioon
 analysis.   The  resulting correlation  coef-
 ficient  of  CO/CXU  with PIC-chlorine  for-
 mation   was   alsa  0.94.     The   results
 presented  in  Figure  3  are  qualitatively
 similar  to  those presented  by  Waterland
 (4).

 Resin  Samples

     XAD-2   resin   samples  were  collected
 over five distinct time  periods  during  this
 test.    The POHCs  analyzed were  toluene,
 hexachlorobenzene,  ethylbenzene,   xylene,
 Freon     113,     and     trichlorobenzene.
 Concentrations,  ORE,  and penetration  values
 were  calculated for each  POHC.    The  only
 PIC recovered  by  the resin  analysis  was
 benzene,  although  toluene was  probably  both
 a POHC and a PIC.

     Based   on  the  resin  analyses it  was
 determined  that the  DREs of each  compound
 detected were  fairly uniform throughout the
 series  of samples.  Toluene had  the  lowest
 ORE of all  POHCs  reported with ORE  values
 exceeding 99.9% in  all  samples  except one
 where  the ORE exceeded 99.99%.   All other
 POHCs  showed excellent DREs.  For  example,
 trichlorobenzene had DREs exceeding 99.999%
 for all  samples  while   hexachlorobenzene,
 ethylbenzene   and   xylene  exhibited   DREs
 greater than 99.9999% for all samples.  PIC
 benzene  concentrations  ranged  from  about
 5500    ppb     to   almost   20,000    ppb.
 Correlations   between  the   benzene   con-
 centration,  normalized to  the  fuel  rate,
with both C0/C02 and THC/IXU  proved  to be
 insignificant.
                                             196

-------
     fl comparison  of the results  from the
bag and  resin  samples showed that the only
compound  in common  was  the  PIC  benzene.
During the  time period  common between the
resin  and  bag samples,  the  benzene con-
centrations  were  20,000  and  37,000  ppb
respectively.    Although   bag  and  resin
samples   exhibited   reasonable  agreement
during similar time  periods, CARB had only
validated   the  bag   sampling  technique.
There was  evidence of benzene  breakthrough
in the resin samples.

SF6 Test

     Gaseous    sulfur   hexafluoride   was
injected  into  the  CBC   and  monitored
throughout  the run.   The average ORE of the
SF, for  the bag and  resin sample periods  is
shbwn  in Table 2.   No correlation  between
SF, penetration and  "volatile PIC-Cl/Cl-in
(Table   1)  was found.     The only  other
apparent feature in  these  data was  a gra-
dual   increase of  SF,  ORE  as   the test
progressed, corresponding to an increase  in
the  average bed temperature.   Assuming the
CBC   to   be plug-flow  reactor  with tem-
perature as the  only significant  variable
throughout the duration  of  sampling,   an
elementary model assuming an Arrhenius tem-
perature dependence  of rate and equilibrium
constants.      predicted      that      the
SF,  penetration would have  the form*
   6
      ln(-ln(Pt)) = A + BA
(1)
 where Pt  represents SF^ penetration  and A
 and B are constants,  eased  on this model
 and data  in  Table 2 a  regression equation
 was developed*

      ln(-ln(Pt)) = 9.68 - (9.26E + 3)A (2)
                   Table 2
              Summary of Average
                SF, ORE Values
                  o
                for Bag Samples
             TIME
                              ORE
0934-1035
1100-1124
1345-1418
1443-1623
1630-1705
1954-2054
2102-2140
2315-0020
0030-0100
.8342
.9140
.9789
.9786
.9799
.9786
.9826 '
.9917
.9916
     This correlation is remarkable in that
the total range of average bed temperatures
for the data sets was only slightly greater
than 100°C,  yet about 60%  of the variance
appeared  to be  explained  by temperature,
in  spite of  the  fact  that  fueling  rates
and  combustion  air flowrate  were not held
constant.   Thus, considering  both the bag
sample data on the ORE of Freon 113 and the
SF,  data,  it  appears that  temperature  is
the  key  parameter in  the  thermal  decom-
position of fluorocarbons in  the CBC.

CONCLUSIONS

     Based  on  an analysis of the data pre-
sented in this paper, the following conclu-
sions can be drawn.

1.   The  ORE  of volatile and  semi-volatile
     POHCs  under  less  than  optimum  com-
     bustion  conditions met  RCRA require-
     ments  (.99.99% ORE).

2.   Total volatile PIC  formation  was  found
     to  correlate  well with CO  and THC,
     normalized   to   fuel   flowrate  (C02).
     Penetration   of  volatile chlorinated
     PICs  (based on total chlorine content
     of  the fuel) exceeded  1 x 10" .  PIC
     benzene  appeared  in  substantial con-
     centrations  in several  samples and was
     not correlated  with  any  conventional
     combustion  parameters.

3.   The ORE dropped sharply when the bed
     temperature   fell    below   700°C.
     Temperature appeared  to  be  a  major
     factor  in  the  destruction  of  the
     fluorinated compounds  and a moderate
     correlation between SF, ORE and tem-
     perature was observed.

4.   An  analysis of rapid  changes of CO and
     THC   concentrations    compared   with
     changes  in 09 suggests  that a minimum
     09   level  wdtild not  be  adequate   to
     guarantee low PIC  formation.

5.   The CBC  seemed  to behave as a  plug-
     flow reactor, susceptible to  pockets
     of  non-stoichiometric  air/fuel  mix-
     tures passing through the bed  causing
     increased PIC formation.  This  obser-
     vation suggests  the importance of the
     fuel  feed  system  on  CBC  performance
     and should  be  evaluated  carefully 'by
     permitting authorities.
                                             197

-------
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
REFERENCES
     This   project  was   a  collaborative
effort  involving  several  groups of indivi-
duals.   We would like to thank Dr. Richard
Flagan,  Dr.   David  Golden,   Dr.  Randall
Seeker  and Dr.  Larry Waterland, members of
the  GA Circulating  Bed  Combustor  Test
Advisory Panel,  for their  suggestions and
insights in establishing the  goals  of the
test  program.    The  actual  sampling  and
coordination  of the  test was  carried out
under  the  direction of Mr. Gary Murchison
of  the CARS.   Without the support  of Mr.
Harmon  Wong-Woo,  Deputy  Executive Officer,
CARS,  Mr.   Peter  Venturini,  Chief of the
Stationary   Source   Division,    Mr.   Dean
Simeroth,   Chief    of   the    Engineering
Evaluation  Branch   and   Mr.   Bob  Adrian,
Manager  of  the  Evaluation Section,  this
program   would   not  have  come   about.
Additionally,  Mr.  William Rickman and Ms.
Wendy  Lessig of  GA  Technologies provided
the  data  from  the continuous  analyzers.
Dr.  Lynn  Teuscher  of Tracer  Technologies
kindly  supplied  the  sulfur  hexafluoride
data.

     Financial support for  the project was
initially   provided  from  CARS  contract
A2-157-32  and  was  supplemented by  funds
from the Environmental Protection Agency to
the  Department of  Health Services to the
CARS  and   finally  to  the  University  of
California,  Davis,  under  contract  numbers
A3-118-45 and A4-059-45.   Dr.  Harry Freeman
was the EPA Project Officer.

DISCLAIMER

     The   statements   and  conclusions  in
this article  are those of  the authors and
not necessarily those of the California Air
Resoures    Board   or   the   Environmental
Protection  Agency.   The  mention of commer-
cial products, their source or their use in
connection with material reported herein is
not to  be  construed as either an actual or
implied endorsement of such products.
     Chang, Daniel P.Y.  and Nelson W.  Sorbo
     in collaboration  with the  Stationary
     Source   Division,    California    Air
     Resources    Board,    1985.        GA
     Technologies Circulating  Bed Combustor
     Test Report. Appendix IV,  Final Report
     (Draft) contract «A2-157-32.

     GA Technologies, 1983.  The Circulating
     Bed  Combustor  for   Waste   Disposal,
     Brochure G-392.  GA  Technologies,  San
     Diego, California.

     Rickman, W.S., 1984.   Circulating  Bed
     Waste  Incineration,   6-4999(6).     GA"
     Technologies, Inc., San Diego,  CA.

     Waterland,   Larry,  1984.    Pilot-Scale
     Investigation  of   Surrogate  Means  of_
     Determining     POHC      Destruction.
     Presented at  the  77th Annual  Meeting
     of    the    Air    Pollution    Control
     Association,       San       Francisco,
     California,  (June  24-29,  1984).
                                            198

-------
               SUMMARY OF TESTING AT CEMENT KILNS COFIRING HAZARDOUS WASTE

                            Marvin Branscome,  Wayne Westbrook
                               Research Triangle Institute
                            Research Triangle  Park, NC  27709

                                    Robert Mournighan
                          U.S.  Environmental  Protection Agency
                                  Cincinnati,  OH  45268

                               Jon Bolstad, John Chehaske
                                  Engineering  - Science
                                   Fairfax, VA  22030


                                        ABSTRACT

     The incineration of chlorinated and other liquid organic wastes was investigated in
6- to 9-day test programs at dry- and wet-process cement kilns.   Testing was conducted
initially under baseline conditions with no burning of waste fuels.   During the waste
fuel burn, the waste fuel replaced a portion of the coal and coal/coke used as the
primary fuel.  Different replacement rates were used for each test day.   The test program
included monitoring for principal organic hazardous constituents (POHCs), products of
incomplete combustion (PICs), particulate matter, S02, NO , HC1, CO, C02 02, and_total
hydrocarbons.  The fate and distribution of chlorine and metals  were also determined.

  '   Test results for POHCs showed that these cement kilns generally could achieve a
destruction and removal efficiency (ORE) of 99..99 percent or greater.  Most of the addi-
tional chlorine introduced with the waste fuel is removed with the kiln's waste dust.
An increase in HC1 emissions was observed as the quantity of chlorine entering the kiln
with the waste fuel increased.   The data indicate that waste combustion changes the
distribution of lead so a higher percentage of the lead is removed with the waste
dust.

     At the wet-process kiln, no significant difference in emission rates of parti-
culate matter and PICs was found between the baseline and waste burn test conditions.
Toluene and benzene were found in trace quantities and are attributable to coal combus-
tion.  Particulate matter results at the dry-process kiln are inconclusive because of
a malfunctioning electrostatic precipitator (ESP).

     The  burning of waste fuel at the wet-process  kiln decreased S02 emissions from  an
average of .636 ppm at the baseline to 265 ppm.  S02 concentrations at the dry-process
kiln remained relatively low with a baseline range of 2 to 12 ppm compared to 5 to 38
ppm during the waste burn.
 INTRODUCTION

      Preliminary  feasibility studies and
 tests have  indicated  that the  high-
 temperature combustion process  of  cement
 kilns may offer an  effective alternative
to other disposal methods for hazardous
waste.  The promising characteristics of
cement kilns include:

•  Existing high-temperature combustion
   process at 1,350° to 1,650 °C (2,500° to
                                            199

-------
    3,000 °F) with a gas residence time on
    the order of seconds.

 •   Numerous plants scattered through out
    the country, which could handle large
    quantities of combustible hazardous
    waste liquids.

 •   Large-scale equipment in place,  includ-
    ing process control  and pollution
    control;  relatively small  capital  in-
    vestment required.

 •   Instantaneous temperature excursions
    unlikely because of the huge  thermal
    inertia.

 •   The alkaline environment in a cement
    kiln absorbs HC1  from  chlorinated waste
    combustion.

 •   Kilns are operated under draft (slight
    vacuum);  therefore,  there  would  be
    little outward  leakage of  fumes,  mostly
    inward leakage  of air.

 •   Ash may be  incorporated into  the  pro-
    duct.

 •   Energy savings  from  substitution  of
   waste fuel  for  oil,  coal,  or  gas.

PURPOSE

     The purpose of  this  study was to
develop  additional data on  the destruction
of hazardous waste in cement  kilns.  These
data will be used, along with data from
other tests, to evaluate the  environmental
impacts  of thi.s method of waste  disposal.
To this  end, the test program was designed
to:

•  Calculate DREs of principal organic
   hazardous constituents  (POHCs).

•  Compare baseline operation (no waste
   fuel burned) to the operation with
   waste fuel.

•  Determine if products of incomplete
   combustion (PICs) are formed and, if
   so, identify them.

•  Determine the fate and distribution of
   metals.

•  Measure the effect of fuel burning on
   HC1 emissions, and determine the fate
   and distribution of chlorine through a
   material  balance.
    Examine the effects of waste fuel
    burning and process conditions on  other
    pollutants (e.g.,  particulate matter,
    NO ,  S02,  and total hydrocarbons).
      P\

 APPROACH

      The primary focus of the sampling
 efforts  was the kiln's electrostatic
 precipitator  exhaust  gas.   Volatile
 organics were collected in Tenax® and
 Tenax®/charcoal sorbent tubes with the
 volatile organic sampling train (VOST).
 The sorbent cartridges were thermally
 desorbed and  analyzed by gas chromato-
 graphy/mass spectroscopy (GC/MS).  Less
 volatile organic compounds were collected
 by XAD resin  in a Modified Method 5 (MM5)
 sampling train.   Both sorbents were ana-
 lyzed to determine POHCs identified in the
 waste fuel  and were also examined for
 products of incomplete combustion.  Parti-
 culate matter emissions were determined
 from the MM5  sampling train.   Metals
 emissions were estimated from analysis of
 the MM5  particle catch.

      HC1  emissions were sampled through a
 separate sampling train.   The impinger
 solution was  analyzed for  HC1  by ion
 chromatography.   The  exhaust gas was
 analyzed by continuous  emission monitors
 for 02,  CO, C02,  NO ,  S02,  and total
 hydrocarbons.

    Process  samples  taken included  the  raw
 material  feed,  cement product (clinker),
 ESP dust, primary  fuel, waste  fuel, and
 process  water.   The major  process  streams
 were  analyzed  for  metals and  chlorine
 content  to  attempt  a  material  balance.  In
 addition, the waste fuel and water were
 analyzed  for organic  compounds  by GC/MS.
 Process  operating parameters were recorded
 at  15-minute intervals  throughout each
 test  period.

    The testing sequence first established
 baseline operating  conditions burning only
 the primary fuel and  no hazardous waste.
The hazardous waste was then burned at
different fuel replacement rates.  This
 sequence permitted comparisons between the
baseline and waste  fuel test conditions
and also provided information on the
impacts of waste combustion in the cement
kiln.

PROBLEMS  ENCOUNTERED

   The major problem encountered was
                                          200

-------
methylene chloride contamination of blank
samples at levels roughly equal to those
found from stack gas, samples.  The result
is a bias toward high methylene chloride
emission rates and a bias toward ToW DREs.
Blank values were relatively low or nil
for the other POHCs and yielded meaningful
results.  For the dry-process  kiln test,
one set of samples was invalidated because
of lengthy storage time, cracks in sorbent
tubes, .arid contamination.  The ESP malfunc-
tioned during the test on the  dry-process
kiln, and no meaningful data on controlled
particulate matter emission rates were
obtained for this test.

RESULTS

DREs

   The designated POHCs for the two tests
were methylene chloride, methyl ethyl
ketone (MEK), toluene, 1,1,1-trichloro-
ethane (TCE), and l,l,2-trichloro-l,2,2-
trifluoroethane (Freon 113).   The concen-
tration of the POHCs in the waste fuel
ranged from 0.3 to 4 percent.  The waste
fuel was spiked with Freon 113 to deter-
mine the ORE of a compound that is diff-
icult to destroy by  combustion and that
was unique to the waste fuel.  The ORE
results are summarized in Tables 1 and 2.
.Results for methylene chloride are environ-
mentally conservative and biased low
because sample levels and blank levels
were about the same.  According to the
VOST protocol, blank corrections were not
applied because blank levels could not be
distinguished from sample levels.  No
significant blank problems were experi-
enced with the other POHCs.  ORE calcula-
tions for Freon 113, MEK, and  1,1,1-TCE
show 4 to over 5 nines.  Toluene was shown
to originate from coal combustion.  Toluene
emission rates were  unchanged  by the
cofiring of waste fuel.  Therefore, the
ORE for toluene entering only  with the
waste fuel is likely to be much higher
than was measured.   Even without subtract-
ing the baseline level of toluene, DREs  of
99.99 percent or greater were  achieved at
the dry-process kiln and one day at the
wet-process  kiln.  The highest DREs for
both tests were observed for compounds
that had the lowest  baseline and blank
levels  (Freon 113 and 1,1,1-TCE) with DREs
on the  order of 99.999 percent or greater.

     The MM5 results from the  dry-process
kiln test were also  examined to determine
the DREs of  compounds that were not pre-
designated as POHCs.  Styrene, ethyl-
benzene, o-xylene, and benzaldehyde were
present in the waste fuel at concentra-
tions of 10 to 20 g/L.•  Benzaldehyde was
detected in the stack gas for both the
baseline and waste burn tests and yielded
a ORE of 99.998 percent without correction
(subtraction) of the baseline level.  None
of the other three compounds were found in
the stack gas, which resulted in DREs
greater than 99.999 percent for each based
on detection limit values.

   A review of kiln tests indicate that
the highest DREs and lowest emission rates
were observed when baseline or blank levels
of the POHC were clearly not a problem.
The two tests with apparently the least
interference in measurements were at
Rockwell Lime (5) and Stora Vika (1,2),
where wastes similar to those previously
discussed were burned.   At Stora Vika,
DREs consistently exceeded 4 nines and
included 6-7 nines for several compounds.
Similarly, at Rockwell  Lime the DREs con-
sistently exceeded 4 nines and were as
high as 6 nines for several chlorinated
compounds.  Background and blank inter-
ferences were noted at St. Lawrence Cement
(9); however, DREs exceeding 4 nines'were
obtained on a worst-case basis by not sub-
tracting background levels,  the results
for the test at Los Robles were limited by
method detection limits rather than by
interferences, but DREs exceeding 4 nines
were generally observed (8).  A test with
PCBs at Peerless Cement (12) found more
PCBs entering with slurry feed (river water)
in the cooler end of the kiln than was
emitted during the PCB burn.  However,
DREs of 4 to & nines were reported 'without
correction for the contribution from the
water.

PICs

   Organic compounds that were potential
PICs from waste combustion were emitted at
similar rates during the waste fuel and
baseline tests.  At the wet-process kiln,
compounds such as toluene, benzene,s
xylene, biphenyl, naphthalene, and methyl-
naphthalenes were observed in the stack
emissions with coal as the only fuel.
.During both the baseline and waste burn
tests, benzene emission rates ranged from
15 to 50 mg/s.  Emission rates of the
other compounds were on the order of 1 to
10 mg/s.  The highest emission rates were
observed on a test day with a kiln upset
(ring formation) with coal as the only
                                            201

-------
                       TABLE 1.   DREsa AT THE WET-PROCESS KILN
Compound
	 tj
Methylene chloride"
Freon 113
Methyl ethyl ketone
1,1, 1-Trichloroethane
Toluene

59%
99.998
99.991
99.991
99.952
Percent DRE at Given Replacement Rate
43%
99.995
99.978
99.991
99.940
61% ,
99.956
99.990
99.996
99.974
39%
99.975
>99.999
99.983
99.996
99.951
58%
99.993
>99.999
99.997
99.999
99.988
Average
99.983
>99.999
99.988
99.995
99.961
                      TABLE  2.  DREs  AT THE DRY-PROCESS KILN
Compound
	 	 h
Methylene chloride"
Freon 113
Methyl ethyl ketone
1,1, 1-Trichloroethane
Toluene
Percent DRE at Given Replacement Rate
25%
99.94
99.999
99.997
>99.999
99.992
37%
99.99
99.999
99.999
>99.999
99.998
Average
99.96
99.999
99.998
>99.999
99.995
.   Uncorrected for blanks.
c  Blank values were comparable to sample values for methylene chloride.
   Trace quantities of toluene are produced from coal combustion,.


                TABLE 3.  CHLORINE RESULTS FOR THE WET-PROCESS KILN
Condition
Baseline
Day 5
Day 6
Day 7
Day 8
Day 9
Cl in fuel
(kg/hr)
6
32
21
41
72
128
HC1 emissions
(kg/hr)
0.57
0.27
1.0
1.5
2.3
5.4
Cl in dust
a)
0.2
0.7
0.7
0.7
1.0
1.7
Cl in clinker
(ppm)
<200
705
<200
<200
<200
<200
                TABLE 4.   CHLORINE RESULTS FOR THE DRY-PROCESS KILN
Condition
Baseline
Day 3
Day 4
Day 5
Clinker
Cl in fuel
(kg/hr)
10
60
71
72
results were <125
HC1 emissions
(kg/hr)
1.3
2.2
5.5
27.
ppm chlorine.
Cl in recycle
dust (%)
0.73
1.3
1.4
1.9

Cl in waste
dust (%)
3.5
5.7
6.1
8.1

                                         202

-------
fuel.   No statistically significant in- ,
crease in emission rates was observed when
the waste fuel was burned.   No polychlorj-v
nated dibenzodioxins or dibenzofurans were "
found in any samples at a detection limit-,-
of less than 1 ppb by weight in the stack'
gas.   Similar results were obtained at the
dry-process kiln except that the quantity
of these compounds was lower (roughly 10
times the detection limit).   The emission
rates at this kiln were on the order of
0.3 mg/s.

Particulate Matter Emissions

     No statistically significant differ-
ence was noted in particulate matter
emissions between the baseline and waste
fuel  burn at the wet-process kiln.  The
control device was an ESP,  and emissions
averaged about 0.65 Ib/ton.   The maximum
chlorine loading reached 4.7 kg/Mg of
clinker.

     A review of particulate matter results
from kiln tests conducted to date shows
similar results for pairs of tests:

     •  The testing of two kilns equipped
        with baghouses (San Juan and
        Rockwell Lime) showed no increase
        in particulate matter emissions
        when chlorinated wastes were
        burned (5,11).  Emissions were
        0.65 and 0.25 Ib/t for the cement
        and lime kilns, with chlorine
        inputs of approximately 5.5 and
        2.7 kg Cl/Mg product.

     •  The testing of two kilns'equipped
        with ESPs (St. Lawrence Cement's
        dry-process kiln and Alpha Cement)
        showed a decrease in emissions
        when wastes were burned that were
        low in chlorine content (3,10).
        Baseline emissions of 1.1 Ib/t
        decreased to 0.7 and 0.8 Ib/t.

     •  The.testing of two kilns equipped
        with ESPs (the wet-process kiln we
        tested and Marquette Cement)
        showed no change in particulate
        matter emissions when chlorinated
        wastes were burned at rates of
        1.1-4.7 kg Cl/Mg clinker (7).
        Emissions were 0.65 and <1 Ib/t
        for these two kilns.

        The testing of two kilns equipped
        with EPSs (St. Lawrence's wet-
        process kiln and Stora Vika)
   yielded  results  for different
   wastes and  different chlorine
-'-  .loadings.   Emissions were  posi-
 ""'tively correlated with  chlorine
   loading;  however, the extent  of
   the  increase  in  emissions  varied
   for  different compounds and different
   kilns.   Chloride accumulation, as  evi-
   denced by ring formation and  subsequent
   release  or  pluggage, begins to occur
   in the range  of  6-9 kg  Cl/Mg  clinker
   (1,2,9).

     Although  increased chlorine loading
 at the  St.  Lawrence and Stora Vika kilns
 increased particulate  matter  emissions,
 there was no known  attempt to compensate
 for  changes  in the  dust's  resistivity.
 However, emissions  were still comparable
 to those observed at other tests.  Base-
 line test results at these two kilns
 ranged  from  0.2  to  0.5 Ib/t compared
 to 0.5  to 1.1  Ib/t  during  the cofiring
 of waste fuels.   The results  do  not
 include a kiln upset from  a chloride
 ring formation at St.  Lawrence Cement
 when emissions averaged about 3  Ib/t.
 The  tendency for chloride  rings  to form
 during  high  chlorine loading  provides an
 incentive to the kiln's operator to limit
 the  chlorine entering  the  kiln.  Limiting
 the  chlorine input  may avoid  plugging and
 process disruptions as well as limit
 chlorine concentrations in the dust going
 to the  ESP.  The test  data suggest that
 particulate  matter  emissions  from chlori-
 nated waste  combustion are controllable
 by a properly  operating control  device
 and  a reasonable limit on  chlorine loading
 to avoid ring  formation and excessive dust
 loading.  Adjustments  may  be  required on a
 site-by-site basis  to  optimize ESP perfor-
 mance and thus account for changes in dust
 resistivity.

 Fate of Chlorine

     Results for chlorine  are summarized
 in Tables 3  and  4 and  show that  90 to 99
 percent of  the chlorine is retained in
 the  process  solids.  At the dry-process
 kiln, the waste  fuel contained an average
 of 2 percent chlorine  and  was fired at an
 average rate of  about  1.2  kg  Cl/Mg clinker.
 The  waste fuel at the  wet-process kiln
 contained 1 to 4 percent chlorine and
 was  fired at an  average rate  of  2.2 kg Cl/
 Mg clinker  (maximum of 4.7).  HC1 emis-
 sions,  percent chlorine in the dust,  and
 percent chlorine in the recycled dust
 increase as  the  total  chlorine input
                                           203

-------
  increases.  On  the  first waste  fuel test
  day  (second day of  waste fuel burning) at
  the  wet-process kiln, HC1 emissions were
  lower than during the baseline  period.
  Chlorine was detected in the clinker.
  It is possible  that an equilibrium chlorine
  cycle had not been  obtained at  this point.
  On the last day of  testing at the dry-
  process kiln, the chlorine cycle evidently
  shifted to the  cooler end of the kiln.
  More chlorine exited with the stack gas
  and waste dust  than in previous tests,
  and the chlorine concentration  of the re-
  cycled dust appeared to increase although
  the total chlorine  input remained un-
 changed.

      A review of other tests showed that
 during the combustion of highly chlorinated
 wastes at St.  Lawrence Cement,  over 99
 percent of the chlorine was retained in
 the process solids and HC1  emissions were
 <1 Ib/hr during both the baseline and waste
 fuel  burns (9).   The total  chlorine input
 was up to 6.8 kg Cl/Mg clinker.   An in-
 crease in HC1  emissions  from 0.6 to 1.0
 Ib/hr was observed at Los  Robles (8),  and
 an increase from 2.4 to  5.8 Ib/hr was
 observed  at Alpha Cement (10).   An. .
 increase  from <0.2 to 0.8  Ib/hr  was
 observed  at San  Juan Cement (11),  and  at
 Rockwell  Lime  the  increase  was from-0.2
 to 0.4 Ib/hr (5).   During the tests at San
 Juan  Cement,  the waste fuel  was  highly
 chlorinated (up  to 35 percent Cl)  and  was
 fired at  an average  rate of 5.5  kg  Cl/Mg
 clinker.   Over 99  percent of the chlorine
 was retained  in  the  process  solids, primari-
 ly the clinker.  For other  tests, most of
 the chlorine was removed with the waste
 dust.  These tests  indicate  that HC1 emis-
 sions can  increase from chlorinated waste
 combustion; however, 90 to over  99  percent
 of the chlorine  is retained  in the process
 solids.

 Fate  of Lead

     The lead content of the waste fuel
 ranged from roughly  100 to 1,000 ppm for
 both  kiln tests.  Lead emissions at the
wet-process kiln increased from  about 1.5
mg/s at the baseline to about 6.9 mg/s
 during the waste burn.  The malfunctioning
ESP prevented useful results at  the dry-
process kiln test, but a previous test at
the same kiln with a similar waste fuel
showed an increase in lead emissions from
5 to 9 mg/s.  A material  balance showed
that over 99 percent of the lead was
retained in the process solids.   The lead

                                           204
  concentration  in  the waste dust  increased
  at  both  kilns.  At the wet-process kiln,
  the increase was  from 395 to 1,530 ppm
  compared to,an  increase from 116 to
  2,650 ppm for the dry-process kiln.

      A review of  lead emissions during
  other kiln  tests  shows varying results.
  At  St. Lawrence Cement, burning lead-
  contaminated waste oil with a low chlorine
  content did not affect lead emissions (3).
  Similarly,  burning chlorinated aliphatics
  did  not increase  lead emissions, but burn-
  ing  PCBs resulted in an increase from ~1.5
 mg/s at the baseline to ~4.6 mg/s (9).
  Lead emissions appeared to increase also
 at Alpha Cement (from ~4 to ~17 mg/s) (10)
 and  Rockwell Lime (from <0.4 to 0.47 mg/s)
  (5).  The lead content in the waste dust
 also increased in most cases.

      For perspective,  consider that total
 lead emissions arfe relatively small  and on
 the order of emissions from several  auto-
 mobiles  burning leaded gas.   Also consider
 that over 99 percent of the lead is  retain-
 ed in the process  solids.   By comparison,
 a boiler burning used  oil  emits  50  to 60
 percent  of the lead,  and  may  emit a
 higher percentage  because  of  losses
 during soot  blowing  (3,6).

 S02, NO  ,  Total  Hydrocarbons,  and CO
 Emissions
      At the  wet-process  kiln,  S02  concen-
 trations decreased  from  an  average of 636
 ppm  to  265 ppm  when the  waste  fuel  re-
 placed  the sulfur-containing coal  (4.3
 percent sulfur).  Approximately 60 percent
 of the  total  sulfur was  retained in the
 process solids  for  both  test conditions.
 At the  dry-process  kiln, S02 concentra-
 tions were low, with baseline  concentra-
 tions of 1.5  to 12  ppm.  During the waste
 burn, S02 concentrations ranged from 5 to
 38 ppm  and were shown to be strongly
 affected by 02  input.  The  kiln exit
 oxygen  increased to  6.7, 7.3,  and  7.5
 percent on successive test days with
 corresponding S02 concentrations of 38,
 13,  and 5 ppm.  Approximately  99 percent
 of the  sulfur entering with the fuel was
 retained by the process solids at the dry
 kiln.

     Similar results have been observed  at
other tests,  i.e.,  a reduction in S02 from
waste combustion.   At Alpha Cement (10),
S02 concentrations  decreased from 78 to
33 ppm,  from 93 to  18 ppm at Marquette

-------
Cement (7), and were constant at 27 ppm
at Los Robles (8).               .    ,,   ,.
                  i .            .   • ''   *-"/"'
   NO  concentrations ranged from 37p_,to.
480 p$m at the wet-process kiln and "from-
600 to 800 ppm at the dry-process kiln'.'
The NO  concentrations at the dry-process
kiln we>e strongly affected by kiln oxygen
input:  an increase in kiln exit 02 from
an increased air  rate yielded correspond-
ing increases in  NO .  NO  emissions are
not obviously affected by burning waste
fuels.  Other investigators have found
that NO  concentrations  are primarily
affecteS by oxygen input, primary/secondary
air ratio, and temperatures (4).

     Concentrations of total  hydrocarbon
ranged from 6 to  7 ppm during three  base-
line tests at the wet-process kiln and
increased  to 21 ppm during a  kiln  blockage
for one baseline  test.   The overall  average
was 10 ppm compared to an average  of 21
ppm (16 to 28 ppm) during the waste  fuel
burn.  The baseline test at the  dry-process
kiln  revealed concentrations  of  2  to 4  ppm
compared  to daily averages of 1,  5,  and 9
ppm for the three waste  burn  tests.   Tests
at San Juan Cement,  Rockwell  Lime,  and
Stora Vika showed that total  hydrocarbon
concentrations  on the order  of  10  ppm pr
less were attained during  both  the base-
.line  and  waste  burn  test conditions.

      Carbon monoxide  concentrations  at
the wet-process kiln  averaged 212 ppm
 (100  to  400  ppm)  during  the  baseline com-
pared to  190  ppm (130 to 340 ppm)  during
the waste burn.   The  baseline tests at the
dry-process  kiln revealed  CO concentrations
 of 35 to 40  ppm compared to  an average of
 39 ppm during the waste fuel  burn.   The
 difference between CO concentrations
 during the baseline and waste fuel test
 conditions is not significant.

 REFERENCES

 1. Ah!ing, Bengt.  1978.  Combustion Test
    with Chlorinated Hydrocarbons in a
    Cement Kiln at Stora Vika Test Center.
    Swedish Water and Air Pollution
    Research Institute, Stockholm, Sweden.

 2. Ahling, Bengt.  1979.  Destruction of
    Chlorinated Hydrocarbons in a Cement
    Kiln.  Environ. Sci.  Tech.
    13(11):1377-1379.
 3.   Berry, E.  E.,. L.  P.  MacDonald, and D.
{.-    J.  Skinner,   1975.   Experimental
 ir,.,,Burning of Waste Oil as a Fuel in
     Cement Manufacture.   Environment
    ' Canada. Report No.  EPS 4-WP-75-1.

 4.   Carter, W.A., an R.C.  Benson.   1982.
     Application of Combustion Modification
     Technology For NO  Control to Cement
     Kilns.  Joint Symposium on Stationary
     Combustion NOX Control, USEPA/EPRI,
     Dallas, Texas, November 1-4.

 5.   Day, D. R. , and LA. Cox.  1983.
     Evaluation of Hazardous Waste Incine-
     ration in Lime Kilns at Rockwell Lime
    • Company.  (Draft Report).  EPA Con-
     tract-No.  68-03-3025.  U.S. Environ-
 .-..  mental Protection Agency, Cincinnati,
     Ohio.

 6.   Fennel ly'« P., et al.  1984.   Environ-
     mental Characterization of Waste Oil
     Combustion in Small Boilers.  Hazard-
     ous Waste, 1(4):489-505.

 7.   Higgins,  G.M., and  A. J.  Helmstetter.
     1982.  Evaluation of Hazardous Waste
     Incineration  in a Dry Process Cement
     Kiln.

 8.   Jenkins,  A.C., et al.  1982.  Supple-
     mental Fuels  Project, General Portland,
     Inc.,  Los Robles Cement  Plant.   State
     of  California Air Resources Board.
     Report C-82-080..

 9.  MacDonald, L.P., D.J.  Skinner, F.J.
     Hopton, and  G.H. Thomas.   1977.
     Burning Waste Chlorinated Hydrocarbons
     in  a Cement  Kiln.   Fisheries  and Env-
     ironment  Canada.   Report No.  EPS
     4-WP-77-2.

 10.  Nesselbeck,  E.R..  1981.   Baseline and
     Solvent Fuels Stack Emissions Tests.
     Prepared  for Energy and  Resource Re-
     covery Corporation, Albany,  New York.
     January.
                                            205

-------
                   EVALUATION OF HAZARDOUS WASTE DESTRUCTION
                              IN A BLAST FURNACE

                      Radford C.  Adams,  Thomas  A.  Buedel,
                  Carol  A.  McCarthy,  and Michael  A.  Palazzolo

                              Radian  Corporation
                Research Triangle Park,  North  Carolina  27709

                                   ABSTRACT


       At least one steel company utilizes organic waste liquids  as  a  heat
  and  carbon  content source to partially replace the coke that  is used to
  charge  the  blast furnace.   The  waste liquids  fed to the blast furnace are
  likely  to contain hazardous constituents.  Temperature and residence time
  in the  blast  furnace favor  total  destruction  of  the principal organic
  hazardous constituents (POHCs)  of the  waste fuel but verification  of
  destruction efficiencies  has not been  attempted  up to now.  Also,
  reduction reactions  that  occur  in a blast furnace may promote the
  formation of  products of  incomplete combustion  (PICs).

      Tests were  conducted while  feeding waste fuel to a blast furnace
  located at a  major steel mill.  The primary objective of the test  program
  was to determine the fate of the  POHCs of the waste fuel  and to look for
  formation of  PICs, notably  dioxins and dibenzofurans.
 INTRODUCTION

      At least one steel company is
 burning liquid hazardous wastes in
 blast furnaces to supplement fuel
 and coke requirements.  Tests were
 conducted during the burning of a
 waste fuel containing hazardous
 constituents (POHCs) in a blast
 furnace at a major steel  plant.
 The blast furnace tested  under this
 program is typical  of blast fur-
 naces used for iron production
 throughout the steelmaking
 Industry.   The blast furnace had
 been retrofitted with a liquid
 feed  system for  injecting waste
 fuel, replacing  natural gas,
 into  the combustion  zone.

      Blast furnaces  are prime
candidates for thermally destroy-
 ing POHCs due to the extremely
high temperatures that are gen-
erated 1n the combustion zone.
On the other hand, unburned POHCs
 are subjected to reducing
 conditions when leaving the com-
 bustion zone and entering the
 iron oxide reduction area.  As a
 consequence, hazardous waste
 destruction may be limited or
 products of incomplete combustion
 (PICs) may form.

      A blast furnace produces  mol-
 ten iron from iron  ore  and  other
 iron  bearing feed materials.   A
 moving bed  of iron  ore,  carbon
 (as coke),  and  limestone descends
 through the blast furnace tower.
 In  the combustion zone,  located
 between the moving  bed  and the
 hearth  of the furnace,  oxygen  of
 hot blast air and steam  react  with
 the carbon  monoxide and  hydrogen.
 Temperatures  in the combustion zone
 exceed  3000°F.  CO and H7 travel
 upward  through the moving bed  and
 react with the iron oxide (as  iron
ore) to produce elemental iron.
The molten iron and  slag are collec-
                                    206

-------
       ted in discrete layers on the
       hearth of the furnace and are
       removed through tap holes at reg-
       ular intervals.

            Figure 1 depicts the overall
       blast furnace system.  Excess CO
       and H7 are produced to drive the
       iron oxide reduction reaction to
       completion.  Therefore* blast
       furnace off gases have a heating
       value of about 90 Btu/scf.  This
       energy is used to produce steam for
       air compression and other process
       "steam requirements.  Only about 1/4
       of the blast furnace gas is needed
       to heat the blast air.  A set of
       three stoves are used to heat t|ie
       blast air to approximately 1800 F
       (only one stove is shown in Fig-
       ure 1).  The stoves, which are
       filled with a refractory brick
       checkerwork, cycle between com-
       busting blast furnace gas, and
       heating blast air so that one
       stove provides hot blast air
       while the other two stoves are
       being heated up.  Products of
       combuston from the stoves are
       emitted through a stack.  Dust is
removed from the blast furnace
before entering either of the com-
bustion devices.

PURPOSE

     The objective of this test
program was to evaluate typical
waste disposal performance of a
blast furnace when burning a liq-
uid organic waste.  A major goal
was to determine the fate of the
major components of the waste and
their products of incomplete com-
bustion (PICs), if any, that are
emitted from the blast furnace and
a downstream combustion process.
For this program, the blast fur-
nace stove set was selected as the
downstream combustion process.
The alternative would have been
the plant power house where blast
furnace gas is burned in boilers
that produce process steam.  Speci-
fically, the following objectives
were to be met.

1.  Determine the fate and destruc-
    tion removal efficiency  (DRE)
    of waste fuel POHCs  (principal
 IRON ORE

  COKE

LIMESTONE
                       VENTURI
          CYCLONE     SCRUBBER
                                                                              COOLER
  WASTE OIL
\
SLA(
r
3 TAP
METAL TAP

.
   FROM AIR BLOWER
                                                       TO POWER HOUSE
            SAMPLING POSITIONS

                                Figure  1.  Blast Furnace Process- Flow
                                           207

-------
      organic hazardous constituents)
      by monitoring blast furnace gas,
      scrubber water*  and combustor
      flue gas for Identified POHCs.,;

  2.   Determine PIC formation and,
      if detected,  their fate.

  3.   Determine relative emissions
      of volatile organic components
      of waste fuel  from the waste
      fuel  storage tank compared
      with emissions of these com-
      ponents from the combustor.

  It was also an objective to deter-
  mine if any dioxin/dibenzofurans
  were present at levels greater
 than one  part  per trillion  in the
 emission/effluent streams.

 APPROACH

      Blast furnace process streams
 were sampled simultaneously to meet
 the data requirements.  These are:

   •  waste fuel to identify and
      quantitate POHCs and chlorine
      content,

   •  blast furnace gas to determine
      fate and ORE of  POHCs and to
      Identify and quantitate PICs
      (sampling position is down-
      stream of dust collector and
      wet scrubber),

   •   stove stack gas  to determine
      fate and ORE of  POHCs  and fate
      of.identified PICs,

   •   dust collector sample  to
      archive for expansion  of per-
      formance evaluation  if needed,
      and

   •   waste fuel  storage tank
      emissions  to  compare magnitude
      of tank  emissions with  stove
      emissions.

Identify and  Quarvhjtate PQHCg
Jn_Feed

     The waste fuel was fed to the
blast furnace continuously at about
60 gpm.  The  pumping  rate was 100
gpmj thus, excess liquid was re-
circulated back to the feed tank.
  The_,liquid was sampled just before
  the blast furnace burner at inter-!
  vals of one hour and composited for
  and quantisation was accomplished
  by gas chromatography/mass
  spectroscopy (GC/MS).

      The feed  tank  also  served  as
  storage tank.  Additions to  the
  feed tank during  sampling  and re-
  sultant variations  in  composition
  could  not be avoided.  Tank  trucks
  were off loaded to the feed  tank
  during  each sampling run.  The
  waste  liquid was  blended with No.6
  fuel oil  to maintain a preset
  level  in  the feed tank.  The com-
  bination  of these two  events
  created  cyclic waste to  fuel
  ratios of the waste fuel fed to
  the blast furnace.  During sam-
  pling, this ratio averaged 0.8 -to
  1.0, 0.6 to 1.0 and 0.6 to 1.0,
  respectively for each run.

 Fate and DRE of POHCs

      Destruction and removal
 efficiencies (DRE) were, deter-
 mined for two cases; across the
 blast furnace and across the blast
 furnace and combustion process.
 For both cases, any removal by
 the particulate control devices
 (a cyclone dust collector and a
 wet scrubber in series) was
 accounted for.   Since the POHCs
 were unknown at time of sampling,
 both volatile  (VOST)  and  semi-
 volatile (modified method 5)
 sampling methods were employed.
 Stove  products  of  combustion  were
 sampled  at near atmospheric
 pressure from the  stack.  Blast
 furnace  gas  after  cleaning  was
 sampled  at inlet to the stoves
 at  a positive pressure  of 50
 Inches w.c.  Table 1  shows  the
 fixed gas compositions  for  each
 location.  Hydrogen should  account
 for a substantial  portion of the
 four percent not identified 1n the
 stove inlet gas.  Analysis of POHC
 data of the scrubber waters was
 not completed in time to  Include
 in this paper.

 Identify  and Determine
Fate of PICs
                                    208

-------
     The following outlet streams
were sampled for compounds not
found in the waste fuel:
       •  •.      •  -   •  •     •   ;,  ::nr.
  •  scrubber makeup water    -  -  '••-
  •  scrubber discharge water
  •  blast furnace gas inlet to
     stoves
  •  blast furnace gas outlet
     of stoves

Classification of these compounds
as PICs is avoided because they may
have originated in the blast air or
the iron ore/coke mixture.

Waste Fuel Storage Tank Emissions

     The storage tank gas phase was
sampled by integrated bag sampling
and analyzed by GC/flame  ioniza- ;
tion detection.  A portion of the
sample was passed through a Tenax
resin trap for later analysis by
GC/MS.  Liquid temperature in the
tank averaged 117 F.

PROBLEMS  ENCOUNTERED

     Two  major types of problems
were encountered:

1,  The potential  for CO leaks in-
    troduced  the  need for specific
     safety precautions  during  sam-
     pling.
     The duct that was sampled for
blast furnace gas was at a posi-
tive pressure of 50 inches w.c.
Also, high concentrations of CO
and H? if released created both a
CO poisoning and fire hazard to
sampling personnel.  Special sam-
pling equipment was devised to
protect personnel and equipment
and to maximize sample collection
efficiency.  The steel company
safety rules required that their
safety personnel be present at
all times.  They continually moni-
tored for dangerous CO levels and
they had the authority to evacuate
the area when CO levels were ex-
ceeded.  Air masks required to be
worn during periods of maximum
risk, e.g., when probe changes were
made.  The special probe for modi-
fied method 5 sampling was inserted
through a packing gland that allow-
ed movement of the probe to the
next traverse point with a minimum
of gas release.  Pressure connec-
tions were used throughout the
sampling train and both positive
pressure and negative pressure leak
tests were made.  The heated filter
box was fitted with a fan to purge
any possible release  into the box
of explosive gases.

     The site specific limitations
were as follows:
     Site specific sampling in-
     stallations and operating
     inflexibility required some
     sacrifice of best test
     protocoli   •   • •
                    TABLE  1.  FIXED GAS ANALYSIS RESULTS
     Lack of consistent feed com-
     position was described
     earl ier.
    Location
                               Parameter
   Stove  outlet
                                  CO
                 Concentration
                 (Volume  percent)
Stove inlet 09
CO2
CO,
N2
, 4.3
22.0
15.6
54.1
                         5.9
                        21.8
                        69.5
                                     209

-------
   •  The waste liquid feed could
      not be shut off without up-
      setting the blast furnace
      carbon and heat balances.  The
      baseline data could not be
      col1ected.

   •  Access problems prevented
      traversing for sampling and
      for velocity measurements
      two diameters of the round
      ducts at the stove inlet and
      stove outlet sampling posi-
      tions.  Federal  Register
      methods stipulate traversing
      on two diameters at right
      angles.

 The  latter limitation introduced
 significant error in  the velocity
 and  flow measurements at the  inlet
 location.   Therefore,  process  flow
 measurements were  used.   The outlet
 velocity measurements appeared  to
 be valid when compared with a mass
 balance calculated  from  the  inlet
 process flow measurements and
 gas composition.

 RESULTS

 Analysis of all data had not
 been completed 1n time to include
 1n this  report.  This Includes
 primarily the fate of PICs and the
tank emissions results.  Complete
 results will be reported to the
EPA's Hazardous Waste Engineering
Research Laboratory in a final
 report.  Program accomplishments
 that can be reported now are are
 as follows:

   -  Characterization of liquid
      waste fed to the blast fur-
      nace,

   -  DRE's across the blast
      furnace with and without
      downstream combustion,

   -  Determination of dioxin/
      dibenzofuran emissions,
      and

   -  Blast furnace operating  data.

 Three sampling runs were conducted
 on successive  days.

 Liquid  Waste Characterization

      A  waste broker supplies  the
 organic liquid  waste to  the steel
 company.  The waste is blended
 with  No. 6  fuel oil  to create a
 waste fuel  for  blast furnace  use.
 Table 2 shows POHC  average  concen-
 tration and feed  rates for  the
 three sampling  runs.  Toluene is
 the predominant POHC in the fuel,
 although chlorinated POHCs  account
 for over 6400 ppm of the liquid.

     The potential  for consider-
 able  variation  in waste fuel
composition was discussed earlier.
Table 3 summarizes the variabil-
           Table 2.  Concentration of POHCs in the Waste Fuel
Compound
l,l-D1chloroethene
Chloroform
1, Ij.-Tr1chl oroethane
Trlchloroethene
Benzene
Tet rachl oroethene
To! uene
m/p-Xyl ene
o-Xylene
Naphthalene
Total Chlorine
Waste Fuel
(ppm by wt.)
1,210
254
999
1,185
553
2,800
56,200
940
5,280
880
835
Feed Rate
(Kg/hr)
15.7
3.3
13.0
15.4
7.2
36.3
m.O
12.2
68.8
11.4
10,8
                                   210

-------
                   Table 3.  Variation of POHCs in Feed
 Chloroform
 1>1,1-Trichloroethane
 Benzene
 Toluene
 o-Xylene
Range, ppm by Weight

       33-469
      817-1215
      543-569
    49901-65417
     3050-9500
CV. %

  70
  16
   2
  12
  56
ity of POHCs in the feed as ex-
pressed by the coefficient of
variation (CV) of the standard
deviation of 3 samples.  Table 3
shows standard deviations varying
from 2% from the mean to 70% from
the mean.  All other POHCs fall
between the values shown.  Surpris-
ingly, benzene exhibits a CV of
only 2%.  Precision this good is
highly unusual.  Close examination
of the analytical records has so
far not revealed any anomalies or
errors.
ORE

     Destruction/removal efficiency
(DRE) is defined as the disappear-
ance of a feed constituent due to
thermal destruction followed by
removal by an air pollution control
device, expressed as a percentage.
           In  this  paper*  (1-DRE)  will  be  re-
           ported expressed  as  one part per
           100,000  parts by  weight.   If the
           breakpoint  between an acceptable
           and unacceptable  DRE is 99.99%, a
           (1-DRE)  less than 10 exceeds 99.99%
           and 1s  acceptable.   Table 4
           summarizes  (1-DRE)  results for  the
           blast furnace before combustion
           inlet to stoves). Best DRE's were
           accomplished with the combustion
           device.   This should be typical
           of  all  blast furnaces.

           DJoxin/Dibenzofuran  EmJssions

                Blast  furnace gases before
           and after combustion and scrubber
           waters were analyzed by high reso-
           lution GC/MS.   Neither  class of
           compound was detected at the 1  ppt
           detection limit for  the gas  sample
           and the  1 ppb detection limit for
           the water samples.
                      Table 4.   (1-DRE)  -  Blast  Furnace
                             Before Combustion             After Combustion
                                         (Parts  per  100,000  parts)
1,1 Dichloroethene
Chloroform
1,1,-Trichloroethane
Trichloroethene
Benzene
Tetrachl oroethene
To! uene
m/p-Xylene
o-Xyl ene
Naphthalene
ND-24
ND-15
ND-32
ND-3
842-1437
<1
9-16
8
12
105
ND-<1
2-6
10-16
ND-1
2-470
<1
<1
<1-40
2-7
7-38
  ND:   not  detected
                                    211

-------
Blast Furnace Operation

     Table 5 summarizes the oper-
ating data, for the most part
collected from plant instru-
ments.  At steady state, the
blast furnace produces 4000
ton/day of metal.  Total oxygen
in the blast exceeds that of
air because the air is oxygen
enriched.  Maintaining the blast
air temperature above about
1725 F and constant is critical
for  maintaining combustion
zone reactions.  Therefore,
the blast cycle for each stove
is kept,fairly short to avoid
excessive temperature cycling.
           Table 5.  Summary of Blast Furnace Operating Data
                                                Averaae ,Value
     Parameter
Run 01
Run 02
Run 03
Blast Air Temperature, F .,
Blast Air Flowrate, dscfm x 10
Blast Air Pressure, psig
Total Oxygen in Blast, %
Flame Temperature, °F (calculated)
Furnace Top Temperature, F
Top Gas HV, Btu/scf (calculated) 3
Total Blast Gas Volume, scfm x 10
Waste Fuel Injection, gpm
Waste Fuel HV, Btu/lb
1743
116.5
31.5
23.4
3389
337
90.7
128.3
60.6
14,776
1770
116.6
30.4
23.4
3487
379
89.3
127.1
59.5
14,708
1756
116.2
30.2
23.4
3402
325
91.5
127.9
60.4
14,851
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS

     The authors gratefully
acknowledge the cooperation of
the steel company management
Including especially the environ-
mental control coordinator and
the blast furnace operating
superintendent.  We are particu-
larly grateful to the safety
engineers who made a safe sampling
operation possible by continually
monitoring the work areas for dan-
gerous levels of CO.  This project
is sponsored by the U. S. EPA
Hazardous Waste Engineering
Research Laboratory.  The tech-
nical project monitor for EPA is
Mr. Robert Mournighan.
                                   212

-------
                    FIELD EVALUATION OF SULFURIC ACID REGENERATION UNIT
                              BURNING HAZARDOUS WASTE AS FUEL

                                R. C. Adrian,  P. K.  Ouchida
                               California;Air Resources Board
                               Sacramento,  California  95814
                                         ABSTRACT


Rarely does an existing chemical  processing facility provide the qualities needed for a
hazardous waste destruction  process without significant modifications to the facility.
The system which is the subject of this  study is a waste sulfuric acid regeneration unit.
It is designed for combustion of  many  organic wastes from petroleum processing that
contain high sulfur levels and have a  high heating value.  The furnace operates above
1600°F, has a large flame volume  and-long residence time.  The combustion products are
passed through a scrubber and a wet electrostatic precipitator for production of sulfuric
acid.  Thus, the organic feed is  subjected to thermal, chemical and catalytic oxidation
and combustion products are  subject to absorptive and electrostatic separation.

The testing program for the  system  includes varying the operating conditions to evaluate
emission effects of combustion air, furnace temperature, firing rate and fuel heat
content.  Baseline conditions are evaluated, with no added hazardous materials, burning
spent acid and auxiliary natural  gas fuels.  Waste burn effects incorporate the addition
of surrogates including carbon tetrachloride, Freon 113, 1,2,4 trichlorobenzene and penta
chlorophenol.  Analysis.of emissions provide for DRE determination of the surrogates,
POHCs dioxins and furans, and normal gaseous emissions.
INTRODUCTION

    In a continuing investigation of
alternative methods of hazardous waste
disposal, the California Air Resources
Board (CARB) has evaluated several
existing commercial scale incineration
systems.  The selection of processes to
be tested was guided not only by the
severe Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) requirements of high temperature
and long residence time but also by
adjunct oxidative chemical reactions and
possibilities of removal or
neutralization of products of incomplete
combustion  (PICs).

    Emission testing and chemical
analysis of effluents for hazardous waste
processing tend to be very labor
intensive as well as requiring very
specialized apparatus.  It is thus
neccessary to thoroughly prepare a test
plan well in advance of testing.
Analytical limitations  may be a major
factor in the sequence  and duration of
the tests.

    Stauffer Chemical Company (SCC) has
for years operated a spent sulfuric acid
recovery plant in an industrial section
of Los Angeles.  The spent acid is
primarily refinery alkylation acid,
containing a variable percentage of
organic compounds, some of which would be
considered hazardous materials.

PURPOSE

    The goals of this project were
multifaceted.  The primary objective was
to measure emissions to determine if the
California Department of Health Services
(DHS) and the South Coast Air Quality
                                           213

-------
   Management District (SCAQMD) would be
   justified in issuing operating permits
   for burning hazardous wastes in
   conjunction with the normal plant
   feedstocks.  Additional objectives
   included evaluation of the destruction
   and removal efficiency (ORE) of the
  principal organic hazardous constituents
   (POHCs) across  the burner,
  characteristics of PICs formed  in
  combustion,  and evaluation  of operating
  conditions (failure modes)  to define
  permit limitations in  terms of
  temperature,  feed composition,  and firing
  conditions.

  PROCESS DESCRIPTION

     The SCC unit  evaluated  in this
  project was essentially a double
  contact-double  absorption sulfuric acid
  plant.   The facility incorporates a
  proprietary combustion chamber into which
  molten  sulfur,  alkylation acid,  and waste
  materials can be  injected either singly
  or in combination.  The combustion
  chamber  is ell-shaped, permitting either
  in-line firing  (face firing) or  impinging
  firing by injecting one or more  of the
  fuels into the branch of the chamber
  (dutch-oven firing).  Thus turbulence  and
 residence time can be modified to
 optimize combustion efficiency.
 Additional heat  to provide an
 approximately 1800°F temperature at the
 combustion chamber exhaust was supplied
 by augmenting  natural  gas.

     Contiguous with the combustion
 chamber is an  ash  settling chamber which
 can  also act as  a  secondary  combustion
 chamber when a large flame volume  is
 present.   Normal feed to the  system may
 contain  as much  as 10%  ash; however,
 little  of the  ash  drops out at this point
 or in the immediately following waste
 heat boiler.   The  waste heat boiler
 reduces  the combustion gas temperature to
 about 700°F, while also producing process
 steam and  electrical power.

    Following the waste heat boiler, the
 cooled gas enters a direct spray,
 brick-lined scrubber (quench tower) which
 further cools the gas by flashing water
 from recirculating weak acid.  The
 scrubber also removes most of the ash
that may have carried through the boiler
along with other  minor impurities.
      After this first scrubber, the gas is
  further cooled, condensed water is
  removed and the gas is compressed before
  passing through the first of two wet
  electrostatic precipitators (E$Ps).

      In various stages the gas is passed
  through a strong acid drying column and
  then through the first stage of a
  catlytic converter.   $03  is then
  removed in a first stage  absorber.
  Dilution air is added to  promote $03
  conversion and the gas passes through the
  converter second stage.   The balance of
  S03 is removed in a  second  absorber.
  The gas then passes  through  a second ESP
  before being vented  through  the  stack.

  APPROACH

      Emission standards for combustion of
  hazardous waste materials have not yet
  been developed except for the EPA
  acceptance of 99.99% or in some cases
  99.9999% combustion efficiency for POHCs.

      Prior to drafting the test plan,  a
  panel of experts in the fields of
  combustion, chemistry, kinetics, and
  testing met to discuss the best test
  program for the Stauffer system.  The
  test plan incorporated the panel
  recommendations.  To evaluate the
  destruction efficiency of  this process,
  it was concluded that the  fuel normally
 encountered,  spent alkylation acid,
 represented conditions equivalent to the
 most extreme  chemical  decomposition
 likely to be  encountered if  POHCs could
 be  identified and remain constant.
 However, the  evaluation of decomposition
 of  certain added organics  would  provide a
 basis for comparison with  other processes
 and hazardous material  conversion
 efficiency.

     It was concluded that the addition of
 a synthetic waste mixture consisting of
 carbon tetrachloride, 1,1,1
 trichloroethane, 1,2,4 trichlorobenzene
 and hexachlorobenzene would provide a
 surrogate equivalent of the most
 difficult to destroy organic compounds
 and produce the least desirable PICS.
 Subsequently, it was found  that
 hexachlorobenzene was not available and
 pentachlorophenol was substituted.
 Heating value, viscosity and  laboratory
 detection limits were considered when
determining the composition'of this
waste.
                                          214

-------
5TAUFFER CHEMICAL COMPANY  TEST OBJECTIVES

    The test objectives  for  the Stauffer
Chemical Company test were to allow  : .,- ,
determination of the baseline emissions
while the plant is burning spent acid  and
natural gas.  Specifically the following
were to be determined:

    1)  Emissions while  the  plant was
        burning spent acid and typical
        waste fuels.

    2)  Destruction and  removal
      . efficiency of the  process under
        at least three different
        operating conditions by using  a
        special mixture  of organic
        compounds as surrogates for the
        waste fuel .

    3)  HC1 emissions from the stack.

    4)  Flow rate through  the process
        using
5)
6)
7)
        02, C02,  CO,  CH4,  TUHC,
        NOX and S02 concentrations at
        the exit of the boiler and the
        stack.

        Dioxin and dibenzofuran
        concentrations in  the exhaust
        gases under different operating
        conditions at the  exit of the
        boiler and at the  stack.

        Effects on emissions of modified
        modes of operation.
    Also, as part of the test  program,
the capability to perform on site
chromatographic (GC) analysis  was  to be
continued to be developed.

    To accomplish the objectives set
forth above, the following operating
conditions were to be evaluated.

        a)  Baseline conditions:   Spent
            acid was to be fed into the
            furnace at a rate  of 20 to 30
            gallons per minute.  Natural
            gas was to be used to  provide
            the balance of the heat
            requirements.  Furnace
            conditions were to be  varied
            in order to determine  the
            operating range (envelope)
            for this process.
        b)  Normal  waste fuel
            conditions:   TTie furnace was
            to be operated under normal
            steady-state conditions
            except  when  the effects of
            operating parameters were
            being evaluated.  The
            synthetic waste was to
            include carbon tetrachloride,
            hexachlorobenzene,
            trichlorobenzene,
            chlorophenols and sulfur
            hexafluoride.

        c)  Modified Furnace Operating
            Mode:  The waste used in
            Section b was also be to be
            used for these tests, except
            perlite was  to be added to
            represent typical solids
            content for  expected waste
            fuels.

            i)  Waste injected through
                burner in front face
                (when furnace at 1600°F
                and again when 1% excess
                02  in furnace).

            ii) Waste injected through
                burner in dutch oven at
                furnace  conditions of
                1600°F and 1% excess 02
                in  furnace.

            The total test time was to be
            approximately 7 days.

    Parameters such as temperature, CO,
TUHC, 02 and NOX were to be used in
determining the acceptable ranges.
Operating curves were to be obtained for
excess 02 ranging from 1% to 4% and
temperature from 1600°F  to 2000°F.

    SCC was to monitor and record all
operating conditions necessary to
determine if the desired conditions have
been reached and was be  responsible for
determining the length of time that these
conditions can be expected to be
maintained.

TEST PROGRAM

    Testing actually took place over a
three-week span. The first week was used
in getting equipment set up, calibration,
getting the process stabilized and
running the baseline tests.  The second
                                          215

-------
 week was taken up with runs using the
 spent acid/synthetic waste mixture under
 normal firing conditions but with some "
 variation in operating conditions.
 During the third week the failure modes
 of low temperature and burner
 reconfiguration were examined.  Extremely
 low or high temperatures could not be met.

    Samples were taken at two locations;
 in a horizontal duct between the waste
 heat boiler and the quench cooler, and in
 the stack about 90 feet above ground
 level.  At each point, four Tedlar bag
 samples for volatile organics were taken
 per day.  At the stack, two modified M-5
 trains were run per day using XAD-2, one
 HC1 train per day except the four days on
 which dioxin trains were run (also with
 XAD-2), and one M-5 train per day.  At
 the boiler, one modified M-5 train per
 day for semi-volatiles, and intermittent
 bag samples for S02 and CO were taken.

    Additionally, SCC personnel obtained
 process samples during the test periods
 for spent acid fuel, synthetic waste,
 stack precipitator rundown, quench cooler
 rundown and product acid.

    The synthetic waste nominally
 contained 22.39% carbon tetrachloride,
 21.22% 1,1,1 trichloroethane, 3.00%
 pentachlorophenol, 10.61% 1,2,4
 trichlorobenzene, 30.62% diesel oil,
 1.16% methanol and 11.00% perlite.  This
 augmenting mixture was fired at about ten
 pounds per minute.  This mixture was used
 throughout the program.

 PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED

    Testing was originally planned to
 begin in September 1984; however, delays
 in receiving necessary experimental
 permits and variances resulted in an
 actual start time of February 26, 1985.
 Once testing had begun, there were
 surprisingly few delays caused by
mechanical problems.  Perlite in the
 synthetic waste mixture created a high
 erosive rate in the pumps and some
 clogging of the fuel system, but these
were usually repaired at night or on
weekends with little effect on the test
 schedule.

    The fittings of the Teflon-lined
 stainless steel flexible sampling line at
 the waste heat boiler were found to
 deteriorate in the 13% SOg, high
 temperature and high moisture atmosphere,
 arid the line was replaced with Teflon.
'Also, at this sampling point a 50:1
 dilution system was used to avoid damage
 to-'the continuous monitoring instruments.

    The on-site chromatograph could  not
 be used for quantisation during the  test
 because of a shortage of standards in the
 proper concentration range.  These data
 were reduced after the test.

    It was not found possible to measure
 the combustion chamber exhaust flow  rate
 by SFs injection.  These rates were
 instead calculated by mass and heat
 balance around the waste heat boiler.

    The low temperature failure mode test
 (1600°F) was found to be impractical.
 Unburned carbon and ash were not carried
 through the combustion chamber and caused
 an early shutdown.  The test was later
 carried out at 1700°F successfully.

 RESULTS

    Field tests for the project were not
 completed until March 15,  1985, and
 laboratory analyses are not yet
 complete.  Therefore, a discussion of the
 test data cannot be made at this time.
                                          216

-------
                     NONSTEADY INDUSTRIAL BOILER WASTE COFIRING TESTS

          Robert 0. DeRosier, Howard B. Mason, Ursula Spannagel, C. Dean Wolbach
                                    Acurex Corporation
                                 Mountain View, CA  94039


                                         ABSTRACT

    Hazardous waste thermal destruction field  tests were conducted on a 13.9 kg/s
(110,000 Ib/hr) single burner package watertube boiler to evaluate the effect of nonsteady
and off-design operation on destruction and removal efficiency  (ORE) of principal organic
hazardous constituents (POHC's).  These tests were done to extend  the earlier results  for
11 boilers tested at nominally steady conditions which showed a mass weighted average  ORE
of 99.998 percent.  The test series comprised  triplicate baseline  runs at steady
conditions; 24 nonsteady runs with gas/waste cofiring; and 21 runs with oil/waste
cofiring.  For the baseline and selected nonsteady runs, POHC's were sampled with the
volatile organic sampling train (VOST).  for the majority of the nonsteady runs, POHC's
were quantified with a "minf-VOST" protocol adapted for shorter sampling times and onsite
analysis with the GC-Hall detector.  The raw waste, containing methyl methacrylate, was
spiked with carbon tetrachloride and monochlorobenzene.  ORE results showed minimal effect
of nonsteady operation on thermal destruction.  The average ORE for  112 combinations of
POHC and test runs was 99.998 percent.  Only six values of DRE were  less than
99.99 percent.  The DRE showed no discernable  correlation with  carbon monoxide emissions.
Two additional tests are planned to assess the general applicability of these results.
INTRODUCTION

    Cofiring of combustible hazardous
wastes with conventional fuels in
industrial boilers is widely practiced in
industry for energy recovery and as an
economical means of disposal.  Regulation
of boiler cofiring was temporarily exempted
from the 1981 Resource Conservation and
Recovery Act (RCRA) which limited
incineration DRE to 99.99 percent or
higher.  In the interim, EPA's office of
Solid Waste and Emergency Response has
conducted a regulatory impact assessment of
cofiring thermal destruction pursuant to a
boiler regulation.  To support this
assessment, the Hazardous Waste Engineering
Research Laboratory has performed a boiler
cofiring field test program (1).

    An initial series of 11 boiler field
tests were conducted to obtain a
representative sampling of waste thermal
destruction over the spectrum of
design/waste combinations in use in
industry,  (2) through (5).  The 11 test
sites were selected to cover the range of
industry practice with emphasis on gas- or
oil-fired watertubes which is the
predominant cofiring application.  The test
boilers were operated at nominally steady
load, excess air and waste-to-fuel ratio to
obtain a reference data base under steady
operation.  Within this context, the boiler
settings corresponded to normal plant
practice.  A boiler test at each site
generally consisted of triplicate POHC
measurements at the nominal steady set
point.

     Composite results for the 11 test
boilers showed generally high levels of
thermal destruction.  The composite DRE for
a specific POHC averaged over all sites was
99.99 percent or higher for each of the
volatile POHC's quantified.  For
semi volatile POHC's, average DRE's of
99.96 to 99.98 were experienced for four
POHC's in a wood-waste-fired stoker
operated at very high levels of exces.s air
which partially quenched the combustion.
The site specific DRE (averaged over all
volatile POHC's) exceeded 99.99 percent for
all sites except one boiler where unstable
                                            217

-------
 burner operation was experienced.  No
 definitive  trend of ORE with  carbon
 monoxide emissions was observed.  However,
 the range of CO variation was small.

    The test discussed in this paper was
 conducted to extend the earlier data base
 in two ways.  First, nonsteady and
 off-design  operating conditions were tested
 to evaluate how ORE is affected by upsets
 or transients.  Second, a wide range of
 steady levels of load, excess air and
 waste-to-fuel ratios were tested to
 quantify ORE variations over the boiler
 operating envelope.  As a secondary
 objective,  a simplified version of the
 volatile organic sampling and analysis
 protocol was implemented to facilitate this
 type of transient and parametric testing.

 APPROACH

    The test boiler was a forced draft
 Combustion  Engineering type 30-A-12 package
watertube with a maximum capacity of
 13.9 kg/s (110,000 Ib/hr) of superheated
 steam.  Natural gas or No. 6 oil is fired
 through a dual air register Coen dual-fuel
 burner.  The burner has been retrofit with
 two steam atomized waste guns to fire a
 distillation byproduct containing methyl
 methacrylate.  The waste was spiked with
 varying concentrations (0.5 to 4.5 percent)
 of carbon tetrachloride (CC14) and
monochlorobenzene (CsHsCl) to broaden the
 range of POHC's quantified and to introduce
 chlorinated compounds so that onsite
 GC-Hall analyses could be performed.  Waste
firing typically supplied 15 to 40 percent
of total heat input to the boiler.  The
 boiler normally operates in the range of
 45,000 to 75,000 Ib/hr with daily load
variations  of 20,000 Ib/hr and occasional
 spot steam  demands of 15,000 Ib/hr.  The
boiler is normally operated automatically
with a microprocessor controlled oxygen
 trim system.  Waste flow is regulated
manually.

    Six test series, summarized in Table 1,
were performed from April 24 to May 11,
 1984.  The  initial boiler performance tests
were performed to determine operational
characteristics needed to plan the
 subsequent  transient and off-design tests.
Boiler characteristics monitored included:
CO/02 relationships for gas and gas/waste
cofiring; temperatures and emissions over
 the operating range; thermal response to
 transients; and 02/fuel/waste response to
transients.  Baseline tests were run for
comparison to earlier steady-state tests
and as a reference for subsequent nonsteady
tests.  The baseline tests used the full
sampling and analysis protocol as in the
previous 11 boiler tests:

    •   Continuous flue gas monitoring for
        02, CO, C02, NOX and unburned
        hydrocarbons

    •   Particulate and semivolatile
        organic sampling by the modified
        Method 5 train; post-test
        semivolatile analyses by GC/MS

    0   Volatile organic sampling by VOST;
        post-test analyses by direct
        desorbtion on GC/MS

    •   HC1 sampling by a modified Method 6
        train; analyses by titration

    •   Grab sample of waste and fuel oil;
        GC/MS POHC analyses

For the nonsteady tests, alternate volatile
sampling protocols were needed with shorter
sampling times and onsite analysis
capability for refinement of the test
matrix.  Three approaches were tested:  a
semi-continuous VOST; a mini VOST; and a
total organic chloride (TOCL) monitor.

    The semi-continuous VOST used a single
tenax trap directly plumbed to the stack
via a heated sample line and gas
conditioning system.  A sample was drawn
through the trap for approximately five
minutes after which the trap was directly
desorbed to a GC-Hall and the cycle
repeated.  Tests of this protocol during
April 30 to May 4 showed good system
response and sample recovery.  Results were
suspect, however, due to possible POHC
deposition on the sample delivery system.

    The TOCL protocol used a Hall detector
to quantify total organic chlorides.  Flue
gas samples scrubbed, for HC1 by a water or
NaOH impinger, were drawn through a heated
line directly to the Hall detector.  The
detector response was read on a recorder.
Trial runs with this protocol showed
qualitative correspondence with POHC
throughput.  Although the protocol needs
further development, particularly for
calibration procedures, it does show
promise for indicating relative levels of
POHC emissions.
                                            218

-------
    The bulk of volatile organic sampling
for the nonsteady tests was done with a
simplified mini-VOST protocol.  A single
tenax trap was used with the VOST train for
sample extraction at the stack.  A 10 liter
sample was drawn at 0.5 1/min.  Following
sampling, the traps were taken to an onsite
GC-Hall and thermally desorbed.  Trap
preparation prior to testing was also done
onsite. 'The nonsteady test protocol from
May 7 to May 11 generally used the
mini-VOST together with continuous monitors
for flue gas criteria species, and waste
grab samples.  Occasional full VOST runs
with post-test GC/MS were made for
reference.  No modified Method 5 sampling
was done for nonsteady runs.

    The variables tested in the nonsteady
and off-design test series included:

    •   Upper and lower ranges of load,
        excess air and waste flowrate

    •   Increasing and decreasing excess
        air, load and waste flowrate

    •   Waste startup

    •   Poor waste atomization

    •   Waste atomizer spatial orientation
        relative to oil guns

    •   Sootblowing

Table 2 summarizes the baseline and
nonsteady test runs.  Runs with
semi-continuous VOST are excluded because
of suspected hysteresis in the POHC
concentrations entering the tenax trap.
The values for load, excess 03, and waste
flow are nominal values from plant board
data.  During transient runs, frequent or
continuous recording of these parameters
was made.  The boiler operational settings
were selected to deliberately induce
smoking or CO excursions in the range of
200 to 1,000 ppm.

RESULTS

    For the cofiring of the spiked waste,
volatile POHC quantisation was made for
three steady baseline tests, using full
VOST, 24 gas/waste nonsteady tests  (3 with
full VOST), and 21 oil/waste nonsteady
tests  (3 with full VOST).  On an overall
basis, these test series produced 112 ORE
data points for the composite of baseline
and nonsteady quantitation of carbon
tetrachloride, monochlorobenzene and methyl
methacrylate thermal destruction.

    ORE results show notably high levels of
thermal destruction even during substantial
upset conditions (Table 3).  Of the 112 ORE
values, only 6 were less than
99.99 percent.  One of these low values, a
ORE of 99.7 for CC14, is suspect due to
apparent coelutriation of other compounds
in the gas chromatograph during tenax
desorption.  For conservatism, the entire
GC response was assumed CC14.  Excluding
this ORE value, the overall average ORE for
the entire test program was 99.998 percent,
which is the same average as for the
earlier 11 steady-state tests.

    Although there were significant
variations in ORE from one run to another,
the average ORE values were in a fairly
narrow range.  Table 4 compares the average
ORE values for the  three POHC's and for gas
and oil firing.  The ORE for
methyl-methacrylate, averaged for both the
VOST and modified method 5 measurements,
was higher than the organic chlorides.
Excluding the one outlier point, there was
not a significant difference between the
average ORE values  for CC14 and
monochlorobenzene,  or between gas and oil
firing.  There was  also a lack of marked
difference in ORE due to boiler operating
condition (Table 5).  Although several of
these conditions, particularly atomizer
upsets and low 02 firing, produced
significantly degraded combustion
efficiency, the average DRE's were mostly
in the range 99.992 to 99.999 with no
consistent trend in ORE variation.  In this
regard, there was a general lack of
correlation with combustion efficiency
indicators such as  CO emissions, as shown
in Figure 1.  There was, however, a general
agreement in magnitude between a pseudo-DRE
for natural gas computed for the gas-fired
runs (99.997) and the average POHC ORE
(99.998).

    The lack of ORE correlation or of
consistent variation with operating
conditions may mean that the near burner
flame region is very efficient in
destroying or at least pyrolyzing POHC's
thereby suppressing effects of any physical
or chemical variation.  The resultant low
levels of POHC in the stack appear to be in
the range of background emissions.  It is,
also suspected that gummy organic deposits
on the boiler surfaces upstream, of the
sampling station were modulating the POHC
                                            219

-------
 concentration somewhat by serving as a
 reservoir for adsorbtion and desorbtion.

     Significant quantities of products of
 incomplete combustion (PIC) were quantified
 for nine compounds not present in the waste
 in detectable concentrations.  The highest
 PIC concentrations were evident for
 tetrachloroethene and dichloromethane.  The
 program average PIC/POHC mass ratio was 15
 but individual  run ratios varied from 0.3
 to 190.

     Two additional field tests are planned
 in 1985 to assess the generality of these
 results.  Additional  development and
 application of  the mini-VOST protocol  will
 also be performed.

 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

     This effort was sponsored by the
 Environmental Protection  Agency under
 contract 68-02-3176.   Robert Olexsey of the
 Hazardous Waste  Engineering  Research
 Laboratory,  and  Marc  Turgeon of the  Office
 of Solid Waste and Emergency Response  were
 the Project Officers.  Their support and
 assistance both  on- and offsite is greatly
 appreciated.  The  host site  is  gratefully
 acknowledged for contributing personnel  and
 logistical  support necessary to make the
 test possible.

 REFERENCES

 1.   Olexsey, R.  A., "Incineration of
     Hazardous Wastes  in Power Boilers:
     Emissions Performance Study  Rationale
     and Test Site  Matrix," in Proceedings
     of  the Tenth Annual Research Symposium,
     Incineration and Treatment of Hazardous
     Waste, EPA-600-9-84-022,
     September 1984.

 2.   Castaldini,  C. et. al. "Field Tests of
     Industrial Boilers Cofiring Hazardous
    Wastes", Proceedings of  the Tenth
    Annual Research Symposium, Incineration
    and Treatment of Hazardous Waste, P.57,
    EPA-600-9-84-022, September 1984.

3.  Adams, R. et. al. "Field Tests of
    Industrial  Boilers and Industrial
    Processes Disposing of Hazardous
    Wastes" Proceedings of the Tenth Annual
    Research Symposium, Incineration and
    Treatment of Hazardous Waste, P.62,
    EPA-600-9-84-022,  September 1984.
4.  Chehaske, J. "Summary of Field Tests
    for an Industrial Boiler Disposing of
    Hazardous Wastes" Proceedings of the
    Tenth Annual Research Symposium,
    Incineration and Treatment of Hazardous
    Waste, P.70, EPA-600-9-84-022,
    September 1984.

5.  Castaldini,  C.  et.  al.  "Engineering
    Assessment Report,  Hazardous Waste
    Cofiring in  Industrial  Boilers," Acurex
    Technical Report TR-84-159/EE, June,
    1984.
                                           220

-------
                                                                 £=   . 3
               CHf—
               C  O
              i-  O
              i—  O
               CL-*->
               E  O
                d.
                            C C    r—     •—
                            O O     3     3
                            O E    Li-     Li.
• r- 4-1   . O
+-> T- \— •— t-
 E  C LO  l_ LO
 O  O O  OJ O
O  £ >•  D->-
                                                               CM- •    •• C
                                                              O  VI J  W1 O
                                                              0  *J 0  •"-> -r- J
                                                              •O  Cr-  C 4-> O
                                                               C  OJ •*-  CU (O «—
                                                               ra  -^    -t- M J=
                                                                  tn OJ  V ••-
                                                              -D  C <->  C E •"->
                                                               ic  ro vi  « O O
                                                               O  I-  o
                                                                                      C  
                                                                                      ro  «  en  jc  o o
                                                                                      O  1-  «  t-  -^ O
                                                                                     _J I- 1  <->  «t "
               CM U
              O l-
                  CLI
                            O
                            o
                                                              §
CO
UJ
                                                     0
                                                     c
                                                     o
               c  c.
               CJ  C
               u ~~

                 t,
UJ
CO

-------
TABLE 2.  SUMMARY OF VOST RUMS



PRIMARY
DATE
25-ApE
25-Apr
25-Apr
27-Apr
27-Apr
27-Apr
08-Hay
08-May
OS-May
OS-May
OS-May
OS-May
OS-May
OS-May
OS-May
OS-May
OS-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
11-May
11-May
11-May
11-May
11-May
11-May
11-May
11-May
11-May
12-May
TIME
1445
1606
1732
1446
1626
1755
1154
1430
1447
1600
1642
1710
1740
2108
2224
2332
2357
20
643
921
1038
1142
1311
1410
1508
1702
1801
1946
2018
2153
2301
2346
716
945
1030
1132
1408
1452
1647
1750
1831
1917
2012
2055
2134
2222
2313
7
1330
1430
1528
1723
2033
2118
2225
2319
9
FUEL
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
STEAM
LOAD
(lb/hr)
64000
58000
57500
62000
57000
60000
60000
58000
60000
57000
59000
55000
54000
60000
61000
62000
76000
73000
62000
63000
57000
53000
51000
52000
25000
25000
28000
27000
25000
55000
35000
32000
32000
28000
28000
27000
27000
40000
44000
46000
50000
47000
47000
50000
47000
46000
50000
50000
50000
62000
60000
60000
60000
60000
60000
61000
60000

02
(%)
6.40
6.70
7.00
5.38
5.48
4.70
5.15
4.92
5.25
4.70
2.58
2.20
2.62
2.37
2.90
4.30
3.38
3.25
2.98
3.90
3.98
2.87
3.07
3.70
4.00
4.08
4.00
3.50
4.17
3.40
4.30
4.92
4.80
4.72
6.33
5.22
5.22
5.10
5.00
4.36
4.64
4.69
4.62
4.63
4.87
4.87
3.64
3.85
5.32
3.88
5.29
5.40
4.48
4.30
4.30
4.86
5.00
WASTE
FLOW
(gpm)
3.7
3.7
3.8
4.0
3.2
3.7
3.9
3.9
1.4
2.4
0.8
1.9
3.0
3.0
4.2
2.8
2.9
2.9
0.0
1.9
3.5
1.0
1.4
3.5
2.9
3.3
3.1
0.9
2.6
2.1
1.5
1.5
0.0
0.0
1.1
0.5
0.4
0.9
2.7
3.0
2.6
1.5
2.7
3.4
0.9
2.9
3.1
2.9
0.0
2.9
2.9
2.5
3.0
2.9
3.0
3.5
3.3

TEST
CONDITIONS
TSB BASELINE UNSPIKED WASTE,
TSB BASELINE UNSPIKED WASTE,
TSB BASELINE UNSPIKED WASTE,
TSB BASELINE, VOST
TSB BASELINE, VOST
TSB BASELINE, VOST
HIGH GPM BASELINE
HIGH GPM BASELINE
LOW GPM
NO WASTE ATOMIZATION
LOW WASTE GPM/02
LOW 02 WASTE INCREASE
LOW 02 BASELINE
WASTE OIL STARTUP, VOST
LOW WASTE ATOM STEAM (VARY) ,
SOOT BLOW
EA TRANSIENTS
EA TRANSIENTS
GAS BASELINE
START UP DUAL VOST
LOW 02
LOW 02 & WASTE GPM
LOW 02 & WASTE GPM
GAS BASELINE
LOAD REDUCTION
LOW LOAD, MODERATE 02, VOST
LOW LOAD, LOW 02
LOW LOAD/02/ WASTE GPM
WASTE & GPM TRANSIENTS
LOAD INCREASE
LOAD DECREASE
SOOTBLOW LOW LOAD
BASELINE OIL
BASELINE OIL
WASTE STARTUP
LOW LOAD/02/GPM
LOW LOAD BASELINE
LOAD INCREASE
BASELINE OIL, MODERATE LOAD
HIGH WASTE GPM/MODERATE LOAD
MODERATE 02/HIGH GPM
WASTE GPM TRANSIENTS
START INVERTED SPRAY
INVERTED SPRAY
INVERTED SPRAY
SOOTBLOW
MIN. USABLE WASTE ATOMIZATION
MIN. USABLE WASTE ATOMIZATION
LOAD INCREASE, NO WASTE
WASTE STARTUP
HIGH BASELINE
HIGH BASELINE
REDUCED WASTE ATOMIZATION
SOOTBLOW
POOR WASTE ATOMIZATION, VOST
HIGH 02, VOST
HIGH 02, VOST



VOST
VOST
VOST











VOST










































                 222

-------
             TABLE 3.   ORE GROUPED  BY TEST  CONDITIONS
DATE   TIME   GC #   FUEL  LOAD
25-Apr
27-Apr
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
09-May
08-May
27-Apr
25-Apr
08-May
25-Apr
27-Apr
08-May
12-May
11-May
11-May
27-Apr
25-Apr
11-May
10-May
08-May
11-May
11-May
08-May
09-May
09-May
10-May
10-May
08-May
11-May
10-May
10-May
10-May
09-May
09-May
10-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
10-May
09-May
09-May
09-May
08-May
09-May
08-May
08-May
11-May
10-May
08-May
09-May


1408
945
716
1647
1750
1831
1410
1740
1626
1732
1430
1606
1755
1154
9
1528
2319
1446
1445
7
2313
1600
2225
2033
. 2224
20
2108
1030
1917
2108
1430
2134
2012
2055
1508
2301
1452
2153
921
1702
1946
1132
1801
1311
1142
1710
1038
1642
1447
2118
2222
2332
2346
MM5
MM5
96
90
87
101
103
104
67
48
FULL VOST
FULL VOST
36
FULL VOST
FULL VOST
35
FULL VOST
144
FULL VOST
FULL VOST
FULL VOST
122
118
40
FULL VOST
1 TRAP VO
FULL VOST
53
77
92
105
FULL VOST
143
109
107
108
69
83
97
81
57
FULL VOST
76
94
74
66
62
46
60
42
38
1 TRAP VO
111
50
86
GAS
GAS
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
OIL
OIL
OIL
GAS
GAS
OIL
OIL
GAS
OIL
OIL
GAS
GAS
GAS
OIL
OIL
GAS
OIL
OIL
OIL
OIL
GAS-
GAS
OIL
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
OIL
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
GAS
OIL
OIL
GAS
GAS
59000
59000
27000
28000
32000
44000
46000
50000
52000
54000
57000
57500
58000
58000
60000
60000
60000
60000
61000
62000
64000
50000
50000
57000
60000
60000
61000
73000
25000
28000
47000
60000
62000
47000
47000
50000
25000
35000
40000
55000
63000
25000
27000
27000
28000
51000
53000
55000
57000
59000
60000
60000
46000
62000
32000
                                      CONDITIONS

                                TSB BASELINE
                                TSB BASELINE
                                LOW LOAD BASELINE
                                LOW LOAD BASELINE
                                LOW LOAD BASELINE
                                BASELINE OIL, MODERATE
                                HIGH GPM/MODERATE LOAD
                                MODERATE 02/HIGH GFM
                                GAS BASELINE
                                LOW O2 BASELINE
                                BASELINE
                                TSB BASELINE
                                TSB HIGH GPM BASE
                                TSB BASELINE
                                BASELINE
                                TSB HIGH GPM BASE
                                HIGH 02
                                HIGH BASELINE
                                HIGH O2
                                BASELINE
                                TSB BASELINE
                                MIN. DSABLE ATOM
                                MIN. USABLE ATOM
                                NO WASTE ATOMIZER
                                POOR ATOM
                                REDUCED ATOM.
                                LOW ATOM STEAM (VARY)
                                EA TRANSIENTS
                                GPM TRANSIENTS
                                WASTE STARTUP
                                GPM TRANSIENTS
                                WASTE OIL STARTUP
                                WASTE STARTUP
                                INVERTED SPRAY
                                START INVERTED SPRAY
                                INVERTED SPRAY
                                LOAD REDUCTION
                                LOAD DECREASE
                                LOAD INCREASE
                                LOAD INCREASE
                                START UP DUAL VOST
                                LOW LOAD, MODERATE 02
                                LOW LOAD/02/GPM
                                LOW LOAD/O2/GPM
                                LOW LOAD, LOW O2
                                LOW O2 & GPM
                                LOW O2 & GPM
                                LOW 02 WASTE INCREASE
                                LOW O2
                                LOW GPM/02
                                LOW GPM
                                SOOTBLOW
                                SOOTBLOW
                                SOOT BLOW
                                SOOTBLOW LOW LOAD
CCL4

NA
NA
99.996
NA
NA
3 99.9988
5 99.9996
99.99997
99.998
99.9997
99.997
NA
99.9995
NA
100
99.99990
99.99994
99.98
99.9997
99.996
NA
99.9997
99.9998
99.998
99.9998
99.99989
100
100
99.9990
99.989
99.9997
99.9997
99.998
99.9990
99.9989
99.9994
99.997
99.9995
99.998
99.9997
99.99994
99.9997
99.998
99.994
99.998
99.987
99.999904
100
99.9998
99.998
99.7
100
99.9993
99.998
99.9996
CHLORO-
BENZENE
NA
NA
99.9996
NA
NA
99.9997
99.9998
99.99993
99.9986
100
99.99991
NA
99.997
NA
99.99988
99.99991
99.99988
99.998
99.9998
99.99989
NA
99.99989
99.998
99.98
99.9998
99.9997
100
99.994
99.9994
99.993
99.99989
99.997
100
99.99992
99.9998
99.99994
99.9990
99.9997
99.9996
99.99993
99.9994
99.9997
99.998
99.995
99.9989
99.995
100
99.9998
99.9989
99.998
100
99.9998
99.9998
99.97
•99.9998
MMA

99.9997
99.999987








99.99992
99.99989

99.99987
99.999897

99.9997

99.9996
99.9998
99.9997



99.9997
99.9988
99.996




99.9996









99.9997









99.9995



                                      223

-------
              TABLE 4.   ORE SUMMARIES
POHC
MMA
CC14 + C1 +
CC14
Cl(f>
CC14
CC14
CH
en*
No. tests
16
b 96
48
48
21
27
21
27
Series
All runs
All runs
All runs
All runs
Oil firing
Gas firing
Oil firing
Gas firing
Average ORE
99.9995
99.9949
(99.9980)3
99.9919
(99.9981)3
99.9980
99.9975
99.9874
(99.9985)3
99.9991
99.9971
^Excluding one low (99.7 percent) value for CC14.
"Monochlorobenzene
                       224

-------
              TABLE 5.  ORE  SUMMARIES
ORE percent
Test series
Baseline
02 transients
GPK transients
Load transients
Low 02, load, waste
Atomization upsets
Inverted atomizer
Sootblowing
Total
Points
14
1
5
5
10
6
3
4
48
CC14
99.9974
100
99.9971
99.9988
99.9674
(99.9972)3
99.9995
99.9991
99.9992
99.9919
(99.9981)3
C1<|>
99.9994
99.994
99.9979
99.9995
99.9983
99.9962
99.9999
99.9924
99.998
aExcluding one low value for CC14.
                         225

-------
   99.99999
   99.9999  -
7? 99.999   -|

 c
 O)


 <| 99.99
UJ
   99.9




   99





   90
                                       CCL4

                                      OIL AND GAS
                                                D
                                200                 400


                                      CO  average  (ppm)
                                                                        600
                     Figure  1.   CC14  ORE versus CO average.
                                       226

-------
                        MOUSE - A COMPUTERIZED UNCERTAINTY SYSTEM
                          FOR ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING  ANALYSES

                                      Albert J. Klee
                     Hazardous Waste Engineering Research  Laboratory
                          U.  S. Environmental  Protection Agency
                                  Cincinnati,  Ohio 45268
                                         ABSTRACT

     Environmental  engineering calculations involving uncertainties  expressed  as  probabil-
ity distributions are far beyond the capabilities of hand analysis  for any  but the  simpl-
est of models.  There exist a number of computer simulation languages  involving Monte
Carlo methods that  certainly can do the job, but learning such  languages  and  implementing
them on all  computers is not the quickest nor the easiest of tasks.

     MOUSE (an acronym for Modular Oriented Uncertainty System  Emulator)  deals with the
problem of uncertainties in models that consist of one or more  algebraic  equations.  It
was designed to be  used by those with little or no knowledge of computer  languages  or
programming.  It is compact (and thus can run on almost any digital  computer), easy and
fast to learn, and  has most of the features needed for substantive  uncertainty analysis
(built-in probability distributions, plotting and graphing capabilities,  sensitivity
analysis, interest  functions for cost analyses, etc.).

     MOUSE has been used within USEPA for studying the migration of pollution  plumes in
streams, for analyzing the uncertainties in establishing regulations for  hazardous  wastes
in landfills, and for investigating the variabilities inherent  in pollutioq_control cost
estimation.
INTRODUCTION

     If we define a model as a physical or
symbolic representation of reality, we find
among the set of all models one called the
mathematical model of which one particular
type consists of a series of one or more
algebraic equations.  Mathematical models
of this type are extremely important for
they are found  almost everywhere, includ-
ing economics", engineering, and science.
The use of an equation is understood by
almost everyone; in a somewhat "inelegant"
sense, numbers "go into" the equation and
an answer is obtained.  For example, con-
sider the following very simple equation,
     Y  = AB
[1]
where  Y might stand for the cross-sectional
area of a heating duct, given that A is its
             height  and B is its width.
             equation  1 one has to know
             and  B.   If A is equal to  2
             and  B is  equal to 15, then
             Often,  however, we are hot
             values  of A or of B.  A mi
             might be  20; in such case,
             equal to  60, not 30.  The
             certainty about the input
             B, clearly the greater our
             about the output variable,
                            To "solve"
                           the values of  A
                            for example,
                           Y = 2(15)  =  30.
                           sure of the
                          ght be 3 and  B
                           Y would be
                          greater our un-
                          variables A and
                           uncertainty
                           Y.
TRADITIONAL APPROACHES TO UNCERTAINTY

     The most often encountered approaches
to uncertainty in mathematical  models are
(1) the best value approach, (2) the con-
servative approach, and (3) sensitivity
analysis.  The first two are single-value
approaches.  The "best" in "best value"'is
not precisely defined; generally it refers
                                            227

-------
 to some measure of central  tendency such
 as an average or a mode.   In our duct
 problem, we might suppose that  the value of
 A of 2 and of B of 15 are average values.
 Hopefully, the answer of  30 is  also some
 sort of average value.  As  we shall  see,
 however, this is not  always the case.   Ad-
 mittedly a simple technique, in reality the
 best value approach is  more a matter of
 ignoring uncertainty  than it is of any
 conscious effort to come  to grips with  it.

     The conservative  approach does make an
 attempt to consider the consequences of
 uncertainty.   As the  name implies, the  in-
 put  values selected are not the average or
 most likely ones but  rather those that  pro-
 duce conservative results with  regard to
 the  consequences of over- or underestimat-
 ing.   For example,  in the conservative
 approach for the duct example,  the values
 of A and B selected to  go into  equation  I
 would be greater than their average  values
 of 2 and 15 since overestimation  is  probab-
 ly better than  underestimation  in  this
 case.   If "best" values were used, there is
 a good chance that  the  duct area  would  be
 underestimated.

     The popular,  traditional  approach to
 the  problem of  uncertainty  is sensitivity
 analysis.   Sensitivity  analysis is a combi-
 nation of both  the  best value and  conserva-
 tive  approaches  since it  usually  starts
 with  a best  value estimate,  followed by  a
 change or perturbation  in one of  the input
 variables  (holding  all  other input vari-
 ables  at  their  previous values).   The
 perturbation  can  be either  an increase or a
 decrease  in the  value of  the  variable and
 hence  can  be  either of  a  "conservative"
 nature or  a  "liberal" one.   For example, to
 examine the effects of  a modest change in A
 in equation  1, we might increase the value
 of A by  10% over  its "best"  estimate value
 of 2.   A  10%  increase in A  (to  2.2) results
 in an  estimated  Y-value of  33.  If a value
 of A of  2.2 is  "reasonably  likely" to oc-
 cur, then  the sensitivity analysis suggests
 that a  value  of  Y of 33 is  also "reasonably
 likely" to occur.

 PROBLEMS WITH TRADITIONAL APPROACHES

     As has been mentioned, the best value
 approach really does not address the prob-
lem of uncertainty at all.  For one thing,
best input values do not necessarily have
high probabilities of occurring.  There is
another difficulty with the best value
 approach  which  is  not  generally  recog-
 nized.  The  difficulty  arises when the
 algebraic model  contains  non-linear ele-
 ments  such as multiplications or divisions
 and  the variables  are  correlated.  If
 variables A.and  B  of equation 1  were
 correlated,  for  example,  the average of Y
 would  not be equal to  the average of A
 times  the average  of B.   In point of fact,
 if A and  B were  positively correlated,
 then the  average of Y would be greater
 than the  product of the averages; con-
 versely,  if A and  B were  negatively cor-
 related,  the average of Y would  be less
 than the  product of the averages.

     The conservative approach also has its
 deficiencies.  For one thing, in a complex
 calculation involving many equations and
 many input variables (some of which may be
 correlated) it may not be obvious what
 values of the input variables constitute
 "conservative" ones with  respect to the
 output.   Secondly, because conservative
 input  values generally are those with a
 low  probability  of occurring, the esti-
 mates obtained by using such values per-
 force will not have a high probability of
 occurring.  It should be  recognized that
 the  point  estimates involved in using
 either the best  value or the conservative
 approach  do not  utilize all of the infor-
 mation that is usually available.  One
 usually has at least some idea of the un-
 certainties in the input  figures.

     Sensitivity  analysis, being largely an
 amalgamation of elements of both the best
 value and conservative approaches,  suffers
 the  defects of both methods.   An arbitrary
 change in the value of an input  variable,
 even though the change falls  within the
 expected  range of the variable,  tells us
 little about the likelihood of occurrence
 Of the new estimate obtained.   In other
words, if we know little about the  likeli-
 hood of such a change occurring,  it fol-
 lows that  we know little about the  likeli-
 hood of the calculated  output  occurring.
Furthermore,  in  sensitivity analysis  all
 other variables  are held at their previous
values, the so-called "all other things
being equal"  view of the world.   The  prob-
 lem  is that "all  other  things"  are  seldom
equal.   In actuality,  the change  we intro-
duce in a  variable  under sensitivity
analysis may well be either mitigated  or
intensified by what is  happening  to the
other variables.   In  short, sensitivity
analysis does not show  the combined net
                                           228

-------
effect of changes in all variables or the
likelihood of various changes occurring
together.  Viewed in this manner, the
traditional sensitivity analysis can be
misleading.

ALTERNATIVE SOLUTIONS TO THE UNCERTAINTY
PROBLEM

     Let  us examine three alternative solu-
tions to the problem of uncertainty.  The
first method, illustrated in Figure 1, is
Direct or Complete Enumeration.  The model
of  equation 1 is employed, and we assume
the uncertainties of A and B as given in
the two  probability distributions for these
variables shown in the upper left-hand
corner of the figure.   In other words, we
suppose  that there is a 25% chance that A
is  equal to 1, 50% that it is equal to 2,
and 25%  that it is equal to 3.  For B,
there is a 50-50 chance that it is equal
to  either 10 or 20.   (For this simple
example, we assume no correlation between
the two  input variables.) In complete
enumeration we list all of the possible
combinations of the input variables and
then calculate the probabilities of these
combinations occurring.  In this example
there are 3 choices for A and 2 for B, re-
sulting  in 6 possible outcomes for Y.  The
probabilities of these  combinations are
•shown in the middle top of the figure.
Since some of the combinations are duplica-
tions, the table of combinations of A and B
may be simplified to the 5 entries shown at
the upper  right of the  figure for method 1.
The average value of  Y  is shown to be 30.
At  the bottom of the  figure for method 1 is
 a graph  of the frequency or probability
 distribution of Y.  Note that the most
likely value is not the average but rather
 values to either side of it.  Furthermore,
one of the extreme values  (Y = 60) has a
 higher probability of occurrence than has
the average value.  As  can be seen, the
 complete enumeration  method tells us every-
thing  about the distribution of Y, including
 its mean,  standard deviation, minimum,
 maximum, and the probability of occurrence
 of any value of Y.

     The  second method  is the Probability
 Calculus method.  The method, as the name
 implies, requires some  knowledge of the
'calculus of  probabilities  (sometimes known
 in engineering  as the  "propagation of
 error").  Using the model of equation  1  as
 before,  the method  is  also  illustrated  in
 Figure  1.   The  error  formula is given in
the figure, and involves three terms and
knowledge of the variances of A  and B.
The latter are calculated, as is shown  in
the figure, from the probability distribu-
tions of A and B given previously in the
Direct Enumeration method.  The error
formula shows the variance of Y to be 225,
i.e., its standard deviation = 15.  The
probability calculus method produces no
more than the mean and the standard devi-
ation of the output (i.e., Y) distribu-
tion.  The standard deviation alone, how-
ever, is not sufficient to determine the
nature of the uncertainty in a mathemati-
cal model.

     The third method is a form of Monte
Carlo simulation known as Model Sampling.
The idea of Model Sampling is relatively
simple:
    a.
    b.
A value for each of the input
variables is drawn at random from
its respective probability dis-
tribution, and the model  is com-
puted using this particular set
of values.

The above process is repeated
many times.  Since the results
vary with each iteration, the
outputs themselves (i.e., the
Y's) are gathered in the form of
a probability distribution. Thus
the uncertainties of the model's
in- puts are transferred to the
         output which can then be studied
         and subsequently utilized ;ui
         decision processes .

The procedure is shown schematically in
Figure 1.  The output of the Monte Carlo
simulation method becomes almost identical
to that of complete enumeration as the
number of iterations becomes large.  Un-
like Direct Enumeration, however, large
and/or complex problems are tractable and
continuous uncertainty distributions are
easily handled.  The Monte Carlo simula-
tion method forms the basis for MOUSE,
the computerized uncertainty analysis
system which is the subject of this paper.

MOUSE, A COMPUTERIZED UNCERTAINTY ANALYSIS
SYSTEM

    Monte Carlo simulation requires the
use of a digital computer for any substan-
tive problem.  It is important, therefore,
to consider the desirable characteristics
                                            229

-------
    METHOD 1: DIRECT (COMPLETE ENUMERATION)
     MODEL: Y =AB
A
1
2
3
p(A) B p(B) A
B AB p(AB)
.25 10 .50 1 10 10 .125
.50 20 .50 2 10 20 .250
.25 3 10 30 .125
1 20 20 .125
2 20 40 .250
AB p(AB)
10
20
30
40
•0
.125
.375
.125
.250
.125
* 3 20 60 .125




.40-
.30-
.10-
.00


|
I
Note: Average = Y =









Ai = 2(15)



= 30



                   0   10   20   30  40   50   60   Y
                   PROBABILITY DISTRIBUTION OF Y (= AB)
            METHOD 2: PROBABILITY CALCULUS
        MODEL: Y = AB
        ERROR FORMULA IS var (AB) = vir (Y) = A 2 var (B) + B 2 var (A) + var(A) var (B)
                       A = 2 and § = 15
£f*I  A (* - *)2 P(A) (A . A)2
 .25  1    1        .25
 .50  2    0        .00
 .25  3    1        .25
           var(A) =  .50

   therefore,
          and
                                        (B) £  (B - B)2  p(B) (B - B)2
                                       .50  10    25       12.5
                                       .50  20    25       12.5
                                                  var(B)= 25.0
                                        (0>50M25-0) _ 225
                  •Id (Y) = 15
           METHOD 3: MONTE CARLO SIMULATION
                      START: I - 1
                       i
           random -f random
            •arnpl* I I sample
                      record Y|
          repeat n llmtt
                       FINISH
FROM COLLECTION OF Y'» OBTAIN:

   1. MEAN
   2. STANDARD DEVIATION
   3. COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION
   4. MINIMUM
   5. MAXIMUM
   6. GRAPH OF FREQUENCY
     DISTRIBUTION
   7. GRAPH OF CUMULATIVE
     FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION
Figure  1.   Alternative Solutions to  the Uncertainty Problem
                               230

-------
of any computerized uncertainty analysis
system.

     Table 1 presents a comparison among
general purpose computer languages, general
purpose simulation languages, and MOUSE
(the system introduced in this paper) for
uncertainty problems that deal in sets of
algebraic equations.  Table 1 is not de-
signed to devalue the capabilities of
either general purpose computer languages
or general purpose simulation languages.
MOUSE is a restricted special purpose
simulation language and the table makes its
comparison assuming that the problem at
hand is of this restricted form, i.e., that
the model consists of one or more algebraic
equations.  For such restricted models,
MOUSE is clearly superior to the other two
groups of languages.  It is concise, power-
ful, and convenient to use.  MOUSE can
solve uncertainty problems faster and
easier than can other languages.  With
MOUSE, the'user's attention is on problem-
solving, rather than on the details of
coding a program to compute a solution.
Further, MOUSE programs are easier to
understand, easier to explain to others,
and easier to modify than are general
purpose languages.

APPLICATIONS OF MOUSE

    It is not possible to go into the  de-
tails of MOUSE in this paper (a detailed
example of a MOUSE application within
USEPA will be presented in the following
paper titled "Uncertainties and Incinera-
tion Costs:  Estimating the Margin of
Error," by Gordon Evans) but a typical
output is shown in Figure 2.  Other appl i -
cations of MOUSE in EPA have included:   a
facilities design tool cost model to con-
struct and close a surface impoundment  or
landfill facility, a waste pile costing
model required to construct and close  a
waste pile facility, the use of engineer-
ing fault tree analysis in failure analy-
sis of RCRA land disposal facilities,  cost
models for systems for the incineration
of hazardous wastes, and an investigation
of a model to determine an appropriate
level for regulating organic toxicants  in
hazardous wastes.
                                            231

-------
TABLE  1.  A COMPARISON OF COMPUTER LANGUAGES FOR UNCERTAINTY ANALYSIS
| Language
Element |
Simplicity
Built-in Proba-
bility functions
Built-in Inter-
est functions
Automatic Output
Decimal Numbers
Automatic Sens-
itivity Analysis
Correlation
Among Variables
De-bugging
Simple
Transportability
Aid To Deriving
Probability
Distributions
Ability to
Expand by
Modules
General Purpose
Languages
(e.g., FORTRAN,
PASCAL, BASIC)
compl ex
no
no
no
yes
no
must be
programmed
no
any
computer
no
yes
General Purpose
Simulation Language
GPSS | SIMSCRIPT
simple
a few
no .
yes
no
no
no
no
mini and
mainframes
no
no
complex
yes
no
yes
yes
no
must be
programmed
no
mini and
mainframes
no
no
SLAM
complex
yes
no
yes
yes
no
must be
programmed
no
mini and
mainframes
no
yes
MOUSE
simple
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
any
computer
yes
yes
                                 232

-------
                  DISTRIBUTION FOR QUANTITY FACTOR
NUMBER OF ITERATIONS =  1000
                               MEAN =
                            MINIMUM =
                            MAXIMUM =
19814.26758
 5150.11523
73638.«
                                                                 STANDARD DEVIATION =    12020.29688
                                                         COEFFICIENT OF VARIATION, 7. =       60.66485
LOHER  NUMBER OF
LIMIT   ENTRIES
 6600.
11300.
20700.0000
39500.
44200.
48900.
53600.
67700.
72400.
                          PERCENT  CUMULATIVE  CUMULATIVE
                          ENTRIES   X ENTRIES  COMPLEMENT
                         DISTRIBUTIONS
             * = FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION
                                                                                   0 = CUMULATIVE DISTRIBUTION
21.
221.
253.
185.
95.
55.
37.
46.
32.
22.
10.
5.
12.'
3.
2.
1,
2.10
22.10
25.30
18.50
9.50
' 5.50
3.70
4.60
3.20
2.20
1.00
0.50
1.20
0.30
0.20
0.10
2.10
24.20
49.50
68.00
77.50
83.00
86.70
91.30
94.50
96.70
97.70
98.20
99.40
99.70
99.90
100.00
97.90
75.80
50.50
32.00
22.50
17.00
13.30
8.70
5.50
3.30
2.30
1.80
0.60
0.30
0.10
0.00
*0«s
»*«l
**«
«HH
««
*#«
***J
•iHHH
««i
*»*<
«*
*S
iHHfr'
»
*
*
                                                    ««*#********»**»»*«
                       Figure 2.   Statistics, Histogram and Graphs  Produced
                                     by  MOUSE  for  a Typical  Problem
                                                   233

-------
                            UNCERTAINTIES  AND  INCINERATION COSTS:
                                ESTIMATING THE MARGIN OF ERROR

                                       Gordon M. Evans
                        United  States  Environmental Protection Agency
                       Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory
                                   Cincinnati, Ohio  45268
                                          ABSTRACT

      It  is  standard  practice in cost estimation to place percentage confidence bands  around
 final  estimates  in order to indicate the expected margin of error.  This envelope of  varia-
 bility offers  no useful information of the expected occurance of any point  estimate within
 that  band.   An estimation procedure that utilizes an in-house computer program overcomes
 this  limitation by producing estimates in the form of frequency distributions  which repre-
 sent  the the probabilities associated with points along the entire range of expected  out-
 comes.   This paper presents the results of an application of this technique to the problem
 of estimating  the costs involved in the incineration of hazardous wastes.   The end result
 is  the production of information that allows a decisionmaker to explicitly  relate the
 consequences of a wrong decision (in terms of dollars lost) to the margin of error he
 chooses  to  accept.
 INTRODUCTION

    The goal of this paper is to provide
 the reader with a description of an economic
 uncertainty analysis conducted on hazardous
 waste incineration costs at the U.S. Envi-
 ronmental Protection Agency's (USEPA)
 Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Labora-
 tory (HWERL).  This project utilized MOUSE
 (Modular Oriented Uncertainty Systems
 Emulator) (I), a computer utility program
 developed by Dr.  Albert J. Klee of that
 Laboratory.  This computer program allows an
 analyst to define a model's crucial  vari-
ables in probabilistic terms.  These prob-
abilities provide information on the uncer-
tain nature of the crucial  variables and are
specified through sampling the opinions of
revelant experts.  The primary objective in
applying this stochastic process to a  cost
engineering model  (in this  case, one con-
structed to provide estimates on the costs
 associated with the incineration of haz-
ardous wastes) is simply to provide added
 information to the decision process.

    With uncertainty analysis, the decision-
 maker is offered cost estimates which allow
 him to explicitly incorporate his own risk
 preferences into the decision process.   These
 estimates are generated with the help of the
 MOUSE program and come in the form of fre-
 quency distributions.  In essence, these
 frequency distributions reflect expert  opin-
 ion on the various sources of uncertainty
 inherent in the system under question.   In
the case at hand, the final  MOUSE estimates
 show the range of values that selected  dir-
 ect and indirect cost items  may take, the
 frequency with which each particular value
within that range is predicted to occur,  and
the associated statistical information  re-
garding each distribution. Thus,  with the
MOUSE output, the decision maker is  not
limited to a single point estimate for  each
system component; instead, he recieves
both graphical  and statistical  information
                                           234

-------
 that  will  allow him to ascertain with great
 confidence the margin of error associated
 with  any  estimate falling within that range.

      The  utility of this added information
 is highlighted through reference to the
 typical cost estimating situation.  Nor-
 mally, such a procedure produces an esti-
 mate  in the form of a single point.  The
 problem lies in the fact that this tradi-
 tional estimating method offers no useful
 information on the possible range of out-
 comes or  the probability of their occurance.
 Therefore, the traditional  point estimate is
 subject to some overall margin of error.

      It is important to understand that this
 term  "margin of error" is often used without
 fully understanding it's meaning.   As used
 within this paper, the phrase "margin of
 error" encompasses two separate and distinct
 notions; measurement error and the error that
 results from the effect of the system's
 underlying uncertainty (2).  It should be
 clear that the decisionmaker, when offered a
 point estimate, is seldom given complete
 information regarding the meaning  of the
 margin of  error.  It has been standard prac-
 tice to attempt its representation through
 the construction of an envelope of varia-
 bility around the point in question (e.g.,
 "the probable accuracy is +_ 40 percent") (3).
 While this technique provides an indication
 as to the  possible range of outcomes (taking
 into account the potential  for measurement
 error), it says nothing significant about the
 probability associated with any particular
 point within that  range.   For all  intents and
 purposes, the occurence of each outcome with-
 in that confidence band is  equally likely.
 Thus, while the technique of constructing an
 envelope of variability tries to deal  explic-
 itly with the margin of error concept by
 offering a solution to the problem of meas-
 urement error,  it  fails to provide the deci-
 sionmaker with  any useful  information on the
 underlying uncertainty.  Nonetheless, it is
 possible to obtain a realistic appraisal  of
 the margin of error.  By utilizing a cost
model  which incorporates  the uncertainty
 approach afforded  via the MOUSE technique,  a
decisionmaker is given all  the information  he
 needs to fully  comprehend the real  margin of
 error associated with a given estimate.
      Complete  information on the margin of
 error has added significance when one con-
 siders the constraints placed on decisions
 that  are often made within institutional
 settings.  It  is  not at all unrealistic to
 assume that the average decisionmaker (or
 the institution he represents) will  attempt
 to avoid risky situations; he will  tend to
 be risk adverse.  Economists recognize that
 people are primarly motivated to pursue
 their own self-interest. Thus it is assumed
 that  the negative consequences to a deci-
 sionmaker are  likely to be greater for
 underestimating the cost of a given project
 (here the cost to incinerate a hazardous
 waste) than for overestimating that same
 cost  (4).

      To help emphasize this point consider
 for a moment the plight of a risk adverse
 corpor'ate executive (or government  bureau-
 crat) who is asked to choose between two
 competing investment projects, "A"  or "B".
 Both  of these projects will  accomplish the
 same  goals and both will involve consider-
 able  capital  expenditures.  Suppose our
 executive is offered cost estimates  for both
 projects; each with 40 percent envelopes of
 variability attached to them.  Suppose as
 well  that Project A has the lower point es-
 timate value.  With all other factors being
 equal, and recognizing the risk  adverse
 nature of our decisionmaker, we  may  assume
 that he will  likely choose Project  A.  After
 all,   he possesses no real  information on
 either project's underlying uncertainty. As
 far as he is concerned, all  values  falling
within the two 40 percent  confidence bands
 have  an equal likelihood of occurring.   As
 such, the expected value of Project  A re-
mains less than that of Project  B.

     Despite the addition  of the envelopes
of variability, this  decisionmaker was  of-
 fered no real understanding of the true
margin of error associated with  either  Proj-
 ect's estimate.  Now,  if in retrospect,  he
finds that the expenditures  on Project  A
were in fact lower than estimated, he can
be certain that his  credibility  within
that  institutional setting will  be  enhanced.
More  importantly from  his  perspective,  he
will  have successfully avoided placing
himself (and  the institution he  repre-
sents) into the risky  situation  he had
                                            235

-------
hoped to avoid.  Conversely, if the actual
expenditures end up being significantly
greater than estimated, our risk adverse
executive will  find himself in a most
uncomfortable position.

     Regardless of the final outcome,  the
point that needs to be emphasized is that
this decisionmaker did not have access to
any information that would have allowed  him
to ascertain the true margin of error  asso-
ciated with either estimate, thereby giving
him final control over the level of risk he
chooses to accept.  By offering a decision-
maker a cost estimate in the form of a MOUSE
generated frequency distribution, he will  be
able to explicitly relate the negative
consequences of a wrong decision (in terms
of dollars lost) to an acceptable margin of
error.  In other words, he will now be able
to quantify his attitudes toward risk  and
act accordingly.

     In terms of this example, suppose that
a HOUSE output had indicated that the  mean
estimate for Project A was less than that
for Project B.  This is similar to the pre-
vious situation where the value of the point
estimate offered for Project A was smaller.
But suppose that after viewing the frequency
distributions for both estimates it was
obvious to this decision maker that the
range of estimates generated for Project A
exhibited a much greater variance.  This
risk adverse decisionmaker, now able to
explicitly consider the system's uncer-
tainity, might well find that selecting
Project B actually minimizes the margin  of
error thereby reducing the level of risk he
accepts.  With the simple assumptions  of-
fered here, it is quite plausible that at a
95% confidence level the estimated cost  of
Project B would be lower.  Once our deci-
sionmaker determines the level of risk that
is acceptable to him (5 percent) he is able
to select from among the project estimates
that which h.as the lowest cost and which,  at
the same time, satisfies his preferences
toward risk.

   By using an example of estimating the
cost of hazardous waste incineration,  this
paper will show how the application of un-
certainty analysis (via MOUSE) can improve
the nature of the information provided in
the decisionmaking process.   Specifically,
this paper will  use the incineration issue
to provide an answer to one  major  question:
"How much more information regarding the
margin of error does uncertainty analysis
provide a decision maker over the  tradi-
tional practices?"

APPROACH

     Before an uncertainty analysis could be
conducted, it was necessary  to develop a
mathematical model which would represent the
engineering and cost relationships for each
of the 3 major incinerator configurations
(i.e., rotary kiln, liquid injection, and
multiple hearth).  The specification of these
relationships had to be flexible enough to
allow for a representation of incinerators
operating under a variety of design para-
meters and utilizing various hazardous waste
streams.  Once specified, these engineering
relationships could then be  used to determine
the type and size of the incinerators'
structural components and to specify the
resources (e.g. utilities, labor)  necessary
for its' operation.  Experts could then be
used to specify the cost of  these  items in
probabilistic terms, and once formatted,
these judgments could be incorporated into
the MOUSE program.

     Upon reviewing the incinerator cost
literature, it became clear  that none of the
existing cost models readily lent  themselves
to the MOUSE programing requirements  (5,6,7).
For example, the cost model  developed by
Industrial Economics (6) for the USEPA's
Office of Solid Waste was constructed using
a linear programming approach (i.e., finding
the least cost configuration on a  production
frontier).  Unfortunately however, a linear
programming approach was incompatible with
the MOUSE technique.  One model, however,
was nearing completion and  was being con-
structed in a format ideally suited to the
MOUSE programming  requirements.

      Under contract to the EPA, Acurex,  Co.
was in the draft stage of a  report entitled
"Capital and O&M Cost Relationships  for
Hazardous Waste  Incineration" (8).  Their
model asked its  user to specify the  incin-
erator's parameters from a menu of design
and operating configurations.  These design
                                            236

-------
parameters included items  such  as  the type
of air pollution control device (APCD),
energy recovery system,  and geographical
location of the facility (which would effect
input cost variables such  as fuel  and labor).
Users were also asked to specify the  chem-
ical composition of the waste stream  they
wished to simulate in order to  establish the
systems stoichiometric combustion  require-
ments.

     By using the parametric information
from the selected design options the  user
worked through a series  of engineering cal-
culations, which in turn completed the spec-
ification of the cost equations.  Ultimatly
these equations produced point estimates  for
numerous items including total  capital cost
and unit disposal cost,  among others.

     With the Acurex report serving as the
basis for the underlying mathematical model,
there now existed an expert on the incin-
erator's component costs;  the author  of the
Acurex report.  His judgment of the uncer-
tainties that surround each of the input
cost variables would provide the basis for
the specification of appropriate probability
distributions.

     The construction of the computer pro-
gram consisted of two activities.   First  the
mathematical relationships expressed  within
the Acurex report had to be encoded into  the
MOUSE language and second, the expert's un-
certainty judgments had to be fitted  to
probability distributions  for their eventual
encoding into MOUSE.

     Given the clear presentation and organ-
ization of the Acurex report, the processing
of encoding of the cost equations  provided
few technical problems.  In the end,  the
cost relationships were reduced to a  com-
puter program of about 600 lines.   With that
portion of the program written, the next
step was to solicit and encode our expert's
uncertainty judgments.

     Under ideal conditions an analyst
should  seek to spend a considerable amount
of time with the revel ant expert to insure
that  an  accurate assignment of probabilities
takes place.  A variety of interview tech-
niques  exist to help the analyst  elicit
these judgments (9).   Research  in  this area
has shown that an expert's  judgment on a
system's uncertainty  is  often clouded by a
variety of biases.  These biases are catego-
rized as being either motivational or cog-
nitive in nature.  Motivational biases are
defined as the conscious or unconscious
influences on one's judgment that  are caused
by personal interests or previous  commit-
tments.  Cognitive biases,  on the  other
hand, operate on a persons  judgment  in a
more subtle fashion.   They  can  be  viewed as
problems created by ones intuitive per-
ception of probabilities.  Experience has
shown that a structured  elicitation  process,
such as an interview, helps the expert being
surveyed to detect and reduce the  influence
that these biases have on the determination
of uncertai nties.

     However, for the project at hand,
access to our cost expert was limited, and
as such it was decided to expedite the proc-
ess by providing him  with a list of  the  cost
variables in question and allowing him to
make the uncertainty  determinations  on his
own.  Recognizing the negative  influence
that bias may have on judgement, our expert
was also given a short paper detailing the
various types of bias and their effect.
Lastly, to insure that he had a complete
understanding of the project's  methodology,
he was provided with  supporting materials
that included an explanation of the  aims of
our uncertainty analysis and a  listing of
the probability distributions processed  by
MOUSE.

     The final product of his probability
estimates was limited to the specification
of envelopes of variability for each of  the
individual input variables  question.   For
example, the actual cost of a compressor,  in
his estimation, could be off the  given point
estimate by as much as + 25 %,  with  the
original point estimate~~bei ng offered  as the
most likely.  Because of the limited scope
of this information on the  cost uncertain-
ties,  it was decided to utilize only the
three most basic probability distributions
provided by the MOUSE program:  continuous
uniform, triangular,  and trapezoidal  (Figure
1).  In the final  version of the model,  the
continuous uniform distribution accounted
for 48 percent of  the 151 distributions
                                            237

-------
 0.25                                0.75
     Continous Uniform Distribution
 0.25                    0.60
        Triangular Distribution
 0.75
0.25  0.35                   0.65
        Trapezoidal Distribution
0.75
               (Figure 1)
                 238

-------
specified, while the trapezoidal  and tri-
angular accounted for 46  and  6  percent,
respectively.

     Although  the procedures  followed  in
assigning these probabilities were  less than
ideal, they nonetheless  produced  acceptable
estimates of the uncertainties  involved and
allowed the model to be  excercised  with some
degree of confidence. The failure  to  employ
a more structured interview process with our
cost expert has been recognized as  a major
shortcoming of this  analysis  and  will  be
given a higher priority  in future applicat-
ions of uncertainty  analysis.

RESULTS

     As stated earlier,  this  paper  tries to
answer one major question: "How much more
information does the uncertainty  analysis
provide?"

     In order to answer  this  question, it
was first necessary  to construct  a  scenario
which would reflect  a typical hazardous
waste incineration facility (10).  The one
selected for this purpose was a commercial-
scale rotary kiln hazardous waste inciner-
ator operating at 80 million Btu/hr.   It was
assumed that this facility was  burning a
combination of a low Btu liquid waste, a
medium Btu sludge, and a high Btu container-
ized waste.  In addition, the facility was
assumed to be efficiently operating at 80
percent of its peak  capacity (where peak
capacity is defined  as a 24-hour, 7-day,
52-week operating schedule).  Lastly,  it was
determined that this facility would employ a
waste heat boiler, allowing for an  energy
recovery credit to be deducted  from the
annual operating costs.

     After calculating the point  estimates
generated by the Acurex model,  the  MOUSE
version of the model was exercised. While
this paper will focus on the estimates of  a
few of the key individual cost  components,,
the MOUSE model is capable of producing
frequency distributions  for any cost items
found within the model.    It should  be  noted
that the costs estimates generated  by  the
uncertainty model compare quite favorably  to
those costs reported in the hazardous  waste
literature for similar operations (11,12).
     Figure 2 shows the MOUSE output  for  the
unit disposal cost for incinerating the
hazardous waste mix specified in the  base
facility on a per pound basis.   The fre-
quency distribution shows a range of  esti-
mates falling between $0.02658/1b and
$0.050378/lb ($68.92/ton to $100.76/ton)
with a mean value of $0.03646/lb
($72.92/ton).  The point estimate, generated
by the Acurex Model without the benefit of
the uncertainty analysis, is $0.0353/lb
($70.60/ton).  Keep in mind that the  unit
disposal cost reported here simply refers to
costs faced by the waste disposer (averaged
over the yearly throughput) and is not
meant to reflect fees charged to waste  gen-
erators.

     From the information supplied by the
MOUSE model in Figure 1* one can see  that
there is a 47 percent probability that  the
actual value of the unit disposal costs will
be less than or equal to the value of the
point estimate.  More importantly to  the
risk adverse decision maker, this means that
there is a 53 percent chance that the actual
unit disposal cost will exceed the value  of
the point estimate.  This 53 percent  margin
of error is likely to be too great.   Suppose
that this decisionmaker feels comfortable
accepting no more than a 5 percent proba-
bility that he will underestimate the unit
disposal cost.  Given this risk preference,
he would choose a value that corresponds  to
the 5 percent level in the cumulative com-
plement column, or conversely the 95  percent
level of the cumulative entries column.
This value is 0.0418/lb ($83.60/ton).

     At first glance the difference  between
the value of the point estimate and  that  at
the 95 percent probability level appears
small ($0.0065/lb or $13.00/ton).  However,
when one considers that the total yearly
throughput of waste at the facility  under
question is 42,048 tons, the difference be-
tween the two estimates (on an annual basis)
is $546,623.  Making an error of this magni-
tude could be of significant consequence  to
any decision maker.  Thus, the information
gained on the margin of error by using  the
uncertainty approach, as measured by  this
dollar differnce, is appreciable.

     Assume that this risk adverse decision-
                                            239

-------
                    CO CM
                    CO LO
                    t-n oo
                    in o
                    to o
                     •  •
                    en o

                    u  ii
                   CO
                   I—I
                   o:

                   00
                   I—I
                   a

                   LU
cs

co
                    0£. SB
                    -l


 (— LU

 SB O
 LU
 I	, Q

 O DC.
 I—I e^

 U. O
                    o l-
                    o to
                                      u

                                      =«=
              UJ
              CO
               oo
                                  i-i LU
                                  o: i—
                                                  irocrit—iococnt—i
                           C3COLf)oorHcn^o«*cMCTir--LnroocotD"^-i—iv|-'^-'^-«^-d->vl-<^-Di
                           O CD O CD CD CD CD CD CD CD CD O CD OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOLU

                           OOOOOOOOOOOOOOCDCDOOCDOCDOOOOOOOO
                                                               240

-------
maker had simply decided to construct a 40
percent envelope of variability around the
original Acurex estimate.  Now suppose that
in order to obtain the most conservative
estimate he had taken the upper limit of
that range as his estimate. (The Acurex
model predicts an accuracy of _+ 40 percent.)
The maximum value of an estimate within that
confidence band is $0.0494/lb. or
$98.80/Ton.  By accepting this conservative
estimate over the MQUSE value (taken at the
5 percent margin of error level)  this
decisionmaker would have needlessly over-
estimated the yearly unit disposal cost by
$639,130.  Assuming that a 5 percent margin
of error is an acceptable level of risk,
this upper limit confidence band  estimate
represents a needless degree of caution.

     Another example of the gain  in usable
information obtained from uncertainty ana-
lysis occurs when the point estimate for the
total capital investment of this  same base
facility is compared to one generated by the
MOUSE model.  Figure 3 shows the MOUSE out
put for that cost component.  Compare that
to the point estimate generated by the
Acurex model, $8,614,669.  By examining the
MOUSE output, one finds that this point
estimate corresponds to an approximate level
of cumulative entries of 12 percent, indica-
ting that there is an 88 percent  probability
the actual value will exceed this point es-
timate.

     If the decisionmaker wishes  to reduce
his margin of error (and thus his level of
risk) from the 88 percent level to a more
acceptable 5 percent level (as in the pre-
ceding example), he will choose $11,164,258
as the value of his estimate for  the total
capital cost.  The difference between these
two estimates is $2,549,589.  This is an in-
crease of close to 30 percent over the point
estimate generated by the original model.
Once again this is a significant  difference
which reflects the dollar value associated
with the margin of error.   One should note
that the MOUSE estimate taken at  this 5
percent risk level falls well within a 40
percent envelope of variability constructed
around the the point estimate, and as before,
it provides the added information on proba-
bility which prevents an over-estimation of
the total capital cost by $896,278 (given
the risk preference of the decisionmaker).

CONCLUSION

     After viewing the significant dif-
ference between the values of the final  cos-
estimates generated with and without the
MOUSE program, it is reasonable to conclude
that this particular decision process was
enhanced through the provision of additiona'
information on uncertainty.  The advantage
gained by offering cost estimates in the
form of frequency distributions is that  the
decisionmaker has the ability to incorporate
his risk preferences at the onset of the
decision process.

     In coming to this conclusion, one im-
portant issue has been purposely overlooked.
The success of this analysis ultimately
rests with the decision maker.  He needs to
bring to the decision process an apprecia-
tion of his personal preferences toward
risk.  There is no reason to believe that
the typical decision maker will have taken
the time and effort to objectivly review his
attitudes toward risk, especially when con-
sidering that the opportunities for such
reflection are rare.  The chances are such
that he will never have been placed in a
situation which has required him to do so.

     It is hoped that through the adoption
and regular use of an uncertainty approach
to cost estimation, the decision maker will
be forced to deal with the concept of risk.
Then, and only then, will  he be motivated to
recognize and act upon his own risk
preferences.

     This paper has concerned itself with
the problems faced by the risk adverse
decision maker, yet it should be made clear
that the information obtained from these
frequency distributions can benefit anyone,
regardless of their preferences toward risk.
All that is required is for one to judge
what margin of error is acceptable and
select that corresponding value from the
distribution.  As this paper has shown,  when
properly conducted, uncertainty analysis can
vastly improve both the quality and quanity
of information regarding an estimate's
margin of error.  The end result will  be a
more reliable decision process.
                                            241

-------
                 o
                «^- LO
                r~~ CM
                Lf> r-t
                CO CO
                  •   •

                CO CO
                   o
                   1—4
                   CM
       II   II


       n

      o
      t—t

      ss
CO

LU
o:


C3
>—4
LL.
      i—i O
      o o:
      t-t «a:
      Li_ a
      LL. Z
      LU 3
      o (—
      «-> oo
S
          CO

           I
          a.
          s
o




e

z
o
*—4

Z3
CQ



00

Q
      S§8
        •  •  •
      ID in r-.
      .-< uo *d-
      co oo en

      to cy> LO
      o CM «*
      co o oo
        A  *»  •»
      l»- CO CT>
                 II  II  II
                        CO
                        I—I
                        a:

                        oo
                        t—t
                        a
                                   n

                                  =**=
                                  CO,
                                  i — i
                                  cc

                                  to
                                  I— I
                                  a
   o-
   UJ
   ce
                               i — I  LU
                               \-  s:
=> O
CJ> O
                               > oo
                               H-1 I t I
                               I— 1-1
                               •a: a:
                                01 I—

                                LU HH
                                                     i—lOLOi-Hi—ICMLfJOi—I
                                                                                                                   '—1OO
                                            ooooT-Hcoir>CTi<*ocoir><3-ooocoi-n'— i
                                                                               OO CM AO IO CO •* O
                                                                               orot— )roi^.oocr)O

                                                                               i — cocncricricncno
                                  OOOC3OOOOOOOOC3OOOCDOCDOCDOC5OOOOOC33
                                  —1OC3CDCDOC3OOOCOOC3OOC3OOOC3OC3C5OOOOOOO
                                  U-OOOOOCDOC3OCDOOOC3OC3OCDCDOOOOOOOOO —I
                                  CJiOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOLL.

                                                                                       -
                                                                   242


-------
REFERENCES
1.  Klee, Albert 0., 1985.   MOUSE Manual .       10.
    Hazardous Waste Engineering Research  Lab-
    oratory, USEPA, Cincinnati, Ohio.   An
    unpublished users quide.

2.  Goddard, Haynes C.  Using Uncertainty  An-
    alysis to Facilitate Environmental  Dec-
    ision Making.  To appear i n The Environ-
    menta Professional.                         11.
3.  Peters, Max S. and Klaus D.  Timmerhaus,
    1974.  Plant Design and Economics  for
    Chemical  Engineers.  McGraw-Hill.   Chap-
    ter 4.
4.  Friedman, Milton and Rose,   1981.   Free
    To Choose.  Avon.   pp.  197-199.

5.  Kapner, Mark, Efim Livshits, Amitava
    Podder and David Woodbridige, 1981.
    The Economics of Hazardous  Uaste Incin-
    eration.  Hittman Assoc.,  Columbia,
    Maryland.  Prepared for USEPA under
    Contract No. 68-03-2566 T3006.

6.  Cost Model for New Hazardous Waste
    Inci nerators, 1983.  Industrial
    Economics, Cambridge, Massachusetts.
    Prepared for Office of Solid Waste,
    USEPA.
                                              12.
7.
9.
 Vogel,  Greg,  Irwin Frankel, and Neil
 Sanders,  1983.  Hazardous Waste Incin-
 eration Costs. Proceedings of the Eighth
 Annual  Research Symposium. Industrial
 Environmental Research Laboratory,
 USEPA,  Cincinnati, Ohio.  EPA-600/
 9-83-003.

 McCormick,  R.J. and R.J. DeRosier, 1983.
 Capital and O&M Cost Relationships for
 Hazardous Waste Incinerators.   Acurex
 Co.,  Mountain View, California. Prepared
 for USEPA under Contract No. 62-02-3176
 and 68-03-3043.

 Matheson, James E. and Carl-Axel S. von
 Hoi stein, 1979.   A Manual for Encoding
 Probability Distributions.  SRI Inter-
national, Menlo Park, California.  Pre-
 pared for the Defense Advanced Research
 Projects  Agency:  SRI Project 7078.
                                                Frankel, Irwin, Neil  Sanders and Greg
                                                Vogel, 1983.   Profile of the Hazardous
                                                Incineration Manufacturing Industry.
                                                Proceedings of the Eighth Annual
                                                Research Symposium. Industrial  Environ-
                                                mental Research Laboratory,  USEPA,
                                                Cincinnati, Ohio.   EPA-600/9-83-003.

                                                National Rural  Electrical Co-op Assoc-
                                                iation, 1983. Economics of PCB  Disposal:
                                                A summary of report findings.   The
                                                Hazardous Waste Consultant,  11(2):
                                                4.11, 1984.  Est.  PCB disposal  costs
                                                are in the range of $40-150/Ton.

                                                California Air Resources Board, 1983.
                                                Air Pollution Impacts of Hazardous
                                                Waste Incineration: A summary of report
                                                fi ndi ngs.  The Hazardous Waste  Con-
                                                sultant, 11(3): 2.13, 1984.Est.
                                                incineration costs are in the range
                                                of $37-395/Ton.
                                            243

-------
                         UPDATE ON CALIFORNIA PROGRAM TO RESTRICT
                               HAZARDOUS WASTE LAND DISPOSAL

                                    Jan Radimsky, P.E.
                           Division  of Toxic Substances Control
                         California  Department of Health Services
                               Sacramento,  California 95814
                                         ABSTRACT

 In  1983,  California adopted regulations  restricting  land disposal of certain hazardous
 wastes  in order to reverse  its  hazardous waste management's reliance on  land  disposal
 and to stimulate development of technological alternatives to land disposal.

 Realizing the real high "long-term"  costs  of  land disposal, demonstrated by the multi-
 million  cleanup costs estimates for  the State's  Superfund sites, California government
 sought  a  way to stimulate development  of the  needed alternative  technology  facilities
 by  developing regulations  with a  definite  schedule of phasing out of land  disposal of
 specific  hazardous wastes of  concern.    Such  a schedule guarantees  those who develop
 treatment facilities  for  the  restricted wastes  that they will not  be  competing with
 low-cost  land disposal because the land disposal  alternative will not be available to
 generators of such wastes.

 Implementation  of  these regulations during the last  two years has had positive effects
 on  hazardous  waste management  in California.   Several issues have  arisen affecting moni-
 toring of compliance  with current and  implementation of future land disposal restric-
 tions in California.
INTRODUCTION

In  1983,  California adopted regulations
restricting  land  disposal  of  certain
hazardous  wastes  in order  to  reduce
its  reliance  on  land  disposal and  to
stimulate  development of technological
alternatives  to  land disposal.  During
explorations  of status  of  alternative
technologies,  it became  apparent  that
a great  number of effective treatment,
destruction,  or recycling technologies
were  available.    However,  they  were
not  utilized  in California because of
availability  of  "cheap" land disposal.
Commercial  disposal facilities' opera-
tors  could not   afford  to  make  the
investment  necessary  to develop  and
operate  alternative technology facili-
ties and be competitive  with  low costs
of land disposal.
PURPOSE

Realizing  the  high  "long-term"  costs
of  land disposal,  demonstrated by the
multimillion  dollar cleanup cost esti-
mates  for  the  State's  Superfund  sites,
California  government  sought  a way  to
stimulate  development of  needed  alter-
native  technology  facilities  by develop-
ing  regulations  with  a  definite schedule
of phasing  out  of  land disposal of spe-
cific hazardous  wastes.  .Such  a schedule
guarantees  those who develop  treatment
facilities  for  the  restricted wastes
that  they  will  not  be. competing  with
low-cost  land  disposal,  because  the
land  disposal alternative  will not  be
available to  generators of such wastes.
This  "phased"  schedule reflects  need
to  allow time  'for  designing,  siting,
and  permitting  of  alternative  tech-
nology facilities.
                                           244

-------
Major  features  of the California land
disposal restrictions are:

 1.  Land  disposal restrictions  apply
     to  all forms  of  land  disposal,
     including,  but not  limited to,
     landfill,   surface  impoundment,
     waste piles,  deep  well  injection,
     land  spreading,  and  coburial with
     municipal garbage.

 2.  Restrictions  apply to five  cate-
     gories   of   wastes   (so-called
     "restricted  wastes"),   four  of
     which  include  only   the  liquid
     phase,  and  for  each component,
     there  is a  threshold concentra-
     tion (see Table I).

 3.  Categorically  exempted  are  the
     following wastes:

      a.  Injected  drilling  fluids  and
          produced wastes  from production
          of natural gas or crude  oil.

      b.  Mining overburden.
      c.   Contaminated   soil   from  site
          cleanup pursuant  to  the Depart-
          ment's app rova1.

 4.   Variances from  land disposal  restric-
     tions can only  be made for a  specific
     waste stream or  site-limited land dis-
     posal method. Emergency variances  can
     be granted  if treatment  or recycling
     facilities have  unplanned shutdown.

 5.   Restrictions  are being   implemented
     according to a  schedule  of tentative
     dates  included   in  the  regulations
     (see  Table  II).  Dates for  restric-
     tions are  subject to  confirmation by
     the  Department  and  become  effective
     only when this  agency  determines that
     available  treatment   and   recycling
     capacity  is  available in the  State
     of California.

California's  approach relies  on  the ini-
tiative and  cooperation  of the  hazardous
waste processing  industry  to  develop  the
treatment  and recycling  facilities needed
for  implementation of this land  disposal
restriction program.
                    TABLE I:  CALIFORNIA RESTRICTED HAZARDOUS WASTES
      a.  Liquid  hazardous  wastes  containing  free cyanides at  concentrations  greater
          than or equal to 1,000 mg/1.

      b.  Liquid  hazardous  wastes  containing  the following dissolved metals  (or  ele-
          ments)  or  compounds of these metals  (or elements)  at concentrations greater
          than or equal to those specified below:
               Arsenic and/or compounds  (as As)
               Cadmium and/or compounds  (as Cd)
               Chromium  (VI) and/or compounds  (as Cr VI)
               Lead and/or compounds  (as Pb)
               Mercury and/or compounds  (as Hg)
               Nickel and/or compounds  (as Ni)
               Selenium  and/or  compounds (as Se)
               Thallium  and/or  compounds (as Th)
                 500 mg/1
                 100 mg/1
                 500 mg/1
                 500 mg/1
                  20 mg/1
                 134 mg/1
                 100 mg/1
                 130 mg/1
       c.  Liquid hazardous wastes having a pH less than or equal to two (2.0).

       d.  Liquid  hazardous wastes  containing  polychlorinated biphenyls  at concentra-
          tions greater than or equal to 50 mg/1.

       e.  Hazardous  wastes containing  halogenated organic compounds in  total  concen-
          trations greater than or equal to 1,000 mg/kg.
                                           245

-------
                TABLE II:  CALIFORNIA LAND DISPOSAL RESTRICTIONS SCHEDULE
                    June 1, 1983

                    January 1, 1984



                    January 1, 1985


                    July 1, 1985
   Cyanide Wastes

   Toxic Metals
   Acid Wastes
   PCB Wastes

   Halogenated Organic
   Waste Liquids

   Halogenated Organic
   Waste Sludges and Solids
EXPERIENCE   WITH  IMPLEMENTATION   OF
INDIVIDUAL RESTRICTIONS

Cyanide Waste Restriction

The assessment  of "restricted" cyanide
waste  generation and  availability of
treatment  and recycling capacity  con-
ducted  in 1983 produced the  following
information:

  •  Less than 7,000 tons of  restricted
     cyanide  wastes  were generated in
     California.

  •  About  2,000 tons of these  wastes
     were  already treated,  mos.tly at
     on-site facilities.

  •  There  was no commercial  recycling
     capacity for the  "restricted? cya-
     nide wastes.

  •  Less than 5,000 tons of "restricted"
     cyanide  wastes were disposed  of  at
     off-site land disposal facilities.

  •  Restriction of  cyanide wastes led
     to construction of three new facil-
     ities  capable of treating their
     wastes and  to increased utiliza-
     tion of the only off-site  cyanide
     waste  treatment  facility in  exis-
     tence  prior  to   the  restriction
     implementation.

Restriction for  cyanide wastes was  imple-
mented as  originally  scheduled  in the
regulations.
A  year later,  in June 1984,  a  review of
hazardous  waste  manifests  and on-site
disposal reports  was  conducted to deter-
mine  the  effectiveness of the  land  dis-
posal  restrictions.   The following  were
the findings:

   •  Almost  100  percent reduction  of
      land  disposal of restricted cyanide
     wastes was achieved.

   •  A lesser amount of restricted cya-
     nide  waste  was  being  generated
      (approximately  3,000 tons per year
     prior to the restrictions and  2,600
      tons  per year after the restriction)
      in spite  of  improvement in  the
      State's  economy.   Also generation
      of nonrestricted  cyanide  wastes
      increased by 42.8 percent.

   •   There was a 79 percent increase in
      wastes going to treatment facilities.

   •   Only  5  companies  were responsible
      for  over 50 percent  of the  prere-
      striction  volumes  of  restricted
      wastes  and  60 percent of the post-
      restriction volumes.

 Because of the large number of variables,
 it is difficult to  make any precise con-
 clusion as to what  the impact  and effec-
' tiveness of the land disposal restrictions
 were without detailed  evaluation of  the
•generators and  treatment at facilities
 involved.   Among the  variables  which
 affect such evaluations  are:  unprecise
 reporting on  hazardous waste manifests,
                                            246

-------
changes in generated volume dtie to' the
status of the economy, individual company
production changes,  on-site treatment,and
waste reduction efforts of generators'."

Heavy Metal and Acid Waste Restriction

The land disposal restriction for heavy
metal  wastes  was also  implemented as
scheduled in the regulations.  This was
made possible primarily due to Califor-
nia's definition of land disposal, which
excludes  surface  impoundments  used for
treatment,  as  long as  the  residue is
rendered nonhazardous within a year or,
if it remains "hazardous", it is removed
from  the surface impoundment within a
year.

This practice  accounts for more than 50
percent of the restricted acid and heavy
metal  waste  treatment, with the remain-
der,  being neutralized and/or precipi-
tated  in the tanks.

Solid  residue  is not subject to the land
disposal restrictions,  and it is being
landfilled.  Any variation in the  gene-
ration of these  wastes can easily be
accommodated by the  large  capacity 'of
existing in  surface impoundments.

Liquid PCS-Containing Waste Restriction

 Implementation of  this portion of  land
 disposal  restriction program did  not
 have any impact on management of liquid
 PCB-containing wastes.   This  is  because
 of the  Toxic  Substances Control  Act,
 which already bans land disposal of liq-
 uid PCB-containing wastes with  concen-
 trations over 500  ppm, and allows liquids
 with 50  to 500 ppm  of PCB concentrations
 only with specially EPA-approved "secure
 landfills" which do not exist in Califor-
 nia.  Implementation of this restriction
 in California precludes the possibility
 of establishment  of  such a  landfill in
 the future.

 No variance requests were submitted in
 connection with the  first two land dis-
 posal restrictions because of the  excess
 capacity  available  and  simplicity of
 treatment.
Liquid   Halogenated   Organic   Waste
Restrictions (See Tables  III and IV)

In  implementation of this restriction,
the Department  has  run into the inher-
ent weakness  of the California restric-
tions program,  its  dependence on indus-
try's  cooperation  in development  of
needed  treatment and  recycling facil-
ities .  As  the  treatment most generally
applicable  to  this  category — incin-
eration  is  very expensive and has  high
up-front  capital costs  -- industry has
been  reluctant  to build new facilities.
There  is  a risk that generators may not
send  their wastes to be  incinerated in
California,  but will opt to  send  these
wastes  to  land disposal facilities  in
other  states which do not have to abide
by  California land disposal restrictions.

This  fact,  combined with difficulties
in  siting and  permiting  of incinerators
in  California,  resulted  in insufficient
increase of thermal  treatment (wet air
oxidation  and   incineration)  capacity
due to the  land disposal restrictions.
It  is anticipated  that  several projects
 currently  in planning will  move  ahead
with the  prospect  of a national  land
 disposal  restriction program  as   well
 as   the  demand  for  disposal  without
 future liability potential increases.

 A  preland  disposal restriction evalua-
 tion  determined that  although  there
 is capacity for thermal treatment and
 recycling  of  36,200 tons,  only 22,200
 tons are  thermally treated or recycled.
 This  is because the existing thermal
 treatment   facilities   have   stringent
 limits on  wastes to be  treated such as
 minimum  heat  value,  maximum  chlorine
 concentration,   maximum   or  minimum
 organic  content, etc.   Without building
 new  thermal treatment  facilities  which
 could  accept  a  broad range of wastes,
 about  23,000  tons  cannot be recycled or
 thermally  treated.   Over 18,500 tons of
 these  wastes  are  being generated by a
 single   company,  which  requested  and
 received a variance from  land disposal
 restrictions  for a period of 5 years as
 long  as the low-concentration, nonvola-
 tile   halogenated   organic-containing
 wastes are disposed of to a double-lined,
 leachate  collection-equipped pond and
 the company pursues process and waste
                                             247

-------
disposal modification to eliminate gene-
ration of restricted liquid waste alto-
gether.   Remaining  nonrecyclable  or
incinerable wastes  will be allowed to
be solidified.
Solid Halogenated  Waste and  Lab  Packs
Land  Disposal  Restriction  (See  Tables
III and IV)

The  restriction of  solid  halogenated
organic  wastes  was tentatively  sched-
uled for July 1,  1985.  In the absence of
                Table III.  Management and Quantities of Hazardous Wastes
                 Containing Halogenated Organic Compounds in California (1983)
Type of Waste
Solvents
Still Bottoms,
Organic Liquids,
and Sludges
Dry-Cleaning Wastes
Waste Waters
Solids and Lab Packs
Total
Recycled or
Incinerated
(TPY)
21,800
500
„
300
22,600
Land
Disposal
(TPY)
2,400
2,800
3,800
28,400 (IS.SOO)-/
4,100
41,500
Total
Quantity
(TPY)
24,200
3,300
3,800
28,400
4,400
64,100
                      Table IV.   Availability of Treatment for Recycling
                           Capacity for Hazardous Wastes  Containing
                          Halogenated Organic Compounds in California
                                            (1985)

Waste Description
Solvents
Still Bottoms,
Organic Liquids,
and Sludges
Dry-Cleaning Wastes
Waste Waters
Total Liquids
Solids, Lab Packs
Total Volume

Total
Quantity
(TPY)
24,200
3,300
3,800
28,400
59,700
4,400
64,100

Not Recyclable
or Incinerable
(TPY)
800
1,800
-
20,900 (18,50(
23,500
4,100
27,600
Recycling
Incineration
Capacity
Available
(TPY)
23,400
1,500
3,800
))-/ 7,500
36,200
0(300)-/
36,200
          I/  Incinerated out of  state.

          2/  18,500 TPY were generated by one  company.
                                          248

-------
art  o££-si_te.  commercial  rotary  kiln  in
California,  this  restriction will  not
be  implemented this  year.   the' Depart-
ment  is   considering  postponing  this
deadline to  coincide  with ,the date .indi-
cated  in  the  Resource  Conservation and
Recovery  Act  Amendments  of  1984.   Even
that  deadline  appears difficult  to meet
as  the  siting and  permitting of needed
incinerators may require  more  time.

PROBLEMS  ENCOUNTERED  AND  ISSUES  TO  BE
RESOLVED

Major  problems  which were  encountered
during  the  implementation  of  the  above
land disposal restrictions include:

  1.  Obtaining of good  detailed  data  on
     volume  and composition of wastes  is
     difficult  as   reporting  on  haz-
     ardous   waste  manifests  is   not
     always  detailed  enough  and  often
     plagued by errors.

     Restricted   wastes   can  be  listed
     under  several   waste   categories
      (California's    waste   categories
      are  not  identical  to EPA's)  and,
      therefore,   manual   review   of   all
     manifests was  necessary to  obtain
     needed    information.    Much   more
      detailed  reporting   is  necessary
      in the  future to enable  us  to eval-
      uate treatability  . and   recyclabil-
      ity of  specific wastes.

      Continuous  technical  review of data
      reported on manifests and  in  annual
      (biennial)   reports  by   generators'
      disposal,  treatment,  and  recycling
      facilities'   operators  is  needed.
      As  we   strive  to   maximize  waste
      reduction,   recycling  and  treatment
      of hazardous  wastes annual reports
      will become an increasingly  impor-
      tant source  of  information.    The
      format   of  annual  reports  needs  to
      be expanded  to  sufficiently provide
      detailed description of waste  gener-
      ation,   composition,  and information
      on  the  management  practices  which
      will enable us to determine recycla-
      bility,   treatability,  and   waste
       reduction potential  of each,  waste
       stream.   At  this  time,  the   avail-
       able information on existing waste
streams obtained  from  manifests  is  .
not  adequate  for that  purpose.
Manifests have their place  in that
they  help  to  track wastes  from
"cradle to  grave",  but should not
and  cannot  be  the sole  source of
information  on   hazardous   waste
management.

California's ban depends  on  the
waste  disposal industry's  cooper-
ation  and  initiative  to develop
new  needed  treatment and recycling
facilities.   Because of  the indus-
try' s  reluctance  to build a rotary
kiln incinerator, the  last ban  is
not  implementable for  either solid
halogenated wastes or lab packs.

Lack of  a nationwide  land disposal
restrictions  program  was probably
the  primary reason for  industry's
hesitance  to  develop  incineration
facilities  in  California  because
of the anticipated exodus of  wastes
to neighboring states  if the  incin-
eration  facilities were built and
restriction implemented in Califor-
nia.  Recent RCRA changes and  their
implementation should  assist Cali-
fornia  in implementation of future
land' disposal  restrictions  as long
as  the national  restrictions will
apply to underground  injection  of
hazardous  wastes.  If underground
injection is considered acceptable
for  hazardous  wastes,  there may be
little incentive  for building treat-
ment and recycling facilities for
hazardous wastes.

Future land disposal  restrictions
in  California as well as  in the
United States will  probably  be
developed in the  legislative arena.
Examples  of  such legislation are '
the recent  RCRA  amendments, as well
as  the  recent California legisla-
tive bill,  AB 3566  (Katz),  which
bans use  of  surface  impoundment
 for  storage  and  treatment of
 "restricted"  wastes after  July 1,
 1985.  This date may  be postponed
 due  to  the "shortness"  of notice
 to   the  dischargers  (on October 1,
 1984) who will not be able to com-
ply so quickly and will need  addi-
 tional time to  build  tank storage
 and treatment  facilities.
                                            249

-------
 FUTURE OF THE PROGRAM

 At  the  present  time,  the  California
 hazardous   waste   management   program
 is being  expanded to include any  strat-
 egy,   which would ultimately result  in
 reduction  of  volume  of  hazardous waste
 going  to  land  disposal.   These strate-
 gies   include   economic   and   regulatory
 incentives   for  waste  reduction,  waste
 reduction  technical  assistance,  waste
 recycling  and  reuse  support,  as  well
 as restrictions on land disposal of spe-
 cific wastes.

 The  emphasis  of  the  California hazard-
 ous waste management  program  will  be  on
 reduction  of hazardous waste  generation
 which  is the  ultimate waste  management
 solution,  as it decreases  the need for
 transportation,   treatment,   recycling,
 and  disposal  facilities,   all of  which
 have  some  negative  environmental  and
public health  impact potential,  as well
 as  high  costs  and potential  for  long-
term liability for  industry.
                                         250

-------
                      THE  THERMAL  DECOMPOSITION CHARACTERISTICS OF
                                A  SIMPLE  ORGANIC MIXTURE

                   John  L. Graham, Douglas .L.  Hall* and Barry Dellinger
                        University of  Dayton  Research  Institute
                                   Dayton,  Ohio 45469


                                        ABSTRACT

     Through previous efforts, the University  of Dayton's  Environmental  Sciences
Laboratory has gathered  extensive  data  on the  gas  phase thermal decomposition  of  pure
organic compounds.  In this report, the thermal decomposition of  a  simple  mixture is
examined.  Specifically, the effect of  oxygen  concentration  on  the  thermal  stability of
the components and the formation of thermal reaction  products are examined. Also,  the
thermal stability of the components in  the mi.xture are  compared with their stability as
pure compounds.

     The hazardous waste mixture consisted of carbontetrachloride,  monochlorobenzene,
l,l,2-trichloro-l,2,2-triflouroethane (Freon 113), trichloroethylene, and  toluene.
Thermal decomposition studies were conducted in  atmospheres  in  which oxygen was in excess,
stoichiometric, and absent (absolute pyrolysis)  with  respect to complete combustion.   For
comparison, the components were run as  pure compounds  in  an  atmosphere with stoichiometric
oxygen available.

     Results indicate that the order of stability of the  five components was strongly
effected by oxygen concentration.  Oxygen concentration had  a pronounced influence on  the
thermal stability of monochlorobenzene, toluene, and trichloroethylene in  the  mixture,
but no influence on the stability of the Freon 113 or carbontetrachloride.  Furthermore,
with the exception of Freon 113,  the thermal stability of each  component in the mixture
was less than its stability as a  pure compound.  The stability  of Freon 113 was identical
as a pure compound and  in  the mixture.

     It was also  found  that oxygen concentration had a significant effect on .the produc-
tion of thermal reaction  products.   In general, the numbe'r and complexity of thermal
reaction products.increased with  decreasing oxygen concentration.  In all  cases, products
ranged from simple chlorinated aliphatics  to complex polynuclear ardmatics, with the
majority being chlorinated aromatics.
                                            251

-------
                               VOST APPLICATIONS AT THE USEPA
                                COMBUSTION RESEARCH FACILITY

                                             by

                     Robert W.  Ross, II, F. C.  Whitmore, R.  H.  Vocque,
                            T.  H.  Backhouse and B.  M.  Cottlngham
                                        Versar, Inc.
                                       P.  0. Box 1838
                                Pine Bluff, Arkansas   71613

                                            and

                                     Richard A. Carnes
                                  Environmental Scientist
                             USEPA Combustion Research Facility
                                Jefferson, Arkansas   72079
                                          ABSTRACT
    The volatile  organic  sampling  train  (VOST)  has  been  used  to  collect  stack samples  at
 the EPA's Combustion  Research  Facility  (CRF)  in Jefferson, Arkansas  for  the  past  year.
 During this  time  strengths  and weaknesses  of  this sampling and analysis  technique have
 become apparent.  Among the advantages  are ease of  operation  of  commercially available
 equipment, short  time required to  take  a sample, and  rapid analytical  turn around time -
 results are  typically available  from  the on-site laboratories 1  1/2  hours after the
 sample is collected.   The disadvantages  of this technique include  the  time consuming
 nature of sample  tube preparation  and blanking,  blockages in  the flow  path of the
 analytical thermal desorption  unit, and  high  breakage rate of glass  sample tubes  of the
 I/I design.  Solutions to these  problems are  presented along with  extensive  spike and
 recovery data collected during validation  of  innovative modifications  to the basic VOST
methodology.
INTRODUCTION
    The research program at the
Combustion Research Facility (CRF) has,
to date, been largely concerned with the
study of the incineration of several
Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
soups in a pilot scale, rotary kiln,
fired afterburner incinerator.  Among
other non-conventional attributes, this
system is provided with sampling ports
in the kiln transfer duct which conducts
the kiln exhaust gases to the after-
burner, and in the afterburner transfer
duct carrying the combustion gases to
the pollution control system.  The Soups
contain compounds of a variety of
boiling points requiring sampling with a
variety of procedures including the
volatile organic sampling train (VOST).
     In many ways the operation at the
CRF is very different from the normal
procedures in that immediately after the
VOST sample has been taken, it is
removed from the train, capped and
delivered to the laboratory for
analysis.  This unusual manner of
operation has resulted in a number of
variations from the usual manner of
using the VOST system and it is these'
variations that will be the subject of
                                            252

-------
this paper.  In addition, the use of the
VOST in a water saturated gas stream
(the exit gases from the scrubber are
saturated at 81°C) introduces peculiar
analytical problems which are also
treated below.  The nature of these
problems and the solutions introduced at
the CRF are seen in Table 1.
                     The dry gas meters have been
                     calibrated on site and showed a low
                     and varible average bias of 7% to
                     9%.  Recalibration using a wet test
                     meter shows a consistently low
                     average bias of 5%.

                     Thermal Desorption System - NuTech
                       TABLE 1.  MODIFICATIONS TO VOST PROTOCOL*2)
          PROBLEM
          SOLUTION
          PROBLEM
          SOLUTION
          PROBLEM
           SOLUTION
The time consuming nature of sample tube preparation and
blanking especially when many samples will be taken in a
given experiment.

Tenax® is aspirated into the tube, weighed, and thermal
conditioning takes place on an easily constructed 24-port
manifold located in a forced draft oven.  Cleaning is
accomplished by steam stripping requiring approximately
four hours.

The need to transfer large volumes of water/steam
(derived from the saturated combustion gases) during
analytical thermal desorption of sample tubes leads to
low and variable Principle Organic Hazardous Constituent
(POHC) recoveries.

Bulk of water entrained in the tubes is transferred
during a preheating step without purge gas flow.

Breakage of glass sample tubes during analysis and field
sampling may easily exceed 30%.

Stainless steel (S.S.) tubes of several designs have
shown good POHC recoveries in extensive trials.
     It  is  recognized  that  the  solutions
 listed  in  Table  1  represent  deviations
 from and/or  expansions  of  the  most
 recently enunciated*2^  VOST  sampling
 and  analysis protocol.   To support  and
 validate these changes  extensive  QC data
 will be given when these and other
 elements of  the  CRF investigations  with
 VOST techniques  are discussed  below.
 APPARATUS
     The VOST sampling and analysis
 equipment is listed in functional order
 below,  along with comments identifying
 specific problems encountered in its use.

     Sampling System-NuTech Model 280B -
                     Model 320 -  This is not the Model
                     320 probably familiar to most
                     current NuTech users: (1)  it has no
                     provision for cryo-trapping; (2) it
                     can desorb only  two sample tubes
                     (I/I design) at  a time; (3) tubes
                     are no longer sealed into  the  system
                     with duck-bill valves, but connected
                     with SWAGELOK® reducers,
                     ceramic-filled TEFLON® ferrules
                     and stainless steel capillary
                     tubing; (4) this tubing looses its
                     flexibility after a period of
                     service and becomes a source
                     of glass sample  tube breakage; (5)
                     the thermal desorption chamber
                     itself is of improved design,  more
                     accessible and more convenient to
                     use and (6) the  Valco® 6-port
                     valve and associated tubing are of
                                             253

-------
     narrow bore, keeping  instrument dead
     volume to a minimum but causing
     problems in wet sample processing.

     Purge and Trap System - Tekmar Model
     LSC-1 - This equipment, familiar to
     many in the analytical community,
     has given the dependable performance
     that users have come to expect.
     Gas Chromatograph - Hewlett Packard
     Model 5880A - This system,
     configured for packed column* 5) use
     with FID, has given predictably
     dependable performance.
     VOST Sorbent Cartridge (sample tube)
     Conditioning Equipment - This
     apparatus was constructed on site
     from materials, largely, on hand.  A
     twenty four-port manifold was
     assembled from Swagelok®, 1/4 inch
     straight-run tees and elbows of #316
     stainless steel.  Fittings as well
     as  connecting lengths of 1/4 inch
     #302 seamless stainless steel tubing
     wore sonicated through three changes
     of  1:1,  acetone: methanol (Burdick
     and Jackson)  and oven dried before
     assembly.   The manifold
     configuration is such that it
     supports VOST tubes  at a 45° angle
     above the horizontal and was
     installed in  a forced draft oven
     capable  of maintaining 250°C.   The
     oven itself is placed in a forced
     draft laboratory hood for safety
     reasons.   The manifold is supplied
     with UPC grade nitrogen which
     receives final polish through  a bed
     of  activated  carbon  and silica gel.
OVERVIEW OF VOST QA/QC
    As staff skills in VOST techniques
have grown, the QA/QC program has matur-
ed in the direction of more realistic
mimicry of incinerator operation and
sampling conditions. While the work of
many investigators has been valuable,
only two <3,4) are cite
-------
        TABLE  2.   COMPARISON OF  P&T AND TDS ANALYSES OF IDENTICAL STANDARD SOLUTIONS
                                       (values  in yg)
                                       P&T
                TDS
       P&T
                                                                  TDS
                                             P&T
 *Value  exaggerated  by  high  and  variable  blank
                                                                                      TDS
Freon® 113
Carbon tetrachloride
Trichloroethylene
Chlorobenzene
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
3.01
3.05
3.04
3.03
0.300
0.300
0.300
0.300
0.282
0.327
0.279
0.274
0.0300
0.0300
0.0300
0.0300
0.0370
0.0906*
0.0353
0.0354
              TABLE  3.  COMPARISON  OF  P&T  AND TDS  SPIKES  PLACED AT
                        SEVERAL  POINTS IN  A PAIR OF  VOST  TUBES
                                  (values in tig)



Freon® 113
Carbon tetrachloride
Trichloroethylene
Chlorobenzene
P&T


3.00
3.00
3.00
3.00
TDS
tube #2
exit
3.04
3.07
3.13
3.12
TDS
tube #2
entry
3.01
3.05
3.04
3.03
TDS
tube #1
exit
3.00
3.00
3.01
2.97
TDS
tube #1
entry
-0-
0.023
-0-
-0-
standard solution.  It  is of  interest  to
note that TDS and P&T data are virtually
identical for all locations except tube
#l-entry.  POHC recovery at this
location (the charcoal  portion of the
Tenax®/charcoal tube) is virtually
zero.  This experiment  has been
repeated several times  with the same
results, and no explanation can be given.

Phase 3 - Flash Evaporation Spikes

    The current VOST protocol^)
requires the preparation and  anlysis of
standards generated by  the flash
evaporation technique.  Suffice it to
say that these exercises have limited
relevance as a diagnostic procedure for
VOST sampling and analysis validity.
The results of CRF performance are
displayed in Table 4.
                  Phase 4 - VOST Spike and Recovery by
                  Incinerator Mimicry

                      In an effort to lend more relevance
                  to VOST QA/QC, a practice has been
                  initiated at the CRF.  Periodically
                  several pairs of VOST tubes are
                  inoculated with various amounts of POHC
                  and products of incomplete combustion
                  (PIC) of current interest.  In pairs,
                  these tubes are installed in a full
                  dress sampling train and 20 dry standard
                  liters (dsl) of steam-laden ambient air
                  are drawn through them from a flask of
                  boiling OFW.  Routine analysis of these
                  tubes allows calculation of spike and
                  recovery data (see Table 5).  This QC
                  device may represent a practical
                  compromise between the somewhat sterile
                  approach of the protocol*2^ and the
                  quite complex apparatus used*3) by
               TABLE 4.  RESULTS OF ANALYSIS OF FLASH EVAPORATION STANDARDS
                         % Recovery @
                        Spike = 3.0ug
             % Recovery @
            spike = 0.30ug
               % Recovery @
              spike = O.OSOvg
Methylene chloride
Chlororform
Freon® 113
Carbon tetrachloride
 91
 91
101
 86
62
87
86
93
 95
106
102
 68  (continued)
                                            255

-------
                                   TABLE 4.  (continued)
                          % Recovery @
                         Spike = 3.0pg
    % Recovery @
   spike = O.SOug
 % Recovery @
spike = O.OSOyg
Trl chloroethylene
Benzene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
92
93
93
93
89
90
109
91
95
97
114
104
            TABLE 5.   ANALYTICAL RESULTS FOR INCINERATOR MIMICRY SPIKED SAMPLES
                                    % Recovery @
                                      spike  = 30.OUR
                            % Recovery @
                            spike = 3.0uK
 Chloroform
 Freon®  113
 Carbon  tefcrachloride
 Trichloroethylene
 Benzene
 Toluene
 Chlorobenzene
104
 72
 97
105
105
106
101
        115
         65
         97
        100
        101
        102
         94
some other workers.

Phase 5 - Rapid Packing and Blanking of
Sorbent Cartridges
    Sampling tubes of the I/I design may
be rapidly and uniformly packed as
follows:  (1) a glass wool plug is placed
in one end of the tube, (2) this end is
connected to a water aspirator while the
other end is placed in a container of
Tenax GC and tapped gently; (3) when the
tube is filled, the resin is held in
place by a second plug of glass wool.
         (5) tubes are cooled with nitrogen flow
         and put into immediate service or sealed
         for storage.  It should be pointed out
         that the compounds listed above are the
         major contaminants routinely found, and
         that scant other material is found using
         the analytical method of reference (5).
         Also, glass wool, glass sampling tubes,
         Tenax® GC, charcoal,  Swagelok®
         fittings and Teflon® ferrules are
         given no pre-treatment but are used as
         received from their various suppliers.
         Phase 6 - Analysis  of Wet VOST Samples
    Contaminant levels for caroon
tetrachloride, benzene and toluene may
be reduced to values <. 0.005 yg per
pair of tubes as follows: (1) packed
tubes are washed by percolation with
25-30 ml of OFW and allowed to soak 15
min. or more, (2) tubes are then
connected to the manifold in the cold
oven with nitrogen set at ~
30 ml/min/tube or 40 psig when all 24
tubes are in place; (3) oven is set for
180*C and turned on; (4) temperature
increases rapidly to set point in ~
one hr. where it is held for > 3 hrs.;
              A pair of packed sampling tubes  may
         easily contain 6  ml.  of  entrained
         condensate after  use  in  stack sampling
         at  the CRF.   The  NuTech  Thermal
         Desorption System in  use at  the CRF
         cannot accomodate this volume of liquid
         in  a prompt or reproducible  fashion due
         to  the very narrow bore  valve and tubing
         of  which  it is constructed.   If thermal
         desorption with purge gas  flow is
         attempted,  the results are low,  erratic,
         sometimes  zero recovery  of POHC and
         PIC.   A simple remedy for  this problem
         is  as  follows:  (1)  the bulk,  of .the
                                            256

-------
en.tcai.tied condensate is removed by  ,    :
several sharp bursts of vacuum
charcoal filtered air is used)"-over a ;
period one min.; (2) the remaining
liquid is vaporized during a 15 min.
pre-heating period during which the
tubes are connected in the thermal
desorption chamber but no purge gas is
flowing, (3) during pre-heating much of
the liquid transfers, as steam, to the
sparger where it condenses again and
thus carries out no sparing; and (4)
after pre-heating, the analysis is
conducted normally, starting with the
desorb purge flow cycle.  This seemingly
radical departure from protocol has been
validated by saturating tubes with
water, spiking them with known
quantities of authentic POHC and PIC,
removing the water pneumatically/
thermally and conducting their analysis
to measure recovery of the spikes.
Table 6 displays the average recoveries
        Swagelok® design - #302 seamless
        S.S., 1/4" o.d. x 5.5", usable
        internal volume ~ 1.8 cm3
        containing ~ 0.30 gm Tenax® GG.

        Welded design - #302 seamless S.S.
        5/8" o.d.x 3.0", fabricated by
        welding 5/8" - 1/4" reducers on
        either end of S.S. tube, usable
        internal volume ~ 11.5 cm3
        containing ~ 1.8 gm Tenax® GC.
   The results listed in Table 7 were
   encouraging to the point that a third
   design, a S.S. replica of the I/I glass
   design, was fabricated locally and field
   tested at the CRF.
        This third design was constructed as
   follows: a 2 3/4" length of 5/8" o.d.
   #302 seamless S.S. tubing was provided
           TABLE 6.  VALIDATION OF PROPOSED PROTOCOL MODIFICATION FOR ANALYSIS
                                   OF WET VOST SAMPLES
                           % Recovery
                           spike = SO.Opg
  % Recovery
@ spike = 3.0pg
  % Recovery
@ spike = O.SOug
Methylene chloride
Chloroform
Freon ® 113
Carbon tetrachloride
Trichloroethylene
Benzene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
98.0
94.3
99.8
107.2
102.1
101.9
102.5
99.8
99.5
100.2
103.4
104.1
103.2
102.8
99.9
92.4
138.5
102.7
108.5
92.1
104.3
107.2
102.1
97.7
of each of eight  compounds, determined
in triplicate,  at each of  three  spiking
levels.  The  analytical  system was
calibrated using  purge & trap
methodology as  the  performance standard.

Phase  7- Excessive  Breakage of VOST Tubes

     In field  sampling applications,
workers generally concede  that a
breakage rate of  30% is  not unusual for
glass  VOST tubes  of the  I/I design.   CRF
experience parallels that  of other
workers and the cost here  in lost
analytical data is  considerable.  As  a
result of these considerations,  tubes of
two  different designs were
assembled/fabricated locally and
evaluated in  spike  and recovery  studies
 (see Table 7).
   with female threads at each end; end
   fittings were machined from rod stock of
   the same material with matching male
   threads, wrench flats and a taper to 1/4"
   o.d. tube size; end fittings were
   installed on the 5/8" tube with Teflon®
   tape seals; the assembled unit was
   demonstrated leak free @ 80 psig helium;
   it was weighed, charged with TENAX GC®,
   weighed again and inscribed with an
   identifying number.
        It is important to note that each of
   the prior experimental designs suffered
   from serious defects which have been
   eliminated in the most recent one.  The
   Swagelok® design could only contain ~
   20% the amount of resin required by
   protocol^2*, and exhibited high
                                            257

-------
                 TABLE 7. RECOVERY DATA FOR METAL VOST TUBES OF TWO DESIGNS
                          % Recovery @ S.Oyg
                          Swagelok®       Welded
       % Recovery @ O.SOjjg
       Swagelok®       Welded
Methylene chloride
Chloroform
Freon®
Carbon tetrachloride
Trichloroethylene
Benzene
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
105
105
106
105
105
105
102
98
100
111
108
102
110
114
107
100
122
122
122
126
120
121
122
120
96
88
90
46
78
91
76
79
 pressure drops when tested in the
 sampling train.  The welded design
 rusted badly at the butt seals and,  in
 fact,  spit rusty water during thermal
 conditioning.
     After steam stripping,  thermal
 conditioning and demonstration of
 analytical blank,  these  S.S.  replica
 tubes were evaluated in  recovery studies
 involving 19 compounds at 3 spike levels
 (Table  8).   These  levels were S.Oyg
 compound per pair of VOST tubes.   In
 addition,  1 ml of water was placed in
 each tube of every pair and the
 analytical system was calibrated  using
 P&T methodology.   It is worth noting
 that among the several chemical compound
 classes  included  in these data, the
 results  are good.   The abrupt threshold
 effect shown .by acetonitrile is not
 surprising in  view of its miscibility
 with water,  while the high recoveries
 shown by readily  polymerizeable styrene
 at  least suggest  that catalytic effects
              TABLE  8.   RECOVERY DATA FOR STAINLESS  STEEL REPLICA VOST TUBES

Acetonitrile
Methylene chloride
Chloroform
1,2-Dichloroe thane
1,1, 1-Tr ichloroethane
Carbon Tetrachloride
Tr i chloroe thylene
Benzene
Tetrachloroethylene
Zso-octane
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Ethylbenzene
Octane
Styrene
Ortho-xylene
1 , 3-Dichlorobenzene
1 , 4-Di Chlorobenzene
Nonane
% Recovery @
spike = S.Oyg
116
102
105
101
103
97
103
103
104
104
103
99
100
106
104
105
105
104
104
%Recovery @
spike = O.SOpg
110
106
107
104
104
92
104
105
104
105
104
94
88
105
88
99
82
73
104
% Recovery @
spike = 0.030pg
-0-
105
108
95
105
90
107
102
91
100
106
114
110
110
86
99
95
94
113
and O.SOjjg, and 0.03ug for each
exerted by the steel walls of these
                                            258

-------
tubes may not be marked.

    Additional evidence of a low order
of catalysis exerted by the walls, ,o.f the
S.S. replica VOST tubes may be drawn
from limited studies with additional
compounds at the spiking levels
indicated:
1,1-dlchloroethylene (0.20vig); trans-
1,2-dichloroethylene (0.60vig);
bromodichloromethane (0,60pg);
1,2-dichloropropane (0.20ug); trans-
1,3-dichloropropene (0.60pg); and
bromoform (0.60pg).  Each of these
compounds was recovered at 88% or
better except bromoform whose recoveries
ranged from 42-113% with 71% as the
average.
    Table 9 displays the results of a
tubes were prepared.  Each set was made
up of one blank pair of tubes plus two
spiked pairs.  Each spiked pair
contained 18 compounds at O.SOjjg per
compound per tube pair.  On day #1, 20
dsl of steam-laden air were drawn
through every pair of tubes which were
then sealed, and the tube pairs in set 1
were analyzed.  On day #2, the tubes of
set 2 were analyzed, while set 3 tubes
were analyzed on day #5.

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS
    VOST techniques are invaluable in
the characterization of volatile
emissions from hazardous waste
incinerators.  Practitioners of these
techniques, the CRF among them, have
identified several nagging operational
            TABLE 9.  RECOVERY AND STABILITY DATA FOR S.S. REPLICA VOST TUBES
                             EVALUATED BY INCINERATOR MIMICRY

Acetonitrile
Methylene chloride
Chloroform
1,2-Dichloroethane
1,1, 1-Tr ichloroethane
Carbon Tetrachloride
Trichloroethylene
Benzene
Tetrachloroethylene
Iso-octane
Toluene
Chlorobenzene
Ethylbenzene
Octane
Styrene
Ortho-xylene
1 , 3-Dichlorobenzene
1 , 4-Dichlorobenzene
% Recovery @
*TET=0 hrs.
-0-
7
82
93
88
88
98
99
96
88
103
100
100
106
99
103
87
71
%Recovery @
TET=48 hrs.
4
55
90
96
93
90
97
98
93
104
106
99
98
112
101
101
93
79
% Recovery @
TET = 120 hrs
-0-
37
87
92
94
85
96
98
92
103
98
98
99
106
96
102
86
69
*TET = Total Elapsed Time Since Spiking
study undertaken to demonstrate recovery
by incinerator mimicry (see phase 4
section above) as well as compound
stability in S.S. replica VOST tubes.
This investigation was conducted as
follows.  Initially, three sets of VOST
problems that are frequently
encountered.  This report presents
validated solutions to some of these
problems in the hope that fewer VOST
pitfalls may lead to wider VOST usage,
and the harvesting of more and better
                                            259

-------
 data on volatile emissions.
     It must be emphasized here that
 none of the remedies suggested is
 infallible.  For example, S.S. replica
 VOSX tubes possess certain unmistakable
 advantages over their glass
 counterparts.  Nonethless, investigators
 contemplating the use of such steel
 tubes should demonstrate that compounds
 of interest to them are well behaved in
 these devices.
Appreciation is extended to Donald A.
Oberacker;(USEPA-Ci) for his thoughtful
review of this work.  Every effort has
been made to incorporate his uniformly
helpful suggestions.
    This research was conducted under
USEPA Contract No. 68-03-3128 by Versar,
Inc., which gratefully acknowledgers
this support.
                 REFERENCES

     Chang,  R.,  R. Carnes, and F.
     Whitmore.  Helium Tracer Measurements
     at the  USEPA Combustion Research
     Facility.  Hazardous Waste. June,
     1985 (in press).
     Hansen,  E.  M..  Protocol For The
     Collection  and Analysis of Volatile
     POHC's  Using VOST.  a contractor's
     final report prepared by Envirodyne
     Engineers,  Inc.,  St.  Louis, Missouri
     under EPA  contract  No.  68-02-3697,
     Technical Directive 003, report
     dated February, 1984.
     Jungclaus,  G.  and Gorman,  P..
     Evaluation  of a Volatile Organic
     sampling Train  (VOST).  a
     contractors draft  final report
     prepared by Midwest Research
     Institute,  Kansas City,  Missouri
     under EPA contract  No.  68-01-5915,
     draft report dated  July 2,  1982.
     Pellizari,  E., et al..  Sampling of
     Organic  Compounds in  the Presence of
     Reactive Inorganic  Gases with Tenax
     GC, Anal. Ghent..  1984,  56,  793-798.
     Method #8010 found  in EPA/SW-846,
     Test  Methods for  Evaluating  Solid
    Waste -  Physical/Chemical Methods.
     second edition, 1983.
        NOTICE AND ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
    This document has been reviewed in
accordance with U. S. Environmental
Protection Agency policy and approved
for publication.  Mention of trade names
or commercial products does not
constitute endorsement or recommendation
for use.
                    - 559-111/20686
                                           260

-------